• 84000
  • The Collection
  • The Kangyur
  • Discourses
  • General Sūtra Section
  • Toh 287

This rendering does not include the entire published text

The full text is available to download as pdf at:
/translation/toh287.pdf

དམ་པའི་ཆོས་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།

The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma
The Application of Mindfulness of the Body

Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna
འཕགས་པ་དམ་པའི་ཆོས་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
’phags pa dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
The Noble Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma
Ārya­saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna

Toh 287

Degé Kangyur, vol. 68 (mdo sde, ya), folios 82.a–318.a; vol. 69 (mdo sde, ra), folios 1.b–307.a; vol. 70 (mdo sde, la), folios 1.b–312.a; and vol. 71 (mdo sde, sha), folios 1.b–229.b

ᴛʀᴀɴsʟᴀᴛᴇᴅ ɪɴᴛᴏ ᴛɪʙᴇᴛᴀɴ ʙʏ
  • Tsultrim Gyaltsen
  • Shang Buchikpa
  • Sherap Ö

Imprint

84000 logo

Translated by the Dharmachakra Translation Committee
under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha

First published 2021

Current version v 1.0.36 (2025)

Generated by 84000 Reading Room v2.26.1

84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha is a global non-profit initiative to translate all the Buddha’s words into modern languages, and to make them available to everyone.

Logo for the license

This work is provided under the protection of a Creative Commons CC BY-NC-ND (Attribution - Non-commercial - No-derivatives) 3.0 copyright. It may be copied or printed for fair use, but only with full attribution, and not for commercial advantage or personal compensation. For full details, see the Creative Commons license.

Options for downloading this publication

This print version was generated at 2.42pm on Wednesday, 5th February 2025 from the online version of the text available on that date. If some time has elapsed since then, this version may have been superseded, as most of 84000’s published translations undergo significant updates from time to time. For the latest online version, with bilingual display, interactive glossary entries and notes, and a variety of further download options, please see
https://84000.co/translation/toh287.


co.

Table of Contents

ti. Title
im. Imprint
co. Contents
s. Summary
ac. Acknowledgements
i. Introduction
+ 1 section- 1 section
· Detailed Outline of the Text
tr. The Translation
+ 5 chapters- 5 chapters
p. Prologue
1. The Ten Virtuous Courses of Action
2. Introducing the Eighteen Grounds and Describing the Hells and the Starving Spirits
+ 2 sections- 2 sections
· The Hells
+ 8 sections- 8 sections
· The Reviving Hell
· The Black Line Hell
· The Crushing Hell
· The Howling Hell
· The Great Howling Hell
· The Hell of Heat
· The Hell of Intense Heat
· The Hell of Ultimate Torment
· The Starving Spirits
3. The Animals
+ 1 section- 1 section
· The Animals
4. The Gods
4.A. The Heaven of the Four Great Kings
+ 5 sections- 5 sections
· The Garland-Bearer Gods
· The Vessel-Bearer Gods
· The Ever-Infatuated Gods
· The Triple-Lute-Bearer Gods
· The Wandering Gods
4.B. The Heaven of the Thirty-Three
+ 33 sections- 33 sections
· The Gods Dwelling in Sudharma
· The Gods in Dwelling in the Lofty
· The Gods in Dwelling on Summits
· The Gods in Dwelling in Excellent View
· The Gods in Dwelling in One Direction
· The Gods in Dwelling in Forests
· The Gods in Dwelling in Various Chariots
· The Gods in Dwelling in Enjoyment
· The Gods in Dwelling in Beauty
· The Gods in Dwelling by the Pārijāta Tree
· The Gods in Dwelling on Mixed Riverbanks
· The Gods in Dwelling on Forest Riverbanks
· The Gods in Dwelling in Essence of Jewels
· The Gods in Engaging in Clarification
· The Gods in House of Refined Gold
· The Gods in Shaded by Garlands
· The Gods in Moving on Springy Ground
· The Gods in Distinguished in Many Colorful Ways
· The Gods in Promotion
· The Gods in Subtle Engagement
· The Gods in Enraptured by and Attached to Song
· The Gods in Blazing Splendor
· The Gods in Resembling the Full Moon
· The Gods in Pair of Śāla Trees
· The Gods in Moving in the Wink of an Eye
· The Gods in Fine Complexion and Large Body
· The Gods in Draped with Jewels
· The Gods in Part of the Assembly
· The Gods in Dwelling on the Disk
· The Gods in High Conduct
· The Gods in Supreme Splendor
· The Gods in Garland of Splendor
· The Gods in Unmixed
4.C. The Heaven Free from Strife
+ 18 sections- 18 sections
· The Gods in Supreme Strength
· The Gods in Traveling on Great Mounts
· The Gods in Moving in the Stream
· The Gods in Living on the Peak
· The Gods in Living on the Peak
· The Gods in Ornament of the Mind
· The Gods in Continuous Movement
· The Gods in Moving in Vast Environments
· The Gods in Moving in Gatherings
+ 1 section- 1 section
· The Six Stūpas
+ 6 sections- 6 sections
· The Stūpa of the Buddha Śikhin
· The Stūpa of the Buddha Vipaśyin
· The Stūpa of the Buddha Krakucchanda
+ 4 sections- 4 sections
· The Male Lay Practitioner
· The Female Lay Practitioner
· The Nuns
· The Monks
· The Stūpa of the Buddha Viśvabhū
· The Stūpa of the Blessed Kanakamuni
· The Stūpa of the Blessed Kāśyapa
· The Gods in Moving in Mixed Environments
· The Gods in Endowed with Migration
· The Gods in Emanation of Light Rays
· The Gods in Controlled Movement
· The Gods in Constant Bliss
· The Gods in Endowed with Increasing Bliss
+ 1 section- 1 section
· The Eleven Great Dharma Teachings
+ 11 sections- 11 sections
· (1) Agitation Is Remedied by Taming Oneself
· (2) Lack of Restraint Is Remedied by One-Pointedness
· (3) Flawed Discipline Is Remedied by Following a Holy Person
· (4) Laziness Is Remedied by Diligence
· (5) Obsession with Village Life Is Remedied by Being Alone in the Wilderness
· (6) Greed Is Remedied by Contentment
· (7) Fondness for Friends and Relatives Is Remedied by Staying in Foreign Lands
· (8) Meaningless Talk Is Remedied by Proper Verbal Restraint
· (9) Frivolity Is Remedied by Steadfastness
· (10) Poverty Is Remedied by Generosity
· (11) Ignorance Is Remedied by Knowledge
· The Gods in Total Pleasure
+ 1 section- 1 section
· The Twenty-Two Wholesome Factors
+ 21 sections- 21 sections
· (1) Remorse
· (2) Fear of the Lower Realms
· (3) Patience
· (4) Diligence
· (5) Teaching the Dharma
· (6) Compassion
· (7) Gentleness
· (8) Observance
· (9) Faith
· (10) Overcoming Fickleness
· (11) Steadfastness
· (12) Fear of Scandal
· (13) Absence of Clinging
· (14) Delighting in Solitude
· (15) Undistracted Mind
· (16) Recollection of Death
· (17) Freedom from Infatuation with One’s Body, Family, and Nobility
· (18) Equality with Respect to All Beings
· (19) Contentment
· (20) Weariness of Objects
· (21) Distrust of the Mind
· The Gods in Living by Rājanina
+ 1 section- 1 section
· The Thirty Qualities of Listening to the Dharma
+ 30 sections- 30 sections
· (1) Hearing the Dharma That One Has Not Heard Before
· (2) Understanding What One Hears
· (3) Discerning What One Understands
· (4) Accomplishing What One Discerns
· (5) Practicing What One Has Adopted
· (6) Establishing Others in That Which One Observes
· (7) Being Unaffected by Decline
· (8) Developing Discernment of the Characteristics of the Dharma
· (9) Giving Rise to Roots of Virtue That Did Not Exist Previously
· (10) Causing the Roots of Virtue to Mature
· (11) Liberating Those Who Are Matured
· (12) Establishing Those with Wrong View in the Authentic View
· (13) Overcoming All Unvirtuous Thoughts
· (14) Cultivating All Virtuous Thoughts
· (15) Relinquishing Negativities That Arise by the Force of Conditions
· (16) Developing Carefulness
· (17) Following Holy People
· (18) Overcoming Deceit and Stinginess
· (19) Being Respectful to One’s Parents
· (20) Understanding Karmic Actions and Their Effects
· (21) Cultivating Activity That Increases One’s Life Span
· (22) Being Praised by the People of the World
· (23) Being Protected by the Gods
· (24) Having Excellent Intentions
· (25) Possessing the Wealth of Being Endowed with the Dharma
· (26) Being Free From Laziness
· (27) Gratitude
· (28) Continuous Recollection of Death
· (29) Being Free From Regrets at the Time of Death
· (30) Finally Going Completely Beyond Suffering
· The Gods in Shining in Manifold Ways
5. The Application of Mindfulness of the Body
c. Colophon
n. Notes
b. Bibliography
g. Glossary

s.

Summary

s.­1

While on the way to Rājagṛha to collect alms, a group of newly ordained monks are approached by some non-Buddhists, who suggest that their doctrine is identical to that of the Buddha, since everyone agrees that misdeeds of body, speech, and mind are to be given up. The monks do not know how to reply, and when they later return to the brahmin town of Nālati, where the Buddha is residing, Śāradvatīputra therefore encourages them to seek clarification from the Blessed One himself. In response to the monks’ request, the Buddha delivers a comprehensive discourse on the effects of virtuous and unvirtuous actions, explaining these matters from the perspective of an adept practitioner of his teachings, who sees and understands all this through a process of personal discovery. As the teaching progresses, the Buddha presents an epic tour of the realm of desire‍—from the Hell of Ultimate Torment to the Heaven Free from Strife‍—all the while introducing the specific human actions and attitudes that cause the experience of such worlds and outlining the ways to remedy and transcend them. In the final section of the sūtra, which is presented as an individual scripture on its own, the focus is on mindfulness of the body and the ripening of karmic actions that is experienced among humans in particular.


ac.

Acknowledgements

ac.­1

Translated by the Dharmachakra Translation Committee under the supervision of Chokyi Nyima Rinpoche. The translation was produced by Thomas Doctor with help from Benjamin Collet-Cassart and Timothy Hinkle. Thomas also wrote the introduction. Andreas Doctor checked the translation against the Tibetan and edited the text. The 84000 editorial team subsequently reviewed the translation and made further edits. Wiesiek Mical assisted by reviewing numerous passages against the available Sanskrit sources. Robert Kritzer generously shared several unpublished articles on the text with us, and Vesna Wallace and Mitsuyo Demoto kindly gave us access to drafts of their critical Sanskrit editions of chapters 1 and 3, respectively.

The translation was completed under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.


ac.­2

The generous sponsorship of Sun Ping, Tian Xingwen, and Sun Fanglin, which helped make the work on this translation possible, is most gratefully acknowledged.


i.

Introduction

i.­1

The epic discourse of The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma (AMSD) unfolds as a single, sustained reply to a short question that is put to the Buddha Śākyamuni as the sūtra opens. A group of newly ordained monks have been challenged by the members of another religious group, who suggest that the Buddha’s teachings are indistinguishable from those of their own teacher. Not knowing how to reply, the monks request that the Buddha explain how the path of the sacred Dharma is unlike any other. As the Buddha responds to the monks, he describes the path from the perspective of an adept meditating monk, who applies the Dharma teachings correctly and so discovers the truths of the Dharma. In an account that spans the full spectrum of life in saṃsāra, from the horrifying misery and intense pain of the lower realms to the enrapturing beauty and bliss in the heavens, the Buddha explains how different kinds of physical, verbal, and mental behavior of humans lead to rebirth in such realms of existence.

Detailed Outline of the Text


Text Body

The Translation
The Noble Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma

p.

Prologue

[V68] [B1] [F.82.a]


p.­1

Homage to all the buddhas, bodhisattvas, solitary buddhas, and noble hearers!


p.­2

Thus did I hear at one time. While the Blessed One was residing in the brahmin quarter of the village of Nālati near Rājagṛha, venerable Śāradvatīputra one morning went to Rājagṛha together with a great gathering of monks to collect alms. As they were out receiving alms, a large group of the monks came across some wandering non-Buddhist practitioners15 who were on the way to the same destination, and together they engaged in a Dharma discussion to everyone’s delight and appreciation.


1.
Chapter 1

The Ten Virtuous Courses of Action

1.­1

“Monks, there are three misdeeds of the body: killing, stealing, and sexual misconduct. What, then, is killing? To take a life is to recognize another sentient being as a sentient being and knowingly slay it. Such an act may be of a great, intermediate, or minor kind. Great killing is the murder of a worthy one or the like. Such acts lead to the Hell of Ultimate Torment. Intermediate killing occurs when one murders someone on the path. Minor killing is to kill an animal or someone of degenerate moral conduct.


2.
Chapter 2

Introducing the Eighteen Grounds and Describing the Hells and the Starving Spirits

2.­1

“How does a monk who gradually relinquishes defilement first give up unvirtuous qualities so as to cultivate the qualities of virtue? Spiritual practitioners who carefully observe inner phenomena see by means of knowledge derived from hearing, or through the divine eye, that such a monk initially will think as follows: ‘Mutually serving as causes and conditions, these objects and faculties have since beginningless time caused beings to remain within, and wander throughout, cyclic existence. This is the cause of birth. Thoughts are formed in relation to the ocean of objects, and so these inner factors and objective factors cause beings to wander.’

The Hells

The Reviving Hell

The Black Line Hell

The Crushing Hell

The Howling Hell

The Great Howling Hell

The Hell of Heat

The Hell of Intense Heat

The Hell of Ultimate Torment

The Starving Spirits


3.
Chapter 3

The Animals

3.­1

“The monk, the spiritual practitioner who carefully observes inner phenomena, has in this way seen the reality of karmic effects. He has investigated the hells and their neighboring regions, and he has also investigated the second realm, that of the starving spirits. He sees this intolerable cyclic existence correctly, just as it is, and acknowledges it in his mind. Thus, the monk does not dwell in the realm of the māras but abides within the limit of the transcendence of suffering. With unceasing joy, he attains the fruition of entering the fifteenth ground.

The Animals


4.
Chapter 4

The Gods

4.­1

“The monk who has knowledge of the ripening of the effects of karmic action has now carefully examined and understood all the extremely subtle karmic ripening that ensues from the misdeeds associated with hell beings, animals, and starving spirits. Having internalized this understanding, he will next begin to examine the karmic effects that ripen due to wholesome actions. All sentient beings are opposed to suffering [F.53.b] and wish for happiness. As for the gods, they take delight in accumulating happiness, so now the monk will examine the extremely subtle karmic phenomena, ripening, birth, and death of such beings.


4.A.

The Heaven of the Four Great Kings

4.A.­1

“Put concisely, the first class of gods comprises those in the realm of the Four Great Kings.

The Garland-Bearer Gods

4.A.­2

“The first of their subclasses are the garland bearers, who live and reside upon all four sides of Mount Sumeru. The garland bearers differ in terms of the directions. They have different names and distinct karmic actions, and so they spend their lives‍—produced by numerous karmic actions‍—experiencing happiness but having many different types of bodies, youthfulness, and agility. The web of karmic action is like the imprint of a seal: it is not uncaused, not random, and not produced by any other action. Therefore, those who wish for happiness [F.54.a] should pursue wholesome qualities.

The Vessel-Bearer Gods

The Ever-Infatuated Gods

The Triple-Lute-Bearer Gods

The Wandering Gods


4.B.

The Heaven of the Thirty-Three

4.B.­1

“When the monk has seen the gods of the Four Great Kings, he will next examine the realms of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three and its associated karmic actions. Thus, he will ask himself, ‘How do positive and negative karmic actions relate to beings taking birth among the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three?’

4.B.­2

“As he applies knowledge derived from hearing, he will then correctly perceive the following realms of the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three: Dwelling in Sudharma, Dwelling in the Lofty, Dwelling on Summits, Dwelling in Excellent View, Dwelling in One Direction, Dwelling in Forests, Dwelling in Various Chariots, Dwelling in Enjoyment, Dwelling in Beauty, Dwelling by the Pārijāta Tree, Dwelling on Mixed Riverbanks, Dwelling on Forest Riverbanks, Dwelling in Essence of Jewels, Engaging in Clarification, House of Refined Gold, Shaded by Garlands, Moving on Springy Ground, Distinguished in Many Colorful Ways, Subtle Engagement, Enraptured by and Attached to Song, Blazing Splendor, Resembling the Full Moon, Pair of Śāla Trees, Moving in the Wink of an Eye, Fine Complexion and Large Body, Draped with Jewels, [F.110.a] Part of the Assembly, Dwelling on the Disk, High Conduct, Supreme Splendor, Garland of Splendor, and Unmixed. Thus, the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three inhabit thirty-three regions.

The Gods Dwelling in Sudharma

The Gods in Dwelling in the Lofty

The Gods in Dwelling on Summits

The Gods in Dwelling in Excellent View

The Gods in Dwelling in One Direction

The Gods in Dwelling in Forests

The Gods in Dwelling in Various Chariots

The Gods in Dwelling in Enjoyment

The Gods in Dwelling in Beauty

The Gods in Dwelling by the Pārijāta Tree

The Gods in Dwelling on Mixed Riverbanks

The Gods in Dwelling on Forest Riverbanks

The Gods in Dwelling in Essence of Jewels

The Gods in Engaging in Clarification

The Gods in House of Refined Gold

The Gods in Shaded by Garlands

The Gods in Moving on Springy Ground

The Gods in Distinguished in Many Colorful Ways

The Gods in Promotion

The Gods in Subtle Engagement

The Gods in Enraptured by and Attached to Song

The Gods in Blazing Splendor

The Gods in Resembling the Full Moon

The Gods in Pair of Śāla Trees

The Gods in Moving in the Wink of an Eye

The Gods in Fine Complexion and Large Body

The Gods in Draped with Jewels

The Gods in Part of the Assembly

The Gods in Dwelling on the Disk

The Gods in High Conduct

The Gods in Supreme Splendor

The Gods in Garland of Splendor

The Gods in Unmixed


4.C.

The Heaven Free from Strife

4.C.­1

Homage to all buddhas and bodhisattvas!


“The karmic effects of life as a god in the realms of the Heaven Free from Strife and the guardians of the world always manifest on the basis of cause and effect.

4.C.­2

“When the monk who has knowledge of the effects of the ripening of karmic actions has examined the exhilarated gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, he will next wonder about the identity of the gods who reside above them, and who are superior in terms of splendor, diligence, joy, radiance, and lifespan. Through his knowledge derived from hearing, he will see that those gods, who are far superior to the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three in terms of the methods they have applied in the past, and in terms of the ripening of their karmic qualities, are known as the gods in the Heaven Free from Strife. He will also notice that beings are born in that heaven by observing various forms of discipline. Those gods have abandoned killing, stealing, and sexual misconduct. They have practiced discipline in a way that is uncorrupted, unbroken, undefiled, and stable, thereby pleasing all the noble ones. Since they possess the karmic ripening of constant discipline, they will become spiritual practitioners who contemplate reality and pass beyond the ocean of existence by traveling across the bridge of discipline, the bridge that spans the ocean of cyclic existence and leads to the city of the transcendence of suffering. Just as before, their sevenfold discipline can be distinguished in terms of inferior, intermediate, and excellent levels.

The Gods in Supreme Strength

The Gods in Traveling on Great Mounts356

The Gods in Moving in the Stream

The Gods in Living on the Peak

The Gods in Living on the Peak364

The Gods in Ornament of the Mind

The Gods in Continuous Movement

The Gods in Moving in Vast Environments

The Gods in Moving in Gatherings398

The Six Stūpas

The Stūpa of the Buddha Śikhin

The Stūpa of the Buddha Vipaśyin

The Stūpa of the Buddha Krakucchanda

The Male Lay Practitioner

The Female Lay Practitioner

The Nuns

The Monks

The Stūpa of the Buddha Viśvabhū

The Stūpa of the Blessed Kanakamuni

The Stūpa of the Blessed Kāśyapa

The Gods in Moving in Mixed Environments

The Gods in Endowed with Migration

The Gods in Emanation of Light Rays

The Gods in Controlled Movement

The Gods in Constant Bliss

The Gods in Endowed with Increasing Bliss

The Eleven Great Dharma Teachings

(1) Agitation Is Remedied by Taming Oneself

(2) Lack of Restraint Is Remedied by One-Pointedness

(3) Flawed Discipline Is Remedied by Following a Holy Person

(4) Laziness Is Remedied by Diligence

(5) Obsession with Village Life Is Remedied by Being Alone in the Wilderness

(6) Greed Is Remedied by Contentment

(7) Fondness for Friends and Relatives Is Remedied by Staying in Foreign Lands

(8) Meaningless Talk Is Remedied by Proper Verbal Restraint

(9) Frivolity Is Remedied by Steadfastness

(10) Poverty Is Remedied by Generosity

(11) Ignorance Is Remedied by Knowledge

The Gods in Total Pleasure

The Twenty-Two Wholesome Factors537

(1) Remorse

(2) Fear of the Lower Realms

(3) Patience

(4) Diligence

(5) Teaching the Dharma

(6) Compassion

(7) Gentleness

(8) Observance

(9) Faith

(10) Overcoming Fickleness543

(11) Steadfastness544

(12) Fear of Scandal545

(13) Absence of Clinging547

(14) Delighting in Solitude548

(15) Undistracted Mind549

(16) Recollection of Death550

(17) Freedom from Infatuation with One’s Body, Family, and Nobility552

(18) Equality with Respect to All Beings553

(19) Contentment555

(20) Weariness of Objects556

(21) Distrust of the Mind557

The Gods in Living by Rājanina558

The Thirty Qualities of Listening to the Dharma

(1) Hearing the Dharma That One Has Not Heard Before

(2) Understanding What One Hears

(3) Discerning What One Understands

(4) Accomplishing What One Discerns

(5) Practicing What One Has Adopted

(6) Establishing Others in That Which One Observes

(7) Being Unaffected by Decline561

(8) Developing Discernment of the Characteristics of the Dharma562

(9) Giving Rise to Roots of Virtue That Did Not Exist Previously

(10) Causing the Roots of Virtue to Mature

(11) Liberating Those Who Are Matured

(12) Establishing Those with Wrong View in the Authentic View

(13) Overcoming All Unvirtuous Thoughts

(14) Cultivating All Virtuous Thoughts

(15) Relinquishing Negativities That Arise by the Force of Conditions

(16) Developing Carefulness

(17) Following Holy People

(18) Overcoming Deceit and Stinginess

(19) Being Respectful to One’s Parents

(20) Understanding Karmic Actions and Their Effects

(21) Cultivating Activity That Increases One’s Life Span

(22) Being Praised by the People of the World

(23) Being Protected by the Gods

(24) Having Excellent Intentions

(25) Possessing the Wealth of Being Endowed with the Dharma

(26) Being Free From Laziness

(27) Gratitude

(28) Continuous Recollection of Death

(29) Being Free From Regrets at the Time of Death

(30) Finally Going Completely Beyond Suffering

The Gods in Shining in Manifold Ways


5.

The Application of Mindfulness of the Body

5.­1

At this point the Blessed One resided in the brahmin town of Nālati. [F.110.a] The Blessed One then addressed the monks: “Monks, I shall explain to you what is known as The Application of Mindfulness of the Body. I shall explain to you that which is virtuous in the beginning, middle, and end; that which exclusively consists of excellent meanings and excellent words; and a pure sort of conduct that is complete, pristine, and perfect. Such is the Dharma teaching known as The Application of Mindfulness of the Body. Pay full attention and listen well; I shall explain.” When the Blessed One had spoken these words, the monks listened accordingly.

5.­2

The Blessed One then spoke to them: “Monks, what is the Dharma teaching called The Application of Mindfulness of the Body? A monk who carefully considers the body and attends to it is not within the realm of the māras. He also relinquishes the afflictions. He sees the body correctly. He realizes wakefulness and is liberated within the transcendence of suffering. This is what I proclaim.

5.­3

“Monks who consider the body correctly will not be disturbed by improper mental acts. They become free from the afflictions. The body comprises all these things: the eyes, ears, nose, tongue, body, and mind that are of an inner nature, along with external form, taste, smell, texture, sound, and phenomena. If one carefully considers the body and attends to what is of an inner nature, one will eventually transcend suffering. In this regard, when a monk sees a form by means of the eye, he does not give rise to thoughts about it and he does not consider the form in a state of mind that involves lustful desire. The body contains hair, body hair, nails, bones, skin, blood, sinew, consumed food, eyebrows, phlegm, bile, [F.110.b] air, intestines, the colon, the anus, lungs, flesh, fat, semen, lymph, pus, the brain membrane, and the brain.

5.­4

“When one is mindful of the body one will not be ruined by forms, tastes, smells, textures, sounds, mental phenomena, or external phenomena. The eyes will from the very beginning see forms correctly. How do spiritual practitioners correctly see the physical eye that is a transformation of the four great elements? The physical eye that is of an internal nature has a slight degree of solidity and firmness. That is what is known as the earth element of the physical eye that is of an internal nature. The physical eye that is of an internal nature also contains a distinct element of water, which is wet and fluid. Thereby the eye retains moisture. That is what is known as the water element of the physical eye that is of an internal nature. The physical eye that is of an internal nature also contains a distinct element of fire, which is warmth and heat. Thereby the eye retains warmth. That is what is known as the fire element of the physical eye that is of an internal nature. The physical eye that is of an internal nature also contains a distinct element of wind and air, thus yielding movement. That is what is known as the wind element of the physical eye that is of an internal nature. In the same way that a monk thus understands the eye correctly, he also discerns the ear, nose, tongue, and body. And a monk who regards the body in this way will not be bound by any craving that involves lustful desire.

5.­5

“Moreover, the spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will think, [F.111.a] ‘Moment by moment, my body is born, ages, dies, undergoes transmigration, and is reborn. It is illusory, hollow, empty, insubstantial like foam, like bursting bubbles, and painful. It is a locus of suffering. It is a source of suffering. There is nothing there that is not painful, impermanent, and utterly changeable. There is nothing whatsoever in this body that is not subject to destruction.’

5.­6

“As he continues to discern the body correctly, the spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will then think, ‘What is the refuge; who is the savior? This body grows from karmic actions. Therefore, karmic actions are the refuge, they are the savior. When endowed with virtuous actions, one is born a god or a human, but when possessing unvirtuous actions, one takes birth as a hell being, starving spirit, or animal. This body has no substance and contains nothing that is clean. It has no essence and contains nothing that is permanent or stable.’ With this understanding, he will give up any craving that involves lustful desire.

5.­7

“The spiritual practitioner who understands the eye correctly will also ask himself, ‘Are the forms, appearances, and spaces that are seen by the eye of humans in Jambudvīpa the same as those seen by the eyes of humans elsewhere?’

“Considering this question well, he will regard the matter by means of knowledge derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye. In this way, he will recognize that for humans in Jambudvīpa, the perception of form takes place through the conditions of their eyes, forms, light, space, and mental activity. [F.111.b] Likewise, humans on the northern continent of Kuru may see forms while traveling through and remaining in the sky. Similar to the perception of fish that live in water, humans in Kuru in the north see forms in a way that is obscured according to their particular class.

5.­8

“Continuing to examine the bodies of humans in Kuru by means of his body in Jambudvīpa, the spiritual practitioner will then ask himself, ‘The sounds that my ears can hear may be unpleasant or clear, but I do not register sounds when there is an obstruction. I hear sounds when they are loud. But is it the same for humans in Kuru in the north?’ When he thus examines hearing correctly, he will notice that due to their unique situation the people on Kuru in the north hear sounds whether they are nearby, distant, weak, pleasant, or unpleasant. They hear in a way that resembles the way the sun shines on all things whether they are nearby, distant, common, inferior, clean, or unclean. Humans in Kuru in the north hear sounds in a manner similar to that.

5.­9

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will then ask himself, ‘Is the olfactory faculty of humans in Jambudvīpa similar to that of the humans in Kuru in the north?’ As he examines this question with knowledge derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice how their unique situation causes humans in Kuru to register only pleasant smells, and not foul ones. This resembles the way a swan that is fed milk mixed with water will drink only the milk, and not the water. Similarly, humans in Kuru in the north register only delightful fragrances and not any unpleasant smells.

5.­10

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will then ask himself whether the way taste is experienced by humans in Jambudvīpa is shared by the humans of Kuru. [F.112.a] With the help of knowledge derived from hearing or by means of the pure divine eye, he will then notice that while the bodies of humans in Jambudvīpa are sustained by foods that may be either superior, intermediate, or inferior, the situation of humans in Kuru in the north is not like that. Humans in Kuru do not have any sense of ownership and they constantly engage in virtuous actions. Without thinking themselves owners, they all experience one taste only. This is unlike the human context in Jambudvīpa.

5.­11

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will also ask himself whether the form of the body of a human in Jambudvīpa is the same as that of a human in Kuru in the north. With the help of knowledge derived from hearing or by means of divine eye, he will then notice that, while the humans in Jambudvīpa have bodies of many different kinds, that is not the case with the humans in Kuru, who are all born based on similar actions. They therefore all have the same physical form and appearance, displaying a color that is like gold from the Jambu River. Their bodies are all large, and not rough but soft and attractive. In this way, they differ from the bodies of humans in Jambudvīpa. Humans in Jambudvīpa are not all born based on the same type of actions and they therefore also have different types of bodies, not just one and the same.

5.­12

“When he has considered those two human realms, the spiritual practitioner will next examine a third, namely Videha in the east. Through knowledge derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see that while Videha in the east indeed is home to humans, just like Jambudvīpa and Kuru in the north, their perception of form is unlike that of humans in Jambudvīpa, because they do not see frightening sights, such as dogs, tigers, birds of prey, or rats. [F.112.b] Also, humans in Videha in the east see forms even in the dark. In this way, they notice the various subtle and crude forms that come into their visual field.

5.­13

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will also ask himself whether humans in Videha in the east hear sounds in the same way as humans in Jambudvīpa. Through knowledge derived from hearing or by means of a divine eye, he will then notice that the humans in Videha in the east hear sounds in a way that is different from both humans in Jambudvīpa and Kuru in the north. Due to their unique situation, the aural consciousness of humans in Videha in the east registers only sounds within the distance of an arrowshot.

5.­14

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the bodies of the humans in these three realms will also ask himself whether the olfactory consciousness of humans in Videha in the east registers smells in the same way as humans in Jambudvīpa or Kuru in the north. Through knowledge derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see that due to their unique situation, the olfactory consciousness of humans in Videha in the east registers scents only during the day.

5.­15

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will also ask himself whether the gustatory consciousness of humans in Videha functions in the same way as that of humans in Jambudvīpa or Kuru in the north. With knowledge derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that when humans in Videha in the east consume a single meal of rice, it sustains their bodies for a period of three days. [F.113.a] Also, due to their unique situation, these humans live free from disease. Sickness sets in only during the final five days of their lives.

5.­16

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will also ask himself whether the bodies of the humans in Videha in the east are just like those of humans in Jambudvīpa or Kuru in the north. With knowledge derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that the bodies of humans in Videha in the east cast large shadows over their surroundings, like a nyagrodha tree.

5.­17

“When the spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it has examined those three human realms, he will next examine a fourth, namely Godānīya. Wondering how the eye functions in Godānīya, he will apply knowledge derived from hearing or seeing with the divine eye and notice that the visual consciousness of humans in Godānīya functions even in the absence of open space, and thus they can even see through a mountain. Just as humans in Jambudvīpa can see appearances through a crystal, the people in Godānīya can see forms even through a mountain on account of their unique situation.

5.­18

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will also ask himself whether the aural consciousness of humans in Godānīya functions in the same way as that of humans in Jambudvīpa, Kuru in the north, or Videha in the east. With knowledge derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that the humans in Godānīya hear with their eyes. Just as the snakes in Jambudvīpa hear with their eyes, so the humans in Godānīya likewise use their eyes for hearing. Just as they can see forms through a mountain, they can also hear sounds even if they occur behind a mountain, on account of their unique situation. [F.113.b]

5.­19

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will also ask himself whether the olfactory consciousness of humans in Godānīya functions through a distinct faculty‍—the eyes and the rest‍— as is the case with the humans in Jambudvīpa, Kuru in the north, and Videha in the east. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that when their eyes see something, such a flower, they also perceive its scent. Due their unique situation, their eyes also perceive the smell of the things they see.

5.­20

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will also wonder about the functioning of the gustatory consciousness of humans in Godānīya. With knowledge derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that the humans of Godānīya eat sāmakā570 for food and always drink cow’s yogurt, milk, and buttermilk. Moreover, the milk, yogurt, and buttermilk that the humans in Godānīya partake of is similar to the molasses wine, grape wine, sweet wine, and distilled wine that the humans in Jambudvīpa enjoy. And just as people in Jambudvīpa are satisfied by rice, those in Godānīya are satisfied by sāmakā.

5.­21

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will also wonder about the bodies of the people in Godānīya. With knowledge derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that their bodies are as tall as palmyra palms, thus appearing in a form that accords with their particular karmic actions.

5.­22

“When in this way the spiritual practitioner examines the four human abodes‍—looking for identical or similar mind states, births, or supports‍—he finds nothing that is the same, neither through knowledge derived from hearing nor by seeing with the divine eye. [F.114.a] Carefully considering the body, he recognizes that in those four human abodes the mind states, births, and supports do not resemble one another.

5.­23

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will also wonder whether in any place or region within those four human abodes there may be some people who are not experiencing their actions, who are not born according to their actions, and who do not live according to their actions. He will then fail to find any people who are not experiencing their actions, who are not born according to their actions, and who do not live according to their actions. Their actions may be virtuous or unvirtuous, yet everyone is experiencing their karmic actions. There are no aggregates that are not either pleasant, unpleasant, or neutral.

5.­24

“As the spiritual practitioner carefully considers the body in this way, he will also wonder about the bodies of the gods who experience the effects of positive actions, and about the ways that the gods possess and enjoy their heavenly sense pleasures. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice the way the gods in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings possess the five types of heavenly sense pleasures. Insatiably, their eyes enjoy divine forms, perceiving all the subtle and coarse forms within ten thousand leagues by seeing with the divine eye they are born with. If they engage in miraculous feats, they may also produce an eye capable of seeing forms even at a distance of many thousands of leagues. [F.114.b] The monk will see that among the gods, who possess the power of former positive actions, those who belong to the Heaven of the Four Great Kings live lives that are desirable, attractive, and delightful.

5.­25

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will also ask himself how the ears of the gods in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings hear sounds. With knowledge derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that all the sounds they hear are desirable, attractive, and delightful, and that the ears they are born with register sounds within three thousand leagues. When they engage in miraculous feats, they may even develop the ability to hear sounds within twenty thousand leagues, and all the sounds will still be desirable, attractive, and delightful.

5.­26

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will also ask himself how the noses of the gods in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings register smells. With knowledge derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that the noses of the gods in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings sense smells within two hundred thousand leagues. By engaging in miraculous feats, they may even develop the ability to apprehend smells within one hundred thousand leagues.

5.­27

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will also ask himself how the tongues of the gods in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings register tastes. With knowledge derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that the tongues of the gods in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings exclusively register superior tastes that are attractive, delightful, and pleasurable. These gods partake insatiably of tastes that are created by their own former positive actions.

5.­28

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will also wonder about the relative subtlety, coarseness, and agility of the bodies of the gods in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings. [F.115.a] With knowledge derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that even if five hundred gods reside on the same lotus flower, their extremely subtle bodies will not touch each other or feel uncomfortable. This is due to the splendor of the divine substance of the gods. For example, if five hundred butter lamps are lit within a house, the flames of the lamps will not obstruct or impede one another. Similarly, when the gods reside in their perfect palaces, they neither harm nor impede one another. The gods can also emanate coarse bodies that can measure many hundreds of leagues and be either beautiful or ugly, or frightening or heartwarming to look at.

5.­29

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will also wonder about the speed of the gods’ movements. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that the gods at times move swiftly. If they apply their miraculous powers, they may travel across many hundreds of thousands of leagues and return again all in the wink of an eye. They can also travel unimpededly wherever they wish. Whatever enjoyment they may wish to pursue, they will also achieve that in perfect measure. Once they have obtained something, that cannot be robbed or taken into the possession of others. Likewise, any object they may attain cannot be ruined or damaged by others. [F.115.b] So, their divine objects only increase throughout day and night. Their former positive deeds always provide them with a perfect abundance of sense pleasures. This is always the case. This is how the spiritual practitioner carefully considers the body.

5.­30

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will also wonder about the bodies of the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three and the way those gods experience their objects. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that compared to the pleasures of the gods in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings, the sounds, textures, tastes, forms, and fragrances of the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three are a thousand times more enjoyable. Why is that? Because compared to the gods in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings, those in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three have engaged in actions that are far more desirable, vast, delightful, beautiful, and superior. And why is that? The pleasures of the gods in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings are incomparable because of the sublime character of the former positive actions of the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. This is how the spiritual practitioner carefully considers the body and attends to it in detail.

5.­31

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will also wonder about the character of the bodies of beings in the hells. With insight derived from hearing, or by seeing with the divine eye, he will examine the inhabitants of the great hells of Reviving, Black Line, Crushing, Howling, Great Howling, Heat, Intense Heat, and Ultimate Torment, and will notice that they are born in those realms due to completed and accumulated actions of the three kinds‍—meaning actions of body, speech, and mind‍—that are unattractive, ugly, and unpleasant. [F.116.a] The reason for this is that, until they have been experienced, there is no way to be free from completed and accumulated negative actions.

5.­32

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will then wonder what actions make beings take birth in those hells. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that by engaging in, becoming habituated to, and increasing acts of killing, one is born in the Reviving Hell. By engaging in, becoming habituated to, and increasing acts of killing and stealing, one is born in the Black Line Hell. By engaging in, becoming habituated to, and increasing acts of killing, stealing, and sexual misconduct, one is born in the Crushing Hell. By engaging in, becoming habituated to, and increasing acts of killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, and lying, one is born in the Howling Hell. By engaging in, becoming habituated to, and increasing acts of killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, and causing people who observe vows to drink alcohol and wine, one is born in the Great Howling Hell. By engaging in, becoming habituated to, and increasing acts of killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, causing people who observe vows to drink alcohol and wine, and having wrong views, one is born in the Hell of Heat. By engaging in, becoming habituated to, and increasing acts of killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, offering alcohol and wine to people who observe vows, having wrong views, and defiling monks or nuns, one is born in the Hell of Intense Heat. Five actions that lead to hell produce birth in the hell of Ultimate Torment. [F.116.b] Those are patricide, matricide, killing a worthy one, causing a rift in the saṅgha, and maliciously drawing blood from a blessed buddha. Those acts bring birth in the hell of Ultimate Torment. Thinking about the ripening of actions experienced by the beings in hell, he will develop loving affection for sentient beings.

5.­33

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will then wonder about those beings who live as starving spirits. As the spiritual practitioner carefully considers the body, he will use knowledge derived from hearing or see by means of the divine eye. Doing so, he will perceive how, due to various forms of stinginess, the starving spirits571 are born five hundred leagues below the earth where they suffer intensely from the miseries related to a lack of food, intense distress,572 mutual predation, starvation, thirst, and scorching rains of fire. These beings have all taken birth according to their actions, experience the result of their actions, and live lives governed by their actions. In this way, he will observe how the starving spirits undergo such terrible sufferings.

5.­34

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will then also examine the animal realm. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will see the multitudes of animals. In short, he will notice the animals of the three environments: those that live in water, such as fish; those that live on dry land, such as elephants, horses, cows, buffalo, deer, and pigs; and also the many animals that traverse the skies.

5.­35

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will use his eyesight, or insight derived from hearing, or seeing with the divine eye to examine the various modes by which animals take birth. [F.117.a] With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see that animals are born in four ways: (1) pigs, cows, buffalo, elephants, horses, and the like are born from a womb; (2) snakes, geese, quail, domestic fowl, ravens, and so on are born from an egg; (3) lice, bedbugs, and the like are born from warmth and moisture; and (4) the long-faced nāgas, to give one example, are born miraculously. In this way, he will see the animals correctly.

5.­36

“Throughout the three contexts, all that is attractive and delightful will eventually be lost, disappear, disperse, and come to nothing. All that living beings consider agreeable, disagreeable, or neutral must eventually be abandoned. Everyone must die and take rebirth, again and again. There is no one in the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, animals, or anywhere else, to whom this does not apply. Monks, this cyclic existence is nothing to wish for. It is entirely joyless, unattractive, unpleasant, deceptive, and subject to destruction. All beings experience exceptional suffering. Monks, you should therefore free yourselves from desire for the realms of cyclic existence. They are meaningless, deceptive, and terrifying. They are impermanent, painful, dark, and trivial. As fast as you can, free yourselves from all this.”

5.­37

Following these instructions, the brahmins, householders, and monks in the town of Nālati carefully considered their bodies and attended to them, [F.117.b] and they correctly perceived the external body by means of the internal body. How then did the brahmins, householders, and monks in the town of Nālati carefully consider and attend to the internal body? They correctly saw how the internal body contained a mass of various unclean elements. Repeatedly examining and investigating the body from head to toe, they carefully considered the body.


5.­38

“When the spiritual practitioner begins such an investigation, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then make the following observations: ‘The skull that houses my brain, which has four parts, is made of four bone sections. It is home to various worms that live off the brain. Among these, the cranium dwellers feed on the brain, for they live within the cranium and eat off the brain. Such worms move and reside within the cranium. They are of that kind and subsist on such sustenance. The hair consumer worms live outside the cranium and consume the hair follicles on the head. Once they have consumed the greater part of a follicle, the respective hair will fall out. The worm called the ear occupier lives in the ears. It is born in the ears and lives off them, and when they become aggressive, they cause pain and disease in the ears. The mucus dweller lives in the nose. It is born there and lives off the nose. When it becomes aggressive, it consumes what is eaten, drunk, chewed, and tasted. From my nose, these worms may also transfer into the cranium and feed on the brain. When that happens, I suffer from a loss of appetite. The worm called fat dweller lives inside my head. [F.118.a] It is born there and lives off it, and when it becomes aggressive, it causes the head to become slanted. The worm called the joint dweller also lives in my body. It is born between the jaws and feeds on them. It sometimes crawls out of the ears and, when it becomes aggressive, it chews on them and pierces one’s face like a needle. The mucus eater worm lives in the cavities that absorb the taste of food and at the root of the tongue. It is born there and eats from its environments, and when it becomes aggressive, it causes my mouth to become dry. There are also worms that live by the roots of the teeth. When this dental-root eater becomes aggressive, it causes a toothache.’ In this way, the spiritual practitioner carefully considers and attends to the internal body.573 He will think, ‘There are ten species of worms living in my head.’

5.­39

“Carefully considering his body that consists of cranium, flesh, and various inner elements, the spiritual practitioner will wonder how much bone and flesh is contained in one’s head. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the cranium has four parts, the cheekbones have three, the chin bone has one, the bones of the dental roots have thirty-two, the palate bone has two, and the neck bones have fifteen.

5.­40

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to his own body will also examine the flesh that his head contains and the way it increases with food consumption. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will understand that his cranium contains four pieces of flesh, while his cheeks have two, and the space in between the skull bones has one. The throat, nose, and tongue are individual pieces. The lips make up two, as do the earlobes. [F.118.b] Considering this, he will think, ‘I possess these lumps of flesh, which grow and expand in accordance with my consumption of food.’


5.­41

“There are also ten kinds of worms that occupy one’s throat. Those that live from filth in the mouth, those that cause spit production, and those that cause vomiting all cause fluids to move within the ten channels of the throat. There are also the worms that become intoxicated by sweetness, those utterly intoxicated, those that crave for the six tastes, those that cry out, those that are opposed to taste, those that enjoy sleeping, and the bulky ones.

5.­42

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will also wonder, ‘How and where in my body do the worms cause disease or preserve health?’ With knowledge derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the spit-producing worms live in the upper part of the throat. The moment when the molar teeth grind food so that it descends into the stomach, the food is covered in nauseating impurities that flow from the brain membrane. However, the worms consume those impurities that are covered with mucus. These worms can grow to a very large size, thus causing cough due to phlegm. The worms are born in the throat due to foods that are fatty, sweet, very sweet, not very sour, and very cold.

5.­43

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will also wonder, ‘Does the spit-producing worm promote well-being or give rise to poor health?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, [F.119.a] ‘The spit-producing worms live in my throat. If they remain in their natural condition, the nauseating impurities on my food mentioned previously will not occur. I will feel good as the food descends into the ten streams of vital fluids. For example, if phlegm increases, I will not remain healthy, but these worms will suck up any such excess phlegmatic fluid.’

5.­44

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also ask himself, ‘How do the worms that cause vomiting affect my health and how does food remain in my body?’ When the worms that cause vomiting enter the ten streams of vital fluids, they reach the center of the throat. At that point, they may cause the flow to momentarily shift upward and emerge. Five factors cause vomiting of what was consumed: wind, bile, phlegm, contraction, and pungency. When the worms remain in their natural location, the worms will, as mentioned before, descend to the lower part of the stomach, where they function to digest and liquefy my food.’

5.­45

“Wondering how the vomit-inducing worms produce vomiting through the circumstance of wind, the spiritual practitioner will employ insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then understand, ‘This occurs through lightness, cooling, roughness, momentary constipation, or lack of sleep. When the winds rise from the cavities of my throat, my vomit-inducing worms will transfer from their abode. That is how vomiting occurs due to wind.’

5.­46

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will ask himself, ‘How do my vomit-inducing worms stimulate vomiting due to bile?’ [F.119.b] With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then understand, ‘When a lot of spicy, warm, salty, or pungent food is consumed, such food harms the worms that cause vomiting. As a result, they wriggle upward, which causes me to vomit due to bile.’

5.­47

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will also ask himself, ‘How does vomiting occur due to phlegm?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then understand, ‘Imbalances of phlegm occur when one indulges in sweet, cold, heavy, fatty, or feeble foods, and if one sleeps continually during the day and night. Such imbalances cause a proliferation of the vomit-inducing worms, thus causing illnesses in my throat as well as vomiting. In this way, vomiting may also occur due to phlegm.’

5.­48

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will also ask himself, ‘How do my vomit-inducing worms cause vomiting due to contraction?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see that by indulging in food that is cool, bitter, spicy, sour, salty, sugary, cold, sweet, or oily, one’s vomit-inducing worms will want to expel it from the throat. There will then be vomiting due to the three flaws.

5.­49

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will also ask himself, ‘How do my vomit-inducing worms stimulate vomiting due to flies?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see how the excrement of flies may stir the vomit-inducing worms within the throat. That will in turn trigger vomiting.

5.­50

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it [F.120.a] will then use insight derived from hearing, or see with the divine eye, to perceive as follows: ‘My worms that are intoxicated by sweetness are found everywhere from the tip of my tongue all the way to the channel where the life force moves. They are extremely subtle, have no limbs, and wriggle along. If I eat tasty food, the worms intoxicated by sweetness will flourish through that food, but if I eat unpleasant food, they will degenerate. They feed in a way that is comparable to the way bees visit flowers to drink from the subtle nectars. Similarly, the worms that are intoxicated by sweetness become pleased and satisfied by the extremely subtle forms of sustenance found in my food. Moreover, the foods that I relish are precisely those that the worms intoxicated by sweetness relish, and the foods that increase my well-being are exclusively those that increase the well-being of the worms intoxicated by sweetness. If I do not eat, my worms intoxicated by sweetness will become sick.’ In this way he examines this unpleasant species of worm that is intoxicated by sweetness.

5.­51

“Next, wondering whether the utterly intoxicated worm causes health or imbalance, the spiritual practitioner will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice that the utterly intoxicated worms live at the roots of the eye sockets. If they move to the joints of the neck bone, this will make him feel angry or unhappy. They cause the flesh of the throat to swell and they may invade the throat like ants and take possession of it. When they remain in their own place, such ailments will not occur.

5.­52

“When in this way he has examined the utterly intoxicated worm, he will next consider the worm that craves the six tastes. The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it will then ask himself whether those worms that give rise to craving in people cause health or imbalance. [F.120.b] With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, ‘Whenever the worm that is attached to and craves for the six tastes craves a certain taste, I too will become fond of that. Likewise, whichever tastes those worms do not like I will not cling to either. If I contract a fever, the worms will also soon become afflicted by fever. Such ailments will make me lose my appetite.’

5.­53

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will then examine the wheezing worm that lives below the sockets of his eyes. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will realize, ‘When the wheezing worms become aggressive, they will slither into my head. They will then contaminate my eye sockets and cause my neck to become slanted. They will gnaw on my trachea and blow574 air inside my throat. This will give rise to a suffering that feels like I am dying. The wheezing worm and the other worms that live in the throat are always working against each other. When they fight in this way, these ailments occur. The wheezing worms are covered with spit and their mouths and legs are short.’

5.­54

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will then use insight derived from hearing or seeing with the divine eye. Doing so, he will notice, ‘The worm opposed to taste lives at the base of my throat and in the sockets of my eyes. [F.121.a] Does this worm cause health or infirmity? The worm opposed to taste likes only a single taste and is opposed to all others. If it likes a sweet taste, it is opposed to all other tastes. If it likes a sour taste, it is opposed to all other tastes. If it likes a spicy taste, it is opposed to all other tastes. If it likes a salty taste, it is opposed to all other tastes. If it likes a bitter taste, it is opposed to all other tastes. Whichever taste such an angry worm dislikes, I will also dislike. There is yet another worm called taste movement that appears at the tip of my tongue. Once taste is perceived there, this worm causes the tip of my tongue to become dry. When it becomes aggressive, it will feed off my tongue and cause discomfort. When the tongue is retracted into the throat, the worm is not aggressive. When the worm is not aggressive, none of these ailments will occur.’

5.­55

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will use insight derived from hearing or seeing with the divine eye. Doing so, he will notice, ‘My worms that enjoy sleeping are subtle‍—no larger than a sun ray particle. They move through areas in which no other worms are found. Like the wind, they move through the vital arteries, gristle, flesh, brain membrane, cheekbones, dental roots, neck, throat, ears, eyes, nose, hair, and body hair. [F.121.b] During the day, these worms that enjoy sleeping are either torpid or asleep. At night, they move in the arteries of the heart. The heart retains a lotus shape during the day, but during the night it contracts due the absence of sunlight. At that time, the worms are dormant within the heart, since the lotus shape of the heart contracts at that time. That will also make me dispassionate. If the worms that enjoy sleeping become inactive, the faculties will also grow tired from their engagements with objects and go dormant. Thereby, all those creatures will fall asleep. Indeed, even during day, the faculties will thereby become disengaged.’ In this way, the spiritual practitioner correctly understands the worms that enjoy sleeping.

5.­56

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will use insight derived from hearing or seeing with the divine eye. Doing so, he will notice, ‘The bulky worms that live in my body move through the blood in my head and throat, as well as in the fat. Whenever they become emaciated, they will drink from my blood, which makes me feel cold. They will also nibble all around my mouth, hair, joints, or elsewhere. When they do not move around, they reside in the tendons, and at such times, none of those ailments will occur.’


5.­57

“This is how those brahmins and householders from the town of Nālati, or a monk who is a spiritual practitioner, correctly observe and understand the types of worms that live in the body, such as those that live in the throat, the tongue, the neck bones, the hair follicles, the phlegm, the bones, [F.122.a] the blood, and the tendons. Thereby, one becomes free from desire for the tastes encountered by the tongue. One will overcome all craving that is directed toward such tastes. Ānanda, beings who are bound by the ties of craving are attached to an ocean of tastes, but in this way, one is freed from desire for them all. Free from desire, one will not be bound by craving for food. One will not pay visits and offer service at the homes of donors and benefactors. One will not accumulate wealth and household articles. One will be content with simple lentil broth. One will not become angry at others for reasons of wealth and service. One will not become fond of attending great gatherings. One will not become excited because of temples and gardens. One will not become excited based on physical attraction. One will not become excited based on physical appearances. One will not become excited because of clothes. One will not become excited with regard to one’s alms bowl. One will not become excited because of one’s Dharma robes. One will not become excited due to having a following of mendicants. One will not become excited by visiting towns. One will not become excited by encountering friends. One will live alone, not yearn for pleasures, stay clear of pollutants, overcome negativity, and abide within the realm of mendicants. One will abide within the transcendence of suffering. On the other hand, those who are carried away by the ocean of tastes, those who crave the ocean of tastes, will find themselves before the māras. They are far from the transcendence of suffering. [F.122.b] Therefore, by contemplating the worms that live in the body, spiritual practitioners become free from desire for tastes. Free from desire, they are not led astray by food.

5.­58

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also examine his back. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will correctly notice that the bones of the back number fifty:575 the upper back has fourteen, the lower back has twelve, and each side contains twelve. This also applies to the feet. In this way, he carefully considers and attends to the internal body by discerning the various aggregates and groups of bones.

5.­59

“Examining his body from the neck to the buttocks, he will also wonder how many lumps of flesh it contains. He will then see that the two sides of his body are alike.

5.­60

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the number of connected muscles. Beginning at the neck and continuing through to the tailbone, he will notice, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, that there are one hundred muscles on each side of his body, from the neck to the tailbone, not counting the subtle muscles.

5.­61

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the extent of his body fat. Examining his body from neck to tailbone, he will notice, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, that there are generally five Maghadhā ounces of fat, although the amount of fat will increase or decrease based on food consumption.

5.­62

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the amount of liquid contained in his body. [F.123.a] With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye he will then notice, ‘My body contains ten double-handfuls of liquid. The openings that retain576 this liquid are the hair follicles. Sweat emerges from the pores, lymph from wounds, and at times of misery, tears fall from the eyes. Beings who travel on dry land become desiccated. Due to the liquids found in my body, the subtle particles that make up the juices that digest food increase.’

5.­63

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also ask himself how much feces he possesses. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that seven double-handfuls of feces are found in the body, out of which six are phlegm.

5.­64

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also ask himself how much bile and urine he possesses. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that five double-handfuls of bile are found in the body, out of which four are urine. That is when not considering any temporary increase and decrease, or any differences that occur due to being in good health or suffering from an illness.

5.­65

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the amount of vapor, essential fluid, and semen. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that there are two double-handfuls of vapor, one double-handful of essential fluid, and one double-handful of semen.

5.­66

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder how much wind he possesses. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that there are at least three double-handfuls.

5.­67

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body [F.123.b] will also ask himself how many main channels for nourishment are present in his body as the food and drinks that he consumes and ingests are pleasantly digested. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that there are thirteen such main channels. Just as irrigation channels make fields flourish, these channels ensure that the body flourishes. These are the streams of the life force, extremities, water, sweat, urine, feces, nutrition, blood, flesh, fat, bone, marrow, and semen.

5.­68

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also ask himself whence those channels run and which parts of the body they enrich. He will also wonder where in the body the various worms live and what are their harmful and beneficial effects. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that the stream of the life force starts running from the heart; the stream of termination starts running from the joints; the water stream starts running from the intestines, the lungs, and phlegm; the stream of sweat starts running from the pores in the skin and fat; the stream of urine starts running from the bladder and penis; the stream of feces starts running from the stomach, the intestines,577 and the anus; the stream of nutrition starts running from the ten channels of the neck, the liver, and the heart; the stream of blood starts running from the spleen and liver; the stream of flesh starts running from the skin and the sinew; the stream of fat runs through the kidneys and gallbladder; [F.124.a] the stream. of bone starts running from the nails, the initial receptor of food,578 and the lungs; and the streams of marrow and semen start running from the joints and bones.


5.­69

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also ask himself, ‘How do my worms influence the condition of the main channels that run through my body, starting from the tail bone? With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye he will then notice that when ten types of worms living in the guts enter the spleen and liver, they give rise to disease. Those are the hair eater, the driller, the jantumandarava,579 the audumbara, the grasper, the hair protector, the worm infuriated by blood, the blood consumer, the limb shaker, and the āmabhyaka. All those worms have no legs and they writhe freely. They are no larger than the most subtle particle, have no eyes, and they cause itching and disease.

5.­70

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder, ‘What are the activities of each of those worms?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that when the hair eaters become aggressive, they consume the eyebrows and eyes, or one’s facial hairs and body hairs. They also cause warts. When the driller worm becomes aggressive, it enters the bloodstream and causes disturbances throughout the body. The jantumandarava worm gives the bloodstream a foul smell. Being a blood worm, the audumbara worm is provoked and agitated by blood, thus causing pustules, pimples, and ulcers in the mouth and nose. [F.124.b] When the grasper worm becomes aggressive within the blood stream, it causes disease of the liver, blood, and bile. When the hair protector worm enters the blood, it becomes aggressive and causes an aggravation of those conditions, thus giving rise to itching, jaundice, and pustules.580 When the worm infuriated by blood enters the bloodstream, it causes warts and diseases associated with desire. In women, it also causes an itch of the blood and skin ruptures. The blood-consumer worm causes dizziness, an unsteady neck, and inflammation of the anus. When the limb-shaker worm enters the veins, it causes fatigue, paralysis, shaking,581 and discomfort of the mouth.582 Such are the effects of the blood-dwelling worms and their accompanying worms.


5.­71

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also notice that ten species of worms live in the flesh. They are the wound provoker, the cuncuraga,583 the muscle traveler, the vein traveler, the skin agitator, the fat agitator, the enricher, the stinker, the sweat traveler, and the burner. The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will then ask himself, ‘How do my flesh-dwelling worms influence the condition of my health?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, ‘When a wound occurs, the wound-provoker worms will move there in great numbers. They will proceed to feed on the wound and thus cause itching and further wounds. [F.125.a]

5.­72

“ ‘What are the effects of the cuncuraga worm on my health?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, ‘When the cuncuraga worm is hungry it causes disease and excessive bowel movements. It also causes dysentery. These worms cause my warmth to dissipate and my mouth to dry up. My body becomes dilapidated and aching. My feces become watery and I become unable to sleep, whether by day or night. The cuncuraga worms are always searching for excrement in my digestive tract.584 When they live within my excrement, they cause severe diarrhea consisting of gas, sweat, urine, and phlegm. They cause a lack of appetite and even paralysis. Whenever it hurts, the cuncuraga worms appreciate it tremendously, as they gain strength and become invigorated, thereby contaminating the blood veins. This causes further dysentery. As these worms cause a great production of mucus, they also cause an increase in gas.’ In this way, examining the cuncuraga worm, he correctly understands the body.

5.­73

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also notice, ‘My muscle-traveler worms slither through the web of my major and minor muscles. When they become agitated within me, they cause ailments of the muscles. Whenever they are not hungry, however, my muscles don’t suffer. The web of muscles connects all the bones in my body and, since they are connected in this way, it is due to the muscles that sensations occur in my body. [F.125.b] However, if I become deprived of food and starve, the worms will drink the blood in my muscles and my capacities will deteriorate. If the worms consume my flesh, that will also cause the production of dark mucus in my body.’

5.­74

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will then use insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye to observe the following: ‘The vein585-traveler worm slithers throughout the network of veins in my body. It is subtle and travels unhindered. Due to the strength of my food, it may destroy my veins. The worm may cause my entire body to wither or fall into ill health. If it harms the veins that carry water, my palate will become dry. If these worms harm the veins that carry sweat, the pores of my skin will produce sweat. If they enter the veins that carry urine, these veins may be destroyed, and I will become unable to urinate. If they affect the semen, there will be unbearable pain. If they enter the channels that carry excrement and become aggressive, the bowels will become constricted and I will be miserable as though I were on the brink of death.’ In this way, examining the vein-traveler worms, he develops a correct understanding.

5.­75

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will again use insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye and thus observe the following: ‘The skin-agitator worms live within the six types of skin. If they become aggressive due to a problem with the food I consume, it causes an unpleasant coloration of my skin. [F.126.a] My skin becomes rough, discolored,586 red, pale, bluish, and cracked. Likewise, my nails, hair, beard, body hair, and outer skin will decay. There will be hard boils or warts, and my skin and flesh may lose warmth.’ In this way, examining the skin-agitator worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­76

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also use insight derived from hearing or seeing with the divine eye to observe the following: ‘The fat-agitator worms live within the layers of fat in my body. If they become agitated due to problems with my sleep or with my food, they will cause diarrhea, vomiting, boils, paleness, or discoloration. I will suffer from goiter, muscle decay, exhaustion, emaciation, and continuous perspiration when I eat.’ In this way, examining the fat-agitator worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­77

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also use insight derived from hearing or seeing with the divine eye to observe that the enricher worm lives in his body. Wondering how this worm affects his health, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘Two kinds of enricher worms partake of my body, because one lives in the parts where I have feeling, whereas another lives in those parts where I don’t have feeling. The worms that live in the parts where I have feeling occupy half the body, including the blood, flesh, bones, marrow, bile, and semen. The worms that lives in the parts of my body where I don’t have feeling are found in my hair, body hair, nails, beard, and teeth. Both these species of enricher worms have a positive effect on my body. [F.126.b] Therefore, if these enricher worms do not flourish due to problems with the food that I eat, I will also not feel well. The worms bring comfort while going as well as coming, and they facilitate falling asleep quickly and without delay. They increase my strength. They cause a growth of skin, blood, fat, bristle, bone, semen, and strength.’ In this way, examining the enricher worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­78

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will use insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye to observe the following: ‘The stinker worms live in my blood, excrement, and urine. If they become aggressive due to problems with the food that I eat, they will cause my excrement, urine, spit, and snot to emit a foul smell. My nose and eyes will also produce pus. Whatever comes in contact with the worms will begin to stink. Any clothing, bedding, or food between my teeth will begin to smell and reek due to the worms. Due to problems related to sleep at night, my tongue will emit a terrible stench. My tongue will become completely covered with a whitish stain and my body will produce a bad stench.’ In this way, examining the enricher worm, he develops a highly correct understanding of the body.

5.­79

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will use insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye to observe the following: ‘The sweat-traveler worm lives within the flesh of the neck. [F.127.a] As it digests my food, it will cause the food to move through the cavities of the three bones in the heart region, so that my excrement can be expelled below. The cavities in the three other bones will then become wet and moistened by my wastewater and, as a large mass of excrement moves toward the lower backbone, I will urinate.’ In this way, examining the sweat-traveler worm, he develops a correct understanding587 of the body.


5.­80

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe, ‘Ten species of worms live in my bile. Once they are born there, they spread everywhere in my body. They are the jurava, the shaker, the one that thrives on substance, the common one, the dark one, the great food worm, the warmth traveler, the burner, the worm that decreases heat, and the great fire worm.’

5.­81

“Those ten types of worms are born from bile and move everywhere throughout the body. Wondering how they affect his health, the spiritual practitioner will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, next notice, ‘The jurava worm lives in my body. If it becomes aggressive due to problems with the food I eat, this worm will consume my eyelashes and I will develop pocks and eczema. As it moves from one eyelash to another to feed, that will provoke a strong production of tears. If it moves into my eyes, I will develop a severe eye disease. My vision will degenerate, and I may become blind. When this worm moves inside the eye, having entered the eyeball, it will leave its larvae there, [F.127.b] which in turn will cause my eyes to become swollen and red. This worm is always a cause of severe disease.’ In this way, examining the jurava worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­82

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe, ‘The shaker worm resides in my body. It lives in my bile and travels unhindered throughout the body, harming my body with bile. As this worm inflames my bones, my flesh will become very hot and even my extremities will warm up. When it moves in my skin, I will begin to sweat.’ In this way, examining the shaker worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­83

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe, ‘The worm that thrives on substance lives in my bile. It has an extremely sharp beak and short legs. It causes a burning stomach and severe disease. If it moves to a different part of the body and develops hunger due to problems with my food, this worm will inflame my body wherever it goes. I will then bleed and vomit blood. Affecting my entire body adversely, it will burn like fire. All of my skin will burn, [F.128.a] round pox will appear on my legs, and my body will be inflamed.’ In this way, investigating the worm that thrives on substance, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­84

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe that the common worm lives within his bile. Wondering what the effects on his health may be if this worm becomes aggressive due to problems with the food he eats, he will use insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then observe, ‘The common worm passes unhindered within my body, from head to toe, and if it becomes aggressive, it causes smallpox related to blood and bile throughout the body. Blood and bile will drip from the ears and nostrils, as if I were dying. It causes blueness and hepatitis, as well as muteness.’ In this way, examining the common worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­85

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe, ‘The movement of the dark worm within my body is provoked by noxious bile. If it becomes aggressive due to problems with the food that I eat, there will be black spots, resembling sesame seeds, everywhere on my body. My flesh will develop pox, or my body will become black, yellow, or red. The worm moves in my body like the wind and destroys my bile or my anus.’ In this way, examining the dark worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body. [F.128.b]

5.­86

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe that the great food worm lives in his body. Wondering what effects this worm may have on his health, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the great food worm becomes aggressive due to problems with the food that I eat, it will reside in my bile, consuming food and producing fevers. When it grows, it will make my body oily and foul-smelling and all my major and minor body parts, as well as the faculties of my eyes, ears, and nose, will degenerate. It will become impossible for the faculties to engage with their respective objects. Due to food problems, my five faculties will thus gradually degenerate.’ In this way, examining the great food worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­87

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe that the warmth-traveler worm always likes warm food and is highly averse to cold food. Wondering what effects this worm may have on his health, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘Whatever I eat, drink, consume, or taste‍—if it is cold, this worm will develop aggression against me and so it may gnaw on my mouth, or make my body tired, heavy, weak, or injured. It may also gnaw at my heart and create problems throughout my body, resulting in bloody stool. It may also gnaw at my throat.’ [F.129.a] In this way, examining the warmth-traveler worm, he correctly examines the body.

5.­88

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe that the burner worm lives in the bile of his body. Wondering what effects this worm may have on his health, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘Burner worms live in my body, and if I eat heavy food, that will make them burn with fire. They then will grow in strength and injure the veins in my neck so that large pieces of food will get stuck in my throat. My excrement will become whitish and lessen. I will lose all joy in eating cold foods. I will also become unable to metabolize sweet foods.’ By examining the burner worms, he develops correct understanding of the body.

5.­89

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe the following: ‘The worm that decreases heat is born and lives in my bile. It likes bile and enjoys cold temperatures but suffers when it is warm. When it is cold, it is happy and thus I feel like eating. But when it is warm, this worm will decrease the heat in my body. During times of cold, my bile will function well, but when it is warm, it will become impaired, and thus the temperature in my body will decrease.’ In this way, examining the worm that decreases heat, he develops a correct understanding of the body. [F.129.b]

5.­90

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe that the great fire worm lives in his body. Wondering what effects this worm may have on his health, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘The great fire worm appreciates all types of unhealthy food. When I am hungry, these worms will feed off my body. This will make my body disfigured and I will feel pain in my back, hands, or wherever else the worms may be feeding.’ In this way, examining the worms that live in bile, he develops a correct understanding of the body.


5.­91

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe the following species of worms that emerge from the bones and live in the fat: the bone biter, the puller,588 the joint cutter, the stinker, the bone pus species, the red mouth, the relishing, the skin eater, the ant, and the razor mouth.

5.­92

“Wondering how those worms that live in his bones affect his health, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘The bone-biter worm lives in the marrow that is contained within the bones and can so be found in the marrow of the shoulders, thighs, [F.130.a] and spine, where it passes through the joints of my bones. If it becomes aggressive due to problems with the food that I eat, it will make my bones deformed and my body will become unpleasant to look at and to touch. This worm will then gnaw at the joints and consume my bones and flesh, thus causing excruciating pain in my bones. As long as this worm does not starve, however, I will not experience any of those sensations.’ In this way, examining the bone-biter worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­93

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe, ‘The puller worm lives everywhere in my bones. When this worm pulls at my bones, all the elements in my body will become dry and stiff. I will suffer from fever, choking, and diarrhea. Alternatively, I may have side cramps, vomit, and feel depressed. Whenever this worm does not pull at my bones, none of those ailments will occur.’

5.­94

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe that the joint-cutter worm lives in his body. Wondering what effects this worm may have on his health, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. [F.130.b] Doing so, he will consider, ‘If a problem with my food causes the joint-cutter worm to starve, my hands will become lame. The limbs of my body may fall off, and I may develop heart disease. Even the inhabitants of towns may become decimated. My nose will run with mucus. I will become depressed and no textures or visual forms will be attractive to me. Why is that? Because of the intensity of my sensations.’ In this way, examining the joint cutter worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­95

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe that the stinker worm lives in his body. Wondering what effects this worm may have on his health, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye as follows: ‘If the stinker worm becomes aggressive due to problems with the food that I eat, my body will be scorched and feel heavy. Wounds that would otherwise heal quickly will require a long time to do so and my entire body will become disfigured. I will become pale and my body will swell up. In some cases, my body will become paralyzed. I may also develop leprosy and my entire body may become covered with boils. There will be no healing of those diseases.’ Examining the stinker worm in this way, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­96

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe that the bone pus species lives in his body. [F.131.a] Wondering what effects this worm may have on his health, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. Doing so, he will consider, ‘The bone pus species may become aggressive due to problems with the food that I eat. In such cases, the worm will cause a recurrence of old ailments, even if one year, two years, or many years have elapsed since they were pacified and cured, or even I have not suffered from them since I was an infant. Such recurrences due to the aggression of this worm may then continue into my old age. The bone pus species produces a foul-smelling discharge that resembles the flame-of-the-forest or the dumvara fruit. I will also develop an itch and the wounds will suppurate. The wounds will then swell up589 and attract insects and meat flies.’ In this way, examining the bone pus species of worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­97

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe that the red-mouth worm lives in his bones. Wondering what effects this worm may have on his health, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then consider, ‘Whenever a problem with my food causes the red-mouth worm to starve, I will become afflicted with a severe disease that burns like flames throughout my blood and produces lymph and pus discharges. Throughout day and night, there will be no relief. I will suffer from what are called internal wounds.’ In this way, examining the red-mouth worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body. [F.131.b]

5.­98

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe that the relishing worm lives in his bones. Wondering what effects this worm may have on his health, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If a problem with my food causes the relishing worm to starve, I will develop a pox that spreads across all my major and minor body parts and causes paralysis wherever it extends. My heart will lose strength and my body will lack sensation. I will also become unable to urinate or defecate. I will become unable to sleep and it will feel like ants are crawling throughout my major and minor body parts. I will also suffer from severe thirst. I will faint, and suffer from cold fever and swelling. If the relishing worm does not starve, however, all those ailments will be pacified.’

5.­99

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe that the skin-eater worm lives in his body. Wondering what effects this worm may have on his health, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘The skin-eater worm lives in my bones, and when hungry it causes blisters, swelling of the mouth, swelling of the eyes, suppuration, weakness of the muscles, [F.132.a] intense thirst, dry throat, swelling of the nose, stiff neck, ulcers590 on the head, premature whitening of the hair, decay of the vocal cords, untimely sleepiness and desire for inappropriate foods, dislike of staying in one place, fondness for empty places and parks, distractedness, profuse talk for no reason, and I will scratch all my major and minor body parts to shreds. Such are the problems caused by the skin-eater worm. But if the worm is not hungry, none of those ailments will arise.’

5.­100

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe, ‘The ant worm lives in my bones. I wonder what effects on my health that worm may have if I go hungry?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, ‘When the ant worm becomes aggressive due to a problem with my food, I will have a terrifying sensation, as horrible as if a snake had bitten my vital points. As the worm burrows into my head, jaws, heart, intestines, anus, hands, foot soles, and nails it will feel as if they are pierced by needles. I will shiver and my nose will run. My eyes, mouth, and entire body will shudder. I will lose all appetite. When the worms become hungry, they will mingle randomly with other types of worms [F.132.b] and thus conspire to damage my body throughout day and night. Oppressed by such painful sensations, I will be unable to sleep. Yet if the worm is not hungry, none of those ailments will follow.’ In this way, examining the ant worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­101

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe that the razor-mouth worm lives in his body. Wondering what effects this worm may have on his health, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘The razor-mouth worm appeared already in the womb and, due to natural circumstances, I am born with it. All the worms that appear in the womb are of a temporary nature and eventually they die. Then, as I developed due to my mother’s milk and various foods, all these worms emerged.’ In this way, examining the razor-mouth worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­102

“Examining the worms that live in the bones, he understands the body correctly through applying mindfulness to the body. This clear eye is far beyond that of ordinary beings. It is free from afflictions, thoughts of ‘mine,’ doubts, and pain. It is not attained on the path of any non-Buddhists. This is the authentic application of mindfulness to the body, culminating in the transcendence of suffering.


5.­103

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing [F.133.a] or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe, ‘The following ten species of worms live in excrement: the calf snot, the needle mouth, the ant,591 the legless one, the excrement disperser, the thirst inducer, the intestine separator, the paralyzer, the fine-color worm, and the excrement digester.’

5.­104

“As he examines these ten species of worms that live in his body, he will wonder what effects they may have on his health. Thus, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice, ‘The calf snot worm lives in my excrement, and if my body’s temperature decreases, that worm will speed up that process. It will provoke tumors that harm my digestion, so that my excrement becomes gray. I will not feel well, and my complexion will be pale.’ In this way, examining the calf snot worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­105

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe the following: ‘The needle-mouth worm lives in my excrement. It is thick and long and can travel through the stomach and intestine without being caught by any other worms. From there, it may move upward again and emerge from my mouth accompanied by bile. It also chews at my heart and can cause muteness and loss of body temperature. Once the worm emerges outside the body, it may briefly stay alive in flowers.’ In this way, examining the needle-mouth worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body. [F.133.b]

5.­106

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe, ‘The ant worm lives in my excrement. Pale, short, and abundant, these worms travel in the intestines. They stink and always search for food. They emerge from my body together with my excrement. As they leave the body, the excrement attracts insects. They cause a profusion of excrement. They also make me feel nauseated by food.’ In this way, examining the ant worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­107

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe that the legless worm lives in his body. Wondering what effects this worm may have on his health, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If it becomes hungry due to a problem with my food, I will become affected by the wind element and my movements will be disrupted. The streams of urine and feces will become disrupted and when the worms enter my intestines, the continuity of my speech will be disrupted. I will be unable to cough, I will experience continuous hunger, my breathing will be troubled, and I will constantly experience thirst. These conditions affecting my movements will make me prone to a multitude of diseases.’ In this way, examining the legless worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body. [F.134.a]

5.­108

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe, ‘The excrement-disperser worm lives in my body. Moving within the channels for excrement that emerge once the food has been dissolved, they enter all my limbs and body parts together with the excrement. They even spread to my feet, permeating my body and giving it a yellow color due to the influence of the excrement.’ In this way, examining the excrement-disperser worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­109

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe the following: ‘The thirst-inducer worm lives in my body. When I am hot, this worm destroys my sense of smell and attacks my stomach. It rapidly burns my body with fire and eradicates all smells. As I suffer from fever and heat, this worm will pass throughout my body and its limbs. At night, I will sweat and be tormented with fever such that the deposits of vital fluids dry up. When it feels angry with me, this worm causes thirst and headaches.’ In this way, examining the thirst-inducer worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­110

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe that the intestine-separator worm lives in his body. [F.134.b] Wondering what effects this worm may have on his health, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘When that which I eat, drink, consume, and taste is swallowed and passes into my stomach, this worm will cause torment592 as it separates my intestines. And so my digestion will come to a halt or become affected by wind, bile, or phlegm. That is painful and leads to various other pains as well. The intestine-separator indeed harms my digestion.’ In this way, examining the intestine separator worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­111

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe that the paralyzer worm lives in his body. Wondering what effects this worm may have on his health, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘The paralyzer worm lives within my excrement. It is swallowed together with food and will then cause paralysis, since that is its nature. It may even affect the area where my life force moves. Due to that fire, which is present in my food, I will suffer paralysis, my intestines will cramp, and I will fall ill [F.135.a] and experience heart or stomach593 pain.’

5.­112

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe that the fine-color worm lives in his body. Wondering what effects this worm may have on his health, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘The fine-color worm lives within my excrement. When I eat gruel, unsavory food, heavy food, or unwholesome food, the fine-color worm will transform such food into a sustenance that benefits the various elements of my body. It also helps pacify diseases, and allows me to develop strength and become free of health problems. This worm lives in my body. Due to its unique nature, I develop a fine complexion and vigor whenever this worm flourishes. Similarly, whenever this worm lacks strength, I also become emaciated.’ In this way, examining the fine-color worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­113

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe that the excrement-digester worm lives in his body. Wondering what effects this worm may have on his health, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the excrement-digester worm goes hungry, [F.135.b] it causes my excrement to be digested in ways that give rise to disease. I will suffer due to humidity, dryness, congenital conditions, pre-existing conditions, wind disturbances, bile disturbances, phlegm disturbances, and conditions that involve all three factors. When hungry, this worm will harm my intestines. Within my bloodstream and streams of vital fluids it causes the warmth to wane. However, as this warmth disappears, the worm will become intensely aggressive, thereby causing my excrement to be digested in various unwholesome ways.’ In this way, examining the excrement-digester worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.


5.­114

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe that the following ten species of worms live in the tendons: the hair dweller, the black mouth, the inactive one, the painful cough, the obscurer, the fire-colored,594 the descending worm, the auṭhīṅgā,595 the thinker, and the enjoyer.

5.­115

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, then observe the following: ‘The hair-dweller worm lives in the hair throughout my body. If my tendons degenerate and deteriorate,596 this worm will destroy my tendons. It will begin to travel and so it can destroy and consume the tendons in my limbs and body parts. It causes me an unpleasant complexion, leprosy, bone pain, and lack of strength.’ [F.136.a] In this way, examining the hair-dweller worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­116

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe the following: ‘The black-mouth worm lives in my tendons and passes unhindered throughout my limbs and body parts. If it goes hungry, this worm will dissolve my tendons. It will separate my bones and cause poor complexion, sore back, poor stamina, limited mobility, and a curved posture.’ In this way, examining the black-mouth worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­117

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe the following: ‘The inactive worm lives in my body and consumes my tendons. When it is satisfied by the tendons it remains inactive, but if it is threatened by the other worms that live in the tendons it can cause terrible deformity.’ In this way, examining the inactive worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­118

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe, ‘The highly painful worm lives in my tendons where it constantly moves. It depletes all three elements and causes all kinds of diseases. It is even responsible for lymph disorders and insomnia.’ [F.136.b] In this way, examining the highly painful worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­119

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe, ‘The obscurer worm lives in my body. It moves in the region where my mind dwells. It is extremely subtle and upsets my sense of contentment. It provokes heart disease and causes fainting, unpleasant complexion, and a weak heart. It also causes poor digestion, fever, heart pain, exhaustion, nervousness, and stress, and the sight of any external worms will become revolting.’ In this way, examining the obscurer worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­120

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe, ‘The descending worm lives in the channels of my vital fluids. When I consume wholesome food, drink, and sustenance, this worm increases my vital fluids. If it descends into my bladder, I will dispose of it together with my urine.’ In this way, examining the descending worm, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­121

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe, ‘The auṭhīngā worm lives in my bladder.597 This worm likes it when my bladder is full. [F.137.a] When this worm is content, it uses the force of urine to stir the production of semen. For childish, ordinary people, this is accompanied by inappropriate mental activity.’

5.­122

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also observe that the thinker and enjoyer worms598 live in his body. Wondering what effects these worms may have on his health, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the thinker and enjoyer worms go hungry, I will experience fatigue. Whether I am engaged in virtuous or unvirtuous actions, when these worms move in the region where my mind dwells, I will become exhausted due to their strength.’

5.­123

“In this way, brahmins and householders from the town of Nālati, or a monk who is spiritual practitioner, will be mindful of the body and observe it correctly. Does the body involve anything that is permanent, enduring, or unchanging? Does it contain anything pleasant or clean? Is it governed by an owner or a doer? With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, one will see that although the body has both coarse and subtle aspects, even the subtle body does not contain anything that is permanent, stable, enduring, or unchanging. It does not involve anything that is pleasant, and it is not governed by an owner, or a doer. As an analogy, when it is dark, the sun cannot be observed, not even in some subtle way. Similarly, in the body there is nothing to observe that is lasting, delightful [F.137.b] or clean, and there is no agent or perceiver. Spiritual practitioners who carefully consider the internal body will not remain in the presence of the māras. They will journey to the transcendence of suffering. They will not be bound by any craving of lustful desire. They will not be harmed by the afflictions that bring continuous existences.


5.­124

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also pursue another way of examining it. He will examine the function of the winds of the body, wondering, ‘How do the winds in my body create adhesion, what functions do they perform, how do they move, where do they reside, how do they subside, and how do they sustain? How do all these functions occur? And how is any deficiency influenced by wind?’

5.­125

“When carefully considering the body and attending to it in this way, he will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, observe the wind that is based in his mouth. Wondering what functions that wind performs, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘The wind that is based in my mouth has an enriching power, causing my arms, legs, and nails to flourish.’ As he observes the power of that wind, the spiritual practitioner will begin by observing the tips of his nails. This wind greatly facilitates his practice in the absorption related to the emancipation of the body. Once he has mastered this, he will also proceed to the skin, nails, arms, and legs. They will achieve tremendous agility. In this way, examining the wind that is based in the mouth, he develops a correct understanding of the body. [F.138.a]

5.­126

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also ask himself, ‘What is the function of the wind that is based in my feet, and how does it reside there?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then inquire, ‘How does the wind that is based in my feet function and how does it give rises to eczema? This wind causes itching blisters to erupt on my feet and my walking becomes accompanied by a whizzing sound. Even if my legs are stable, my bones will make cracking noises when I walk. The wind that is based in my feet may also give rise to feelings of cold or warmth in the eyes through the channels connected to the eyes. Moreover, even if this wind subsides, the eyes will not be satisfied.’ In this way, examining the wind that is based in the feet, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­127

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, also notice, ‘The wind that causes fainting resides in my knees where it causes shaking. When it is blocked, it causes a sensation as if ants were crawling in my knees. If there is no affliction, the wind enters the veins and remains in balance. In that case it circulates within me in a manner that resembles ants.’ In this way, examining the wind that causes fainting, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­128

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will continue wondering about the function of the winds within him. [F.138.b] With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice the bone-breaker wind. Wondering about the functions of this wind, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye, and thus consider, ‘Whether I go to enjoy the sun, visit a park, go on a journey, or feel tired, the bone-breaker wind may penetrate my bones, cause physical impairment, deprive me of sleep, and make me incapable of bending or stretching. Such are the harmful effects of this wind.’ In this way, examining the bone-breaker wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­129

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will continue wondering about the function of the winds within him. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice the movement-stopper wind. Wondering about the functions of this wind, he will consider, ‘The movement-stopper wind provokes various physical diseases within the body. It makes me incapable of walking back and forth, but it does not entirely destroy my ability to walk.’ In this way, examining the movement-stopper wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­130

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will continue wondering about the function of the winds within him. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice the ankle-opener wind. Wondering about the functions of this wind, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye, and so he will consider, [F.139.a] ‘If the ankle-opener wind combines with phlegm it can spread throughout my tendons, bones, and flesh, causing a painful debilitation. When this wind remains in its natural place it causes repeated pain in the hips. In such cases the illness will occur in the hips only, and not in other parts of my body.’

5.­131

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will continue wondering about the function of the winds within him. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice the hip599-opener wind and think, ‘When the hip-opener wind resides in my hips, the channels that contain my excrement will become thick, shriveled, motley, and heavy. I will experience strong pain in the flesh of my hips and my two hips will become dissimilar. Even though they are surrounded by tendons, the hips will be misaligned.’600 In this way, examining the hip-opener wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­132

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will continue wondering about the function of the winds within his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice the joint-opener wind. Inquiring into the function of this wind, he will notice, ‘The joint-opener wind causes pain in the joints by entering them. It causes pain in the four joints of the head, the three joints of the two jaws, and the two joints of the forehead. There is one joint in the throat, one in the chin,601 [F.139.b] thirty in the sockets of the teeth, one in the palate, two in the lower palate, and fifteen in the neck. In the chest, a single joint becomes two. The two shoulder joints are connected through a combination of actual joints and parts that are not proper joints. This is also the case with the joints in the elbows. Each eye bone has four joints. There are two joints in the wrists, two in the palms, and the back has fifty-five joints. Each side of the body has twelve joints. The feet have twelve joints. There are twelve joints that connect with lumps of flesh. The urinary organs have a single joint, the buttocks have two, the vagina one, the thighs two, the center of the hips has two, the ankles two, the back has sixty, and there are twenty in the toes, fingers, and nails. The joint-opener wind is based in all those joints. When it creates unrest in my body in those places, it may cause me to die or experience pain as if dying.’ In this way, examining the joint-opener wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­133

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will continue wondering about the function of the winds within his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice the leg-sleeping wind. Wondering what function this wind may have in his body, [F.140.a] he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye, and so notice, ‘If the leg-sleeping wind is disturbed, I will become unable to stretch my legs if they are bent, and unable to bend them if they are stretched. My legs will become as if made of wood and I will be incapable of coordinating their movement. Due to the trouble that this wind causes, I will become unable to walk.’ In this way, examining the leg-sleeping wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­134

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will continue wondering about the function of the winds within his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that the delightful wind resides in his body. Wondering what happens when this wind is disturbed and when it is not disturbed, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye, and so notice, ‘When this wind remains in accord with my bodily functions, it facilitates movement, disposal, and the upward movement of my breath. My body that is formed by what I eat, drink, consume, or taste will take on a fine color. My eyes, ears, nose, tongue, body, and mind will access their objects with agility. My food will also be digested well.’ Wondering about the effects when this wind is disturbed, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye, and so notice, ‘Under such circumstances [F.140.b] I will be unable to digest anything that I eat, drink, consume, or taste. My complexion will be unpleasant, and my belly will change as well.’ In this way, examining the delightful wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­135

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will continue wondering about the function of the winds within his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice the muscle-mover wind. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will notice, ‘This wind is responsible for all actions pertaining to falling asleep, waking up, sense perception, and mental attention. Unless affected by the muscle-mover wind, my body will not become disturbed, nor will I have any painful sensations. Nor will I develop strong physical debilities unless this wind is disturbed. When the muscle-mover wind is disturbed, I become unable to undertake any of the physical acts associated with sleeping, waking, or change of attention, and my faculties will become distracted. Such is the power of this wind.’ In this way, examining the muscle-mover wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­136

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will continue wondering about the function of the winds within his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice the movement-stopper wind in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye, and notice, ‘This wind can hinder all physical pathways in the body. [F.141.a] When it is disturbed, the flow of my urine will be blocked and I will develop illnesses of the bladder and penis. I will feel disinterested in food. My belly will swell painfully with impurities that later emerge agonizingly through my urethra. All my major and minor body parts will become infected with worms, I will contract various inner diseases, all my major and minor body parts will become bloated, and my channels will clog up. But when this wind is balanced all those diseases will be pacified.’ In this way, examining the movement-stopper wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­137

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will continue wondering about the effects of disturbances of the winds within his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice the movement-disturbing wind in his body. Wondering what illnesses this wind may cause when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye, and notice, ‘If the movement-disturbing wind is out of balance, it causes tumors associated with the winds in the abdomen. I will become unable to pass excrement and I will suffer from spasms in my arms and hands. I will suffer from distemper and when the condition becomes aggravated, I will suffer from diseases of the head. I will become unable to digest what I eat, drink, consume, or taste. [F.141.b] Boils will grow on my body and I will suffer from fever. None of those diseases will develop unless this wind is disturbed.’ In this way, examining the movement-disturbing wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­138

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the functions of other winds within his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice the body-hair, nail, and excrement-opener wind in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will notice, ‘If the body-hair, nail, and excrement-opener wind is disturbed in my body, my faculties will suffer and I will become emaciated. Parts of my mouth, nostrils, and ears will be pierced by pain. My eyes will develop cataracts and my nose will become unable to perceive smells. My lips will become pale and I will vomit even when I am at ease. The pleasure of concentration will also be affected, and I will be unable to concentrate. When the body is in balance, the mind is in balance. The body is based on the five aggregates of form, feeling, perception, formation, and consciousness.’ By becoming aware of the formative factors associated with the body, [F.142.a] the spiritual practitioner will understand how they flourish and wane. In this way, examining the body-hair, nail, and excrement-opener wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­139

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the functions of other winds within his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice the semen-destroyer wind in his body. Wondering about the function of this wind, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye, and notice, ‘The bubble-like semen-destroyer wind is present in my body. It causes the emission of semen through my urethra even if I do not intend this. The size of a mustard seed or a barley grain, it can solidify and descend through my body, causing pain in my anus. This wind is unhealthy and aggressive, and it renders my mind incapable of concentrating.’ In this way, examining the semen-destroyer wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­140

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder how other winds in his body function when disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice, ‘The aging wind is present in my body and wherever it spreads it ages my physical constituents, [F.142.b] so that they become old. I will then lack the necessary strength for walking. Even if I sit down for a bit, I will feel ill, and the same will happen even if I go to bed. I will lack control over my major and minor body parts. I will also sleep excessively. Yet when the aging wind is not disturbed, all those ailments will be absent.’ In this way, examining the aging wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­141

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder how other winds in his body function when disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the bladder-paralyzer wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will notice, ‘When the urinary bladder-paralyzer wind is disturbed, it spreads throughout all my major and minor body parts. It causes respiratory problems, heart disease, and disturbances of the urinary bladder. It may also occasionally completely block the passage of feces and urine, but in any case, I will experience constipation. It also causes discomfort and pain, and it makes my mind scattered and makes my consciousness lack strength. In terms of the Dharma, my mind will become uninspired and I will have no interest in activities; I will experience physical pain, so that I lose interest in the Dharma. [F.143.a] However, if the urinary bladder-paralyzer wind is not disturbed, all those ailments will be absent.’ In this way, examining the urinary bladder-paralyzer wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­142

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder how other winds in his body function when disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the feces-drier wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘When the feces-drier wind is disturbed, I will be inclined to overeat and enjoy consuming large quantities of food. As I swallow such food and drink, it enters my body via the throat, and is pressed downward. It will then spread throughout my body and cause debilitation. My feces will become dry and I may be unable to pass any stool for two, three, or even four days. Even if I am able to defecate, this will be accompanied by some discomfort. However, if the feces-drier wind is not disturbed, all those ailments will be absent.’ In this way, examining the feces-drier wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body. [F.143.b]

5.­143

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the ribcage-impairer wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when disturbed or in balance, he will notice, ‘If the ribcage-impairer wind is disturbed, it will move through the ribs on the sides of my body and dry up the blood in those places, thereby giving rise to a terrifying, fierce, and excruciating pain. Yet if that wind is not disturbed, such disorders will not occur.’ In this way, examining the ribcage-impairer wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­144

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder how other winds in his body function when disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the nine-openings disease wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye, and will then notice, ‘When the nine-openings disease wind is disturbed, all nine apertures of my body will contract. Seven of those are located in my head and the remaining two are those for feces and urine. This wind may block them all collectively or each one of them individually. [F.144.a] In this way, it causes general disease in my body, and my breathing will become extremely constricted. The breath in my nostrils pervades my entire body. The entire body is governed by wind and functions by means of wind. Moreover, only wind can stir wind‍—no other factor whatsoever can do so.’ In this way, examining the nine-openings disease wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­145

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder how other winds in his body function. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the body part-decreasing wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye, He will then notice, ‘When the body part-decreasing wind is disturbed, my fingers contract and are harmed by illness. They degenerate and shorten. My legs and arms will contract, I will feel pain in the upper bones, and the tendons in my thighs will contract. Nevertheless, the contents of my bowels will not become enlarged. I will experience swellings and physical fatigue. All such ailments are caused by the body part-decreasing wind. Yet if this wind is not disturbed, none of those will occur.’ In this way, examining the body part-decreasing wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body. [F.144.b]

5.­146

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the warmth-extinguisher wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will notice, ‘When the warmth-extinguisher wind is disturbed in the body, the warmth of fire that is present within my body will transfer from its natural locations and begin to decline. When the warmth of fire thus weakens, I will become unable to digest food or absorb drink. My skin will take on an unhealthy coloration. My blood will dry up and my flesh will degenerate. My muscles will contract and my fat will disappear. Even my bones will become dry and my marrow will diminish. The vital fluids and strength that are produced throughout the body will decrease. When the wind is based in my heart, I will lose consciousness. Yet if the warmth-extinguisher wind is not disturbed, none of those ailments will occur.’

5.­147

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice the wind that cools the entire body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘When the wind that cools the entire body is disturbed, [F.145.a] saliva is produced, and the body becomes moist. When asleep, the body will then appear crude, rough, and cramped. All the major and minor body parts will look stiff and the body hairs will stand on end. Many parts of the body will be flat whereas others will be uneven. I will become prone to exhaustion and suffer from rashes due to the primary fluids of lymph and blood. My body hair will become yellow and I will suffer from fevers. My body will swell, and its various parts will become disproportionate and pale. In many places, the skin on my body will become thick and dry so that it resembles the skin of an elephant. It will become hard for me to stand up, and my body will smell from suppuration. Anything I eat will feel rough and lumpy. Parts of my body will be covered with skin like elephant hide. The skin will be filled with lumps and bumps. There will be wounds on my arms and legs, and moving about will cause exhaustion. Rashes will break out everywhere on my body, the skin will burn, and my body will have an unpleasant texture. Pockets of pus will develop along with oozing wounds. My teeth will also become repulsive. My nose will ache, and my eyelashes will fall out. My fingers and toes will crumble, and my voice will become inaudible. [F.145.b] Worms will invade the body from outside. All my body hairs will fall out of their follicles. I will appear repulsive to everyone. In the homes of benefactors and donors, I will be reviled. Flies will constantly crawl on my body and even the Dharma robes will become unbearable to wear. My nails will also fall out. During sleep, I will wheeze when I breathe. Although suffering, I will still crave food, but I will be unable to digest anything. Whenever I drink, I will get specific types of fever. My tongue will transform. In this way, the wind that cools the entire body causes degeneration throughout the body and makes it deteriorate. However, if the wind that cools the entire body is not disturbed, my body will maintain a fine complexion and be firm, smooth, shiny, light, supple, and appealing to everyone. My sweat will be warm and will be produced from all the pores of the body, just as it should. None of the ailments mentioned previously will occur.’ In this way, examining the wind that cools the entire body, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­148

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice, ‘When the destabilizing wind is disturbed in my body, [F.146.a] even small troubles will give rise to fear. All my major and minor body parts will become decrepit. I will suffer from paralysis, panic attacks, and stupor. Although my breath will be extremely forceful, I will be unable to properly inhale. Nor will I be able to tolerate wearing the Dharma robes. I will develop diseases in the head and when training in concentration I will be unable to let my attention rest on a single point. My dreams will be disturbed. I will vomit. Even peaceful appearances will seem terrifying to me and I will perceive nearby forms as if they were far away. I will also have tremendous craving. However, if the destabilizing wind is not disturbed, none of those ailments will occur.’ In this way, examining the destabilizing wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­149

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the wind that makes the entire body tremble is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘When the wind that makes the entire body tremble is disturbed in my body, I will tremble. My ears will be rattled by shuddering sounds. [F.146.b] This wind will cause trembling; all my major and minor body parts will tremble. This wind will move within, where it will cause sporadic contractions, but not provoke disease. When this wind that moves throughout the body is not disturbed, none of those ailments will occur.’ In this way, examining the wind that makes the entire body tremble, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­150

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the burning wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will then notice, ‘When the burning wind is disturbed, the food that I swallow will get stuck in the esophagus where it will quickly get heated. When this wind remains with the food, the physical elements in my body will not flourish. That which I eat and ingest is of two kinds: pure or contaminating. Pure food makes the great elements flourish, whereas contaminating food provokes disease. Now, if the burning wind is disturbed, it will contaminate most of the food that I eat, and only very little will be pure. In this way it will stir up diseases. However, if the burning wind is not disturbed, the food I eat will still be of two kinds‍—pure or contaminating‍—but the physical elements of my body will then be in balance and I will not develop diseases.’ [F.147.a] In this way, examining the burning wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­151

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder what other winds may be present in his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice, ‘The worm-engager wind is present in my body. It enters and mingles with all the worms that live in my major and minor body parts, causing disturbances, conflicts, and upheaval. It moves from the top downward. It moves from the head to the feet, within the brain, from the brain to the brain membrane, and from the brain membrane to the cranium. From there, it consumes the hair and, as it enters the nose, it causes a profusion of mucus. It then enters the fat, joints, jaws, and forehead, consuming the roots of the teeth. There are ten further species of worms that cause vomiting and live in the throat and neck. They consume nasal mucus, move in the saliva, and cause severe vomiting. Within the ten channels of vital fluids live the worms intoxicated by sweetness, the utterly intoxicated, those that crave the six tastes, those that cry out, those opposed to taste, those that enjoy sleeping, and the bulky. The ten worms born from blood and that live in the flesh are the hair eater, the sosura,602 the jantumandarava, the audumbara, the grasper, the hair protector, the worm infuriated by blood, the blood consumer, the limb shaker, and the sour one. All those worms have no legs and are small, but with a developed appearance. The worms born from blood have no eyes and they cause rashes and perforation. The ten types of worms that live in the flesh are [F.147.b] the wound provoker, the cuncuraga, the muscle traveler, the vein biter, the skin eater, the fat agitator, the enricher, the stinker, the sweat traveler, and the burner. The ten worms that live in the bile are the jurava, the shaker, the worm that thrives on substance, the common one, the dark one, the great food worm, the warmth traveler, the burner, the worm that decreases heat, and the great fire worm. The worms that live throughout the major and minor body parts are the bone biter, the puller,603 the joint cutter, the stinker, the bone pus species, the red-mouth, the relisher, the skin eater, the ant, and the razor mouth. The ten species of worms that live in excrement are the calf snot, the needle mouth, the ant, the legless one, the excrement disperser, the thirst inducer, the intestine separator, the paralyzer, the fine-color worm, and the excrement digester. The ten species of worms that live in the tendons are the hair dweller, the inactive one, the black mouth, the highly painful one, the obscurer, the fire-colored, the descending worm, the auṭhīngā, the thinker, and the enjoyer. These worms move easily throughout the body, entering all the body’s elements and causing problems throughout the major and minor body parts. The worm-engager wind causes all those worms to move easily within the body, thus causing them to descend. This relates to all the worms that affect my body and life force.’ In this way, examining the worm-engager wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body. [F.148.a]

5.­152

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will continue to apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye, and so notice that the descending wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye, and observe, ‘Any disturbance of the descending wind occurs in five ways and along five paths. This wind resides in five places. What are the functions it performs as it resides in those five places? It functions to create the movements of inhalation and exhalation of the breath. This is what in the world is referred to as the life force. Situated in the head and chest, it moves within them and disperses strength to the entire body. If it becomes excessive, it destroys the functions of the body. It causes mucus and cough to move upward through the passage of food from below. Thereby inhalations and exhalations take place in the chest and the heart, which gives rise to intense pleasure. When the wind passes upward, the pleasure will be lost. It moves upward within the cavities of the throat, emerging in the head where it moves to the base of the tongue. When it dwells in the tongue it connects with the cooperating condition of an immediately preceding instant of mind and thus various syllables emerge that facilitate understanding. A third function of this wind is to continuously spread warmth within the body. This, however, can also cause problems. A fourth function of this wind is to permeate and maintain the body. It supports the closing and opening of the eyes and it also resides in the waist, feet, thighs, penis, and colon. [F.148.b] It expands the stomach but causes a deficiency in women. When present in the lowest joint of the backbone it unites semen and blood in females. Then, by stirring forcefully in their legs, it mingles semen and blood. It also causes liquids to move. When food is digested, the fire quality, which is described as a third aspect, causes separation. This wind also takes on various long, short, round, and square forms, which correlate to the body’s manifestations, dimensions, and shapes. It is also connected to consciousness in various ways. For example, when a woman mixes thick milk and water in a jar and churns the liquid, it first causes a froth to form, which subsequently solidifies and turns into butter. This resembles the way that this wind combines with all the afflictions within the body. As for the fifth function, when that which is eaten, drunk, consumed, and ingested comes into contact with the tongue and its cavities, this wind ensures that the flavors, colors, and smells of the food are distributed throughout the body, from the hair at one end to the nails at the other. When the food-descending wind is disturbed, it acts in five ways that eliminate well-being and it blocks the breath in the upper body. This causes great disturbances throughout the body, and may even lead to loss of the body, which is the third kind of disturbance. [F.149.a] All faculties and cognitions become disturbed and even the body may be lost. When the body is lost, three factors are destroyed: life force, warmth, and consciousness. A verse speaks of this:

5.­153
“ ‘Life force, warmth, and then consciousness‍—
When the body loses these three,
It falls flat,
Like a tree that topples to the ground.
5.­154

“ ‘There is also a second effect when this wind is disturbed. One’s breath will be short, and one will be unable draw any long breaths. This will cause great discomfort throughout the body, and the body may be even be lost as a result. There is also a third effect when this wind is disturbed. All faculties and cognitions will become distracted to the extent that one may fall unconscious and even abandon the body. There is also a fourth effect when this wind is disturbed. Occasionally, one may draw a breath so forceful or weak that the body is relinquished. Alternatively, without dying, one may continue breathing in an unconscious state.’ In this way, with knowledge of the descending wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­155

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will then wonder about the effects when other winds are disturbed. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the completing wind is present in his body, both sustaining604 and endangering the body. This wind also supports the mindstream. If this wind is disturbed, it scatters the mind and can harm the consciousness even if one is trained. It disturbs what one hears and sees. One’s ears will no longer hear [F.149.b] and one may also become insensitive to smell, taste, and touch. Nor will one be able to cognize any mental phenomena. One will be unable to distinguish between oneself and others. In this way, with knowledge of the completing wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­156

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the wind that ruins the mindstream is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the wind that ruins the mindstream is disturbed, all the conduits along which the mind moves will be ruined, disturbed, paralyzed, withered, diverted, and deflected. I will also become unable to process the food that I eat. My mind will be distracted, and I will not delight in factors of virtue. I will constantly sweat, and froth will form at my mouth. I will be unable to tolerate cold objects. The forms that I see will be blurred. My body will feel heavy and sapped of strength. My body will deteriorate severely.’ In this way, examining the wind that ruins the mindstream, he develops a correct understanding of the body. [F.150.a]

5.­157

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, ‘The agitator wind is present in my body. When this wind is disturbed, I will perceive myself engaging in activities in my dreams and thus, while asleep, I will experience delusions. The warmth within my body will be overpowered by cold. I will perceive cities and houses as if they were uninhabited. I will become pale and my physical and verbal actions will be few. I will be unable to find any comfort in bed. I will not have any real interest in anything that I have access to. The great elements within me will be unbalanced. All the physical elements that I consume, as well as what I say, will be stuck in the area of my heart and I will experience an abrupt loss of consciousness. I will suddenly encounter heaps of illnesses. However, if that wind is not disturbed, none of those ailments will occur.’ In this way, examining the agitator wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­158

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, ‘The eye-blinking wind is present in my body. If this wind is disturbed, I will become unable to open or close my eyes. [F.150.b] This swift wind will then move throughout my major and minor body parts, passing through all my channels, rendering my faculties incapacitated and weak, and making me unable to see anything. Yet, if the eye-blinking wind is not disturbed, none of those ailments will occur.’ In this way, examining the eye-blinking wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­159

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, ‘Five mutually conflicting winds arise at the time of death. What are the effects of those winds when either disturbed or in balance at the time of death? If disturbed, my eyes, ears, nose, tongue, body, and mind will cease engaging their objects, which are form, sound, smell, taste, texture, and mental phenomena. But if those winds are not disturbed, I will not die quickly.’ In this way, examining the five mutually conflicting winds, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­160

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, ‘The womb-dwelling wind is present in my body. Because of this wind, when I am initially born within the womb, I may lose my life within the oval embryo stage due to ordinary karmic conditions. If I succeed in living through the stage of the oval embryo, I will also not die during the oblong or lumpy embryonic stages. [F.151.a] In that case I will not die until all the different features of my body have fully developed. I will not die when all my major and minor body parts are still developing. I will die only after my faculties have fully formed. If I engaged in severe acts of killing in past lives, I may die very quickly in the present life, even within the womb. However, if I did not take the lives of others in past lives, I will not experience such extremely premature death.’ In this way, examining the womb-dwelling wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­161

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the womb-destroyer wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘When the womb-destroyer wind is disturbed, I will be ruined by circumstances of sexual misconduct. After I have been born within the womb, it may cause me to become a female or a neuter. It will cause such a transformation within the womb due to flawed actions in the past. However, when the womb-destroyer wind is not disturbed due to the conditions of previous misdeeds, no such ailments in the form of transformation within the womb will occur.’ In this way, examining the womb-destroyer wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body. [F.151.b]

5.­162

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, ‘The wind that causes going, coming, running, and jumping may be either disturbed or in balance. If disturbed, it may cause my body to become bent over, my arms may curl up, I may develop a hunchback, or I may become unable to move from one place to another. I may become unable to move in order to eat, or to visit new places or parks. It will also put a damper on my physical faculties and my mind. However, if this wind is not disturbed, it will enable my body to move about. I will be able to run, jump, and climb.’ In this way, examining the wind that causes going, coming, running, and jumping, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­163

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, ‘Five different winds are responsible for the functioning of my eyes, ears, nose, tongue, and body. A single wind is present in the four great elements that coexist with the eyes. It is classified as wind because it is highly agitating. If my eyes are clear, the four great elements in them will also be clear, and so I will be able to see forms. Likewise, another wind that is present in the ears enables me to apprehend sounds. [F.152.a] The way the nose registers smells is also like this, powered by a wind, and this is also the case with the perception of taste by the tongue and textures by the body.’ With knowledge of those five winds he thereby develops a correct understanding of the body. However, if the five winds are disturbed, the faculties become incapable of perceiving their objects in the ways just mentioned. In this way, examining the five winds that reside in the eyes, ears, nose, tongue, and body, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­164

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the ant wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the ant wind is highly turbulent at the time of my death, my skin, blood, flesh, fat, bones, and essential fluids will dry out. This will create shaking and agitation. As the elements of my body dry up at the time of death, I will suffer. Even if thousands of ants made of red-hot iron were to infiltrate my body, that sensation would not even compare to one sixteenth of that agony. However, if this wind is not turbulent with such tremendous force at the moment of dying, the power of my past positive actions will save me from such terrible agony.’ [F.152.b] In this way, examining the ant wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­165

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the needle wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the needle wind is disturbed at the time of my death, my entire body‍—my joints, vital points, muscles, sinew, gut, hair follicles, flesh, marrow, and bones‍—will hurt as if it were pierced by needles. Even if many hundreds of thousands of glowing needles were stuck in my body, that would not compare to as much as one sixteenth of that pain. However, if the needle wind does not become excessively powerful at the time of my death, due to the splendor of my past positive actions, then such excruciating sensations will not occur.’ In this way, examining the needle wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body. [F.153.a]

5.­166

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the bile-destroyer wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the bile-destroyer wind is disturbed, the bile in my stomach will be spoiled and dry up. My body will lack luster; my nails, eyes, and mouth will turn yellow; and my belly will dry up. Blue and yellow lines will appear on my upper abdomen. I will have no strength. I will be unable to digest whatever I eat. I will have a bitter taste in my mouth. My urine will be dark yellow. My entire body will dry out and it will appear blue, yellow, and greenish blue. Moreover, I will be unable to stand up. My belly will constantly make noises. However, if the bile-destroyer wind is not disturbed, none of those ailments will occur.’ In this way, examining the bile-destroyer wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­167

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. [F.153.b] With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the intestine-separator wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the intestine-separator wind is disturbed, as I eat and the food goes past my tongue, my palatal605 bones and my throat will be injured as the food passes into my body. As the food enters the intestines, my belly will swell and become very large. I will become almost unable to partake of any food, drink, nourishment, or sustenance. Lacking food, I will lose my strength. My arms and legs will swell. My private parts will itch, and this stinging will be ongoing. My entire body, including the mouth, will dry up. I will not have any happy dreams. The wind will not give my intestines even a moment’s rest. However, if the intestine-separator wind is not disturbed, none of those ailments will develop.’ In this way, examining the intestine-separator wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­168

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. [F.154.a] With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the phlegm-destroyer wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the phlegm-destroyer wind is disturbed, I will talk be talkative,606 nervous, inarticulate, and my training in concentration will be sleepy and drowsy. My tongue will feel heavy and I will develop diseases of the throat. Anything I put in my mouth will be unable to pass beyond the point on my throat where the beard grows, and will then be vomited out of my mouth accompanied by a foul smell and anguish. I will experience strong hunger and thirst, and I may even suffocate. However, if the phlegm-destroyer wind is not disturbed, none of those ailments will occur.’ In this way, examining the phlegm-destroyer wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­169

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, ‘The marrow-destroyer wind is present in my body. When that wind is disturbed, I will tremble and even the slightest work will be exhausting. I will become chronically ill. My facial appearance will become unpleasant and my body will be broken. I will be unable to speak much, and my mind will be unstable. [F.154.b] Day and night, all the bones in my body will ache. The hair on my body will stand on end. All my faculties will become afflicted with disease. My head will also be in continuous agony. This wind will cause the worms that live in my head to enter inside the head and circulate within it. This will cause a feeling as if my head were being pierced by needles. However, if the marrow607-destroyer wind is not disturbed, none of those ailments will occur.’ In this way, examining the marrow-destroyer wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­170

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the skin-destroyer wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the skin-destroyer wind in my body is disturbed, my skin will lose its color. My whole body will become crude and rough, looking like the hide of an elephant, and numerous spots will appear all over it. All of my limbs will perspire incessantly and profusely. When asleep, my body will be agitated. I will be unable to stretch; if bent, I will not be able to stretch out. [F.155.a] In my dreams I will see pits, abysses, and horrific colors. Even if my food and sustenance is warm, it will seem cold when I swallow it. My tongue will form fissures and I will become unable to swallow food. However, if the skin-destroyer wind is not disturbed, none of those ailments will occur.’ In this way, examining the skin-destroyer wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­171

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, ‘The blood-destroyer wind is present in my body. If that wind is disturbed, the blood that runs in my liver will become impure and separate into two currents, one moving upward and the other downward. The upward-moving current will reach my nostrils, eyes, and ears and destroy the bloodstreams there. As the blood is spoiled, it will cause all the internal elements to go out of balance and all my major and minor body parts will lack vigor. My ears will no longer function, and I will become unable to walk about. My nostrils will have an unpleasant smell. When I practice pure conduct, when I go to refresh myself I will feel weak and not socialize with others. [F.155.b] When the downward-moving blood splits off it will destroy my anus and penis, and blood will leak out of my penis during sex. My anus will be upset by contractions and my intestines will be weak. The vital fluids will create very painful hemorrhoids and the blood will also cause severe diarrhea.’ In this way, examining the blood-destroyer wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­172

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the flesh-destroyer wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the flesh-destroyer wind is disturbed, my flesh will be crude and lack moisture. My flesh will have an unpleasant and rough appearance and be prone to severe disease. My flesh will be smelly, and spots of dry skin will develop everywhere, all of them emitting a foul smell. I will produce an overabundance of urine. Although I will be able to tolerate cold foods, even the mere mention of warm things or hot water will seem unbearable. I will not be able to tolerate hot food and will only ingest cool, sweet, and light food. Everywhere on my body, the flesh will become putrid, smelly, and oozing with discharge.’ [F.156.a] In this way, examining the flesh-destroyer wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­173

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder what other winds are present in his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the fat-destroyer wind is present in his body. Wondering how this wind may behave when disturbed, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye, and he will then notice, ‘The fat-destroyer wind may cause a profusion of fat, such that various body parts are burdened, swollen, impaired, suppressed, hardened, pale, and become insensitive. However, if this wind is not disturbed, none of those ailments will occur.’ In this way, examining the fat-destroyer wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­174

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the bone-destroyer wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will then notice, ‘If disturbed, it will cause my bones to become deformed, my jaw will dislocate, and I will be unable to sleep, whether by day or night. [F.156.b] I will feel an intense pain in my bone marrow and my whole body will be contorted. My muscles will lack volume and hardness. I will become pale and constantly feel depressed, all of which causes constant physical exhaustion. I will not feel well for as long as the wink of an eye.’ In this way, examining the bone-destroyer wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­175

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the semen-drier wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the semen-drier wind is disturbed, I will become confused. When in bed at night, I will constantly dream about women. Ordinary people will grow lustful as they conceive of such images and they will then engage in amorous activities due to this error. Because of this wind, they will then ascribe reality to the perception of such ghostlike and unreal women who are intent on causing harm. This wind also prevents the digestion of food.’ In this way, examining the semen-drier wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body. [F.157.a]

5.­176

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the shriveling wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the shriveling wind is disturbed, it will enter my feet, foot soles, kneecaps, tail bone, back, ribs, breasts, neck, shoulders, head, ears, and eyebrows. As it enters all my major and minor body parts, my entire body will shrivel up. It will become entirely wrinkled and thick. I will become depressed and confused. My feet will also crack open. Even if I rub my skin with fresh butter608 or mustard oil, the place where I apply the grease will remain dry and derelict.’ In this way, examining the shriveling wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­177

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the hair-whitening wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will then notice, [F.157.b] ‘If the hair-whitening wind is disturbed, my hair will become white even if I am in the prime of youth. Even though I am young, I will become drained of strength as if I were old. In other childish, ordinary people this may also occur due to food. Although one is a child one may appear just like an old person. This may occur to those in the prime of youth. Even children may in this way come to appear like old people. The force of the hair-whitening wind causes even those in the prime of youth to become old‍—such is its power. This hair-whitening wind does not occur in the age of excellence. In the age of strife, however, when most people are unrighteous, the hair-whitening wind will grow and intensify, corresponding to the number of unrighteous people.’ In this way, examining the hair-whitening wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­178

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the harmony-destroying wind, which destroys harmony, is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If this wind is disturbed, my digestion will be poor, and I will become angry at my loved ones and friends. I will fall asleep during the day and I will feel upset. [F.158.a] I will also become unable to eat sweet foods. Instead, I will want to eat pungent and sour foods. These irritants will make me prone to fierce anger. I will feel tired even if I have not performed any daily activities.’ In this way, examining the harmony-destroying wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­179

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the presence of other winds in his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the wind that destroys residual urine is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the wind that destroys residual urine is disturbed, I will have constant pain in my penis, throughout day and night. I will feel like urinating, but I will be unable to do so. I will also lose all strength and my breath will be short. If this condition becomes aggravated, I will also become pale and emaciated.’ In this way, examining the wind that destroys residual urine, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­180

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the presence of other winds in his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the food-consumption wind is present in his body. [F.158.b] Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the food-consumption wind is disturbed, I will eat four to five times as much as my normal intake. If the wind is severely disturbed, all my strength will be lost even though I eat. I will also become unable to open and close my eyes. When the wind gains strength, it will prevent me from retaining the teachings in my mind.’ In this way, examining the food-consumption wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­181

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the upward-moving wind is present in his body.609 Wondering what function this wind may have, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the tooth-extractor wind is disturbed my teeth will become crooked, degenerate, and fall out. My gums, mouth, and lips will become swollen and my palate will turn blue.’ In this way, examining the tooth-extractor wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­182

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the presence of other winds in his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the uvula-burner wind is present in his body. [F.159.a] Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will then notice, ‘If the uvula-burner wind is disturbed, my throat will hurt, burn, swell, and make a wheezing noise.’ In this way, examining the uvula-burner wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­183

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the downward-moving wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will then notice, ‘If the downward-moving wind is disturbed, most of the food I consume will be decomposed and only very little food will remain pure. When the food remains pure, my skin, blood, flesh, fat, bones, vital fluids, and marrow will flourish. But in cases of contamination, wind, bile, and phlegm will become unbalanced. When the upward- and downward-moving winds610 are disturbed, most of my food and wind will be ruined. Only very little will become nutritious.’ In this way, examining the upward- and downward-moving winds, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­184

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. [F.159.b] With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the upward-moving wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘The upward-moving wind is based at the crown of my head where it may penetrate my skull and pass upward, just like smoke. When I suffer from fever, this wind may break open the crown of my head and pass through there. This can be observed at the top of my head where the wind may move uninterruptedly day and night. All common people can see when that occurs. If this wind is highly disturbed, it will break through the skull and, if it passes through the opening without interruption for three days, one is certain to die.’ In this way, examining the upward-moving wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­185

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice, ‘If the lung-mover wind is disturbed, my breath will be agitated and all my veins and tendons will shake, becoming disarrayed and adhering to one another. Some will be shortened, and others drawn out. My nostrils will also become blocked and my breathing will become labored.611 I will experience pain as if on the verge of death.’ In this way, examining the ribcage-mover wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body. [F.160.a]

5.­186

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the wind in the abdomen is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the wind in the abdomen is disturbed this will cause the contraction of many tendons in my arms, legs, back, groin, and elsewhere throughout my body. They will all become intertwined. I will lose consciousness and pass out. That great aggregation of tendons is also called body.’ In this way, examining the wind in the abdomen, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­187

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the presence of other winds in his body. He will notice that the hair-destroyer wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the hair-destroyer wind is disturbed within my body, all the hair on my major and minor body parts will be ruined. [F.160.b] They will turn yellow and gray and my limbs will also take on an unpleasant coloration. I will notice that my body hair has deteriorated, but those that have fallen out may still grow back.’ In this way, examining the hair-destroyer wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­188

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice the wind of supportive movement. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘The wind of supportive movement is a wind that provides timely strength to the body. It supports ordinary coming and going, bending and stretching. Yet if the movements of this wind in the entire body are stirred up, they will also disturb the movements of the mind and this may cause insanity due to wind. I will become unable to rest in equipoise.’ In this way, examining the supportive wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­189

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice, ‘The sleep-distractor wind is present in my body. [F.161.a] If it stirs, I will fall asleep while listening to the words of the buddhas, yet I will be sleepless when listening to afflictive and unvirtuous matters. My mind will become distracted and at night I will also have improper contemplations. I will speak excessively. When I look around, I will also perceive floating hairs in my vision.’ In this way, examining the sleep-distractor wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­190

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the presence and function of other winds in his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the impatience wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the impatience wind is disturbed even small matters will make me angry and I will also display my anger. I will also become angry at ordinary people. The hair on my body will stand on end and frustration612 will grow in my heart. Forms nearby will seem to me as if they were far away. I will also misperceive the disks of the sun and moon. Due to the disturbances caused by this wind the moon will look like the sun.’ In this way, examining the impatience wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body. [F.161.b]

5.­191

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the wind that brings vowels and consonants to the tongue is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘When this wind is disturbed, I will become unable to pronounce the consonants and vowels. Accompanied by613 wind, expressions and syllables are formed with the tongue based on the observations of the mind and mental states. Various expressions and syllables are produced as the wind follows the activities of the mind. In this way consonants and vowels are expressed in numerous ways based on the expressions of the tongue and the wind that creates such syllables. Yet if this wind is disturbed, my tongue will become weak. It may move too fast or I may become mute.’ In this way, examining the wind that brings vowels and consonants to the tongue, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­192

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the wind that produces craving for taste is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. [F.162.a] He will then notice, ‘If the wind that produces craving for taste is disturbed, the sweetness worms that are present on the tip of my tongue will create desire. I will want all sorts of desirable, enjoyable, and attractive food, but I will not be able to swallow any of it. When lacking food, I will become unable to rest in concentration. I will find no joy in relation to virtuous qualities. This is due to problems with my body. The body endures due to mutual dependencies, just as when, for example, two sticks support one another. Similarly, the aggregates in cyclic existence endure due to the mutually supportive powers of name-and-form and the power of food. This is similar to the way flour and water mingle to form dough based on their mutual powers. That is how name-and-form endure based on their mutual powers.’ In this way, examining the wind that produces craving for taste, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­193

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice, ‘When the liver-destroyer wind is disturbed, this will upset the digestion of food during the night and my food will taste sour. For as long as this situation persists, any food I eat will be out of balance. All my major and minor body parts will lack energy [F.162.b] and they will become entangled in a web of sinew.’ In this way, examining the liver destroyer-wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­194

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice the wind that pushes excrement upward. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will then notice, ‘That wind causes a foul smell to leak from my mouth and nostrils. It will also cause such a smell to emerge from all the hair follicles on my body hair. Excrement and the contents of my intestines will be transferred into my stomach, thus causing excruciating, burning, and stinging pain throughout my body. I will become unable to digest any food. I will be unable to rest in the joy of concentration. During my daily activities I will be unable to apply myself in virtuous ways.’ In this way, examining the wind that pushes excrement upward, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­195

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also notice that the wind that passes through the anus is present in his body. Wondering about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance, he will use insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye that the wind that passes through the anus is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, [F.163.a] ‘If the wind that passes through the anus is disturbed, I will develop five types of boils and three kinds of hemorrhoids. Based in the anus, the wind will then draw pus from them. I will experience burning pain and be prone to sleep. My muscles and brain will become increasingly afflicted. The warmth in my body will become impaired and my tongue will lose its desire for taste.’ In this way, examining the wind that passes through the anus, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­196

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the memory-destroyer wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will use insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the memory-destroyer wind is disturbed, my memory will be destroyed. I will be unable to remember what I witnessed before. I will perceive things as if I were blind. I will also have persistent coughs. My body hair will become coarse and my nails will lose their luster. I will experience hot and cold flashes at the same time. I will not even be able to remember what I have eaten.’ In this way, examining the memory-destroyer wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­197

“Carefully considering the internal body, [F.163.b] the spiritual practitioner will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the invigorating wind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, then notice, ‘If the invigorating wind is disturbed, most of what I eat and drink will not have any invigorating effect on my body, even if the food that I ingest is extremely nutritious. The disturbing influence of this wind will render my body as if poisoned.’ In this way, examining the invigorating wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­198

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the wind that strengthens body and mind is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘From the time of the womb onward, this wind makes the mind flourish. By the force of this wind it becomes clear to the mind what should and should not be done. I become aware and able to remember things that I did a long time ago. [F.164.a] My going and coming about will not be impeded. I will have sensations of cold, warm, hunger, and thirst. My body will be firm, and I will not grow white hair prematurely.’ In this way, examining the wind that strengthens body and mind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­199

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the wind that destroys the throat and speech is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the wind that destroys the throat and speech is disturbed, extraneous causes will influence the natural constitution of my body. The stirring of this wind may cause muteness or loss of hearing. My hands may also contract, I may develop a hunchback, or I may become blind. Such diseases will develop. Yet if that wind is not disturbed, none of that will occur.’ In this way, examining the wind that destroys the throat and speech, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­200

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the presence of other winds in his body. [F.164.b] With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice that the wind that causes coughing during sleep is present in his body. Wondering what function this wind may have when either disturbed or in balance, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice, ‘If the wind that causes coughing during sleep is disturbed, I will have erratic dreams. All childish people will also experience serious auditory delusions. It will also feel as if my joints are being penetrated. It will take a long time to fall asleep.’ In this way, examining the wind that causes coughing during sleep, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­201

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice, ‘The warmth-retainer wind is present in my body. For all living beings, this wind prevents physical deficiencies. It is known as the life force of all living beings because it causes the mind to adhere to the body and serves as the support for consciousness. If this wind is disturbed, it kills all living beings.’ In this way, examining the warmth-retainer wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­202

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the function of other winds in his body when either disturbed or in balance. [F.165.a] With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice, ‘The wind that swirls throughout the entire body prevents the development of an otherwise healthy fetus, causing damage or destruction. It makes the fetus short, decrepit, and contracted.’ In this way, examining the wind that constricts the entire body, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­203

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the presence of other winds in his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice, ‘The skin-maintainer wind is present in my body. Associating with the external wind, it enables sensation and is felt as cold, warm, mild, rough, powerful, appropriate, or timely.’ In this way, examining the skin-maintainer wind, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­204

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder about the presence of other winds in his body. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will notice, ‘As seen with the divine eye of those who are free from affliction, who cannot be lured by extraneous flaws, who have crossed the precipices, and who see reality as it is, there are no further winds. This is the full amount of winds contained in the body. This is the collection of winds. This is the full extent of the aggregate of winds and the worms. Through these two, the faculties that observe the elements [F.165.b] can apprehend the body with its karmic action and affliction and the way it is injured.’

5.­205

“And so the spiritual practitioner examines the last of the winds, and upon seeing the entire body, he becomes free from desire for pleasures. He is not bound by the craving that accompanies lustful desire. He does not remain within the realm of the māras. He abides within the limit of the transcendence of suffering. He conquers the darkness of beginningless engagement with desire, anger, and ignorance. The sun of wakefulness shines. He has no doubts and is beyond all pitfalls. He is not led astray by afflictive sounds, textures, tastes, forms, or smells. He does not fail to see the real condition of the objects. He correctly sees that the three realms in their entirety consist in impermanence, suffering, emptiness, and absence of self.

5.­206

“In this way, the brahmins and householders in the town of Nālati, as well as the mendicant spiritual practitioners, developed a correct understanding of the body. They developed delight in the application of mindfulness to the body. They understood how phenomena arise and disintegrate. They were not let astray by others. They examined the entire body and comprehended bondage and liberation.


5.­207

“The spiritual practitioner, though, will keep examining further aspects of the body’s destruction, depletion, waning, and ruin. He will wonder, ‘How is this body destroyed? It comes to nothing at the time of death. How are the worms injured and destroyed by the winds? [F.166.a] How do the elements become imbalanced? What are the events that come to pass during one’s final time? How does the ascent and descent occur when the worms are injured by the winds?’ In this way, the spiritual practitioner continuously examines his own body.

5.­208

“At the time of death, all the worms in the elements become disturbed. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will consider, ‘First the worms are destroyed by the winds, and then I die. When all my conditioned factors are destroyed and I die, I will experience excruciating and intense agony.’

5.­209

“As he examines matters more closely, he will then notice, ‘The worms in the brain are expelled from the head and destroyed and killed by the wind that is based in the nails. The worms that move in the head and neck are destroyed by the winds that are based in the sides of my feet. The worms that live in the skull are destroyed by the wind that causes loss of consciousness. The hair-consuming worms are destroyed by the bone-breaker wind. The worms that live in the ears are destroyed by the wind that inhibits movement. The worms covered in mucus are destroyed by the wind that permeates the ankles. The worms that live in the fat are destroyed by the wind that injures the hips. The worms that consume the joints, jaw, and mucus are destroyed by the wind that injures the joints. The worms that consume the dental roots are destroyed by the wind that injures the liver and brings sleep.

5.­210

“ ‘The ten types of worms that live in my throat and chest are gradually destroyed as follows. [F.166.b] The worms that consume nasal mucus are destroyed by the winds that increase well-being. The vomit-inducing worms are destroyed by the movement-stopper wind within the ten channels in which the vital fluids run. The worms intoxicated by sweetness are destroyed by the wind that brings the joints into disorder. The worms that crave the six tastes are destroyed by the winds that injure body hair, nails, and excrement. The worms that cry out are destroyed by the wind that stops vital fluids. The worms opposed to sweetness are destroyed by the wind that causes aging. The worms that enjoy sleeping are destroyed by the bladder-paralyzer wind.

5.­211

“ ‘Concerning the ten types of worms born from blood, the hair-eater worm is destroyed by the feces-drier wind. The cavity worm is destroyed by the ribcage-impairer wind. The jantumandarava worm is destroyed by the nine-openings disease wind. The audumbara worm is destroyed by the body part-decreasing wind. The jantumandarava and the dripper worms are destroyed by the warmth-extinguisher wind. The hair-protector worms are destroyed by the wind that makes the entire body cold. The blood-consumer worms are destroyed by the destabilizing wind. The sour worms are destroyed by the burner wind. These worms are legless, short, born from blood, blind, cause rashes, and bore their way forward. At the place and time of my death, all of them will be destroyed by the winds [F.167.a] and thus my blood will dry up. When they die, fierce and excruciating pain will follow as the blood dries up.

5.­212

“ ‘At the time of ordinary people’s death, when they have to let go of their friends, companions, associates, children, spouse, possessions, and enjoyments, they will be struck by an intense fear of dying created by their craving. This occurs due to the bonds that tether their base and ignorant minds. Without a protector, they are left with nothing but their own Dharma and non-Dharma as their physical and mental suffering consumes all the blood in their major and minor body parts.’

5.­213

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder, ‘What are the further species of worms, and what type of suffering might I feel when the winds destroy the worms?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, ‘Concerning the ten species of worms that live in the flesh, the wound provoker is destroyed by the gatherer wind. The cuncuraga worm is destroyed by the upward- and downward-moving winds, and the muscle-traveler worm is destroyed by the life force wind. When that wind departs, people die. The worm that perforates the veins is destroyed by the closing wind. The skin-cutter worm is destroyed by the wind that ruins the mind. The fat-agitator wind is destroyed by the agitator wind. The enricher worm is destroyed by the eye-blinking wind. [F.167.b] The stinker worm is destroyed by the five winds that cause death due to the stirring of the five mutually conflicting winds.’

5.­214

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder, ‘At the time of my death, which winds destroy the worms that live in sweat?’ Having understood this with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will likewise examine the worms that live in bile. The spiritual practitioner will then notice that the jurava worm is destroyed by the womb-developer wind. This is the wind that enables human activities and distinctive features to develop. The shaker worm is destroyed by the womb-destroyer wind. This is the wind that saps human strength. It also causes a saffron-colored, sour substance to emerge from the mouth. It can also cause one to become a woman. The kuśi flower worm is destroyed by the wind that causes going, coming, running, and jumping. The common worm, the dark one, the great food worm, and the warmth-traveler worm are all destroyed by the five winds associated with the eyes, ears, nose, tongue, and body. Likewise, the burner worm is destroyed by the ant wind. The worm that decreases heat is destroyed by the needle wind. The great fire worm is destroyed by the intestine-opener wind.

5.­215

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder, ‘At the time of my death, which winds destroy the worms that live in the bones?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, ‘Concerning the worms that live throughout my major and minor body parts, [F.168.a] the bone-biter worm is destroyed by the wind that destroys bile. The worm that lives in heat is destroyed by the phlegm-destroyer wind. The joint-cutter and the stinker worms are destroyed by the skin-destroyer wind. The bone pus species is destroyed by the blood-destroyer wind. The red-mouth worm is destroyed by the flesh-destroyer wind. The skin-eater worm is destroyed by the blood-destroyer wind. The ant worm is destroyed by the semen-destroyer wind. The razor mouth worm is destroyed by the wind that creates confusion.’

5.­216

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder, ‘At the time of my death, which winds destroy the worms that live in excrement?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, ‘The sustenance worm is destroyed by the strengthening wind. The needle-mouth worm is destroyed by the sweat-destroyer wind. The ant worm is destroyed by the liver-destroyer wind. The legless worm is destroyed by the fat-destroyer wind. The inactive worm is destroyed by the food-carrying wind. The excrement-disperser worm is destroyed by tooth-extractor wind. The excrement-separator worm is destroyed by the uvula-contractor wind. The intestine-opener worm is destroyed by the downward-moving wind. The worm that causes paralysis in conjunction with digestion is destroyed by the upward-moving wind. The fine-color worm is destroyed by the wind that moves in the chest. [F.168.b] The excrement digestion worm is destroyed by the womb-dwelling wind. When those winds destroy these worms, excrement will dry up. All the elements of the body will wither. Thereby they mutually disrupt and unsettle each other, and shift up and down. In this way, all the elements are disturbed and thus they grow old, rot, and decay. In consequence of such deterioration, people in general, or I myself, will, at the time of death, experience fierce and unusual agony. Those are certain to be experienced by everyone.’

5.­217

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will further wonder, ‘At the time of death, which winds destroy my worms?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, ‘Concerning the ten species of worms that live in my bone marrow, the hair dweller is destroyed by the hair-destroyer wind. The black-mouth worm is destroyed by the harmony-creating wind. The inactive worm is destroyed by the sleep-distractor wind. The highly painful worm is destroyed by the impatience wind. The obscurer worm is destroyed by the wind that brings vowels and consonants to the tongue. The fire-colored worm is destroyed by the wind that mixes tastes. The rising worm is destroyed by the liver-destroyer wind. The downward-moving worm is destroyed by the wind that pushes excrement upward. [F.169.a] The auṭhīngā worm is destroyed by the wind that passes through the anus. The thinker and enjoyer worms614 are destroyed by the memory-destroyer wind.’

5.­218

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will then think, ‘There is nothing to be seen that is permanent, nothing to be seen that is clean, nothing to be seen that is a self. One previous worm is destroyed by the kidney-destroyer wind. All those worms are destroyed by the winds at the time of death.’ In this way, carefully considering the internal body, the monk overcomes the darkness that he has remained within since time without beginning. He goes forth into the undefiled and ultimate insight, which is unlike anything else, and beyond the world. Among the seven kinds of recollection, the recollection of death is taught as being supreme. It is like this: one recollects the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha, divinity, and impermanence.

5.­219

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will wonder, ‘Death brings universal decay, but how many forms of death are there?’ With knowledge derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, ‘There are four types of death because death may occur from imbalances in the earth element, water element, fire element, or wind element. How does death occur due to imbalances of the earth element? [F.169.b] When the earth element is disturbed, the winds will cause the earth element to become hard and rigid. All the major and minor body parts are harmed, crushed and turn putrid. The winds will collide and press against one another. As an example, imagine that a lump of butter is placed between two vajra mountains that gradually are pushed against each other by the power of the wind. How could that lump of butter retain any substantiality? Likewise, when the earth element is disturbed, all my major and minor body parts‍—all my elements, the container of skin and sinew, the blood, flesh, fat, bones, marrow, and vital fluids‍—will become like that lump of butter. Constantly and continuously squeezed from all sides, they will be broken down completely. It is indeed painful when my elements are ravaged in this way.

5.­220

“ ‘Whether they recollect the Buddha, the Dharma, or the Saṅgha, if those who are at the end of their lives continuously maintain such reference points with a proper attitude, then even such ordinary people will all be able to achieve a rebirth that resembles the reference points they kept in mind. The imprint of a seal emerges in accordance with seal itself. In the same way, those who are at the end of their lives will at the time of death secure a rebirth that is in accordance with their state of mind. Birth and death occur due to the monkey mind.’

5.­221

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder, [F.170.a] ‘How do ordinary people die based on imbalances in the water element?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, ‘When my water element becomes disturbed, all my major and minor body parts‍—the cocoon of sinew, all the elements, and the skin, blood, flesh, fat, bones, marrow, and vital fluids‍—will be taken615 and dissolve. Such events will definitely come to pass for me and all ordinary people. They will be taken616 and become agitated by one another. Just as with the previous example of the two mountains, if a lump of butter is thrown into the ocean and destroyed by winds over time, it will not endure. Nothing can save it. Nothing will remain of it and it cannot last. Such is the excruciating suffering that will happen to me due to the water element.

5.­222

“ ‘Whether they recollect the Buddha, the Dharma, or the Saṅgha, if those who are at the end of their lives continuously maintain such reference points with a proper attitude, then even such ordinary people will all be able to achieve a rebirth that resembles the reference points they kept in mind, as if they were the imprint of a seal. The imprint of a seal emerges in accordance with the seal itself. Likewise, those who are at the end of their lives will, at the moment of death, achieve a rebirth that accords with their state of mind. This is because the monkey mind is what determines one’s rebirth at the time of aging and death.’

5.­223

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder, ‘How does death occur due to imbalances in the fire element at the moment of death?’ [F.170.b] With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, ‘If the fire element is disturbed at the time of my death, all my major and minor body parts‍—the entire cocoon of veins and sinew, all my elements, my skin, blood, flesh, fat, bones, marrow, and vital fluids‍—will be burned, cooked, broiled, heated, and set ablaze. For example, if a lump of butter is thrown into a great pile of khadira embers, it will be burned, cooked, set ablaze, and boiled. Likewise, since my whole body resembles a lump of butter, my body at the final moment of death will suffer from heat.

5.­224

“ ‘Whether they recollect the Buddha, the Dharma, or the Saṅgha, if those who are at the end of their lives continuously maintain such reference points with a proper attitude, then even such ordinary people will all be able to achieve a rebirth that resembles the reference points they kept in mind, as if they were the imprint of a seal. The imprint of a seal emerges in accordance with the seal itself. Likewise, at the moment of death, those who are at the end of their lives will achieve a rebirth that accords with their state of mind. This is because the monkey mind is what determines one’s rebirth at the time of aging and death.’

5.­225

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also wonder, ‘How does death occur due to imbalances in the wind element?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, ‘If the wind element is disturbed at the time of my death, [F.171.a] all my major and minor body parts‍—the entire cocoon of sinew, all the elements, and the skin, blood, flesh, fat, bones, marrow, and vital fluids‍—will deteriorate, wither, harden, and damage each other. Everything from my toenails to my head will be ground to dust. For example, if a lump of butter is buffeted by wind, over time it will break down, dry out, and harden. In the midst of space, its various fragments will grind one another to dust. Likewise, when the wind element is disturbed at the time of my death, I will experience the suffering of craving sensations in my dying body.

5.­226

“ ‘Whether they recollect the Buddha, the Dharma, or the Saṅgha, if those who are at the end of their lives continuously maintain such reference points with a proper attitude, then even such ordinary people will all be able to achieve a rebirth that resembles the reference points they kept in mind, as if they were the imprint of a seal. The mind at death, during the final moments of existence, is like a seal that shapes one’s future birth as if it were its imprint. This is because the body is shaped by the monkey mind and thus the time of death serves as the basis for one’s rebirth. In this way, four aspects of death follow from disturbances of the four great elements.’

5.­227

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers and attends to the internal body will also see the impermanence, suffering, emptiness, and absence of self with respect to all sentient beings. [F.171.b] With this understanding, he does not remain before the māras, but finds himself within the reality of the transcendence of suffering. He is not led astray by desirable sounds, textures, tastes, forms, or smells that involve affliction. He is not bound by the craving that accompanies lustful desire. He is free from the dust of the afflictions. He is safe from all precipices. He is not distracted by forms or smells. He does not arouse any excitement over appearances. He does not arouse any excitement over youthfulness. He does not arouse any excitement over being alive. He is not fond of gatherings. He does not constantly visit cities, nor is he fond of the city. He fears the terrors of death. He is apprehensive of even subtle unwholesomeness. He develops correct knowledge of the body. He understands phenomena that are subject to birth and death. He becomes free from desire for afflictive pleasures. He does not become indolent. He takes continuous delight in the sacred Dharma.”

5.­228

In this way the Brahmins, householders, and mendicants in the town of Nālati carefully considered the internal body.


5.­229

“How do spiritual practitioners engage in practice? Monks, spiritual practitioners consider the internal body by means of external phenomena. When they see external phenomena, they carefully consider the internal body. They first examine seeds, noticing that they give rise to sprouts. From sprouts grow stems, [F.172.a] from stems come petals, from petals grow flowers, and from the flowers come fruits. In the same way, spiritual practitioners understand their own internal nature. They first notice how the seed-like consciousness accompanied by karmic action and afflictions descends into the semen. From the semen comes the oval shape, from the oval shape emerges the oblong, from the oblong comes the lumpy, and from the lumpy develops the fivefold protrusion of the two legs, two arms, and the head. Based on those five protrusions, the faculties become fully developed. Thus, successive stages lead to aging and death.

5.­230

“A spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the external body and attends to it will also notice that while initially seeds are green, they later become gray and old, and in the end they disappear completely. Likewise, this body is initially that of an infant, but the infant grows up, the adult ages, and after aging, the body will also disappear entirely.

5.­231

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the external body and attends to it will further wonder, ‘How do external seeds appear and how do trees and forests grow from the ground?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that all these phenomena mutually serve as each other’s causes and conditions. All external and internal conditioned factors arise by their mutual power. This goes for everything except three factors: [F.172.b] analytical cessation, non-analytical cessation, and space. How do phenomena appear based on their mutual power? Ignorance serves as the condition for formation, formation is the condition for consciousness, consciousness is the condition for name-and-form, name-and-form are the conditions for the six sense sources, the six sense sources are the conditions for contact, contact is the condition for sensation, sensation is the condition for craving, craving is the condition for grasping, grasping is the condition for becoming, becoming is the condition for birth, and birth is the condition for aging and death, agony, lamentation, suffering, unhappiness, and exhaustion. Thus emerges this great heap of nothing but suffering.

5.­232

“Monks, when ignorance ceases, formation ceases; when formation ceases, consciousness ceases; when consciousness ceases, name-and-form cease; when name-and-form cease, the six sense sources cease; when the six sense sources cease, contact ceases; when contact ceases, sensation ceases; when sensation ceases, craving ceases; when craving ceases, grasping ceases; when grasping ceases, becoming ceases; when becoming ceases, birth ceases; and when birth ceases, aging and death, agony, lamentation, suffering, unhappiness, and all manner of misery come to an end. Thus, this great heap that is nothing but suffering ceases. In this way, all these phenomena serve as each other’s conditions. Whether external or internal and personal, phenomena give rise to one another. [F.173.a]. The spiritual practitioner thinks, ‘The external phenomena are just like the internal phenomena, and the internal phenomena are just like the external phenomena.’ In this way, he carefully considers the internal body, just as he carefully considers the external body in the correct way. This is how spiritual practitioners cognize external and internal phenomena. At first, they for a while consider how phenomena develop in Jambudvīpa. Next, they discern the single teaching that clarifies the state of their own internal phenomena. Thereby they carefully identify individual phenomena and understand their particular qualities, such as their suitability and other properties.617 They notice how the entire mass of living creatures comes about due to outer and inner conditions, and they see how external factors influence their own internal mind and mental states.


5.­233

“Here, one may wonder, ‘Do external phenomena make internal phenomena flourish such that they become extremely clear, or do internal phenomena make external phenomena flourish such that they become extremely clear?’ In that regard, external phenomena may make internal phenomena flourish because when spiritual practitioners possess a dwelling, bedding, and medical supplies, they will take joy in virtuous qualities. On the other hand, when they lack a dwelling, medical supplies, and daily requisites they will not take any joy in virtuous qualities. In this way, phenomena give rise to one another, depend on one another, produce one another, [F.173.b] and are effects of one another. Apart from this, there is no other agent or anything that is permanent, stable, enduring, or unchanging. Nor is anything produced by any causally productive “absence of causes.” Even with the greatest effort no such thing can be seen.

5.­234

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will also ask himself, ‘How do all beings who are born in the three realms experience a flourishing of their own inner properties due to a single external activity?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice, ‘The single factor that pertains to all beings born through formation is sustenance. This is of four types: material food, attention, contact, and joy. In the realm of desire, these types of sustenance serve as seeds, and thus these external forms of sustenance enhance one’s own internal facility in concentration.’

5.­235

“Upon initially examining external phenomena, the spiritual practitioner will wonder, ‘How are internal phenomena maintained by external phenomena?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that during the age of excellence those causes, conditions, or bases that constitute all beings’ sustenance are endowed with eight aspects. What are the eight? Pleasant sounds, textures, tastes, forms, and smells, as well as pleasant vital fluids, and agreeable colors and shapes. Whenever there is an increase of external phenomena in the form of dwellings, medical supplies, and other requisites, the body will flourish. At that time, one will delight in one’s own internal virtuous qualities. [F.174.a] In this way the spiritual practitioner carefully considers the external body and attends to it.

5.­236

“Whenever bees, meat flies, small ants, and the like do not cause trouble to the body, one will be inclined toward one’s own internal phenomena. Whenever cold, heat, rain, and the like do not cause discomfort to the body, one will develop fondness for one’s own internal phenomena. Whenever one hears desirable, attractive, and delightful sounds, one will take joy in one’s own internal phenomena. Whenever one smells desirable, attractive, and delightful scents, one will take joy in one’s own internal phenomena. Whenever cold, heat, rain and the like do not cause harm to the body, one will take joy in one’s own internal phenomena. Whenever the five faculties flourish due to the five external sense sources, the five inner sense sources will flourish. In this way, carefully considering the body and attending to it through the external body, sons of noble family who truly adhere to the Great Vehicle, or noble hearers, develop accurate knowledge of the body.

5.­237

“Moreover, when the spiritual practitioner carefully considers the external body and attends to it, he will also delight in his own six collections of consciousness. With the help of knowledge derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that if external phenomena do not cause trouble, his own internal phenomena will be in balance and thus he will take joy in phenomena. What are the six collections of consciousness? They are the eye consciousness, [F.174.b] the ear consciousness, the nose consciousness, the tongue consciousness, the body consciousness, and the mind consciousness. One’s own internal phenomena and external entities mutually depend on and accompany each other. For example, when a bird flies through the sky, its shadow follows it wherever it goes. Likewise, one’s own internal entities always depend on external ones. If the body flourishes, the mind will not deteriorate. All these things stand in mutual dependency and arise due to conditions. In this way, the spiritual practitioner realizes that all phenomena without exception are impermanent, unstable, fleeting, and subject to change.

5.­238

“Moreover, the spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will also notice how the lifespans of humans in Jambudvīpa shorten and increase. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that during the age of perfection all humans have descended from the god realm of Luminosity and therefore consume medicinal plants for their food. Just as ambrosia is the food of the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, so humans during the age of perfection have virtuous minds and are nourished by medicinal plants that have excellent color, scent, form, and texture. Because these flawless humans are sustained by such food, they achieve a lifespan of eighty-four thousand years. [F.175.a] There are three classes of disease‍—associated with hunger, thirst, and desire‍—but these humans are excellently nourished and do not develop diseases.

5.­239

“In the second age618 the properties of earth decrease, and the minds of humans likewise come to lack virtuous qualities. All manner of diseases manifest among human beings. They will suffer from hunger, thirst, untimely death, and heat. Nevertheless, the external nourishment is still enough to keep humans in Jambudvīpa alive and free from disease.

5.­240

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will also wonder about the complexion and lifespan of human beings during the third age.619 With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that during the third age the properties of earth further diminish and a number of diseases manifest. Due to flaws in their food, humans become afflicted with diseases associated with wind, bile, and phlegm. The spiritual practitioner will notice the entire mass of conditioned factors that manifest when external sustenance causes the inner sense sources to flourish. In this way, he correctly considers the influence of external factors on the body.

5.­241

“Moreover, the spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will wonder, ‘What is the food of humans in Jambudvīpa during the fourth age of strife?’ With insight derived from hearing, he will then notice that during the age of strife, the humans in Jambudvīpa eat wild millet, barley broth, fish, grains, and roots, yet the taste of their food generally decreases. The humans of that time suffer continuously from disease [F.175.b] and they age prematurely. The humans of the age of strife have no strength.

5.­242

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will also wonder, ‘What are the developments with respect to human lifespan and size during the first age of fourfold perfection?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he then notices that during the age of excellence the humans of Jambudvīpa possess tremendous longevity, living for eighty-four thousand years, and their bodies measure a thousand fathoms.

5.­243

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will likewise wonder about the lifespan of humans in Jambudvīpa during the second age.620 With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that during the second age humans live for forty thousand years and their bodies measure two hundred fathoms.

5.­244

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will also wonder about the lifespan of humans in Jambudvīpa during the third age.621 With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that during the third age humans live for twenty thousand years and their bodies measure one hundred fathoms.

5.­245

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will also wonder about the lifespan of humans in Jambudvīpa during the age of strife. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that during the age of strife an extremely long-living human has a lifespan of one hundred years and the size of their body is up to one fathom. [F.176.a]

5.­246

“During the deprived age of destruction that follows the age of strife, humans lack the ten virtues. Wondering what the maximum lifespan might be at that time for those who understand what is wholesome, he will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice that during the deprived age of destruction, all the foremost tastes disappear. Salt, yogurt, meat, honey, syrup, sugarcane, and all the grains undergo transformation, and thus the foremost among the sixty varieties of grain and others all disappear. Other types of grain include the red grain, the taste stealer, pataṅga, the gray one, iron power, the enticer, śarika, conch pearl, tūrṇaka,622 lohavāla, kunduvinta, red julaka, the powdery, arjuna, banjaka, dry ruha, ocean kunduruha, the twice-grower, samahasa, the hot one, the awn-less, the rough and hot, yāvaka, the one that grows everywhere, siṃhaḍa, the sinless, the great color, the one that flourishes everywhere, arjuna, the burner, driruha, the magical cut, the mountain-borne, the constant grower, the jointless one, the one that grows in all locations, kālingka, great kālingka, the golden one, the great conch, the easily obtained, bāhiniro, śikhriṇi, the aṅgu-born, sandhavaka, kālavāha, prasivu, vighasa, the giver, iṅgalika, the true, vyāviddha, the unwanted, the blended, [F.176.b] buddhali, power of the sun, the stainless, the Magadha species, ocean foam, velaruha, the equal banjaka, the huskless, the supreme, the warm, the Chinese one, the saffron-colored, the spotted, the intertwined, the assistant’s mind, the strong one, khangkakhanṯika, the mixed, the nectar-dripping chin, and the wheat-colored. Likewise, there are six types of barley: the husky, the chaffless, the mixed, the sweet one, the black one, and the pale. There are also two minor kinds of grain, namely the random ones and the seed grown.

5.­247

“Similarly, all the most fragrant flowers will disappear during the painful age of destruction. Sesame, kidney bean, flat lentils, the growing, the planted,623 the cultivated, and the uncultivated will also disappear from the environment. The milk of cows and buffalo, as well as grape juice, and all other cherished and desired drinks will disappear. After all those are destroyed, the skin, bones, and marrow of the humans in Jambudvīpa will begin to get slightly colder. Because of the lack of good food, everyone will come to resemble mere skeletons. Therefore, since all external and internal factors stand in mutual dependency, the spiritual practitioner will understand that all conditioned things are subject to destruction and are impermanent, unpleasant, unclean, devoid of a self, and not the work of a creator. [F.177.a] They are not causeless or random, nor are they the product of one, two, three, four, or five creators. Nor are they the product of six causes, as otherwise claimed by non-Buddhists who teach wrong paths. This is how the spiritual practitioner carefully considers the body and attends to it from the perspective of the external. In this way, aware of all those developments from the age of excellence through to the age of destruction, he carefully considers the external body and attends to it in the correct manner.

5.­248

“Next, the spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will wonder, ‘How do the mountains, rivers, plains, oceans, and so forth, through to Mount Sumeru, the king of mountains, all develop and deteriorate within the four human abodes?’

“These are the four human abodes: Jambudvīpa, Godānīya in the west, Kuru in the north, and Videha in the east. There are also the eight great hells, the starving spirits, the animals, and the six classes of gods in the realm of desire. In this way, he carefully considers the external body and attends to it.


5.­249

“The spiritual practitioner will also examine the mountains, rivers, lands, and borders in the eastern reaches of Jambudvīpa. With knowledge derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice a mountain known as Anūna in the east of Jambudvīpa. This mountain is ten leagues high. There is yet another mighty mountain there that reaches thirty leagues. Between those two mountains flows the river known as Joyous Higher Realms. There is also the river Kauśika and the river Kośalā, [F.177.b] as well as the lands known as Endowed with Riverbanks and Burning. Kauśika and Kośalā connect the various lands. There is also the land known as Aṇga. The river Burning runs through it, flowing across one hundred leagues. The mountain known as Endowed with Riverbanks measures two hundred leagues. The land of Kauśika contains ten thousand towns. Half of the land of Kośalā is known as Kourava and is adorned by the following species of exquisite trees: nāga, nāḍi, gaurava, jalahinata, tāla, and talo. The spiritual practitioner also sees how the land of Kośalā abounds with fruits of the date palm, jackfruit, and nāḍikekere. The lands of Antelope Dress, Eliminating Ailing Deer, Karṇika, Face of Joy, and Camel Face measure three thousand leagues. Observing these areas, the spiritual practitioner carefully considers the external body and attends to it.

5.­250

“He will then wonder, ‘Are these all the lands that there are, or are there also other areas that the rivers of Jambudvīpa flow through?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that the great river Kṣoṇo, which is half a league wide, descends from the mountain called Meghalati and flows across five hundred leagues of land. Its riverbed is adorned with numerous cliffs.

5.­251

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will then wonder, ‘Are there any other mountains or rivers here in Jambudvīpa?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice another mountain, known as Solitary, [F.178.a] which is one hundred leagues high and measures five hundred leagues across. The magnificent river known as Red flows from that mountain. Half a league wide, this river descends across five hundred leagues and flows into the sea.

5.­252

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Are there any other such rivers in Jambudvīpa?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that the great river Kāverī flows in Jambudvīpa. It is adorned with great flowers, such as ketaka, magnolia, arjunā, kadamba, fresh mālikā, and atimukta. A second river, known as Endowed with Cows, flows through cattle pastures. Both of these rivers are half a league wide and their courses are three hundred leagues long.

5.­253

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Are there other mountains or rivers in Jambudvīpa?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that there indeed are other mountains and rivers in Jambudvīpa. The great Ṭakaśobho mountain, which can be scaled by everyone, is surrounded by the sea and measures thirty leagues. The few people who live there are known as the Kinkikirāta, a people who lack affection, are barbaric, and wear antelope skins. Others who live there wear leaves and eat the flesh of elephants that are found by the ocean. [F.178.b] Due to their habituation to meat, they also eat human flesh.

5.­254

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Far beyond Jambudvīpa, are there any mountains or islands in the sea?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that the mountain called Endowed with Jewels rises from the sea and is adorned by numerous jewels, such as sapphire, great sapphire, vajra, beryl, musāragalva, crystal, ruby, and sukumārikā. Propelled by their former actions, merchants are blown to that mountain by the wind during the age of excellence. In the ocean beyond that mountain live tens of thousands of great fish, infant-eating crocodiles, and rākṣasīs known as shadow players.

5.­255

“Still farther away in the ocean lies an island called Golden Walls. The ground there is covered by gold and the island is inhabited by terrifying and ferocious rākṣasas. A farther two thousand leagues out into the ocean stands the Dhiriko mountain with its three peaks. The mountain is seven leagues high, three hundred leagues wide, and adorned with jewels such as sapphire, vajra, beryl, ruby, sukumārikā, great blue sapphire, and musāragalva.

5.­256

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Beyond that mountain, are there any other mountains or seas?’ [F.179.a] With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see the great ocean called Black Waters, measuring ten thousand leagues. Here, the asuras frolic with nāga maidens. The nāgas who live in that sea are terrifying to behold. There is also a rākṣasī, called Emerging at the Summit of the Shadows, who catches weak asuras and hurls them into the sea. The ocean of Black Waters abounds with mountains that look like black clouds and are teeming with mahoragas. Seeing all this, the spiritual practitioner carefully considers the external body and attends to it.

5.­257

“Wondering, ‘Might there be mountains or oceans beyond Black Waters?’ the spiritual practitioner will apply insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then see two oceans called Abounding with Jewels and Red. Those two oceans extend ninety leagues beyond the jambu trees there. This is home to the garuḍa king of birds with his vajra beak. Not quite as far beyond the jambu trees lies the ocean called Blue Waters, which is hundred leagues wide. Within it lives the rākṣasī called Mandehā, who is one mile tall and drifts from one mountain to another within that sea, going wherever there is a mountain.

5.­258

“Wondering whether there may be any mountains or rivers to be found farther out at sea, the spiritual practitioner will investigate the various regions. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, [F.179.b] he will then see an ocean known as Bright Waters, which is five hundred leagues wide. From that ocean rises the mountain called Draped in Light Rays. A hundred leagues tall and three hundred leagues wide, that mountain is made of silver and adorned with all manner of beautiful jewels and golden lotuses. There is also a lotus pond called Seeing Thousands, which is a hundred leagues deep and three hundred leagues long. Garland-bearer and vessel-bearer gods go there for pleasure and the lake is adorned by divine geese and ducks.

5.­259

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Apart from Bright Waters, are there other majestic mountains or seas, and are there other islands?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see the ocean called Great Waves. Five hundred leagues wide, this sea is fed by underground rivers and, as their currents travel upward, the ocean and its islands become stormy. In this way, all sentient beings are ruled by the force of karmic actions. The waves in this sea become two hundred miles high. There is yet another ocean called Waves of the Seas of Jambudvīpa wherein all the fish have horse faces.

5.­260

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Beyond the mountains in Great Waves, are there other mountains or oceans?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice the mountain called Single Face that lies to the north of the mountains of Great Waves. [F.180.a] Extending across four hundred leagues, this mountain is adorned with blazing gold and shines like a second sun. Divine mandaravā flowers, kuśeśaya lotuses, and lotuses of beryl grow there, and there are heavenly parks and forests.

5.­261

“Wondering whether there are other mountains beyond Single Face, the spiritual practitioner will apply insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, and thus he will notice that three thousand leagues to the east lies a moderately high mountain, known as Blazing Gold. Beyond that stands a mountain called Rising, which is situated near the face of Sumeru. This mountain causes the sky in Jambudvīpa to have the color of beryl, while it causes the sky in Videha in the east to have a golden color. Since the face of that mountain appears blue, the sky in Jambudvīpa is seen as blue.

5.­262

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder whether there are other mountains near Rising. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see that far beyond Rising, toward Videha in the east, lies a second peak of Mount Sumeru, known as Happy Mind. Made of divine gold from the Jambu River and adorned with golden lotuses, this mountain stands ten leagues tall and is five hundred leagues wide. It is filled with golden trees, deer, birds, trees with foliage of pure gold, and heavenly singers. Garland-bearer gods and triple-lute-bearer gods go there to celebrate. [F.180.b] Encountering the creations of their own former actions‍—be they of low, intermediate, or superior quality‍—they experience their individual shares of karmic ripening as they frequent Mount Happy Mind as well as on the sun-like Mount Rising. Such is this lofty summit of Jambudvīpa, and this is as far as the realm of Jambudvīpa extends in the eastern direction.


5.­263

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘How many rivers, mountains, and stormy seas are there to the south of Jambudvīpa?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice that the Vindhya mountain occupies an area of eight leagues. From this mountain flows the Narmadā River, which is half a league wide and runs a course of two hundred leagues. Highly poisonous nāgas live there, and the river is full of infant-eating crocodiles, as well as other predatory reptiles. A second river, the Wavy, splits off from the Narmadā. There is also a third river, Powerful, along the banks of which grow delightful trees. Another river, Black Swirling, is three leagues deep and runs a course of three hundred leagues until it flows into the sea. The Great Rodhā River is full of highly poisonous nāgas. The mountain known as Malaya is covered with the most delightful sandal trees. Its base covers five hundred leagues while its lofty summit reaches an altitude of three hundred leagues. [F.181.a] The Great Waves River flows from this mountain, one league wide and covering a distance of one hundred leagues before it flows into the sea. The river known as Possessor of Reeds runs through forests with a great variety of trees that abound with birds. This river is one league wide and runs a course of five hundred leagues before reaching the sea.

5.­264

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘What else is there to be found in Jambudvīpa?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice the different regions in the land of Melako, each of which covers forty leagues. Second, the land of Tsokala covers fifty leagues and is adorned with trees such as ketaka, nāḍikera, jackfruit, plantain, wood-apple, paruṣaka, vadara, arjuna, and magnolia. There is yet another forest called Chavikaliṅka, which is one hundred leagues tall. This place is adorned with all sorts of young trees and śāli. Farther away comes the land Endowed with Rivers with its beautiful trees and śāli. In its forests live wild animals and tigers, and the murky Daṇḍakāraṇyaṅ River runs a course of twenty leagues.

5.­265

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Are there any other rivers or mountains in the south of Jambudvīpa?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice the river Godāvarī, one mile wide and two hundred leagues long. [F.181.b] There are also the lands of Tsontva, Madrā, and Ketako, respectively measuring twenty, four thousand, and fifty leagues. All of them abound with cows and buffalo, beautiful trees, and palms. Moreover, in the ocean lies an island, measuring three hundred by five hundred leagues, which is full of karkola trees. Adorned by beautiful trees and featuring very clear water, the Kāberi River, which is a league wide, runs a course of five hundred leagues. In the delightful forests there grow gorgeous karkolakā, naraka, and ketaka trees. This is also where the Bāsa River runs.

5.­266

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Beyond Jambudvīpa, are there any other seas, mountains, or islands?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice the sea called Covered by Puḍi, which covers an area of ten thousand leagues. The wind creates no waves there and lotuses grow in the ocean. Past this ocean lies an island that is five hundred leagues across. The island is filled with terrifying, fish-eating rākṣasas. Beyond that island lies the mountain known as Great Power, forty leagues wide, ten leagues tall, and draped with tāla and śāli trees. There the asuras play with nāga girls on the beaches and in the groves. [F.182.a]

5.­267

“Residing on that mountain, the Four Great Kings examine all of Jambudvīpa on the eighth and fourteenth days. They notice who are respectful of their mothers; who practice the Dharma; who follow the Dharma; who observe the one-day precepts; who have faith in the Buddha; who have faith in the Dharma; who have faith in the Saṅgha; who wage battle with the māras; who are honest; who are generous; who are free from stinginess; who refrain from harming others; who are not ungrateful; who steer clear of nihilism; who practice the ten courses of virtuous action; who belong to the Great Vehicle; who belong to the Hearer Vehicle; who belong to the Vehicle of Solitary Buddhas; who do not become an enemy to their friends; and who steer clear of the wrong views of the non-Buddhists. In this way, residing on the mountain of Great Power, the Four Great Kings examine all of Jambudvīpa.

5.­268

“If they see that the people of Jambudvīpa are righteous, the Four Great Kings will be delighted and convey the news to Śakra. All the gods, along with their ruler, will rejoice. The forces of the māras will then be waning while the forces of the gods will be flourishing. Hearing that the humans in Jambudvīpa practice virtuous actions and follow the Dharma, all the gods, including their ruler, will rejoice.

5.­269

“However, if they see that the people of Jambudvīpa are not righteous and do not follow the Dharma, the Four Great Kings will be pained and convey this news to the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, saying [F.182.b] ‘The people of Jambudvīpa are not righteous and do not follow the Dharma. The forces of the māras are on the rise, and the forces of the gods are waning.’ This news will be received with anguish by the gods and their ruler.

5.­270

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Are there any mountains or islands beyond Great Power?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice an island far beyond Great Power that is inhabited by one-legged people. They live on grasses and fruits, live to be fifty years old, wear the leaves of the trees for clothes, and live at the feet of the trees. The land there is full of lions and other such predators that eat human flesh, and there are also ferocious birds. However, because the island has both warm and cool seasons, the weather is pleasant. All the females have dog faces and beautiful voices.

5.­271

“Beyond that island lies an ocean that extends across twenty thousand leagues. On the far side of that sea rises the mountain called Garland of Plantains. The mountain is made of crystal, beryl, and silver. Golden birds live there and gorgeous mandārava and lotus flowers bloom there throughout the six seasons. Asuras endowed with magical powers frolic and celebrate there, indulging in the delightful sounds, textures, tastes, and scents found there. Five thousand leagues long and a hundred leagues high, [F.183.a] the mountain has fifteen peaks of silver upon which young goddesses come to celebrate. When they do so, they are harassed by the asuras, and this is the original basis for the altercations between the gods and the asuras. Ordinary gods and humans are all under the power of women.

5.­272

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Beyond Garland of Plantains, are there any other mountains, oceans, or islands?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see an ocean far beyond, covering five thousand leagues. In the first thousand leagues live fish, but in the remainder of the five thousand leagues624 live creatures with heads like elephants, buffalo, pigs, camels, lions, tigers, jackals, leopards, monkeys, humans, and numerous other types of sentient beings. Beyond that sea lies the mountain known as Sunny, which features all sorts of pleasures, lotuses of divine substance, and fruits that, when eaten, remain satiating for a week. Kinnaras live their carefree lives there, constantly singing, dancing, and enjoying themselves. Experiencing their respective shares of inferior, intermediate, or superior karmic actions, they befriend one another and play.

5.­273

“Beyond Mount Sunny the ocean extends for two thousand leagues. There, one finds Mount Kuñjaro, which is made of silver and adorned by heavenly stones of beryl, plates of silver, and other gorgeous stones. On that mountain stands a tree known as the girl tree. [F.183.b] At daybreak young boys are born from that tree. At sunrise they crawl, in the morning they bear the top knot, at noon they are youths, in the middle of the afternoon they are adults, and as the sun begins to set, they become oppressed by aging, using a cane to hold themselves up, with their hair as white as snow. Finally, once the sun has set, they all die. Everyone bears karmic actions and is a being of karmic action. Everyone experiences their own share of karmic actions, depends on karmic action, and experiences things in exact accord with the actions they performed.

5.­274

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Beyond Mount Kuñjaro, are there any other mountains, oceans, or islands?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see that within the waters of the ocean, at a farther distance of fifty thousand leagues, lies a place that abounds with a wide variety of jewels. There are platforms of beryl, sapphire, crystal, and other such jewels. Adorned with the seven precious substances, the realm shines with its own natural light and abounds with jewels. There are platforms, mansions, palaces, multistoried buildings, and various smaller houses, all made of gold and gems. This dazzling abode shines like a second sun. The nāga king Takṣaka resides here, experiencing his particular share of karmic actions as he recollects the Buddha, the Dharma, and the Saṅgha. [F.184.a]

5.­275

“Five hundred leagues beyond Takṣaka’s realm the ocean becomes full of terrifying creatures and extremely ferocious nāgas. Farther away lies a mountain called Abrikṣabho which is teeming with all sorts of beings. On this mountain grow two kinds of sandal trees called gośirṣa and hariśyāmang. These two types of trees are splendid like the sun and no ordinary person can bear looking at them. They are sandal trees for universal monarchs, or other such kings who observe and follow the Dharma. When the leaders of the gandharvas go there they become intoxicated by their fragrance and thus they spend all their time joyfully dancing, singing, and playing music.

5.­276

“Far beyond that mountain follow five hundred leagues of frothing sea and howling winds. Beyond that stands the mountain known as Triple Horns. One of its three summits is made of gold, another of silver, and the third of crystal. From these three summits flows the clear river called Garlands of Foam, running its course over a bed of powdery gold, along golden banks. This river is adorned with heavenly lotuses and abounds with geese and ducks that call out delightfully. The wind keeps tossing waves against Mount Triple Horns, which kills the weaker among the fish.

5.­277

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Are there any other mountains, rivers, or islands in the sea?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, [F.184.b] he will then see that far behind that place lies the world of the Lord of Death, the master of the effects of sentient beings’ karmic actions, which are certain to be experienced, whether they were virtuous or unvirtuous. The Lord of Death is the king of Dharma for he teaches sentient beings by means of the Dharma. This world of the Lord of Death is gloomy because of the delusion and darkness of one’s own mind. Beyond this realm, however, the sky remains cloudless and clear for a hundred leagues. Beyond that lies a joyous realm of the Lord of Death, replete with mansions and arches made of pure divine gold from the Jambu River and adorned with precious jewels. Everywhere lie beautiful rivers, waterfalls, pools, and lotus ponds. This place extends over one hundred leagues and is as resplendent as a second sun.

5.­278

“Beyond that realm of the Lord of Death, the light of the sun and moon begins to dim, and everything becomes enveloped in darkness until eventually the light of the sun and moon disappears completely. Even in the ocean the light of the sun and moon disappears. The ocean is engulfed in darkness due to the nature of the flawed actions of beings in the vast hell realms. Hence, neither the ocean nor dry land can be seen clearly.

5.­279

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will at this point conclude, ‘Throughout this good land‍—in the cities, forests, rivers, mountains, and oceans; in the world of the gods, the world of animals, and in the world of the starving spirits; above, below, and in the cardinal and intermediate directions‍—there are no beings who do not take birth, die, transmigrate, and take birth again. [F.185.a] There is nothing beautiful that will not disappear, vanish, or be left behind. Nothing is stable, nothing endures, nothing remains unchanged. I see nothing and no one that will not eventually be lost. In this world, there is not even a pinch of anything agreeable or delightful that will not eventually disappear, be lost, be parted from, be taken away, vanish, and cease to be. I see no place where sentient beings do not take birth, die, transmigrate, and take birth again. Therefore, I must urgently free myself from desire for conditioned factors. They are all deceptive. These realms are all fluctuating, and are full of harm, agony, distress, haste, separation, and loss of what was gained. They are like an illusion or a dream. All achievements go to waste. Still, this realm of craving deceives ordinary, childish beings because they have indulged in desire, anger, and ignorance since time without beginning. That is the basis for their inauspicious625 lustful desire. I must therefore rapidly become free from desire for conditioned factors. Childish beings never tire! They are so distracted! They are led astray by things that they cannot keep. I will not play along with childish people.’ In this way, the spiritual practitioner correctly and carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body that is subject to destruction. [F.185.b]

5.­280

“He will then wonder whether there is even one single being anywhere in the forty abodes who is not at the mercy of karmic action, who is not bound to karmic action, and who does not experience his own share of karmic action. How are everyone’s fortunes determined by their own past actions, be they positive or negative? In this regard, he does not see a single being who does not experience his own share of karmic action, who does not live in the world of karmic action, who does not depend on karmic action. Whether they were positive or negative, one’s own past actions determine one’s present fortunes. In this way, acknowledging the way one’s own past actions are appropriated, the spiritual practitioner correctly and carefully considers the body.


5.­281

“Next, the spiritual practitioner will wonder, ‘What are the mountains, rivers, islands, and lands to the west of Jambudvīpa?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see a land called Kekāpino. It is lush with nutmeg trees, abounds with paṭa trees, and is covered with date palms, adorned with lovely fragrant pine flowers, and studded with malabar leaf trees. It is a land of great rivers with cool waters. The mountains are riddled with caverns. Where the Sindhū River flows lies the lovely land of Suvīra with its beautiful inhabitants and rich stores of red rice. This is a land of mountains and waterfalls. The area called Pāraṭā covers twenty leagues and is a great source of pomegranate wine. West of the land called Enjoyed by Friends are five rivers, and then comes a terrifying sea filled with many different crocodiles. One hundred leagues to the west in that sea lies an island called Kālaka. [F.186.a] Many different birds live there and it possesses the most delightful forests and parks. On that island vidyādharas live and enjoy themselves. They can be found in two extremely delightful locations, one called Varitavaṭṭānang and the other called Braided Shape. The island of Kālaka is filled with mansions, houses, and waterfalls. Beyond it comes an area called Merging of the Sindhū and the Sea. In between the Sindhū and the ocean a mountain called Sukhana rises from the water. Pravāḍa grow there and merchants are excited to gather coral trees.

5.­282

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘What are the names of the mountains, islands, and female rākṣasas that can be found in the western sea?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see an ocean with mountains that covers five thousand leagues and is chock-full of fish, some of which are gigantic. The sea is stormy, and the winds cause the fish to swirl up and down in the sea.

5.­283

“Beyond that ocean the spiritual practitioner will see a delightful island called Abundant Lions. Flying carnivores live there. Their bodies measure a mile and they stalk the place without touching the water or the earth. These beasts live up to a thousand years, surviving in constant animosity and always fighting one another.

5.­284

“Farther away the spiritual practitioner will see the sea of Ramayo, extending across five hundred leagues. In that sea lotus flowers are in constant bloom and beautiful bees swarm around the centers of the flowers. [F.186.b] Among the lotuses lives the rākṣasī Kulakā, satisfying her hunger with the hearts of the flowers.

5.­285

“Far beyond that delightful sea, the spiritual practitioner will see the mountain called Ardhamaru, extending across one hundred leagues. This mountain is home to many elephants, as well as kalaviṅka birds whose voices are so sublime that they are matched only by thus-gone ones, or bodhisattvas who have received consecration. No god can compare, nor can any human, kinnara, or asura.

5.­286

“The spiritual practitioner will then wonder, ‘Are there any other mountains, rivers, or oceans beyond Ardhamaru?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see a place, fifty leagues into the ocean past Ardhamaru, that abounds with beryl. In that beryl forest live winged lions and the place is guarded by two rākṣasīs, Mānadehā and Rāmā.

5.­287

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Far beyond Jambudvīpa, are there any other mountains or seas?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see an ocean extending twelve thousand leagues to the west. There are no mountains in that sea, nor are there any other places to visit, yet the sea contains fish with elephant and pig heads.

5.­288

“On the far side of that sea, the spiritual practitioner will then see a mountain of gold known as Sāra. [F.187.a] The rays of golden light from that mountain give the sea a beautiful golden color. Fifty leagues wide and three hundred leagues high, the mountain is inhabited by a group of gandharvas known as the Joyous Garland of Jambu Gold. They live up to two thousand years but may also die sooner. Many hundreds of thousands of gandharvas live there. Their bodies resemble refined gold, and all of them look like gods. The roots and fruits in the forest of these gandharvas are hard to steal and although some of the subterranean asuras try to harvest and steal them, they are unable to enjoy them.

5.­289

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Are there other mountains in the sea?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice a mountain called Cakravāḍa, which is discovered when a quarter of the sea has been traversed. Five hundred leagues wide and one thousand leagues high, this mountain has a core of vajra and is otherwise made of gold. Occasionally, asuras come to stay on its golden surface. It is also visited by kinnaras who sing delightfully. The mountain abounds with various fruits and is home to numerous monkeys. On this mountain flows the river called Golden Waters. It is full of golden fish and half a league wide.

5.­290

“Beyond that mountain the spiritual practitioner will see an ocean that extends across ten thousand leagues. In the midst of it lies an island called Isle of Jewels. There, one finds nothing but a variety of precious stones; [F.187.b] there is no ordinary earth or stones. The entire island is made of jewels.

5.­291

“Next, the spiritual practitioner will wonder if there are any other oceans, mountains, or rivers beyond that island. With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice a gray rocky mountain with gray trees, which is surrounded by a frothy sea. This mountain measures five hundred leagues across and is a thousand leagues high.

5.­292

“As he considers the various lands, the spiritual practitioner will also see that farther away lies a mountain called Sumegha, which is sixty-four leagues wide and a hundred leagues high. Due to the terrors of the asuras, this mountain is empty. Guhyaka gods do live there, but there are no kinnaras or yakṣas. Farther away lies the great mountain known as Suśīmo. A thousand leagues high and three thousand leagues long, this mountain is made of beautiful divine crystal and features delightful rivers, trees, and fruits. Beyond that mountain stretches a hundred leagues of sea with blue waters. This sea is filled with conches, which make its waters difficult to cross. On the far side of that ocean stands the mountain known as Brāgajyotiṣa. Upon it grow kimbaka fruits that are delicious to taste but lethal to digest.

5.­293

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will then wonder, ‘Are there any other mountains, islands, or rivers to be found in the sea?’ [F.188.a] With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see a mountain of gold, sixty thousand626 leagues tall. This mountain is studded with trees of refined gold, deer and birds abound, heavenly flowers are in full bloom, and golden lotuses blossom in golden ponds. This is Mount Sumeru, shining its splendid radiance in all directions. Garland bearers, vessel bearers, triple-lute-bearers, and gods of the realm of the Four Great Kings live there. This is also where the wish-fulfilling tree grows, supplying the inhabitants of the world of the gods with whatever they wish for. On the four sides of the mountain lie four forests teeming with birds and wild animals, golden flowers, mandāravas, and kuśeśaya lotuses. These are known as Joyous Grove, Caitra­ratha­vana, Pāruṣika, and Mixed. In the last of these grows the Pārijāta, king of trees, at the roots of which the gods enjoy the pleasures of the five senses and celebrate during the four months of summer. There, the gods of the realm of the Four Great Kings attain a great wealth of various delights and so these gods enjoy the goddesses in the forest. In the Pāruṣika forest, the gods find perfect circumstances in accordance with their many different past karmic actions. In Caitra­ratha­vana they enjoy the sights of various chariots and revel in delightful sounds, tastes, forms, and fragrances. In Joyous Grove, the gods play and celebrate. [F.188.b]

5.­294

“The face of Mount Sumeru that turns toward Jambudvīpa is made of beryl, and due to the light that shines from it, the sky in Jambudvīpa appears blue. On the second face of Mount Sumeru lies the Pāruṣika forest. This is where the gods and asuras go to wage war. This face turns toward Godānīya in the west. It is made of gold and the light from the mountain therefore makes the sky above Godānīya appear yellow. On the third face lies the Caitra­ratha­vana, which serves as the gods’ arsenal. This face turns toward Videha in the east and is made of silver. The silvery light that shines from the mountain thus gives the sky above Videha a whitish appearance. On the fourth face lies the forest called Mixed. Turning toward Kuru in the north, this face of the mountain is made of crystal so that the light shining from it makes the people on Kuru see the sky as having a pure, whitish color. Counting fifty human years as one day, the gods in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings live to be five hundred years, although they may also die prematurely.

5.­295

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will wonder, ‘Are there other divine worlds or divine substances to be found upon Mount Sumeru, the king of mountains?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will see how the gods of the Heaven of the Thirty-Three live on the top of Mount Sumeru. Their world is endowed with incomparable divine substances and thus the gods live in heavenly pleasure. In that realm lies the city of Sudarśana, which occupies ten thousand leagues and is adorned with the seven precious substances. This city features vajra, sapphire, beryl, [F.189.a] musāragalva, ruby, and sukumārika. Sudharma, the assembly hall of the gods, measures five hundred leagues and features platforms made of beryl and other precious substances, along with golden fences and arches studded with jewels. Śakra, ruler of the gods, resides within this assembly hall of the gods, Sudharma, enjoying divine pleasures in accordance with his own past actions. One hundred human years are one day and night among these gods. The gods live for a thousand years consisting of such days, but they may also die prematurely. When the sun sets west of Sumeru, king of mountains, the humans in Jambudvīpa say, ‘Now the sun is setting in Jambudvīpa.’

5.­296

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘What are the dimensions of Mount Sumeru?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see that the mountain rises eighty-four thousand leagues above the sea and reaches eighty-four thousand leagues below. The parts of the mountain that are submerged in the sea are inhabited by the asuras. The gods live above.

5.­297

“Mount Sumeru, king of mountains, has a burning hot sun and‍—due to its beings and the impact of their karmic actions‍—the chariot of the sun circles around the mountain pulled by Beautiful Voice, the strong and overpowering king of horses. This supreme chariot travels everywhere, pulled by that perfect horse. Even though there is only a single horse, it may present itself as seven horses. The supreme chariot has a single wheel and the king of horses, Beautiful Voice, pulls it across ten thousand leagues in the mere wink of an eye. The disk of the sun, which bestows life upon sentient beings and brings the light of day, measures one hundred leagues. [F.189.b]

5.­298

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘How large are the four continents inhabited by humans?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see that Jambudvīpa is seven thousand leagues, Godānīya is eight thousand, Videha in the east measures nine thousand, and Kuru in the north is ten thousand leagues large. The shapes of the individual continents are reflected in the shape of the faces of the people who inhabit them. Jambudvīpa is shaped like a cart and, similarly, the faces of the humans in Jambudvīpa are triangular. Videha in the east is shaped like a half moon and people’s faces there are shaped accordingly. Godānīya is circular and people’s faces there are shaped accordingly. Kuru in the north is square, and the people’s faces there are shaped accordingly. In this way, seeing the shapes of the four realms of human beings, the spiritual practitioner correctly considers what is external.

5.­299

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘What are the mountains, rivers, lands, and islands that lie far to the north, beyond Jambudvīpa?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see a land called Fish that is ten leagues wide; a second land called Pulindo, measuring twenty leagues; a third land called Army of Heroes, measuring a hundred leagues; a fourth land called Susthali, measuring a hundred leagues; a fifth land called Dardo where people behave well, measuring a hundred leagues; a sixth land called Kuru, measuring a hundred leagues; a seventh land called Land of the Good, measuring fifty leagues; [F.190.a] a land called Gandhara with a total span of a hundred leagues; a land called Śakā, measuring two hundred leagues; a land called Dardo that has many mountains and covers a hundred leagues; the land of Bāhiliko, measuring a thousand leagues; the land of Prikṣikā, measuring two hundred leagues; the land of Mahikṣikā, measuring two hundred leagues; the land of China with a total span of one thousand leagues; the land of Second China, measuring two hundred leagues; the land of Khārā, measuring five hundred leagues; the land of Barbarā, measuring two hundred leagues; the Land of Kuṭa Fruits, measuring five hundred leagues; the land of Kaṭuka, measuring fifty leagues; and the land of Kamboja, measuring a hundred leagues. This list does not include the minor lands.

5.­300

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘How many mountains are there to the north?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see the peaks of Himavat. Extending across a thousand leagues, these mountains are covered by fir trees, junipers, lotuses, sal trees, plantains, and tamala trees. Kinnaras and yakṣas roam these mountains, which are also home to piśācas and yakṣas. In these extremely delightful mountains there also live numerous ascetics and accomplished individuals. There are cascades and rivers of the sweetest and most delicious water, full of powerful nāgas. Many inferior humans live there as well.

5.­301

“Carefully considering the body and attending to it through the external body, the spiritual practitioner will further wonder, ‘Are there other mountains, rivers, or oceans to the north of Jambudvīpa?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see a mountain known as Copper-Colored, which is situated five hundred leagues beyond Himavat. [F.190.b] This mountain is blanketed with forests that are home to lovely wild animals and flocks of birds. There are heavenly trees, such as tamaru, kulumaka, and rirakṣaka. The size of the mountain is twenty leagues and it has a thousand caves. Beyond that mountain lie a hundred leagues of land with many rivers but no grass, shrubs, vines, trees, or forests whatsoever. Still farther away lies the mountain known as Kailāśa, five hundred leagues large and made of silver, with many golden peaks. This is the residence of the great king Virūḍhaka. There are lotus ponds into which flow perfectly cool streams. In the ponds bloom blue lotuses and among the flowers live an abundance of swans, ducks, and cakravākas.

5.­302

“Farther away towers another mountain called Kailāśa Horn, which measures five hundred leagues. In its forests frolic kinnaras, singing songs of ecstasy. The mountain has five summits‍—one made of gold, another of crystal, and the remaining ones of silver. Everywhere in the ten directions the mountain is adorned with heavenly flowers and its abundant lotuses are extremely fragrant. From this mountain flows a cascading stream, and in its clear waters swim flocks of swans, ducks, and geese.

5.­303

“Beyond that gorgeous and delightful river stands the mountain called Menko. Asuras live there, [F.191.a] as do women who have chariot-like faces and are always singing for joy.

5.­304

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Far beyond Jambudvīpa, are there any other mountains or rivers?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see that for ten leagues the ocean is full of nāgas, large fish, nakra monsters, crocodiles, and conches. Beyond that stands the mountain known as Excellence of Exquisite Intelligence. On that mountain lies an extremely delightful lake called Heaps of Fresh Butter, abounding with ducks and kāliṅka birds. Excellence of Exquisite Intelligence is fifty leagues high and the lake is one league across. On the mountain flows a river called Kauśikama and there are numerous streams full of the most delightful water. Far beyond that mountain stretch twenty leagues of sea where the terrifying, roaring sounds of nāgas gather the clouds. In the clouds, nāgas afflicted by anger battle one another, thus bringing down rain. As they shower down rain and lightning, they provoke the asuras. They spray venom and kill one another in fury.

5.­305

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Far beyond Jambudvīpa, are there any other mountains or rivers?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see an island called Copper Holder on the far side of the sea filled with nāgas. [F.191.b] One hundred leagues large, this island is inhabited by a rākṣasī called Coppery. She eats fish and is extremely terrifying.

5.­306

“Farther away lies an ephemeral hell called Red, where ephemeral hell beings are tormented. Two rivers flow there, Kauśika and Molten Red, and there are hellish rocks. There, across an area of one hundred leagues, ephemeral hell beings suffer terrible, burning, and excruciating sensations.

5.­307

“Beyond that ephemeral hell stretch one thousand leagues of utter darkness, like a deep black sky. No nāgas, yakṣas, or gandharvas are there. Beyond that stretches an ocean full of jewels and delightful mountains. The mountains are covered with trees, heavenly woods, sandal trees, and junipers, and the trees yield anything those who stand before them may desire.

5.­308

“On the other side of that ocean rises a mandārava mountain called Uttara. In its lovely forests of ketaka, nicūla, and nālikera trees lie abundant fruits, trees, and all manner of perfect pleasures. The numerous exquisite streams are adorned with swans, cakravākas, garuḍas, and ducks. Numerous congregations of accomplished beings travel the mountain, which is graced with a thousand summits studded with precious stones and gorgeous golden forests.

5.­309

“On the far side of that richly fragrant mandārava mountain flows the river called Giver of Stones. [F.192.a] Any grass, tree, being, animal, or bird that falls into that river will turn into diamond. Along both banks of the river grow kīcaka bamboos. When fanned by the wind, they rub against each other, sparking fire. Because of this fire, hundreds of thousands of beings jump into the river.

5.­310

“Carefully considering the body and attending to it through the external body, the monk who is a spiritual practitioner will further wonder, ‘Far beyond Jambudvīpa, are there any other mountains or rivers?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see the river known as Sītā, which is ten leagues wide and three hundred leagues long. Any creature that falls into this ferocious river will helplessly succumb due to the freezing cold.

5.­311

“Beyond that river lies an island called Jambudvīpa Garland. Here live gandharvas known as the constantly infatuated. Due to their generosity and discipline they are successful. Because they observe discipline, they are constantly happy, able to move quickly, and endowed with all manner of perfect pleasures. The whole island is studded with beautiful trees, some of which are made of gold. There are also gorgeous lotus pools where flowers grow on beryl stalks. This island lies not very far from Mount Sumeru. That is why the mountains, birds, and water bodies on the island all appear golden. The blue and red lotuses there are also exquisite. [F.192.b] On the island flow numerous rivers full of drinking water and the rice grows wild. This island measures two thousand leagues.

5.­312

“Farther away, all mountains, rivers, and trees become just like the sky and so follow three hundred leagues of frothy sea. This sea is called Garlands of Lightning and is full of flaming nāgas. On the far side of that sea lies a mountain called Closed Eye, which has a beautiful cavern called Cavern of the Closed Eye. When sunlight reaches that cave, women are miraculously born within it. All are perfectly youthful and beautifully adorned with all manner of ornaments. They live for a day and a night. As the sun rises the next morning they grow old and die. This karmic effect occurs in accordance with the act of killing.

5.­313

“Beyond the mountain with the Cavern of the Closed Eye looms Moon Mountain, which has a golden color and measures five hundred leagues. There is also a mountain known as Sumeru Rival, likewise five hundred leagues tall. On the northern side of that mountain lies a ketaka forest inhabited by the rākṣasī known as Dream Obstructor. She runs extremely fast and can cover thousands of leagues in the wink of an eye, causing misfortune, unhappiness, and harm to people.

5.­314

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Are there any other mountains, rivers, or oceans between Jambudvīpa and Kuru in the north? [F.193.a] Might there be a place where we would not be born, would not die, would not pass away and transmigrate, would not be born again, and would not go as determined by our karmic actions? Might there be somewhere where all that is dear and delightful would not be lost, vanish, disappear, and be gone?’

5.­315

“He will then perceive that there is no such place, not even one the size of a fingernail: ‘There is no place where all that is pleasant and delightful will not be lost, destroyed, taken away, and be gone. Therefore, with the greatest haste, I must now free myself from all my desire for all conditioned factors! I shall be free! I shall make sure to have no regrets! I shall not have any attachment to cyclic existence! I must not be caught by the noose of craving! I shall not have any fondness for cyclic existence! This cyclic existence is ablaze, painful, unhappy, and exhausting. The fires that make us encounter what we do not want and lose what we want are going to take me to the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. The happiness that is experienced in the realms of gods and humans keeps shifting. There is no happiness in that, and I will only stay enveloped in ignorance. Therefore, I must feel sadness about all this. Now, I shall no longer spin in that circle, no longer stay in the domain of the māras! I will no longer entertain myself with afflictions! I must not have any future regrets!’ In this way, the spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will not be ruled by the māras. He will see reality just as it is, become free from attachment to all conditioned factors, [F.193.b] relinquish the afflictions, separate from karmic action, and become free from doubt.

5.­316

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Are there any other mountains or rivers toward Kuru, north of Jambudvīpa?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see a mountain called Endowed with the Songs of Cuckoo Birds, which is thirty leagues high and ten leagues wide. Many hundreds of cuckoos live all over the mountain and there are blue aśoka trees, red aśoka trees, seven-leafers, kodāla, kadambas, old aśokale, garlands of fresh flowers, suvarna-yūthikas, śālmalis, tālapriyam, born-of-guṃkuṭa, cambakas, kundas, bhandujīvas, and summer flowers. This mountain is covered with flowers according to the seasons. Garland-bearer gods at times leave their abode on Sumeru to celebrate there. Because the mountain is so delightful, the gods enjoy themselves with song, dance, and music. Nevertheless, their minds do not become distracted there.

5.­317

“On the other side of Endowed with the Songs of Cuckoo Birds lies a lake known as Swan Forest where hundreds of thousands of swans flock. The area abounds with lotus flowers and in the lake live ducks, cakravākas, kadambas, jewel-beaked birds, birds with fresh stems around their necks, and so forth. [F.194.a] Covered with lotuses the color of blazing gold, this area extends ten thousand leagues.

5.­318

“Farther north in the direction of Mount Sumeru stretch one thousand leagues of sea filled with fish, great fish, nakra monsters, makara monsters, infant-eating crocodiles, and turtles. Everywhere the sea is blue like the sky, reaching a depth of one thousand leagues. Within it live solitary conches that measure up to a mile in size. These creatures are extremely powerful, consuming the summits of the submarine mountains. Each possesses the power of an elephant. Farther away extend five thousand leagues of sea known as Milky Waters, always billowing with frothing waves and full of vicious and extremely aggressive nāgas who roar in the clouds.

5.­319

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Are there any other mountains or rivers north of Jambudvīpa?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see five hundred mountains made of gold, red gold, and crystal. Extending three thousand leagues, this land bears the color of the morning sun on Kuru in the north and is full of lotuses and lotus ponds.

5.­320

“Farther away lies a resplendent land known as Just Like Milk, [F.194.b] full of forests, parks, deer, and birds of numerous kinds. Inhabited by guhyaka gods, this lovely land is lush with trees of various kinds and flowers in full bloom.


5.­321

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Might there be any other mountains or rivers between Kuru in the north and the northern reaches of Jambudvīpa?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see that there is no land between the two continents. Therefore, what lies beyond is the northern continent of Kuru, which extends one thousand leagues and is densely inhabited, featuring three hundred and sixty million towns. This continent is extremely delightful, even when compared to the realms of other classes of beings. Except for the fact that they have bodies made of flesh, bone, and lymph, the humans on Kuru have no reason to feel intimidated before the gods of the Heaven of the Four Great Kings. The gods, however, do not close their eyes. The people of Kuru in the north have bodies made of skin, flesh, bone, and lymph, and they do close their eyes. They have no sense of ‘mine,’ nor do they feel pride, and when they die, they are certain to be born among the gods. They know no falsity, deception, envy, or conceit, but are always perfectly happy. They are completely spared of rākṣasīs, piśācas, khumbāṇḍas, lions, tigers, leopards, jackals, nāgas, mahoragas, hooded serpents, starvation, heat, cold, hunger, thirst, disease, [F.195.a] or lack of rain due to the interference of gods. They enjoy themselves in each other’s company and are free from the terrors of kings, robbers, water, fire, or showers of weapons. Because of the light that the golden trees cast, there is no noticeable difference between day and night. The trees there are made of gold, red gold, coral, and silver. The birds on Kuru display various emanations of their bodies and they are always ecstatic, just like the humans there. Even the trees there appear to have a mind.

5.­322

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘What other enjoyments and tremendous delights might be found on Kuru in the north?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice ten great mountains on the northern continent of Kuru: Saṅkāśa, Equal Peaks, Tamer of Deer Enemies, White Cloud Keeper, Lofty Summit, Garland-Draped, Seasonal Joy, Holder of Joy, Delightful, and Endowed with Lotuses. These ten great mountains encircle Kuru in the north toward the sea. Just like four mountains‍—Himavat, Vindhya, Malaya, and Kailāśa‍—surround Jambudvīpa, those ten great mountains encircle Kuru. [F.195.b]

5.­323

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘What flowers, climbing vines, lakes, rivers, birds, fruits, and wild animals might there be on those mountains?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see that on Saṅkāśa the saṅkāśa trees are in bloom throughout the six seasons. These trees radiate light throughout day and night and are thus similar to the lamps used at night in Jambudvīpa. Their fragrance can be sensed across a league and is completely unlike anything in Jambudvīpa. Five forests are located on Mount Saṅkāśa: Blue Shadows, Home of Birds, Deep, White Cloud, and Flow. On Saṅkāśa, flowers resembling clouds bloom, thus making the mountain appear like the sky. That is why this mountain is called Saṅkāśa.627

5.­324

“On one side of the mountain lies the forest of Blue Shadows. Whenever something of whitish colors enters this forest and moves around there, the light that the trees radiate will turn it beryl-colored. The birds in forest are also blue. Among them are birds called as one pleases. When the humans in Kuru enter the forest of Blue Shadows and act as they please, these birds will play with them. There are also some birds known as always joyous that live there, and when the people of Kuru spot these birds, it fills them with lasting joy. Upon seeing other birds called hot and cold, [F.196.a] people who feel cold will no longer feel so and those who feel hot will likewise be relieved of that sensation. Such is the power of those birds. Birds called wind raisers are capable of covering a thousand leagues in an instant. When humans see these birds, they too can travel wherever they want, across a thousand leagues in an instant, due to the power of these birds. The jīvaṃjīvaka is able to imitate the speech of the humans on all continents. Experiencing sexual bliss like humans, they always enjoy themselves. Their beautiful multicolored feathers bear the colors of the seven precious substances, thus resembling sapphire, emerald, diamond, musāragalva, crystal, ruby, and coral. There is no one to whom the sight of these birds is not enrapturing. Examining the forest of Blue Shadows on Saṅkāśa Mountain, the spiritual practitioner develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­325

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Are there forests other than Blue Shadows on Saṅkāśa Mountain in Kuru in the north?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice a second forest on Saṅkāśa, known as Home of Birds. The birds there live in constant rapture even though the lotus ponds in that forest are constantly covered by ice. Whenever one of them dies during a time when the Dharma remains in Jambudvīpa the bird will be reborn in this forest as a king of swans.628 Also, the swan king from Lake Anavatapta can be found there, [F.196.b] along with a plethora of other birds. Thus, there are ducks, haritāla pigeons, turquoise gumānavā, pigeons, laṭukṣakā, ilvalikā, drumbeat birds, saṃhrādas, scent enjoyers, saṃrājyas, body birds, sound enjoyers, six season-fliers, birds that enjoy the moonrise, birds that enjoy the moonrise but when the moon does not rise have a color like the sun, birds constantly ecstatic due to external sounds, cakravākas, golden-colored ones, kura, kuraṇa dwellers, sun-touched birds, nicunlundhā, and those delighted only by affliction. The delightful humming of swarms of bees can be heard across a league, just as when bees in Jambudvīpa hover freely around the gopa plants growing at the base of trees. There are also these birds: kakā, mountain roamers, far-roamers, sārā, domestic fowl, barasturā, varaḍa, birds with anthers on their bodies that live among lotuses, birds with blooming blue lotuses on their throats, koyakṣtika, black chicks, wasp necks, bañjulakā, water lovers, constant singers, cloud lovers, shoulder spreaders, dew droppers, and lotus dwellers. These and many other beautiful birds that sing delightfully, joyous and entirely free from anger, live in the forest called Home of Birds where they accompany, play with, and enjoy themselves with the humans of Kuru in the north. In this way, examining the forest of the Home of Birds, he develops a correct understanding of the external body.

5.­326

“Carefully considering the body and attending to it through the external body, [F.197.a] the spiritual practitioner will further wonder, ‘Is there a third forest on Saṅkāśa Mountain?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice a third forest, known as Deep. In this forest, the trees stand close to each other, casting dense shadows everywhere. Moreover, their shadows are warm and cool, and thus the people of Kuru in the north come to this forest to play and enjoy themselves among the trees. The trees here are of the following kinds: tilaka, nāga flower, edhūśālmalā, kovidāra, sāllāla, pleasure enjoyment, bird rest, śālā, tālā, shāmā, golden ornament, āmra, karavīraka, śilindha, bakūla, scent enticer, madhoddhāmā, hintāla, tamāla, sindhūcāra, nakumālā, equal, moon circler, planet mover, ever-blooming, niculundha, mukulundha, aśvadthā, kiṃśuka, pale blue mind, kapittha, pivā, nāḍikerā, panasa, motsā, arjuna, kadaṃbaka, blue, heavenly tree, rudzāyāna leaf, water-born, mandhāra, kuśeśaya lotus, nilvalā, snow color, silver color, beryl leaves, peak rest, spreading through the land, even river-growth, kāśavakāshirā, intertwiner, oily, shoulder-born, aprāṇa flower, utkulina, saṃṣāṭakā, coral tree, camphor essence, corruptor, planted growth, smoke color, firelight, wind-agitated, plantain, cuckoo crazer, pollenless, eye closer, [F.197.b] divided in parts, resembling cooked rice, mistaken udruma, surrounded by bees, waving top, tired by the wind, aśoka, and happy eyes. Thus are included the sixty primary species of trees; the intermediate and minor species are not enumerated here.

5.­327

“The forest known as Deep also contains great waterfalls and lovely flowers and fruits. Free from fears, diseases, exploitation, contagions, envy, and rivalry, the humans in Kuru in the north go to play and celebrate in that forest. In this way, examining the forests of the mountain known as Saṅkāśa, the practitioner develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­328

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘What cool streams may be found in the fourth forest on Saṅkāśa, the first among the mountains in Kuru in the north?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice a large number of rivers of cool water, adorned with exquisite flowers and fruits: One League of Cool Water, Deep Stream, Bright River, Clean Water, Milky River, Grape Water, Moving Moon, Rice-Milk Mud, Sloping Banks, Filled with Swans, Calling Geese, Melodious, Moving Flowers, Enticer, Roaring Flow, Wavy, Blissful Water, Studded with Kadambas, Jewel-Water Keeper, Abundant Kūrma Monsters, Surrounded by Nyaronya, Filled with Turtles, Surrounded by Nakra Crocodiles, Happy Flow, Foam Garlands, Water of Joy, [F.198.a] Equal to the Wind, Rain River, Flowing Colors of Melody, Timely Flow, Long, Pinnacle, Gold Water, Silver Hue, Pearly Sand, Mountain Stream, Cloud Companion, Adorned with Musāragalva, Studded with Vidruma Trees, Spring Joy, Clear Stream of Summer Clouds, Joyous Summit Visitor, Snowy, Untouched Sunrise, Swift Current, Undulating, Adūva, Culundha Stream, Fragrant Stream, Ketaka Fragrance, Summer Joy, Dhundhumāra, All-Reaching, Infinite Flow, Fed by Billowing Streams, Low River, Joyous Movement, Power of Past Smoke, Cloud Mode, Gandharva Melody, Drumbeat Melody, Lovely Voice, Joyous Nāga Girls, Secret Play, and Vidhyādhara Celebration. Thus, there are seventy primary rivers that flow through White Cloud, the fourth forest on Saṅkāśa Mountain; the intermediate and minor rivers have not been mentioned here. In this way, examining the qualities of this forest of cool streams with its immensely gorgeous trees, flowers, and birds, the practitioner develops a correct understanding of the exterior.

5.­329

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will use insight derived from hearing or see with the divine eye. He will then notice a fifth forest on the Saṅkāśa mountain. Within it revel formidable nāgas, such as Free from Anger, Vāsuki, Staṣkako, Venomous Fangs, Garland of Lightning, and Dharma Master Surrounded by Clouds. [F.198.b] All together seven thousand nāgas frolic there. Throughout Kuru in the north they cause a rain of Dharma to fall. In this place, the ground and the sky resemble the rest of the environment of Kuru in the north.

5.­330

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further think, ‘The forests on Saṅkāśa are just as described before. Their trees bear leaves, flowers, and fruits; through the forests flow rivers; there are rocks, flatlands, and meadows, mountain caves, caverns, and waterfalls. Yet, nowhere is there a spot, even the size of a mere pinhead, where sentient beings must not undergo hundreds and thousands of births, deaths, and rebirths. Nowhere is there a spot where they must not separate from, part with, lose, or see transformed all that they hold dear. There is no place where they can avoid their enemy‍—the body‍—for hundreds, thousands, or hundreds of thousands of lives. There is not even a gap the size of a pinhead where sentient beings must not die and be reborn.’ In this way, examining the mountain known as Saṅkāśa, he develops a correct understanding of the body.

5.­331

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Might there be other delightful mountains on Kuru in the north?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice the mountain known as Equal Peaks, which resembles a heavenly garden filled with ecstatic gods. The bountiful joys of its trees, fruits, rivers, and caverns are just like on Saṅkāśa. [F.199.a] This mountain also displays numerous other special features suited to times of celebration. Three hundred of the peaks on Equal Peaks are of gold and unrivaled. Their bright light shines like a second sun. Five hundred additional peaks are of silver and endowed with similar qualities. The special qualities of this mountain permeate the environment, and thus the people of Kuru in the north who live by this mountain are all luminous like the full moon. Known as fearless people, these humans play and revel in the pleasures of the five senses together with the gods of the Heaven of the Four Great Kings, joyously celebrating throughout the four months of summer. What, then, is the difference between these fearless people and the gods of the Heaven of the Four Great Kings? The gods have no flesh, bone, or lymph, but these fearless people still do. This makes them different from the gods. These fearless people also have no sense of ‘mine,’ no conceit, and are certain to proceed upward. That is not the case with the gods. Those are the differences between the fearless people and the gods of the Heaven of the Four Great Kings.

5.­332

“On Equal Peaks grow wish-fulfilling trees that shine like a second sun. Whatever people wish for will be fully provided by these trees: fabrics, jewels, [F.199.b] ornaments, and hundreds and thousands of rivers of food and drink. Infatuated birds of the kinds previously mentioned also play there. The trees are adorned with golden leaves and there are many hundreds of pools filled with lotuses of blue beryl. The pools are teeming with thousands of geese and ducks, and cakravākas roam there. Among the many different flocks of wild animals that inhabit this area, some are golden while others bear the colors of coral, musāragalva, rājapaṭṭi, and so forth. Vines draped with nets of pearl also decorate the landscape, and the calls of cuckoos, peacocks, and geese fill the atmosphere. There are hundreds of thousands of cascades, as well as abundant rivers and groves. In this way, the environment is endowed with infinite qualities. Noticing this second mountain, Equal Peaks, on Kuru in the north, the spiritual practitioner develops accurate knowledge of the body.

5.­333

“All the rivers in that place flow with water endowed with eight qualities. That is, the water possesses exquisite taste and is perfectly fragrant, refreshing, cooling, healthy when consumed, free from any impurities of plants, untouched by makara crocodiles, and physically satisfying to drink. Drinking this water never causes sickness.

5.­334

“There are also many lakes, such as the following forty-seven great ones: Sānu, Free from Sand, Five Trees, Duck Stream, Swan Waters, Conquered by Kadambas, Full of Hundreds of Birds, Great Flow, [F.200.a] Studded with Lotuses, Bamboo Growth, Shaded by Trees, Deep and Joyous for the Moon, Waters Always Mingled with the Moon, Circling Waves, Bamboos Everywhere, Joy of the Vidyādharas, Encircled by Crystal, Billowing Waves, Stable Water, Circling Fish, Fish Attractor, Summit Net, Garland of Bathing Ponds, Wavy, Clean Water, Moon Body, Circle, Stainless, Bamboo Water, Pond Garland, Reliever of the Sweaty, Moon Joy, Crystal Encounter, Billowing Waves, Stable Water, Constant Water, Joyous Gods, Water of Joy, Excellent Taste, Any Taste You Like, Enjoyment, Kouṭubha, Nectar Flow, Supreme Lake, Nāga Beru, Beauty, and Arjuna. In each of these rivers, the water is endowed with the eight qualities mentioned before.

5.­335

“The mountain known as Equal Peaks is so high that it seems to pierce the sky. All the forests there are also endowed with special qualities. The soil is silvery and the forest itself has a color like the moon. Encircling one another, great silver trees extend one hundred leagues. Shining with a jewel light, these forests located so high up also contain pools with blooming lotuses. The sixteen629 primary pools are known as Free from Weeds, Bees Everywhere, Conch Color, Constant Water, Delightful Sight, Duck Lake, Splashing Swan Wings, Frolicking, Delighting the People, Seeing the Head, [F.200.b] Playful Abandon, Always Joyous, Constant Lotus Joy, and Place Where the Water is Enjoyed. There are also hundreds and thousands of intermediate and minor lakes that are not mentioned here. They are all free of mud and are never overgrown with weeds. Swans, ducks, and geese call out everywhere. The people of Kuru in the north, for whom every day is a celebration, also hear the calls of ever-infatuated birds, pheasants, bhṛṅgarājas, and peafowl in the forests and parks on Equal Peaks. In this way, examining the mountain known as Equal Peaks, the practitioner develops a correct understanding of the external body.

5.­336

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body, and who has confidence in the four truths of noble beings, will again ask himself, ‘On the mountain known as Equal Peaks, might there be some place that endures, is stable, is delightful, involves a self, and is not empty?’ But there is not a single sentient being in cyclic existence who is not born, does not die, and does not age. Everyone must separate from all that is agreeable and delightful. All must leave, and everything will be lost and robbed. Hence, the spiritual practitioner does not see any such place on Equal Peaks. There is nothing anywhere that endures, is stable, is delightful, involves a self, and is not empty. There is no place where beings do not get born, age, and die. Everything disappears, and is lost, separated from, and robbed. [F.201.a] Because of that, all of cyclic existence is impermanent. There is no place that is not impermanent. There is no place, not even one the size of a pin prick, where beings are not born, do not die, and are not reborn. In this way, with mindfulness of the four truths of noble beings, the spiritual practitioner will observe the external body by examining the second mountain of Kuru in the north.

5.­337

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Might there be other delightful forests in Kuru in the north?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice a third mountain, known as Tamer of Deer Enemies. All the pleasures that are found on the mountains of Saṅkāśa and Equal Peaks are also present on Tamer of Deer Enemies without any difference. Still, the latter mountain is unique with respect to its perfect cascades and streams, rivers of wine, and trees of garments. Trees of gold and silver bear garlands of flowers throughout the six seasons, blooming with rich delights. The trees possess a natural brilliance and shine like the sun, thus mutually illumining each other and the entire mountain of Tamer of Deer Enemies. The following four forests are found there: Endowed with Gold, Lofty Heaps of Silver, Egg-Born Infatuation, and Yielding to Pressure and Bouncing Back. The forest called Endowed with Gold covers one hundred leagues and bees buzz about everywhere among its golden trees. [F.201.b] The forest of Lofty Heaps of Silver covers three hundred leagues. Full of trees of silver, it shines like a hundred thousand moons. This forest is also full of lions. It always has a white radiance and abounds with ever-joyous birds of the species mentioned earlier. The third forest on Tamer of Deer Enemies is known as Egg-Born Infatuation. In that forest live birds in careless happiness. The people who live there are called the ever-subdued. They always enjoy themselves in the forest of Egg-Born Infatuation and because their splendor allows them to partake of whatever they please, they resemble gods. The fourth forest on Tamer of Deer Enemies is Yielding to Pressure and Bouncing Back. Its trees of gold, radiant gold, and coral are always full of birds and the forest covers five leagues. The people who inhabit this area are called the highly crazed. The ground in this forest is white and smooth like Kāśī silk or cotton wool, and when the highly crazed people play in the forest of Yielding to Pressure and Bouncing Back, the earth does just that. In the same way as described before, this forest also features flowers, fruits, trees, lotuses, lotus ponds, and swarms of humming bees. In this way, seeing Tamer of Deer Enemies, [F.202.a] the third mountain on Kuru in the north, the spiritual practitioner continues to develop accurate knowledge of the body.

5.­338

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘What other delights might there be in Kuru in the north?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice the mountain known as Encircled by White Clouds, covering an area of one thousand leagues. This mountain is made of bright white silver, outshining even the moon with its radiance. As an example, when the moon rises in Jambudvīpa, the lights of the planets, stars, and the minor celestial bodies all disappear. Likewise, the mountain known as Encircled by White Clouds outshines the light of the moon. The people who live by Encircled by White Clouds are known as the flower garland wearers. From the time they are born on Encircled by White Clouds, they spend their lives in a constant pursuit of fun, adorning themselves with flower anthers, singing happy songs, and incessantly enjoying themselves in the lotus groves. These beautiful beings are always wandering, roaming, and meandering‍—always free and infatuated, and always free from anguish.

5.­339

“On Encircled by White Clouds lie the following forests: Drumbeats, Calling Geese, Delightful, and Sounds of Water. The Drumbeats forest is visited by garland-bearer gods who go there to play their drums. The beautiful sounds of their drums are as captivating as the combined tunes of the vīṇās, flutes, paṇava drums, and conches in Jambudvīpa. This is how the gods play their drums in the Drumbeats forest. [F.202.b] No singers in Jambudvīpa can compare to even a sixteenth of their beauty. With respect to wild animals, birds, lotuses, trees, thickets, parks, bathing ponds, pools, the ground of gold and silver, and waterfalls, the Drumbeats forest possesses all the qualities that were mentioned before. There, accompanied by melodious drumbeats, the garland-wearer people remain attached to the enjoyment of pleasures, enjoying the delightful sounds, tastes, sights, and scents in a way that resembles the celebrations of the vessel-bearer gods in their heavenly parks.

5.­340

“The second forest is known as Calling Geese, where the calls of geese can be heard everywhere. In this forest lie hundreds and thousands of ponds‍—so many that their names can neither be stated nor remembered. In the forest of Calling Geese live the following species of deer: kuraṅga, makāra, desirous makā, complete enjoyer, saṃbāvina, waving top-catcher, constant eye, karketa navel, gold horn, silver flank, wind power, tree root-roamer, water noise-pursuer, pursuer of the garland of forests, vidruma body, lagna side, round belly, barpotā, śaṅśārāṇā, black skin, root light, youth, utterly smooth, and white herd. Thus, there are twenty-five species of deer that the garland-wearer people play with, [F.203.a] experiencing various events in accordance with their karmic actions.

5.­341

“On Encircled by White Clouds there is also a forest called Delightful. In that forest, the garland-wearer people obtain anything they wish for from the trees. The groves and parks in that forest are just as delightful as the ones described earlier.

5.­342

“On Encircled by White Clouds there is also a fourth forest called Sounds of Water. Within it frolic vidyādharas who assume many different guises. Whenever they feel clammy, they don their favorite costumes and go bathing and swimming. The following classes of vidyādharas live in the forest: strongly attached to pleasure, moving without delay, power of space, cloud disperser, cruising the path of the sun, deer gait, paurva, most humble, kuśika, mountain based, scent of constant inebriation, sky traveler, mākṣāḍa, roaming the cimiśa cave, constant power, swan chariot, elephant chariot, lightning wielder, Malaya dweller, supreme ketaka garland bearer, woman craver, wine drinker, Sumeru dweller, pervasive attachment, constant enjoyer, flower-garland draped, ground traveler, and those with secret incantations. These are the thirty-two630 classes of vidyādharas and they all enjoy themselves within the forest of Sounds of Water on the mountain called Encircled by White Clouds. Adorned with all sorts of ornaments they indulge, pose, play, and enjoy themselves‍—all by the force of karmic actions. [F.203.b] They keep amorous company with females of a similar kind. In this way, examining all the forests and parks on Encircled by White Clouds, the practitioner develops a correct understanding of reality.

5.­343

“Is there on this mountain, Encircled by White Clouds, any enjoyment that is thoroughly reliable, permanent, stable, enduring, and a method for attaining the transcendence of suffering? No such happiness‍—reliable, permanent, stable, enduring, or a method for attaining the transcendence of suffering‍—is to be seen at all, just as there is no darkness to be seen in the sun. All mundane pleasures are sweet when experienced, but nasty when they ripen. They are all afflictive and offer no deliverance from craving. Their fruits are terrible; they are poisonous like the kimbaka fruit, just like weapons and fire, and only enjoyed for a while. Like a dancer’s makeup, they are delightful for just a moment. They pass so rapidly, like flashes of lightning. Their force is like a waterfall, they bring harm, and they are deceptive, like a city of gandharvas. They destroy everyone. They are just like fruit that is bound to fall off. Their ripening resembles a poisonous meal and is extremely sharp, like a razor’s edge. They deceive in hundreds of thousands of ways and are like trees on the banks of a river, all bound to fall. As the spiritual practitioner regards all pleasures in this way, he develops a deep sadness. Thus, he sees things correctly, sees by means of correct mental engagement, and possesses purified perception. [F.204.a]

5.­344

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘Are there any species of lovely wild animals in Kuru in the north?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice the mountain known as Lofty Summit. Measuring one thousand leagues, this mountain presents a most lovely environment filled with light. The types of trees to be found there have beryl leaves, blazing gold trunks, coral leaves, silver trunks, and golden leaves. These trees shine like one hundred and eight butter lamps. There are also many hills, as well as other species of trees, types of lotuses, parks, wild animals, and mountain summits. All of these are as described before. The area that is covered by the various parts of Lofty Summit measures two hundred leagues. One of its summits is frequented by celebrating garland-bearer gods and triple-lute-bearer gods, who otherwise live on Sumeru. Because Lofty Summit is so delightful, triple-lute-bearer gods abandon the terraces of Sumeru to come and enjoy themselves on that mountain.

5.­345

“The minor peaks that surround the central peak on this mountain are all made of precious substances and reach a height of fifty leagues. There are five such subsidiary peaks, covering an area of two hundred leagues. One peak is a mass of precious substances and all sorts of precious substances emerge from it, such as vidruma, coral, beryl, musāragalva, crystal, ruby, sukumārikā, blue sapphire, great blue sapphire, and unwoven fabrics. A second peak is made of silver and upon it grow silver trees, as well as the exquisite sandal tree known as gośīrṣaka. [F.204.b] During the wars between the gods and asuras, whenever a god is wounded and falls on the battlefield, those trees can heal the body of the fallen god. Gośīrṣaka is in fact both a name for the mountain and for the trees that grow there. A third peak is known as Celebrating Goddesses. Goddesses frolic there, enjoying the forests and parks; the anthers of gold, silver, and beryl; and the soft ground. In this way, they enjoy themselves, laugh, revel, and play. Corrupted by their craving for such pleasures, ordinary childish beings turn away from the sacred Dharma and thus, out of their incessant attachment to pleasure, keep assembling on that peak. On the fourth peak, gods from the Heaven of the Four Great Kings celebrate in groves and parks full of grapes. There are ever-inebriated animals, birds, guhyaka gods, vidyādharas, and humans. Also, rivers of grape wine flow there. Some taste like honey, others taste aromatic, and still others have a blended taste. Pure gold can be found along the banks of the rivers on that peak. Gold emerges in shapes that look like cows, buffalo, pigs, elephants, jackals, camels, cattle, wolves, nāgas, wildcats, lions, bears, foxes, and birds. There are also jewels of many different colors to be seen. The emergence of such pure gold on that peak is due to the nāgas that live there. On the fifth peak grow lotuses with golden petals and beryl stems, [F.205.a] and the environment abounds with trees of beryl. The following eleven lotus ponds can be found there: Blooming Park, Full of Lotuses, Timely Moving Lotuses, Covered by Red Lotuses, Sun Enjoyer, Smooth Ground, Unwavering, Great Trees, Deep, Fragrant Flowers, and Constant Water. This peak is also known as Covered by Lotuses. The rivers that flow through the area are endowed with various exquisite scents and flavors. Indeed, they are endowed with the six kinds of taste. All the pleasure groves with their life forms, trees, flowers, rivers, and bathing ponds are just as described previously. In this way, observing the fifth peak, he correctly considers the external body. And thus, observing the fifth mountain on Kuru in the north, known as Lofty Summit, he develops a correct understanding of the external body.

5.­346

“As the spiritual practitioner continues to examine the mountain known as Lofty Summit in terms of the ripening of actions and phenomena, he will notice that all these sentient beings experience the ripening of the phenomena of karmic actions. All experience their own share of karmic action, supported by their own karmic actions. They are born there due to their own positive actions and when those actions are exhausted, they are certain to fall. Then, due to unvirtuous karmic actions, they will take birth in the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. Positive actions will make them take birth among gods and humans. The people who live in the area of Lofty Summit are called the pleasure enjoyers; [F.205.b] they are always absorbed in the insatiable enjoyment of pleasures. There is a verse on this:

5.­347
“As with fuel and fire,
And water and the sea,
Craving will never be sated through pleasures,
And thus desires are never fulfilled.
5.­348

“The spiritual practitioner will see by means of the stainless eye that whatever these sentient beings enjoy is actually the cause of tears. And yet they do not understand‍—all conditioned factors are of the nature of suffering. Everything is subject to exhaustion and cessation. All of this is meaningless and brings no light. None of this is ultimate happiness. It brings no well-being and no peace. Life, youth, health, and possessions as enjoyed by these sentient beings do not bring any happiness and they are not pure. They are impermanent, have no self, and lack essence, just like foam and bursting bubbles. Everyone alive is destined to die. All wealth will end in destitution. When the sun has risen it is bound to set, and thus, likewise, all these higher realms will surely give way to the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, animals, and humans. Whatever is born is certain to die. When the land is fresh and lush, all the trees, forests, parks, and ponds are also like that. Yet, as the land ages, so do the trees, forests, parks, ponds, and lotuses. That which was lush in spring has grown old by the time autumn rolls around. All the young are bound to age, [F.206.a] and yet the people of Kuru in the north do not understand this. Similarly, when it rains at night, the rivers swell, flowing strongly along both banks because of the downpour. In the autumn, all wealth is exhausted and depleted due to the diminishing water, while in the summer, the wealth appeared as the rains fell at night. When the summer rains come to a halt, the rivers will run dry in the autumn, and thus privation follows to the same degree that the water diminishes. In this way, in terms of external things, lotuses bloom flawlessly in the summertime and are relished by the bees. Yet, in winter, there is snow and the bees no longer can enjoy any flowers. In the summertime, the flowers are always healthy but in the winter that is not the case. Similarly, these sentient beings are destroyed by craving, but they have not the slightest idea about their own imminent destruction. In this way, keenly observing the forests, parks, trees, cascades, bathing ponds, pools, vidyādharas, animals, birds, mountainous retreats, and washing places on the mountain called Lofty Summit, the practitioner correctly considers the external.

5.­349

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will apply insight derived from hearing, or see with the divine eye, and so will notice a lovely, delightful, and joyous mountain in Kuru in the north known as Garland-Draped. This mountain is bathed in colorful light [F.206.b] and thus the trees are red, blue, white, blue, yellow, and multicolored. There are stavaka trees, aśokas, golden-leafed trees, vines, and bushes. There are wild vines with lovely leaves that wave in the breeze. There are niculas, beryl leafs, and wetland trees. There are rare ones, vidrumas, and sun enjoyers. There are tilakas and moonlight enjoyers. There are red lotus clusters and sun shifters. There are timely pleasures and delightful half-moons. There are blue lotuses and night lovers. There are bhandhujīvikas with fruits. There are mangoes and those enveloped in fragrant mist. There are blue aśokas and touch endurers. There and kuṇḍas and extremely smooth ones. There are śirīṣā and those that tolerate walking. There are fragrant ones that appreciate attention and warmth. There are kuṅkumas, kusumas, and those that move elsewhere. There are koviḍāras and excellent lookers. There are happy ones and divine birth-enjoyers. There are blue lotuses, pink lotuses, lake-born lotuses, and constant flower-bearers. There are lion svabhras and lovely kadambas. There are water delighters and footprint growers. There are aśokas and naturally fragrant and colorful ones. [F.207.a] There are also aḍaka. These are known as the primary species of flower-draped trees. There are twenty-two types of such flowering trees. On the mountain Garland-Draped, these trees brush against each other and their canopies intertwine.

5.­350

“Swarms of bees hover everywhere among the trees. Some are colored like beryl, others like gold, and others like silver. Some are saffron-colored. Some are blue and some multicolored. Some flit by the water, some among the trees, some among fallen trees, and some fly everywhere. As for the birds there, some of them have a body colored like blazing gold with silver feathers. Some have a silver body and golden feathers. Some have a coral body and beryl feathers. Some have a body that is like beryl, with sapphire feathers. Some have a body like crystal, with feathers of gold. Some bear the colors of three precious substances, such that their body is golden, their feathers silver, and their backs are like beryl. Some bear the colors of seven precious substances, displaying colors of sapphire, emerald, crystal, musāragalva, vidruma, sukumārika, and ruby. In this way their bodies exhibit vivid colors that are created by their karmic actions. The bees and birds there thus have many different appearances and feathers, and they produce a rich variety of delightful sounds. Their colorful bodies are all created by a variety of karmic actions. There are also numerous flowers that appear with a variety of colors, fragrances, and formations. [F.207.b] These accord with the character of the karmic actions engaged in by the people. The trees also have many different forms and fragrances. In accord with the inhabitants of Kuru in the north, the ornamented trees, rocks, streams, and bathing ponds are all endowed with sundry pleasures that manifest in whichever colorful form one may wish for. Because of their past positive actions, the inhabitants of Kuru in the north can play and celebrate among precious substances, enticing rivers of food and drink, and stunning trees and landscapes. The people who live on Garland-Draped Mountain in Kuru are also known as ‘the ever-infatuated.’ Except for the fact that the gods do not close their eyes and have no flesh, bone, lymph, or skin, the ever-infatuated people of Garland-Draped Mountain are just like the gods who celebrate at the feet of the Pārijāta tree during the four months of summer.

5.­351

“As the spiritual practitioner continues to correctly observe actions and phenomena, he will notice that these beings fail to practice positive actions due to three kinds of infatuation: infatuation with physical form, infatuation with youth, and infatuation with being alive. Because of such infatuations, they do not practice any positive activity of body, speech, or mind. Yet due to residual past positive actions, they are later born as gods. Once they die and transmigrate from the world of the gods, they are born among hell beings, starving spirits, animals, or humans, [F.208.a] because craving is like the strongest poison mixed with food, bringing torture, bondage, and misery to sentient beings. Bound by craving, these sentient beings have invariably remained ignorant in the past and will be ignorant in the future as well.

5.­352

“Pleasures are extremely sweet, but their effects are excruciating, just like the ripe kimbaka fruit. They are like a snare hidden in the soil, but sentient beings do not understand that. They are like a precipice‍—everything is lost, death is painful, and the pains are incomparable. With the force of a waterfall in the mountains, all is in flux and thus youth is impermanent. No situation is stable and unchanging‍—there is no such context anywhere in the five realms of beings. The cyclone of flawed action keeps whirling, over and over, and yet living beings do not even feel sad. In this way, correctly observing the ever-infatuated people who live on Garland-Draped Mountain, he correctly considers the external body.

5.­353

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘What other joys, tremendous enjoyments, and supreme delights might the mountains, rivers, and bathing ponds in Kuru in the north provide?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice another extremely delightful mountain that is located in Kuru in the north. Known as Seasonal Joy, this mountain covers an area of one thousand leagues and is thirty leagues high. At any point in time, all six seasons can be experienced on this mountain, [F.208.b] for there are always regions with early winter, late winter, early spring, late spring, summer, and fall.

5.­354

“What are the flowering trees that grow in the region of early winter? The trees that bloom in early winter are these: sāriśāṅgana, wrath, aged by moisture, visited by bees, delicious fragrance, sproutless, calling cakravākas, supremely delightful flowers, perfect song, depth grower, nitānta, sunny, and the fifteen-flowered. These are the trees that flourish in the early winter.

5.­355

“In a second region of the Seasonal Joy mountain, the environment is that of late winter. Specific flowers bloom on that part of Seasonal Joy. That effect occurs due to the Kuru people who inhabit the area of that mountain in Kuru in the north.

5.­356

“In another region of Seasonal Joy, the environment is that of early spring. Here the following kinds of flowers can be found: great bloom, lotus, kurabakaṃ, sweet scent, surrounded by bees, samamata, aśoka, kiṃśuka, blue aśoka, shadeless fragrance, kumuda, amraḍekang, river growth, nicita, lamra, bīṇti kaṃ, bird-attracting flower, constant bloomer, and thousand petals. These twenty631 species all bloom in the early spring. There are also yūthika and seasonal flowers.

5.­357

“In another region of Seasonal Joy, flowers of late spring flourish. Those are cambaka, suṃmanasa, golden yūthika, [F.209.a] tika, seasonal movements, smoke-free fragrance, lotus, bee home, pasasaṃ, śītati, amra, equal fragrance, constant fragrance, copper taste, wind-fanned, hundred petals, tama taste, half sun, culvalan, tila color, infant flower, and jatilva. These twenty632 flower species bloom during late spring, and it is due to the positive karmic actions of the people of Kuru in the north that they blossom in late springtime on Seasonal Joy Mountain.

5.­358

“Elsewhere on Seasonal Joy Mountain the following flowers of summer flourish: ketaka, kuṭajang, hundredfold movement, posing and enjoying the earth, mountain garland, grown from stone, kādamba enjoyer, circling swans, delightfully fragrant flower, copper taste, salīla, candradikā, stream growth, and summit sight.

5.­359

“There are also twenty kinds of flowers that grow during the fall.

5.­360

“In this way, Seasonal Joy Mountain displays all six seasons and its environs are thus replete with all seasons. These seasons always provide the people of Kuru in the north with the delights of lovely flowers, fruits, druma fruits, trees, bathing ponds, and riverbanks. The various other features of the seasons are as described before. The people who live on Seasonal Joy Mountain are also called inhabitants of the long valleys.

5.­361

“As the spiritual practitioner observes karmic phenomena, he will see how all these beings are exhausting their positive karmic actions without engaging in any new ones, [F.209.b] and yet they do not realize this. As the wheel of time spins, their lives are cut short. The fire of time consumes the fuel of their lives. The thunderbolt of time destroys the crops of their lives. The lion of time subdues and devours these deer-like people. The time of the Lord of Death is like a torrent surging against the trees of the people and destroying them. Time is like wolves or snakes, killing people off. The Lord of Death takes lives like an elephant devouring katapata grass. The Lord of Death is like a storm cutting down the trees of human beings at their roots. Why does everyone not understand that these terrors of the Lord of Death are inevitable? He harbors enmity for all beings in the prime of life, extinguishes all their strength, and mocks everyone with aging, yet people do not see that. He humbles them with their physical condition and lays waste to their eyes, ears, noses, tongues, bodies, and minds. He causes them to drool and makes their backs crooked. He destroys their jaws, teeth, skull, joints, vital points, and intestines. He ensures that they will be unable to move about freely. He is the adversary of all youth. He conquers all who are young. The Lord of Death forces them to enter his city where he proceeds to destroy all their joy, strength, and happiness.

5.­362

“Yet, worldly people remain fond of deception and laziness. Full of snot, urine, and excrement, they lounge slothfully on their beds. [F.210.a] Why do these careless beings not understand this? They are extremely close to shock and terror. Their psychophysical elements will all become imbalanced and the functioning of their faculties as well as their intestines, marrow, vital fluids, skin, blood, flesh, fat, bones, and semen will all dry up. The enemy of disease will attack their vital fluids. Whether they stand or sit, their experiences will be unbearable. They will desperately seek relief through medicine and doctors, but anything they eat, drink, swallow, or ingest will turn to waste. They will become emaciated, weak, and sleep most of the time. Their bodies will become nothing but skin and bone. Everyone‍—along with their family, friends, relatives, children and spouse‍—will plunge into these terrors of disease that are as agonizing as the Lord of Death himself. With this understanding, the spiritual practitioner becomes lovingly concerned for these careless people. As his empathy grows, he also takes the abodes of Brahmā as the focus of his attention: love, compassion, and joy. This is how the spiritual practitioner becomes lovingly concerned for the careless people of Kuru in the north. He sees the nature of cyclic existence as exceedingly base. He regards the body as if it were foam or water bubbles. He regards illusory consciousness by means of wakefulness. He regards all wealth as being like that in a dream. He becomes decisively disenchanted. [F.210.b]

5.­363

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘What other joys, tremendous enjoyments, and supreme delights might the mountains, rivers, and trees in Kuru in the north provide?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice another extremely delightful mountain that is located in Kuru in the north. Known as Holder of Joy, this mountain extends one thousand leagues and is home to the forest known as Overflow, which measures five hundred leagues. In the forest there are all sorts of riches, such as gold, silver, copper, wine, honey, and the six tastes, as well as many other natural resources.

5.­364

“The environment on Holder of Joy is delightful, featuring beryl-like trees draped with flowering vines. In the ponds grow lotuses with golden petals and silver stems, silver petals with golden stems, and gold and silver petals with stems of beryl. Numerous beautiful birds live in such ponds, which are filled with lotuses that are red like the color of the rising sun. There are swans, cranes, small cranes, lake cranes, ducks, deer necks, water birds, matabhāva, blavā, cakravāka, bālukā, ādyā, sārasī, vilvalā, timely callers, uṣṇavīrava, night roamers, lotus pollen-lovers, sindhu waves, and wave-born ones. These twenty species of birds live at the lotus ponds. [F.211.a]

5.­365

“Beyond the forest called Overflow, halfway up on the mountain Holder of Joy, after a distance of one hundred leagues, live people known as inhabitants of the bamboo forest. There they sing among the golden trees and their songs cause even goddesses to come and listen, hovering in the sky. The rivers, ponds, parks, and birds in this area are all just as splendid as those described previously.

5.­366

“As the spiritual practitioner correctly observes the ripening of the karmic actions of sentient beings, he will see that these beings are singing about topics that are actually the cause of tears. Why do they not see that? Due to their carelessness, they roam about carelessly, which will later cause them to cry in the hells. Yet they do not understand this. Tied by the noose of craving, sentient beings engage in flawed conduct of body, speech, and mind. The ripening of such actions will make them take birth among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. In precise accordance with their actions, they will then be destroyed‍—wailing and wretched‍—in the hells of Reviving, Black Line, Crushing, Howling, Great Howling, Heat, and Intense Heat. Tied by their fivefold craving for desirable sounds, textures, tastes, forms, and smells, they keep spinning in cyclic existence. Just as they have always done in the past, so they will continue into the future. Observing the people known as the inhabitants of the bamboo forest in this fashion, the spiritual practitioner correctly observes the external body. [F.211.b]

5.­367

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘What other joys and great delights might be found in Kuru in the north?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice another mountain on Kuru in the north, which is known as Delightful. This mountain is one thousand leagues high. A tremendously delightful feature of that mountain is the fact that kinnaras always sing among its peaks and throughout its forests, parks, slopes, caverns, ponds, ketaka forests, nāga forests, nārikela forests, panasa forests, myrobalan forests, āmra forests, plantain forests, glorious golden fruit tree forests, kappittha forests, peacock forests, cuckoo forests, parrot forests, rivers, bathing ponds, parks, lotus groves, blue lotus groves, five-leaved chaste tree forests, thorn apple forests, mango groves, kurara forests, living forests, taṇḍaka forests, and lovely pools. Everywhere can be heard precious melodies that enchant the ears of everyone and that increase the fire of craving one hundred times in the minds of childish beings who are overcome by craving. Such are the songs of the kinnaras. Their tunes are so lovely that even the wild animals join in and begin to sing. Likewise, the flocks of birds that live in the forests also join the playful festivities. They also swallow fruits that are always full of elixirs‍—elixirs which bees also drink. [F.212.a] Vidyādharas and divine ladies gather there in the sky to listen. That is how lovely and beautiful the songs of the kinnaras are on that mountain known as Delightful.

5.­368

“That mountain has faces of beryl, caves of gold, rocks of silver, trees of vidruma, sands of pearl, boulders of coral, rocks of crystal, boulders of smooth conch, golden lotus ponds adorned with swans, deer whose bodies are formed from numerous precious substances, forests that resound with the calls of cuckoos, the lovely calls of peacocks and pheasants, and bathing ponds where humming bees buzz about. Such are the joys of the mountain called Delightful. All that the people see with their eyes and hear with their ears there is beautiful and majestic. They are always happy, excited, reveling, frolicking, and enjoying themselves. The men and women, as well as the various birds, are always in an ebullient state of mind.

5.­369

“Like a second Sumeru, this mountain is two thousand leagues high. The luminescence from this high mountain bathes everything within a distance of two thousand leagues in a bright light. The splendor of that beryl light outshines even the colors of the gold and the green of the trees, thus giving the entire mountain a whitish hue. As an example, just as the splendor of the pure gold on Sumeru lends all the grass a golden color, so the splendor of the mountain known as Delightful lends everything a whitish hue. The richness of the deer, birds, waters, ponds, rivers, trees, and lotuses on that mountain is just as described before.

5.­370

“The people who live on Delightful are called those who appear whitish.’ The people who appear whitish [F.212.b] are magnificent, have large bodies, and are supremely joyous and beautiful. They bear flower garlands, colored powders, perfumes, and ointments. Excited and infatuated, they dance, sing, and enjoy themselves to music. They have overcome the flaws of mutual envy and stinginess, have no sense of personal property, and are free from pride. The bodies of the people who appear whitish are adorned with garlands, powders, scents, and ointments. Enjoying the delightful music, song, and tunes of the gandharvas, they are all happy. Any wish or desire they have is granted just by thinking of it. They wear a wide range of unwoven fabrics, crystals, and striking ornaments. Whether they are asleep or awake, they always listen to the most lovely and enchanting, rich symphony of songs made by hundreds of thousands of birds. They also constantly enjoy the delicious fragrances arising from ponds with hundreds of different types of lotuses. Thus, the people who appear whitish enjoy the delightful effects that have been created by their own positive actions. Their pleasures thus correspond to the quality of their causal positive actions, which may be minor, intermediate, or supreme.

5.­371

“As the spiritual practitioner observes the ripening of karmic phenomena, he will think, ‘Alas, these beings do not see that positive actions are being depleted! Isn’t that perceptible to them?’ [F.213.a] The suffering of birth begins when the semen and blood from the father and mother meet within the pelvic region without being expelled through the urine. At that point, a skeletal entity, with a shape similar to a wooden bracelet, is formed. This is the seed for consciousness to enter the womb. Next, as the wind of karmic actions circulates within the uterus for a period of seven days, the oval shape emerges. As an effect of having given up taking the lives of others, consciousness will not transmigrate but remain in the womb. Over the course of another week, the fetus then develops into an oblong shape. Due to possessing karmic actions and afflictions, consciousness will continue to remain there in an obscured state. Thereafter, it takes another seven days for the lumpy flesh to develop. The mother’s urine and feces in the lower part of her abdomen, the various movements of her body, and her consumption of food are all painful for the fetus, which feels like sugarcane in a juice press. Meanwhile the lump of flesh enlarges, driven by the wind of karmic actions. Next emerge the five protrusions of the legs, arms, and head. Moreover, due to the circling of the winds of karmic actions, the embryo that was born in the womb will now transfer into the belly of the mother, a process through which the umbilical cord is formed. The umbilical cord emerges from the mother’s kidneys. At that point, whatever the mother digests, the fetus will receive through the umbilical cord, whether cold or warm, delicious or foul. The food consumed by the mother will thus sustain the baby through the umbilical cord. The baby then undergoes torturous sensations while in the womb and experiences, in particular, much filth. Still, unless the baby dies prematurely, the period amid the blood and urine in the womb will finally culminate in the tenth month, as the child emerges from the mother’s birth canal while its major and minor limbs are being squeezed like a sugarcane through a juice press. [F.213.b] Immediately upon birth, the infant feels tremendous pain due to the wind and rough textures. Also, once the child has been born, its mother will abandon it and go where she wants to, leaving the child to take its own thumb as a breast, and try to get milk from it. In this way, the child will have to fend for itself. Such is the time of infancy‍—later follows youth.

5.­372

“When beings are swayed by the winds of time, they experience the consequences of their own past actions. They are born in accordance with their actions and live on account of their actions. Whether wholesome or unwholesome, beings are governed by their former actions. And yet, these humans still do not clearly understand the way karmic actions ripen. Alas, these careless people are subject to extreme suffering because they are born from the roots of the tree of horrendous suffering! Once born, they will experience heat, cold, hunger, thirst, exhaustion, humiliation, encounters with the unpleasant, separation from the pleasant, aging, and death. Within cyclic existence, they have been born into a condition of utmost suffering. Within cyclic existence, they must balance the uncertainty of wealth and destitution. Cyclic existence is impermanent, painful, empty, and devoid of self. The mountains, forests, cool abodes, groves, parks, streams, trees, birds, flowers, fruits, mountains, cliffs, and precious stones are all going to disappear‍—why don’t the people of Kuru in the north understand this? [F.214.a] There will be pain and loss, and with time, everything will be reduced to dust. Even this northern continent of Kuru will become nothing. With the passage of time, all these people will emerge in the world of the gods, and from there, they will be born among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals, because they must all experience their individual shares of karmic action. Seeing the ripening of the effects of karmic action in this light, a spiritual practitioner develops loving concern for the people who appear whitish, because he sees that the nature of cyclic existence is vile.

5.­373

“Carefully considering the body and attending to it through the external body, a spiritual practitioner will further wonder, ‘Might there be other joys and great delights in Kuru in the north?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice another mountain in Kuru in the north known as Endowed with Lotuses. It extends across one thousand leagues. On this mountain, Endowed with Lotuses, lies a five hundred-league-wide lotus lake known as Endowed with Cool Water. The lake is full of golden lotuses, free from mud, and adorned with bees, swans, ducks, and cakravākas. On this lotus lake grow heavenly lotuses, divine mandāravas, and kusumas. All the trees, flowers, fruits, rivers, mountainous retreats, birds, forests, parks, joyous pools, and cool waters are just as described previously.

5.­374

“The five hundred leagues that constitute the other half of Endowed with Lotuses contain eighty-four thousand supremely delightful palaces. Some are made of gold and silver and feature beryl railings. [F.214.b] Some are made of beryl and have crystal railings, others are made of sapphire and have musāragalva railings, and still others are made of musāragalva and feature railings of sapphire. Likewise, they are also mutually adorned by various people and draped with nets of larger and small bells. The people sing, dance, laugh, play drums, and are ever jubilant. The palaces are surrounded by rivers of grape wine and everywhere among the palaces stretch groves and parks. Thus, the eighty-four thousand palaces on Endowed with Lotuses appear just like the assembly hall of the gods, Sudharma, in the divine city of Sudarśana. The glories of the forests, parks, ponds, trees, and fruits are all just as described before. The people who live at Endowed with Lotuses are known as the colorful. Always exuberant, elegant, and playful, they enjoy dance, music, food, drink, and lovemaking.

5.­375

“As the spiritual practitioner observes the ripening of karmic factors, he will wonder, ‘Why do these beings not see the suffering that comes from losing one another? These beings will have to separate from all that they like and enjoy. It will all disappear, be lost, and turn into something else. All that these beings find delightful and enjoyable will be gone, disappear, fall apart, and become something else. [F.215.a] All of them will be driven onward in accordance with their karmic actions‍—virtuous actions will cause them to appear among gods and humans while unvirtuous actions will make them take birth among hell beings, starving spirits, and animals. Since the colorful people live in carelessness, they are insatiable in their pursuit of sounds, textures, tastes, forms, and scents. Their craving makes them attached and controls them. They are carried away by the river of craving, the fire of desire consumes them, and they are plunged into the darkness of ignorance‍—thus, they do not realize the facts of exhaustion and decline. Aging makes the young decrepit; it leads to destruction. This terrible onslaught will sweep away all family, friends, and companions, and burn down the tree of life. Without leaving anyone behind, the fire of death consumes the forest of sentient beings, and it arrives without warning. And yet they do not even see it.

5.­376

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will also ask himself, ‘On the northern continent of Kuru stand ten great mountains‍—Saṅkāśa, Equal Peaks, Tamer of Deer Enemies, White Cloud Keeper, Lofty Summit, Garland-Draped, Seasonal Joy, Holder of Joy, Delightful, and Endowed with Lotuses. What makes sentient beings take birth on those mountains?’

5.­377

“With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see that, just as before, beings are born there due to virtuous actions. Living in virtuous ways, they have given up killing, stealing, and sexual misconduct, [F.215.b] just as they have also given up intoxication due to wine and other alcoholic drinks that lead to carelessness. They have practiced the ten types of virtuous action and are born there due to such conditions of virtuous action.

5.­378

“Examining karmic action, phenomena, and ripening, the spiritual practitioner will also ask himself, ‘Are there actions that, when compared to those of these people and others, lead to an even more distinguished physique, strength, endurance, and appearance?’

5.­379

“With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see that when sentient beings obtain the true view, are free from deceit, inflict no harm on others, are honest and sincere, are gentle and of noble character, practice and follow the Dharma, and associate with those who are righteous, such causes and conditions will, upon the disintegration of their bodies, cause them to go to the higher realms and take birth among the gods in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings, or the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. When they later die there, they will be born here‍—and when they die here, they will be born there.

5.­380

“As he examines the ripening of karmic phenomena, the spiritual practitioner will also ask himself, ‘What karmic actions make these beings so highly extraordinary?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see that these beings have in the past practiced giving freedom from fear. They have given the gift of life to terrified people who were being taken to the southern gate of the city, with their hands tied tightly behind their back, being led to the charnel ground to the beating of the execution drum, and followed by the brutal executioner. [F.216.a] To such people, they have given the gift of life. Due to such causes and conditions, when their bodies disintegrate, they will take birth among the gods in the joyous higher realms. In this way, they will be born in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings, the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, or the Heaven Free from Strife.

5.­381

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further wonder, ‘What are the past positive karmic actions that cause those sentient beings to experience such extraordinary and exceptional joys, fine physical forms, supreme miraculous powers, and veneration by all beings?’

5.­382

“With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see that this occurs to beings who previously had a natural disposition toward the treasure of having faith in the Great Vehicle, and who delighted in the proclamation of the Great Vehicle. They also listened to the buddhas’ proclamation of the hearers’ Dharma-Vinaya and they memorized and passed on the oral tradition of the buddhas. By the causes and conditions associated with hearing even a single word of Dharma taught by the buddhas, they become kings, ruling universally across the four continents. When such a king dies, he is next born as a god, and this is repeated one, two, three, four, five, six, and seven times. Then, he once again becomes a king who rules across the four continents. When such a king dies, he is born as a god among the gods in the realm of desire, taking birth in the Heaven of the Four Great Kings, the Heaven of the Thirty-Three, the Yāma Heaven, the Heaven of Joy, the Heaven of Delighting in Emanations, or the Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations. When he later dies and passes from such divine realms, he is then born in this place, where he can enjoy the sounds, textures, tastes, forms, and scents found here. [F.216.b] Then, such beings will once again be born in the heavens.

5.­383

“When later they die, the seed that is produced from listening to the Great Vehicle will make them achieve the first concentration, thus taking birth in the realms of Brahmā, the High Priests of Brahmā, and Great Brahmā. Due to having listened to the Great Vehicle, and by practicing what they have heard, they will also achieve the second concentration. In this way, they will be born in the realms of Limited Light, Limitless Light, and Luminosity. Again, the seed of having listened to the Great Vehicle‍—along with their observance and practice of the teachings that they heard‍—will make them achieve the third concentration, and so they will be born in the realms of Limited Virtue, Perfected Virtue, and Limitless Virtue. Thereafter, the seed of having heard the Great Vehicle‍—along with their continuous practice and mastery of the Great Vehicle, and their deep familiarity with all its principles‍—will make them achieve the fourth concentration. Thus, they will be born in the Cloudless Heaven, Increased Merit, and Great Fruition. The fire of wakefulness, free from desire, will then incinerate the trees in the wildwood of the afflictions, and so they will take birth in the heavens of Unlofty, No Hardship, Sublime, Gorgeous, and the Highest Heaven. Moreover, the seed of having heard the Great Vehicle‍—along with their observance and practice of the Great Vehicle, and their complete familiarity with this vehicle‍—will enable them to dispel the wrong views of sentient beings and establish them in the authentic view. In this way, the seed of having heard the Great Vehicle may transform them into solitary buddhas who have destroyed the prison of existence, or it may ripen as the mind of true and complete awakening. They may also become bodhisattvas who are fully immersed in the mind of unsurpassable great compassion, the source of happiness for all beings. In this way, the very seed of having listened to the Great Vehicle [F.217.a] will at that time turn them into bodhisattva great beings, and into buddhas‍—learned and virtuous, well-gone ones, knowers of the world, unsurpassed beings, charioteers who guide beings, teachers of gods and humans, blessed buddhas.

5.­384

“All that follows because the seed of having listened to the Great Vehicle is rooted in generosity, discipline, and hearing. And how is that so? Because hearing grounds one in the Great Vehicle. Yet, if one dedicates this toward the awakening of a solitary buddha or toward the awakening of a hearer, then such awakenings will follow. Monks and householders practice generosity because of having heard about the fruits of generosity, and they practice discipline because of having heard about the fruits of discipline. They become familiar with wakefulness because of having heard about the fruits of wakefulness.

5.­385

“Therefore, the higher realms and liberation are both rooted in hearing the Great Vehicle. Hence, among all forms of generosity‍—such as giving freedom from fear, material things, and discipline‍—the proclamation of the Great Vehicle is supreme. Similarly, among all types of discipline, the discipline of listening to the Great Vehicle is supreme. The Great Vehicle is the source of all hearers, solitary buddhas, and thus-gone ones. Therefore, always listen to the Great Vehicle!

5.­386

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further ask himself, ‘Are there other areas with names on the northern continent of Kuru?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice a land known as Eyes Beyond the World, which covers an area of two thousand leagues. Within that lies a place called Vast Sky, [F.217.b] covering three hundred leagues. The people who live there are called garment dwellers, and the trees, bathing ponds, flowers, fruits, parks, branches, vines, and rivers are all as exquisite as in the previous cases. Beyond Vast Sky flows a river called Immeasurable, stretching seven hundred leagues. The streams, trees, forests, parks, and ponds there are all as exquisite as in the previous cases. Five areas are situated by the river called Immeasurable: Endowed with Crown Ornaments, Covered by Palāśas, Garland Abode, Peacock Call, and Situated by the End of Karaṇa. Endowed with Crown Ornaments spans two hundred and fifty leagues, Covered by Palāśas occupies two hundred and fifty leagues, Peacock Call covers one hundred leagues, and Situated by the End of Karaṇa extends one hundred leagues. The second633 covers ten times one hundred leagues. Ten other areas, each of which measuring one hundred leagues, are the following: Living in Kuttāṃgati, Moving Fragrance, Black Belly, Moving among Eyes, Living in Mountain Ranges, Born Triangular, Born Round, Stomach, Moved, and Gathered. As he beholds all those regions, he will notice that the rivers, trees, ponds, and parks are just as exquisite as before. This continent is square, and so are the faces of its people. Likewise, Jambudvīpa is triangular and the faces of the humans in Jambudvīpa have a similar shape. The same type of relationship obtains in Kuru in the north. [F.218.a]

5.­387

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further observe the wealth of rocks, forests, ponds, flowering fields,634 bright flowers,635 and fruits, and thus he correctly observes the external world.

5.­388

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will further ask himself, ‘Are there any oceans and mountains between Kuru in the north and Godānīya in the west?’ With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see the ocean called Eyes of the Environment, which covers ten thousand leagues between Kuru in the north and the northern coasts of Godānīya. In some places it is one league deep and elsewhere two. Because of the presence of subterranean nāga rulers, there are also sudden upsurges of water in the sea.

5.­389

“Beyond the ocean of Eyes of the Environment lies a mountain called Garland of Play that measures ten thousand leagues. Because of the scorching breath of the nāgas, its summits are black like ink. Beyond that mountain lies an ocean, ten thousand leagues wide, called Conch Sound, which is full of fish, great fish, turtles, nakra sea monsters, makara sea monsters, and conches. Extremely treacherous and terrifying, this ocean is the abode of rich nāgas that are very angry and aggressive. Beyond the Conch Sound ocean lies another ocean called Pervasive Waters. Normally, this ocean measures ten thousand leagues, but it may extend a further ten, twenty, or thirty leagues due to the wind. [F.218.b] Far beyond Pervasive Waters lies an island called Śukati Pearls. When nāgas or fish die there, they are carried upward by the current, bringing pearls with them. This island is one thousand leagues wide. Beyond Śukati Pearls lies a mountain called Jewel Friends, which measures five thousand leagues. The summits of that mountain contain the seven precious substances, and with its beryl and numerous other gems it is like a second Sumeru. Beyond Jewel Friends stretch two thousand leagues of flowering forests full of all sorts of delights. Beyond that stands the five thousand-league-high Well-Consumed, a mountain that features ponds with golden lotuses and the lovely calls of cakravākas. Beyond the kiṃśuka forests on this mountain stand other mountains, rivers, and trees, and then ten thousand leagues of sea full of golden waters, for the light of Sumeru is reflected upon it. Known as Golden Waters, this sea spans five hundred leagues.

5.­390

“The continent known as Godānīya is nine thousand leagues large and contains a million towns and a thousand cities. Among them, twelve towns and five hundred cities are the primary ones. Headed by Pāṭaliputra, three cities in Jambudvīpa are particularly large.636 Similarly, headed by Abhrakūṭa, there are five hundred such cities in Godānīya. The city of Abhrakūṭa covers twelve leagues and features boulevards and an abundance of mansions with railings, courtyards, and arches. The primary cities in the center of Godānīya are Hundred Arches, Delightful Ground to Watch, Stainless and Clear, [F.219.a] Gaṅkara, and so forth. The primary cities in the center also include Free from Action, Attraction, Extent of Failed Power, and Aṇira.

5.­391

“Just as Jambudvīpa has Kāśī, Kosala, and Magadha, Godānīya in the west also has primary lands. Those include the lands known as Mithila, Caturo, Koraṇḍo, Mental Stain, and Roaming Sumeru. All the lands in Godānīya can be subdivided into a set of twenty-five, resembling the similar set of eighteen in Jambudvīpa. Moreover, just as Jambudvīpa has four great rivers‍—the Gaṅgā, Yamunā, Pakṣu, and Sitā‍—Godānīya in the west has five: the Vaiśālī, Cuñcumātī, Moon Power, Excellent Water, and Mixed. And just as Jumbudvīpa has Himavat, Vindhya, Malaya, and Kailāśa, there are five great mountains in Godānīya in the west: Nāḍoḍina, Three Horns, Precious Arch, Hundred Peaks, and Fierce. The continent of Godanīya also has three great lakes: Gambhīrajala, Continuous, and White Gambhīra, just as Jambudvīpa has Anavatapta and Mānasarovara.

5.­392

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will also ask himself, ‘What commerce do the people in Godānīya engage in?’ [F.219.b]

5.­393

“With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see that the people there engage in cattle trading and that the land is teeming with cows. He will also see that all the humans there have three breasts and that all the inhabitants produce milk just like the women in Jambudvīpa, when after ten months they have given birth to a child. The rivers, forests, parks, ponds, flower meadows, and fruits are all just like in Jambudvīpa, yet the fruits are only half as tasty as in Jambudvīpa and the flowers only half as fragrant.

5.­394

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will also ask himself, ‘What type of ripening of karmic actions leads to birth as a human on Godānīya, and what are the inferior, intermediate, or superior aspects of such ripening?’

5.­395

“With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see that the people who are born there previously were weak in discipline and generosity, as well as in the performance of karmic actions and the Dharma. How were they weak in discipline? In past lives, those people were poor and would only observe the one-day precepts for a price, and they only bowed their heads to the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha for fear of royal punishment and not out of faith. Nor did they properly practice generosity. For the sake of serving the king, they failed to train their minds and they did not recite the words of the Buddha. In order to serve the king, or out of greed, they were generous toward those with wrong view or improper recipients. They failed to practice the ten avenues of virtuous action in a way that is uncorrupted and long-lasting. [F.220.a] When such people die and transmigrate from Jambudvīpa, those conditions make them take birth in Godānīya‍—having food that is only half as tasty, lacking understanding of the effects of virtuous and unvirtuous karmic actions, having base minds, being feeble-minded, and craving women. All that is due to the conditions of the seeds of their past karmic actions.

5.­396

“Sentient beings go wherever their karmic actions take them and they experience their individual allotments of karmic actions. They are involved in karmic actions and live lives of karmic action. Whether their past actions were virtuous or unvirtuous, their present fortunes are determined by those very actions. Those who practiced unvirtuous activities are born among hell beings, starving spirits, or animals. Karmic effects resemble their seeds, just as the kodrava seed produces a kodrava grain, and not wild millet, and barley seeds produce barley crops. Likewise, from inferior qualities and inferior fields stem inferior effects. And similarly, good crops grow from good seeds‍—red rice from red rice seeds, mung beans from mung bean seeds, and sugarcane from sugarcane seeds.

5.­397

“Based on special fields and qualities, special effects manifest. Thus, some have qualities, some have suffering, and some have both. Those who have only qualities are intermediate, those who have both qualities and suffering are superior, and those who have only suffering are inferior, unless mental qualities are present. Similarly, there are also three types of fields in the external world. Those that are free from water moss are intermediate; those that are free from grass and water moss, and not prone to water problems or bandit attacks, are superior; [F.220.b] those that are damaged by reeds637 and water moss, and are prone to water problems, terrors, and bandit attacks, are inferior‍—unless farmers clear and cultivate them. All inner and outer entities are thus one’s karmic lot. They are based on karmic action and constitute realms of karmic action. They are subject to external powers, serve as each other’s conditions, and produce one another. The people in Godānīya in the west experience the effects of stained karmic actions; they are born there due to stained karmic actions. When they die and transmigrate, the wind of karmic actions will make them spin around in cyclic existence.

5.­398

“When the spiritual practitioner has thus correctly comprehended karmic actions and phenomena with respect to the external, he will continue to consider the body and attend to it through the external body. Thus, he will wonder, ‘What other mountains, rivers, and oceans might there be beyond Godānīya in the west?’

5.­399

“With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see that between the continents of Godānīya in the west and Videha in the east lies an ocean known as Porridge, measuring twelve thousand leagues. It receives its name because the water looks like porridge, thick with massive quantities of conches, fish, great fish, nakra monsters, makara monsters, turtles, and infant-eating crocodiles. Beyond the ocean called Porridge lies a mountain known as Vidruma. Extending five hundred leagues, it is home to some highly poisonous snakes. [F.221.a] Beyond that lies an ocean called Warm. It is so named because the noxious breath of the snakes that live there makes the water hot. No other species of sentient beings live in that sea because they all die when exposed to the poisonous breath of the snakes. The water is warm because of the poison. Next comes the ocean of Red Water, covering five thousand leagues and inhabited by nāgas and subterranean asuras who live in mutual animosity. They oppress one another, consume each other’s food, and fight. Not even the powerful nāgas that live in these currents can defeat the asuras there.

5.­400

“On the other side of that sea lies an island of rākṣasas. It is two thousand leagues across and home to the rākṣasī known as Braided. She wears perfumes and in her mouth she holds flower garlands, which she devours. She is fast, capable of covering a thousand leagues in the wink of an eye, and is always looking for ways to harm humans. That is all that she thinks about, and thus the island reeks of flesh, blood, and bones. Beyond Braided’s island lies an island of piśācas, five thousand leagues across. The piśāca known as Covered by Hair lives there.

5.­401

“Farther yet looms a mountain known as Abundance. Five thousand leagues tall, Abundance is studded with a wealth of tree species: nālikera, panasa, mauca, hintāla, tamāla, raktamāla, yellow, cutchtree, tilaka, arjuna, kadamba, nicula, amra, picumarda, badarī, vaṭā, kiṁśuka, nāga flower, kadamba, [F.221.b] aśoka, śilindha, ketaka, extremely loose karsikara, fresh mālikā, pāṭāla, kapittha, tree of splendor, divine tree, juniper, karavīra, blue aśoka, kurabaka, and kunda. Such trees cover Abundance, along with hundreds of waterfalls. Deep in the heart of these wildwoods, piśācas frolic and enjoy themselves.

5.­402

“Beyond the mountain of Abundance stretches the Milky Sea, covering five thousand leagues. Its waters both look and taste like milk and it is home to some fish that reach a size of five leagues. Beyond the Milky Sea lies Sandy Stretch, one thousand leagues of trees and ravines. Then follows Neutralization of Nāga Poison, six thousand leagues of sea that is home to the so-called power nāgas, who live in perpetual hostility and thrive on trouble. Beyond the ocean Neutralization of Nāga Poison stretches Even Waters, two thousand leagues of placid, clear, deep sea that is teeming with fish, makara monsters, conches, nakra monsters, and infant-eating crocodiles.

5.­403

“As the spiritual practitioner who has an understanding of the ripening of karmic phenomena observes this, he will see that there is no one within these oceans, rivers, islands, forests, mountains, trees, and areas who is not born, who does not die, who does not transmigrate, and who does not take rebirth. There is no one for whom all that is agreeable and delightful will not vanish, disappear, [F.222.a] depart, become lost, or be transformed. There is no one‍—whether at sea or on land, in the mountains or in the forests‍—who does not die, transmigrate, and take rebirth as a result of their individual allotments of karmic actions. They all depend on their karmic actions and have to experience the effects of their own karmic actions. There is no one at all638 who has not been born, died, and been reborn again a thousand times, eight thousand times, or even a trillion times over. Hundreds, thousands, and even quadrillions of times, all that was agreeable and delightful has been lost‍—it disappeared, fell apart, vanished, or was transformed. In cyclic existence without beginning, everyone is tied by the shackles of desire, anger, and ignorance, spinning through the realms of hell beings, starving spirits, and animals‍—being born, dying, and taking birth again. Therefore, quick, quick, you must grow disenchanted with cyclic existence! Do not crave and yearn for cyclic existence! Cyclic existence is painful. It is a burning agony, an excruciating agony, a painful agony. It is full of aging, death, pain, lamentation, suffering, and unhappiness. It ends in a fall and is a gateway to exhaustion. There is no durability or happiness whatsoever in cyclic existence, just as the sun contains no darkness whatsoever. In this way, the spiritual practitioner carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body. [F.222.b]

5.­404

“Correctly understanding the outer body, the spiritual practitioner will also ask himself, ‘Are there any rivers, oceans, or mountains beyond the sea of Even Waters?’

5.­405

“With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see the eastern continent known as Videha, which is eight thousand leagues large and circular in shape. This continent features exquisite towns, cities, and markets, as well as rivers, trees, forests, parks, bathing ponds, islands, mountains, waterfalls, dense jungles, flowers, fruits, deer, and birds. There are six especially tall mountains: Great Slope, Forest Garlands, Flocking Peacocks, Deer Abode, Upward Ocean, and Eye Garland. Those six mountains encircle Videha in the east just as the aforementioned four mountains encircle Jambudvīpa.

5.­406

“Great Slope measures three thousand leagues and has three forests that each cover one thousand leagues. The forests are known as the Suvelang Forest, the Forest of Cascading Water Sounds, and the Mālikagaṅkara Forest. These forests are lush with exquisite trees of the following species: lvilika, mountain growth, even branches, growing-in-places-difficult-to-reach, river growth, utpala tree, and rock growth, as well as the previously mentioned trees that also grow in Jambudvīpa. [F.223.a] The people who live on this great mountain are called the fire crowns. There are also the following rivers: Strewn Sand, Sāmreḍā, Billowing Waters, Nāga River, Forest Course, and Caraca.

5.­407

“The mountain called Forest Garlands measures one thousand leagues and supports the following forests: Kukkuṭācīra, Divine Trees, Cilika, Smoky, and Utterly Unborn. Also, the following rivers can be found there: Covered by Vines, Summit Encircler, Black Waters, Hanging Leaves, and Joyous Smoke. The people who live on Forest Garlands Mountain are known as the crooked.

5.­408

“When the spiritual practitioner observes the third mountain, Flocking Peacocks, he will see that it measures three thousand leagues and supports the following forests: Cloud Forest, Constant Lightning, Elevated Sounds, Special Drink, and Maṇḍala. There are also the following rivers: Niculundha Flow, Sagely Joy, Blue Stream, and Excellent. The people who live on the Flocking Peacocks mountain are known as ‘the blue necks.’

5.­409

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will also ask himself, ‘Are there any other mountains or rivers in Videha in the east?’

5.­410

“With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then notice a fourth mountain, known as Deer Abode. This mountain supports the forests known as Tangled Forest, Joyous Forest, and Horse Cloud Forest. The trees, flowers, [F.223.b] and fruits found in those forests are just as exquisite as in the cases mentioned before. Here the following rivers can also be found: Wild Water, Delightful Environs, and Confluence. The wild animals that live on this mountain are of the following species: vaineyā, delighting-in-the-shadows-of-the-land, fleeing-upon-sight, kuraṅgā, excellent path, envy of the nāgas, cow ear, elephant drink, supreme infant, delighting-in-the-shadows, rabbit sheep, camel body, black tail, white head, wounded, snake tongue, hundred teeth, partner, and hidden throat. Some of these flocking animals are not found in Jambudvīpa. The sylvan highlands, parks, ponds, trees, birds, flowers, and other gorgeous features of this mountain are just as described before. All the flowers in Jambudvīpa can also be found on Deer Abode. The people who live on Deer Abode Mountain are called combined strength.

5.­411

“Next, the spiritual practitioner will observe the forests and parks on the fifth mountain on the continent of Videha in the east. Known as Upward Ocean, this mountain measures a thousand leagues and abounds with forests, parks, and ponds just as described before. On this mountain, the forests of Triple Circle, Blocked Neck, and Joyous Mountain flourish, and the rivers called Triple Horns, Babbler, and Scattered Stones run their courses. The people who live at the Upward Ocean mountain are called the clever ones. [F.224.a] Thus, observing Upward Ocean Mountain, the practitioner correctly observes the external.

5.­412

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will also ask himself, ‘Are there any other mountains on the continent of Videha in the east?’

5.­413

“With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see the mountain called Eye Garland, measuring one thousand leagues. Its exquisite forests, parks, ponds, and waterfalls, as well as its many different animals, birds, flowers, and fruits, are all as explained previously. The river known as Invisible descends from Eye Garland Mountain, reaching a depth of one league. The people who live on Eye Garland Mountain are called the eyes of the land. Thus, six mountains encircle the eastern continent of Videha.

5.­414

“Three large cities lie inside this ring of mountains: Excellent Joy, Forest Joy, and Celebrations throughout the Land. There are also sixty intermediate and minor cities. The intermediate ones include City of Hills and Sounds of the Land, and among the minor cities are Movement Everywhere and Isolated Highlands. Those are the foremost among the intermediate and minor cities. In all, Videha in the east contains three cities with ten million people, five towns with one hundred thousand people, three with one thousand people, and fifty more with five hundred or six hundred people. The primary towns include Sky Scent, Bubbles, Vrikṣīrang, All the People, Numerous Leaves, [F.224.b] Bhīduram, Ripe Vessel, Concise, Viṣkaṭā, Harmful Forest, Beneficial Eyes, Bādūtam, Tree Made of Anthers, and Timely Water.

5.­415

“The shape of this continent is round and so are the faces of the people who inhabit it. In Jambudvīpa people affix ornaments to their ears and hair, in Kuru in the north they wear them on their eyes and shoulders, in Godānīya people adorn their stomachs and necks, and in Videha in the east they decorate their thighs and shoulders. Thus, the inhabitants of the four human abodes each decorate their bodies differently.

5.­416

“As the spiritual practitioner continues to observe the ripening of karmic phenomena, he will ask himself, ‘What karmic actions cause sentient beings to be born here? And what are the superior, intermediate, and inferior actions that make them experience superior, intermediate, and inferior circumstances?’

5.­417

“With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see that in the past these beings had no understanding of karmic action, phenomena, and ripening. They would therefore practice inferior forms of generosity in relation to inferior recipients. For example, they would, as mentioned previously, be generous in order to receive benefits, or in a disingenuous manner, or out of duty to their master. Based on such actions, they are born on this continent. Those of intermediate status practiced inferior discipline. In this regard, they may have given up killing in order to serve the king, rather than due to pure motivation. When their bodies disintegrate, such causes and conditions lead them to be born in an intermediate way among the gods in the joyous higher realms. [F.225.a] Superior individuals, however, proceed based on superior karmic actions. That is to say, they listen to the Great Vehicle, accomplish it, and rejoice in it. Apart from those who listen to the Great Vehicle, teach it, rejoice in it, and accomplish it, I have not seen a single person who escaped the jungle of cyclic existence. This is supreme generosity‍—letting the Great Vehicle be heard is supreme generosity. This is supreme insight‍—the insight of listening to the Great Vehicle is supreme. The benefits of proclaiming the Great Vehicle are just as these were explained previously.

5.­418

“Having seen the karmic action, phenomena, and ripening that pertain to sentient beings on Videha in the east, the spiritual practitioner will continue correctly considering the body and attending to it through the external body, and so will ask himself, ‘Might there be any other mountains or rivers around Videha in the east?’

5.­419

“With insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will then see that eight thousand leagues off the coast of Videha stands a mountain called Heap of Iron. This mountain rises three thousand leagues and its extremely subtle iron soil is scattered across ten thousand leagues. Beyond Heap of Iron Mountain stretches the ocean called Circular Design that covers seven thousand leagues. Circular Design is surrounded by five mountains: Needle Eye, Great Belly, Bhaṇḍanā, Snake, and Superior. Beyond the ocean of Circular Design lies an island called Endowed with Elements that measures three thousand leagues. [F.225.b] Here live vidyādharas, guhyakas, and kinnaras. This island is extremely delightful and has gorgeous rivers, ponds, and trees. The species of animals and trees found in Jambudvīpa and in Videha in the east are also represented on this island.

5.­420

“Far beyond that island towers a mountain known as Numerous Celestial Bodies, the summits of which are not very far from Sumeru. While the mountain is situated there, it can nevertheless be visible in Jambudvīpa due to the force of extraordinary karmic actions‍—namely the wind of virtuous or unvirtuous actions of the humans on Jambudvīpa. When the mountain is observed by brahmin scholars in Jambudvīpa, who have no understanding of the nature of karmic actions and results, they believe that it is caused by the planets or stars, and they proclaim this to the king and the royal ministers. However, that is only the perception of brahmin scholars who harbor wrong views. The auspiciousness of the planets, and the sun and moon, actually depends on virtuous or unvirtuous karmic actions. If the planets could indeed create auspiciousness, just as virtuous and unvirtuous karmic actions can, then, since the sun and the moon are such special celestial bodies, they should be able to govern auspicious and inauspicious times. Hence, there should be flowers and fruits during all seasons. But the sun and moon may also be eclipsed by another celestial body; Rāhu may interfere with the sun and the moon, and the other celestial bodies may also interfere with each other. Therefore, auspiciousness and inauspiciousness are not created by the planets or stars. Thus, the spiritual practitioner observes the behavior of the planets and the other celestial bodies, and carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body, which is an effect of karmic action. As he observes the behavior of the planets, the appearance of Numerous Celestial Bodies in the sea, Mount Sumeru, and the appearance of the summits, [F.226.a] he correctly observes the external world.

5.­421

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will also notice an island of gorgeous rocks, rivers, and trees, known as Bharata Abode, which lies seven thousand leagues into the sea beyond Numerous Celestial Bodies. All the trees, flowers, and fruits that grow in Jambudvīpa can also be found on this island, which measures three thousand leagues. Vidyādharas and guhyakas live among its wealth of delightful trees, flowers, and fruits.

5.­422

“Farther beyond looms Border Mountain, which marks the border between Videha in the east and the regions of Jambudvīpa. The water in the sea, which spans three thousand leagues, is cool. This sea between Videha in the east and Jambudvīpa is teeming with conches, great fish, nakra monsters, makara monsters, turtles, infant-eating crocodiles, kumbhīra monsters, and fish. Beyond Border Mountain stretches the sea known as Red. From the edge of Jambudvīpa, this cold sea of five thousand leagues appears red. Located not too far from Jambudvīpa, this sea abounds with fish and is filled with blood. When the fish feed and prey on one another, the killing makes the water become very bloody, thus turning it red. It is because of this red hue that the sea is called Red.

5.­423

“Beyond this sea extends another ocean, called Blue, which covers seven thousand leagues. [F.226.b] This ocean abounds with fish everywhere and is extremely deep. Thereafter stretches an ocean called Jewel Islands. Measuring three thousand leagues, it contains numerous mountains, jewels, golden sands, rocks, sasyaka gems, musāragalva rocks, pearl sands, vidrūma trees, sukumārikā gems, and other precious substances. There are also trees called sweet-poison-mind-transfer. The fruits of these trees are lethal for both birds and humans from Jambudvīpa, causing death within seven days of consumption. Any bird that eats this fruit will die. After that sea comes Salty, an ocean measuring eleven thousand leagues that is full of great fish, śukati, turtles, nakra monsters, crocodiles, nāgas, and birds. Numerous rākṣasas and piśācas roam there. White vidrūma trees grow out of the water and there are submarine seamounts.

5.­424

“Five hundred islands are found in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa. The primary ones among them are, for example, Golden Ground, Jewel Rocks, Ketaka, Mālikā, Conch, Pearl, Mekala Source, Plow, Place for Austerities, Excellent Forest, Peacock Forest, Fragrant Garlands, Triple Summits, Excellent Armies, Spānāśetu, Laṅkapuri Rākṣasas, Twelve Mountains, Bilvaka of Sumeru, Mountain Dwellings, Red Conches and Pearls, Snowy Regions, Silvery Sands, Roadless, [F.227.a] Five Fences of Gold and Other Materials, Śukti Realm, and Female Trees. These are all inhabited by humans. Such special regions surround Jambudvīpa, extending seven thousand leagues. The delights and mountains are like those mentioned before.

5.­425

“The spiritual practitioner who carefully considers the body and attends to it through the external body will also inquire about the reach of the light of the sun and moon. Thus, with insight derived from hearing or by seeing with the divine eye, he will see that the four faces of Sumeru and the four human abodes are all illuminated by the sun and moon. Moreover, within a distance of eighty-four thousand leagues from the faces of Sumeru, the first half of the sea is lit up by their light, but the second half lies in a terrifying, deep darkness. Farther out lies a chain of three hundred sixty million vajra mountains known as the Fence Ring, which are all ablaze with the unbearable flames of karmic actions. When the sea water approaches this ring, it first turns into milk, and as it comes still closer, the milk becomes yogurt, and then butter. When the butter touches the mountains, it melts and the liquid butter is then consumed by the fires of the hells. The liquid also floods the ground there.

5.­426

“Such indeed is the realm of desire, and this is how the spiritual practitioner correctly understands. With accurate knowledge and a perception of reality, he will conclude with perfect understanding that there is nothing here that is permanent, stable, enduring, or unchanging. [F.227.b] In cyclic existence, which knows no beginning or end, we experience our individual shares of karmic effects. Everyone suffers from the effects of their own actions. He will observe that there is no one who has not died and been reborn hundreds and thousands of times. When one correctly and continuously observes and attends to the internal body and the external body‍—the internal body and other bodies‍—one will no longer be attached to the body. Attractive sounds, tastes, forms, scents, and textures cannot bring one down.”

5.­427

In this way, the brahmins and householders of Nālati and all the monks who endeavored in the application of mindfulness of the body no longer remained in the presence of the māras. As they heard about the application of mindfulness of the body, a great many of them rid themselves of the cataract of the view of the transitory collection and achieved the eye of Dharma that sees the unsurpassable teachings.


5.­428

“Monks, you must teach the application of mindfulness of the body just as I have done here. These are the explanations to be given. Monks, in mountains, mountain retreats, mountain caves, charnel grounds, and in unsheltered places, you should practice concentration on your seat of straw! Do not remain careless! Make sure you have no regrets at the time of death! This is my instruction to you.”

5.­429

When the Blessed One had said this, all the monks rejoiced and praised the words of the Blessed One. This is the application of mindfulness of the body.

5.­430

This completes the noble Great Vehicle sūtra of thirty-six thousand that is known as The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma. [F.228.a]


c.

Colophon

c.­1
The Thus-Gone One has taught those causes
From which all phenomena have appeared,
And also that which is their cessation.
This is what the Great Mendicant has taught.
c.­2

India is the origin of all that is good and possesses all things excellent, both in terms of her soil and her sciences, for which she is the universal source. This is the land of the cultured and the learned and all her inhabitants are wise. Seeing India to be the eyes of Jambudvīpa, the perfect Buddha achieved full awakening within this land, with its magnificent cities through which the great river Gaṅgā descends.

c.­3

In the eastern part of India’s central lands lies the great monastery of Nālandā.639 The sovereign of the land is the splendid prince Rāmapāla,640 whose glory outshines others and whose reign reaches far and wide. This prince has established the temple known as Jagaddala to support the pure and the gentle, holy beings who are experts regarding the staircase leading to the higher realms and liberation. From here appeared numerous exceptionally learned paṇḍitas, such that people of the world speak of “the five hundred omniscient ones,” who are praised by all paṇḍitas as being equal to the masters of the past.

c.­4

Among them is someone whom kings and ministers, who take pride in their mundane wealth, carry on their shoulders as if he were their head‍—someone whom paṇḍitas, who take pride in their scholarship, and worldly folk regard as their crown jewel. He is regarded as a guide by those who have relinquished concern for this life and who endeavor to accomplish liberation, allowing them to clearly distinguish good qualities from flaws. All the people of the land see him as beautiful and endearing, as if he were their only child. He enraptures even the vicious and ungrateful with his great goodwill. [F.228.b] Due to his love for others, he suffers agony and pain as he beholds the miseries of all wandering beings, yet he skillfully extends his compassionate care to them. He is foretold in the prophetic discourse of Tiger Ear Star as an individual endowed with numerous qualities and a great instigator who upon exchanging his body would be born in the higher realms. He yearns to meet Maitreya and has tremendous yearning for the Dharma. He has also weakened all emotions such as desire and anger. Who could properly extol such a person’s qualities? In short, his knowledge of mundane human customs is great, and his benevolence is like a golden ground. With respect for the sacred Dharma, he is endowed with perfect learning and he is pure, serene, gentle, accommodating, noble, truthful, undeceiving, honest, and successful in terms of accomplishment. Like a majestic wish-fulfilling tree that grows from a turquoise ground, he is adorned with the blooming flowers and ripe fruits of a bounty of temporary and ultimate virtues in this and all other lives. Thus, perfectly accomplishing what benefits both oneself and all others, there is nothing that he does that is not meaningful. Such is this master endowed with the shining beauty of unimpeded mastery of the five fields of learning, the great paṇḍita known as Śāntākaragupta. Explanations based on five Indian volumes were received from that master, as well as the great scholar and holy man, the supreme Vinaya holder known as Abhayākaragupta; the one whose learning is comparable to Mañjuśrī, the supreme paṇḍita endowed with perfect eloquence and insight, Śakyarakṣita; and also the great paṇḍita Vīryākaraśānti, and others. [F.229.a]

c.­5

Likewise, in the lower reaches of the central land of Magadha‍—where the shrines of the thus-gone ones are numerous, and the land is full of Buddhists who have faith in the Three Jewels‍—lies the great monastic complex of Vikramaśīla. It was established by the bodhisattva king, Devapāla, and serves as the eyes of the Dharma teachings. Among its numerous learned scholars there are Śakyarakṣita himself; the great paṇḍita Subhūticandra, who is expert in linguistics, poetry, and the syntactic structures of Sanskrit; the Abhidharma expert known as Aḍitacandra; and other such masters. It is from all those masters that the explanations based on five Indian volumes were received.

c.­6

The translators listened carefully to the sūtra and with veneration they sought careful explanation in order to comprehend all the scripture’s words and meanings, thoroughly investigating the most difficult points with the appropriate methods for understanding their significance. In the process of translation, they were guided by the light of insight that comes from mastering four languages‍—Sanskrit, the Indian vernaculars, Tibetan Dharma language, and the Tibetan vernaculars.

c.­7

Nevertheless, the topics of the sūtras are numerous and the subjects are profound. In particular, the statements in this sūtra carry numerous implicit messages and convey their meaning by means of beautiful verbal adornments that evince an unparalleled mastery of poetry. Hence, their meanings are not easily accessible to those of weak learning. Especially, brief scriptural passages that convey numerous meanings have been translated in that same fashion. This approach allows those endowed with the jewels of understanding to ascertain numerous meanings, but if any one of those were to be singled out as the sole implied meaning, that would be a mistake. Rather, translation should convey just as much meaning as the words imply. Therefore, in short, without violating the way the Indian and Tibetan languages convey the same meaning by means of different expressions, and without breaking with the tradition established by the decrees of the scholars of the past, this translation has been made in veneration of the sacred Dharma by the northerner, the monk Tsultrim Gyaltsen, who was born into the family of Patshap. This was undertaken during the reign of the Indian king Rāmapāla, whose banner of perfect glory and majesty flies higher than any other. In this manner, those segments that had previously been translated of this Great Vehicle discourse known as The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma were completed. [F.229.b]

c.­8

The subsequent editing and revision of the text was undertaken by the monk Tsultrim Gyaltsen himself, with the assistance of two others. The first is the spiritual teacher known as Shang Buchikpa, who everyone calls by this name because he benefits them and is auspicious for them, caring for all sentient beings as if they were his “only child.”641 Accordingly, his name reveals that he is endowed with great compassion. The second editor is known as Sherap Ö, because he is a veritable “light of insight” for all who follow the Dharma.642 With knowledge of the way the vehicles progress, he summarizes the teachings by means of principles such as the two realities, and thus‍—with insight developed gradually through conviction, ascertainment, and realization‍—he spreads the light that overcomes the darkness of afflictive and cognitive obscurations in both oneself and others. Thus, his name shows that this master is endowed with great insight and that he accomplishes his own and others’ objectives perfectly. In this way, the translation was corrected, refined, and properly finalized through the fivefold process of drafting, primary editing, testing the relations between word and meaning, secondary editing, and secondary testing of the relations.

c.­9

May the stainless virtues that ensue from translating and assisting in the translation of this sacred Dharma teaching‍—this precious discourse on mindfulness in the Great Vehicle, which is the foundation, root, and vital essence of all the vehicles‍—reach all beings extending to the end of space, so that they may find happiness while in existence. And may a lush canopy spread over them from the tree that offers refuge, awakening, and fruition. As soon as we leave this life behind, may we be reborn in realms of the buddhas, and in all other lives of cyclic existence, may we exclusively do what benefits others.


c.­10

The number of sections has not been determined. In accord with the Indian text the length of the scripture amounts to thirty-six thousand ślokas. There appear to be a few unique archaic elements of writing. When dividing The Application of Mindfulness into sections of three hundred ślokas, there are one hundred and twenty sections.


n.

Notes

n.­1
For a more detailed summary of the contents of the sūtra, see Stuart 2012, pp. 35–69.
n.­2
For an in-depth presentation of this section on mindfulness of the body, see Kritzer 2020.
n.­3
Zhengfa nianchu jing 正法念處經 (Taishō 721). For more information on this version of the sūtra, see Lewis R. Lancaster, “K 801,” The Korean Buddhist Canon.
n.­4
The Chinese translation was produced by Gautama Prajñāruci, who translated the text from 538 to 541 ᴄᴇ.
n.­5
The AMSD is also the fourth-longest text in the entire Kangyur collection, where only The Detailed Explanations of Discipline (Toh 3, 2217 pages), The Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand Lines (Toh 8, 9398 pages), and The Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-five Thousand Lines (Toh 9, 2302 pages) are longer.
n.­6
The partial Sanskrit manuscript does not cover this latter part of the sūtra.
n.­7
Denkarma, 300.b.4. See also Herrmann-Pfandt 2008, p. 150, n. 271. For further details, see van der Kuijp 2009, pp. 8–13.
n.­8
Stuart 2012, pp. 25–29.
n.­15
Degé: mu stegs can spyod pa pa kun tu rgyu ba dag. Here we have taken the phrase (Skt. tīrthika-caraka-parivrājaka) as a generic designation for the same group of people: the flourishing communities of non-Buddhist mendicants of various religious outlooks, who lived as wandering spiritual seekers (śramaṇa) in India during the time of the Buddha. Often, these wandering practitioners of various religious paths would interact with each other and exchange views and practices, such as we hear in this scripture. Several of the Buddha’s foremost students, such as Śāriputra (a short form of Śāradvatīputra), were living the life of a wandering mendicant prior to meeting the Buddha.
n.­356
In the list of the twenty-seven realms located within the Heaven Free from Strife, which was given above (4.C.­4), this heaven is not included. Now it appears as the second realm.
n.­364
This realm is named the same way as the one just mentioned. Presumably this is a mistake, although it is unclear what an alternative name might be.
n.­398
It is unclear from the Tibetan text where the description of this realm begins. It is clear, however, that the description of the six stūpas that follows just below belongs to the realm of Moving in Gatherings. We have therefore inserted this headline at this point.
n.­537
Although this heading mentions twenty-two wholesome factors, only twenty-one are discussed in the text itself. See n.­538.
n.­543
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 this principle appears as the sixteenth.
n.­544
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 this principle appears as the seventeenth.
n.­545
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 this principle appears as the tenth.
n.­547
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 this principle appears as the eleventh.
n.­548
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 this principle appears as the twelfth.
n.­549
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 this principle appears as the thirteenth.
n.­550
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 this principle appears as the fourteenth.
n.­552
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 the corresponding principle appears as the fifteenth.
n.­553
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 this principle appears as the nineteenth.
n.­555
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 this principle appears as the twentieth.
n.­556
Note that in the list presented at 4.C.­2634 this principle appears as the twenty-first.
n.­557
Since one of the twenty-two points listed above (“gentle speech”) is not treated in the ensuing discussion, there are only twenty-one topics.
n.­558
It is unclear to us which (if any) of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife (mentioned above at 4.C.­4) this refers to.
n.­561
Note that the list at 4.C.­3018 enumerates this quality as the eighth.
n.­562
Note that the list at 4.C.­3018 enumerates this quality as the seventh.
n.­570
We have been unable to identify this food.
n.­571
Translated based on Stok: yi dags rnams. Degé: yi dags rnams sam.
n.­572
Translated based on Choné, Lithang, Narthang, Yongle, and Lhasa: shin tu smre bar gyur ba. Degé and Stok: shin tu sme bar gyur ba.
n.­573
Here, and throughout the remainder of the text, we have contracted what literally reads “carefully considers and attends to the body in terms of the internal body” as “carefully considers and attends to the internal body.” The same applies to the presentation of the external body. See also n.­17.
n.­574
Translation tentative. Tibetan: ltigs pa.
n.­575
The Tibetan here says fifty-four, but proceeds to enumerate only fifty.
n.­576
Translated based on Stok: ’dzin pa. Degé: ’jim pa.
n.­577
Translation tentative. Degé and Stok: tshil khra. Choné and Kangxi: tshil khri.
n.­578
Translation tentative. Tibetan: zas kyi gnas dang po.
n.­579
Translated based on Stok: jantumandharava. Degé: jantumāndara. Lithang, Kangxi, Choné, and Yongle: jantumāttara. Narthang: jantumādhara. Note that Monier-Williams defines jantumātṛ as “a kind of worm living in the bowels.”
n.­580
The text mentions another ailment that we have been unable to identify: mo dyA lang.
n.­581
Translation tentative. Degé: rgyun drag tu ’byung ba.
n.­582
Translated based on Stok: kha mi bde ba. Degé: ka mi bde ba.
n.­583
Degé: tsun tsu ra kaH. Stok: tsun tsu ra gaH. We have not been able to find a comparable Sanskrit word.
n.­584
Translated based on Stok: smin pa’i gnas. Degé: smin ma’i gnas.
n.­585
Translated based on Choné, Lithang, Narthang, Yongle, and Lhasa: rtsa. Degé and Stok: rgyus pa.
n.­586
Translated based on Choné, Lithang, Narthang, Stok, Yongle, and Lhasa: g.yan pa. Degé: g.yem pa.
n.­587
Translated based on Kangxi and Yongle: rig par ’gyur ro. Degé and Stok: rid par ’gyur ro. Choné, Lithang, Narthang, and Lhasa: ring bar ’gyur ro.
n.­588
Translated based on Kangxi, Yongle, Stok, and Lhasa: ’drud byed. Degé reads ’brud byed.
n.­589
Translation tentative. Tibetan: smin ma ’dra ba yang skye bar ’gyur.
n.­590
Translated based on Kangxi, Yongle, and Stok: rko glog. Degé: rko rlog.
n.­591
Translation tentative. Degé: phi spi skyes pa. Stok: phi pi skyes pa.
n.­592
Translated based on Stok: mnar ba byed pa. Degé: mner ba byed pa.
n.­593
Translation tentative. All sources: pho tshe.
n.­594
This worm is not covered in the explanations below.
n.­595
Translated based on Degé and Stok: auṭhīṅgā. Choné, Lithang, Kangxi, and Yongle: auṭṭīṅgā.
n.­596
Translated based on Stok: snyam par. Degé and the other witnesses: snyom par.
n.­597
Translated based on Stok: lgang phug. Degé: lgang pag.
n.­598
Although all editions here combine “thinker” and “enjoyer” as the name of a single species of worm, we treated them as two distinct worms in accord with the enumeration at 5.­114.
n.­599
The translation of ljang ngar as “hip” is speculative. Immediately below at the description of the leg-sleeping wind, this term is given as a synonym for “leg/calf” (byin pa). Given the present context, however, hip seems a more likely choice.
n.­600
Translation tentative. All sources read rgyus pa’i dra bas g.yogs par yang ljang ngar gcig gi yul phyogs su byed do.
n.­601
The translation of “chin” is speculative. All Tibetan sources read og sko.
n.­602
Previously, this worm was called “the driller.” Here all witnesses read so su ra. Perhaps this could represent the Sanskrit sausurāda, which Monier-Williams defines as “a kind of worm.” Farther below, this worm is called “the cavity worm” (Stok: rlubs can, Degé: slubs can).
n.­603
Translated based on Kangxi, Yongle, Stok, and Lhasa: ’drud byed. Degé: ’brud byed.
n.­604
Translated based on Stok: ’tsho ba. Degé: tsho ba.
n.­605
Translation tentative. All witnesses read kreng tor.
n.­606
Translation tentative. All witnesses read kha mngar po.
n.­607
The translation assumes lha ba, as appears in Kangxi, Choné, Yongle, and Stok. Degé reads lta ba.
n.­608
Translated based on Stok and Lhasa: mar gsar. Degé: mar sar.
n.­609
It seems there is a mistake in the text, as it should be the tooth-extractor wind that is described here. The upward-moving wind is taken up below.
n.­610
Just above, this wind was only called “the downward-moving wind.”
n.­611
Translation tentative. All witnesses read shu shu ’u ba.
n.­612
Translated based on Stok: glan. Degé: rlan.
n.­613
Translated based on Stok: gis. Degé: gi.
n.­614
Although all editions here combine “thinker” and “enjoyer” as the name of a single species of worm (kun du rtogs pas dga’ ba’i srin) we have treated them as two distinct worms in accord with the enumeration at 5.­114.
n.­615
Translated based on Kangxi, Choné, Narthang, Yongle, and Lhasa: rku bar byed. Degé and Stok: ku bar byed.
n.­616
Translation tentative, based on Kangxi, Choné, Narthang, Yongle, and Lhasa: rku bar byed. Degé and Stok: ku bar byed.
n.­617
Translation tentative. Degé: so so ba rnams legs par rab tu shes par byed pa dang / kun tu mdzes pa dang / tshor ba rnams dang / so so bar gyur pa’i chos rnams kyang rab tu shes par byed do.
n.­618
This “second age” refers to the age of threefold endowment. The Degé reads gnyis ldan gyi dus: typically this is the name of the third “age of twofold endowment,” however in this context the source seems to apply gnyis ldan as an ordinal number rather than the name of the age.
n.­619
This “third age” refers to the age of twofold endowment. The Degé reads gsum ldan gyi dus: typically this is the name of the second “age of threefold endowment,” however in this context the source seems to apply gsum ldan as an ordinal number rather than the name of the age.
n.­620
The “second age” here refers to the age of threefold endowment. See n.­618.
n.­621
The “third age” here refers to the age of twofold endowment. See n.­619.
n.­622
Translated based on Stok: tūrṇaka. Degé: sūrnaka.
n.­623
Translated based on Kangxi, Choné, Lithang, Narthang, Stok, Yongle, and Lhasa: btab pa. Degé: btag pa.
n.­624
The text only reads “five leagues.” We have added “thousand” as it seems to fit the context better.
n.­625
Translated based on Kangxi, Stok, Yongle, and Lhasa: mdza’ ba ma yin pa. Degé: dza’ ba ma yin pa.
n.­626
Farther down (5.­296) the text describes this mountain as being 84,000 leagues high, which is the standard number for the height of Mount Sumeru.
n.­627
Saṅkāśa means “to appear in sight.”
n.­628
Translation tentative. Degé: ’dzam bu gling na gnas pa gang yin pa chos kyi dus na ’chi ’phos par gyur pa de la ngang pa’i rgyal por’gyur te/ de de la rab tu gnas par byed pa yin no//.
n.­629
The list only includes fourteen ponds.
n.­630
Only twenty-eight classes are listed.
n.­631
Only nineteen species are enumerated.
n.­632
Twenty-two species appear to be listed.
n.­633
It is not clear what “the second” refers to. Perhaps it could be Garland Abode, which was not described previously. However, Garland Abode was listed as the third of the five areas.
n.­634
Translation tentative. All witnesses read me tog gin ye bar len pa.
n.­635
Translation tentative. All witnesses read rno ba’i me tog rnams.
n.­636
Translated based on Stok: rgya. Degé: brgya.
n.­637
Translated based on Choné, Lhasa, Lithang, Narthang, Kangxi, Yongle, and Stok: tsva ldum. Degé: tsva rdum.
n.­638
The Tibetan literally reads, “There is not even as much as a hole made by a needle (khab kyis phug pa tsam yang med do).”
n.­639
This name is a tentative rendering of the Tibetan ba len+d+ra.
n.­640
This name is a tentative rendering of the Tibetan ne bai pA la. According to the Tibetan colophon this person is said to have founded Jagaddala Monastery, an act normally linked to King Rāmapāla, whose reign also coincides with the time of composition of this colophon.
n.­641
Buchikpa means “only child.”
n.­642
This name means “light of insight.”

b.

Bibliography

’phags pa dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa. Toh 287, Degé Kangyur vol. 68 (mdo sde, ya), folios 82a–318a; vol. 69 (mdo sde, ra), folios 1.b–307.a; vol. 70 (mdo sde, la), folios 1.b–312.a; and vol. 71 (mdo sde, sha), folios 1.b–229.b.

’phags pa dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa. bka’ ’gyur (dpe bsdur ma) [Comparative Edition of the Kangyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ’jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 108 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), vol. 68, 238–842; vol. 69, 3–828; vol. 70, 3–821; and vol. 71, 3–603.

’phags pa dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa. Stok Palace Kangyur, vol. 82 (mdo sde, ki), folios 1.b–378; vol. 83 (mdo sde, khi), folios 1.b–370.b; vol. 84 (mdo sde, gi), folios 1.b–383.b; and vol. 85 (mdo sde, ghi), folios 1.b–419.b.

Zhengfa nianchu jing 正法念處經. In Taishō Tripiṭaka. Edited by Junjirō Takakusu and Kaigyoku Watanabe. Vol. 17, no. 721.

Cabezón, José Ignacio. Sexuality in Classical South Asian Buddhism. Sommerville, MA: Wisdom Publications, 2017.

Demoto, Mitsuyo (2009). “Die 128 Nebenhöllen nach dem Saddharmasmṛ- tyupasthānasūtra.” Pāsādikadānam: Festschrift für Bhikkhu Pāsādika, edited by Martin Straube, Roland Steiner, Jayandra Soni, Michael Hahn, and Mitsuyo Demoto. Marburg: Indica et Tibetica Verlag, 2009: 61–88.

Demoto, Mitsuyo, ed. Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna­sūtra: Critical Edition of Ch. 3. Unpublished draft, last modified July 2012. PDF file.

Denkarma (pho brang stod thang ldan [/ lhan] dkar gyi chos ’gyur ro cog gi dkar chag). Degé Tengyur, vol. 206 (sna tshogs, jo), folios 294.b–310.a.

Herrmann-Pfandt, Adelheid. Die lHan kar ma: ein früher Katalog der ins Tibetische übersetzten buddhistischen Texte. Vienna: Verlag der österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 2008.

Kritzer, Robert (Forthcoming). “Worms in Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna­sūtra.” In Memorial Volume for Helmut Krasser. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.

Kritzer, Robert (2020). “Meditation on the Body in Chapter 7 of Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna­sūtra.” Religions 11, no. 6 (2020): 283.

Lin, Li-kuoung, & P. Demiéville. L’aide-mémoire de la vraie loi. Paris: Adrien-Maisonneuve, 1949.

Mizuno, Kogen. “On the Ārya-saddharmasmrtyupasthāna-sūtra.” Journal of Indian and Buddhist Studies (Indogaku Bukkyogaku Kenkyu) 12 (September 1964): 38–47.

Moretti, Costantino. “The Thirty-six Categories of ‘Hungry Ghosts’ Described in the Sūtra of the Foundations of Mindfulness of the True Law.” Fantômes dans l’Extrême-Orient D’hier et D’aujourd’hui. Edited by Vincent Durand Dastès, 43–69. Paris: INALCO, 2017.

Rangjung Dorjé (rang byung rdo rje). dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar bzhag pa’i mdo yi don snang bar byed pa’i bstan bcos. Lhasa: bod ljongs mi dmangs dpe skrun khang, 2010.

Stuart, Daniel M. (2012). “A Less Traveled Path: Meditation and Textual Practice in the Saddharmasmṛtyupasthāna(sūtra).” PhD diss., University of California, Berkeley.

Stuart, Daniel M. (2015a). A Less Traveled Path: Saddharmasmṛtyupasthānasūtra Chapter 2, Critically edited with A Study on Its Structure and Significance for the Development of Buddhist Meditation. Sanskrit Texts from the Tibetan Autonomous Region (STTAR) 18. Beijing and Vienna: China Tibetology Publishing House and Austrian Academy of Sciences Press, 2015.

Stuart, Daniel M. (2015b). “Power in Practice: Cosmic Sovereignty Envisioned in Buddhism’s Middle Period.” The Critical Review for Buddhist Studies 18 (2015): 165–96.

Stuart, Daniel M. (2017a). “Yogācāra Substrata? Precedent Frames for Yogācāra Thought among Third-Century Yoga Practitioners in Greater Gandhāra.” Journal of Indian Philosophy 46 (October 2017): 193–240.

Stuart, Daniel M. (2017b). “Unmanifest Perceptions: Mind-Matter Interdependence and Its Consequences in Buddhist Thought and Practice.” In Śrāvakabhūmi and Buddhist Manuscripts, edited by Jundo Nagashima and Seongcheol Kim, 109–71. Tokyo: Nombre, 2017.

Stuart, Daniel M. (2019). “Becoming Animal: Karma and the Animal Realm Envisioned through an Early Yogācāra Lens.” Religions 10, no. 6 (2019): 363.

van der Kuijp, Leonard W. J. “On the Vicissitudes of Subhūticandra’s Kāmadhenu Commentary on the Amarakoṣa in Tibet.” Journal of the International Association of Tibetan Studies, no. 5 (December 2009): 1–105.

Wallace, Vesna A., ed. Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna­sūtra: Critical Edition of Ch. 1. Unpublished draft, last modified May 10, 2020. PDF file.


g.

Glossary

Types of attestation for names and terms of the corresponding source language

AS

Attested in source text

This term is attested in a manuscript used as a source for this translation.

AO

Attested in other text

This term is attested in other manuscripts with a parallel or similar context.

AD

Attested in dictionary

This term is attested in dictionaries matching Tibetan to the corresponding language.

AA

Approximate attestation

The attestation of this name is approximate. It is based on other names where the relationship between the Tibetan and source language is attested in dictionaries or other manuscripts.

RP

Reconstruction from Tibetan phonetic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the Tibetan phonetic rendering of the term.

RS

Reconstruction from Tibetan semantic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the semantics of the Tibetan translation.

SU

Source unspecified

This term has been supplied from an unspecified source, which most often is a widely trusted dictionary.

g.­1

A Thousand Houses

Wylie:
  • khang bu stong
Tibetan:
  • ཁང་བུ་སྟོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Refers to Encircled by a Thousand Houses in Ornament of the Mind.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.C.­428
g.­2

Abhayākaragupta

Wylie:
  • a bha ya ka ra gup+ta
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་བྷ་ཡ་ཀ་ར་གུཔྟ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhayā­kara­gupta

An Indian paṇḍita involved in translating this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­4
g.­3

Abhidharma

Wylie:
  • chos mngon pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་མངོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhidharma

The Buddha’s teachings regarding subjects such as wisdom, psychology, metaphysics, and cosmology.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­940
  • c.­5
  • n.­193
  • g.­15
  • g.­1287
g.­5

Abhrakūṭa

Wylie:
  • a bhra kU TA
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་བྷྲ་ཀཱུ་ཊཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhrakūṭa

A city in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­390
g.­6

able one

Wylie:
  • thub
Tibetan:
  • ཐུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • muni

An ancient title given to ascetics, monks, hermits, and saints, namely, those who have attained the realization of a truth through their own contemplation and not by divine revelation.

Here also used as a specific epithet of the buddhas.

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­140-141
  • 2.­1399
  • 3.­138
  • 4.B.­64
  • 4.B.­612
  • 4.B.­854
  • 4.C.­787
  • 4.C.­973
  • 4.C.­1002
  • 4.C.­1015
  • 4.C.­1715
  • 4.C.­2716
  • 4.C.­2718
  • 4.C.­2891-2902
  • g.­1136
g.­8

abodes of Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmavihāra

The four abodes of Brahmā are love, compassion, joy, and equanimity.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­80
  • 2.­262
  • 4.C.­1396
  • 5.­362
g.­9

Abounding with Jewels

Wylie:
  • rin po che rnams kyis kun tu gang ba
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་རྣམས་ཀྱིས་ཀུན་ཏུ་གང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean far beyond Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­257
g.­10

Abrikṣabho

Wylie:
  • ’bri Sha b+ho
Tibetan:
  • འབྲི་ཥ་བྷོ།
Sanskrit:
  • abrikṣabho RP

A mountain in the sea south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­275
g.­11

Abundance

Wylie:
  • legs par gang ba
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་པར་གང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain between Godānīya and Videha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­401-402
g.­12

Abundant Kūrma Monsters

Wylie:
  • chu srin kU rma mang ba nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྲིན་ཀཱུ་རྨ་མང་བ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­13

Abundant Lions

Wylie:
  • seng ges kun nes gang ba
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེས་ཀུན་ནེས་གང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the sea west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­283
g.­18

Aḍitacandra

Wylie:
  • a Di ta tsan+d+ra
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་ཌི་ཏ་ཙནྡྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • aḍitacandra RP

Indian paṇḍita referred to in the sūtra’s colophon

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­5
g.­21

Adorned with Musāragalva

Wylie:
  • mu sa ra galba rgyan du byas pa
Tibetan:
  • མུ་ས་ར་གལྦ་རྒྱན་དུ་བྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­24

Adūva

Wylie:
  • a Du bA
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་ཌུ་བཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • adūva RP

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­26

affliction

Wylie:
  • nyon mongs
Tibetan:
  • ཉོན་མོངས།
Sanskrit:
  • kleśa

Literally “pain,” “torment,” or “affliction.” In Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit it literally means “impurity” or “depravity.” In its technical use in Buddhism it means any negative quality in the mind that causes continued existence in saṃsāra. There are the 84,000 variations of mental disturbances for which the 84,000 categories of the Buddha’s teachings serve as the antidote. These mental disturbances can be subsumed into the three or five poisons of attachment, aversion, and ignorance plus arrogance and jealousy.

Located in 170 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­13
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­95
  • 1.­101
  • 1.­117-118
  • 1.­129
  • 1.­132
  • 1.­140
  • 1.­143
  • 2.­32
  • 2.­49
  • 2.­70
  • 2.­84
  • 2.­91
  • 2.­114
  • 2.­119-120
  • 2.­144
  • 2.­149-150
  • 2.­153
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­249-251
  • 2.­256-257
  • 2.­262
  • 2.­274-277
  • 2.­279
  • 2.­282
  • 2.­285
  • 2.­288
  • 2.­290-291
  • 2.­293
  • 2.­602
  • 2.­607
  • 2.­692
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­708-709
  • 2.­782
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­954
  • 2.­1138
  • 2.­1149
  • 2.­1211
  • 2.­1480
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­39
  • 3.­377
  • 4.A.­277
  • 4.A.­331
  • 4.B.­115
  • 4.B.­117
  • 4.B.­292
  • 4.B.­438
  • 4.B.­487
  • 4.B.­505
  • 4.B.­549
  • 4.B.­629
  • 4.B.­713
  • 4.B.­739
  • 4.B.­930-931
  • 4.B.­1009
  • 4.B.­1079-1080
  • 4.B.­1100
  • 4.B.­1105-1106
  • 4.B.­1139
  • 4.B.­1152
  • 4.B.­1154
  • 4.B.­1171
  • 4.B.­1175
  • 4.B.­1187-1188
  • 4.B.­1205
  • 4.B.­1231
  • 4.B.­1289
  • 4.B.­1322
  • 4.B.­1349
  • 4.B.­1406
  • 4.C.­554
  • 4.C.­747
  • 4.C.­835
  • 4.C.­929
  • 4.C.­945
  • 4.C.­1141
  • 4.C.­1211
  • 4.C.­1246
  • 4.C.­1316
  • 4.C.­1318
  • 4.C.­1360
  • 4.C.­1366-1367
  • 4.C.­1375
  • 4.C.­1411
  • 4.C.­1418
  • 4.C.­1427-1428
  • 4.C.­1437-1438
  • 4.C.­1506
  • 4.C.­1525
  • 4.C.­1557
  • 4.C.­1573
  • 4.C.­1575
  • 4.C.­1956
  • 4.C.­2120
  • 4.C.­2244
  • 4.C.­2265
  • 4.C.­2347
  • 4.C.­2447
  • 4.C.­2491
  • 4.C.­2494
  • 4.C.­2523
  • 4.C.­2525
  • 4.C.­2532
  • 4.C.­2552
  • 4.C.­2558
  • 4.C.­2562
  • 4.C.­2566
  • 4.C.­2647
  • 4.C.­2670
  • 4.C.­2694
  • 4.C.­2727
  • 4.C.­2766
  • 4.C.­2802
  • 4.C.­2806
  • 4.C.­2823
  • 4.C.­2860
  • 4.C.­2893
  • 4.C.­2920
  • 4.C.­2922
  • 4.C.­2927
  • 4.C.­3023
  • 4.C.­3025
  • 4.C.­3030
  • 4.C.­3032-3033
  • 4.C.­3037
  • 4.C.­3056
  • 4.C.­3071
  • 5.­2-3
  • 5.­102
  • 5.­123
  • 5.­127
  • 5.­152
  • 5.­204
  • 5.­227
  • 5.­229
  • 5.­315
  • 5.­325
  • 5.­371
  • 5.­383
  • n.­72
  • n.­194
  • n.­445
  • g.­256
  • g.­874
  • g.­974
g.­27

age of excellence

Wylie:
  • bzang ldan gyi dus
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་ལྡན་གྱི་དུས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

In the context of this sūtra, this appears to refer to the “age of perfection.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­177
  • 5.­235
  • 5.­242
  • 5.­247
  • 5.­254
g.­28

age of perfection

Wylie:
  • rdzogs ldan gyi dus
Tibetan:
  • རྫོགས་ལྡན་གྱི་དུས།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛtayuga

The first of the four ages of human life in Jambudvīpa. Humans in this age enjoy good qualities such as long lifespans free from disease (see 5.­238). Over the course of the four ages humans will lose a quarter of these qualities between each age.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­450
  • 5.­238
  • g.­27
  • g.­29
  • g.­30
  • g.­31
  • g.­497
g.­29

age of strife

Wylie:
  • rtsod ldan gyi dus
Tibetan:
  • རྩོད་ལྡན་གྱི་དུས།
Sanskrit:
  • kaliyuga

The last of the four ages of human life in Jambudvīpa. In this age humans are endowed with only one remaining quarter of the good qualities that they had during the age of perfection.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­177
  • 5.­241
  • 5.­245-246
  • g.­497
g.­30

age of threefold endowment

Wylie:
  • gsum ldan gyi dus
Tibetan:
  • གསུམ་ལྡན་གྱི་དུས།
Sanskrit:
  • tretayuga

The second of the four ages of human life in Jambudvīpa. In this age humans are endowed with three quarters of the good qualities that they had during the age of perfection.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­204
  • 4.B.­907
  • n.­618-620
  • g.­497
g.­31

age of twofold endowment

Wylie:
  • gnyis ldan gyi dus
Tibetan:
  • གཉིས་ལྡན་གྱི་དུས།
Sanskrit:
  • dvāparayuga

The third of the four ages of human life in Jambudvīpa. In this age humans are endowed with two quarters, or half of the good qualities that they had during the age of perfection.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­907
  • n.­618-619
  • n.­621
g.­32

aggregate

Wylie:
  • phung po
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • skandha

The five psycho-physical components of personal experience: form, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness.

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­91
  • 2.­62
  • 2.­104
  • 2.­106-109
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­124
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­140-141
  • 2.­161
  • 2.­825
  • 2.­1034-1035
  • 2.­1269
  • 2.­1273
  • 4.B.­107
  • 4.B.­1094
  • 4.B.­1189
  • 4.C.­538
  • 4.C.­598
  • 4.C.­1059
  • 4.C.­1091-1092
  • 4.C.­1209
  • 4.C.­1238
  • 4.C.­1426
  • 4.C.­1496-1497
  • 4.C.­1637
  • 4.C.­1796
  • 4.C.­1866
  • 4.C.­2028
  • 4.C.­2037
  • 4.C.­2108
  • 4.C.­2157
  • 4.C.­2245
  • 4.C.­2323
  • 4.C.­2483
  • 4.C.­2740
  • 4.C.­2843
  • 4.C.­2863
  • 4.C.­3067
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­138
  • 5.­192
  • 5.­204
  • n.­35
  • n.­421
  • n.­518
  • g.­874
  • g.­974
  • g.­1348
g.­35

Airāvaṇa

Wylie:
  • sa srung gi bu
Tibetan:
  • ས་སྲུང་གི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • airāvaṇa

Śakra’s elephant.

Located in 44 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­37
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­113
  • 3.­289
  • 3.­293-296
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­328-329
  • 3.­346
  • 3.­348-349
  • 3.­354
  • 3.­356-357
  • 3.­359-360
  • 3.­362-363
  • 3.­371
  • 4.B.­125-126
  • 4.B.­245-247
  • 4.B.­257
  • 4.B.­260-261
  • 4.B.­263
  • 4.B.­964
  • 4.B.­985
  • 4.B.­998
  • 4.B.­1073
  • 4.C.­1126
  • g.­23
  • g.­131
  • g.­263
  • g.­282
  • g.­386
  • g.­387
  • g.­1258
  • g.­1381
g.­38

All the People

Wylie:
  • skye bo thams cad
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་བོ་ཐམས་ཅད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­40

All-Reaching

Wylie:
  • nye ’khor na khyab pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་འཁོར་ན་ཁྱབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­41

alms

Wylie:
  • bsod snyoms
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་སྙོམས།
Sanskrit:
  • piṇḍapāta

The sharing of merit as food, drink, etc. is offered to members of the saṅgha.

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • p.­2
  • p.­4-5
  • p.­8
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­95
  • 2.­149-150
  • 2.­445
  • 2.­723
  • 2.­837
  • 4.B.­367
  • 4.B.­469
  • 4.B.­1000
  • 4.B.­1143
  • 4.B.­1159
  • 4.B.­1162
  • 4.C.­910
  • 4.C.­1083
  • 4.C.­1218-1219
  • 4.C.­1223
  • 4.C.­1475
  • 4.C.­1574
  • 4.C.­2455
  • 4.C.­2510
  • 4.C.­2734
  • 4.C.­2737
  • 4.C.­2757
  • 5.­57
g.­43

Always Joyous

Wylie:
  • rtag tu dga’ ba
  • rtag tu mngon par dga’ ba
  • tin di kun dga’
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
  • རྟག་ཏུ་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
  • ཏིན་དི་ཀུན་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A park in Sustained by Fruition (rtag tu dga’ ba). (2) A pleasure grove in High Conduct (rtag tu dga’ ba). (3) A pond on Equal Peaks (rtag tu mngon par dga’ ba). (4) A forest of the asuras (tin di kun dga’).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­127
  • 4.A.­17
  • 4.B.­1297
  • 5.­335
g.­44

Ānanda

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ānanda

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A major śrāvaka disciple and personal attendant of the Buddha Śākyamuni during the last twenty-five years of his life. He was a cousin of the Buddha (according to the Mahāvastu, he was a son of Śuklodana, one of the brothers of King Śuddhodana, which means he was a brother of Devadatta; other sources say he was a son of Amṛtodana, another brother of King Śuddhodana, which means he would have been a brother of Aniruddha).

Ānanda, having always been in the Buddha’s presence, is said to have memorized all the teachings he heard and is celebrated for having recited all the Buddha’s teachings by memory at the first council of the Buddhist saṅgha, thus preserving the teachings after the Buddha’s parinirvāṇa. The phrase “Thus did I hear at one time,” found at the beginning of the sūtras, usually stands for his recitation of the teachings. He became a patriarch after the passing of Mahākāśyapa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­57
g.­45

Anavatapta

Wylie:
  • ma dros pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་དྲོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anavatapta

A lake near Mount Sumeru.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­325
  • 5.­391
g.­47

Aṅga

Wylie:
  • ang ga
Tibetan:
  • ཨང་ག
Sanskrit:
  • aṅga RP

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­139
g.­48

animal

Wylie:
  • dud ’gro
Tibetan:
  • དུད་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • tīryak

One of the five or six classes of sentient beings, who suffer from gross ignorance or bewilderment (gti mug, moha). They inhabit the realm of desire along with human beings.

Located in 512 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­20
  • 1.­23-24
  • 1.­26-34
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­53
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­81
  • 1.­97
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­120
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­122
  • 2.­128
  • 2.­131
  • 2.­134
  • 2.­136
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­214
  • 2.­219
  • 2.­228
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­239
  • 2.­245-246
  • 2.­248
  • 2.­264-266
  • 2.­268
  • 2.­302-303
  • 2.­313
  • 2.­316-317
  • 2.­320
  • 2.­349
  • 2.­362
  • 2.­377
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­391
  • 2.­393
  • 2.­395
  • 2.­398-400
  • 2.­403
  • 2.­406
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­416
  • 2.­428
  • 2.­431
  • 2.­433
  • 2.­437
  • 2.­442
  • 2.­445
  • 2.­448
  • 2.­477
  • 2.­481
  • 2.­485
  • 2.­499
  • 2.­503
  • 2.­506
  • 2.­509
  • 2.­513
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­520
  • 2.­523
  • 2.­526
  • 2.­530
  • 2.­533
  • 2.­536
  • 2.­539
  • 2.­548
  • 2.­569
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­583
  • 2.­605
  • 2.­609
  • 2.­612
  • 2.­615
  • 2.­618
  • 2.­621
  • 2.­625
  • 2.­629
  • 2.­634
  • 2.­638
  • 2.­641
  • 2.­644
  • 2.­648
  • 2.­652
  • 2.­679
  • 2.­696
  • 2.­701
  • 2.­704
  • 2.­720
  • 2.­723
  • 2.­730
  • 2.­754
  • 2.­762
  • 2.­765
  • 2.­776
  • 2.­780
  • 2.­866
  • 2.­870
  • 2.­874
  • 2.­887
  • 2.­892
  • 2.­895
  • 2.­905
  • 2.­914
  • 2.­918
  • 2.­920
  • 2.­924
  • 2.­930
  • 2.­935
  • 2.­940
  • 2.­943
  • 2.­946
  • 2.­950
  • 2.­1039
  • 2.­1141-1142
  • 2.­1155
  • 2.­1158
  • 2.­1162
  • 2.­1183
  • 2.­1188
  • 2.­1201
  • 2.­1205
  • 2.­1219
  • 2.­1222
  • 2.­1225
  • 2.­1251
  • 2.­1261
  • 2.­1264
  • 2.­1296
  • 2.­1298
  • 2.­1355
  • 3.­6-20
  • 3.­22-25
  • 3.­27-29
  • 3.­31-33
  • 3.­35-36
  • 3.­62-63
  • 3.­78
  • 3.­86
  • 3.­93
  • 3.­128
  • 3.­131
  • 3.­184
  • 3.­194-195
  • 3.­252
  • 3.­269
  • 3.­320
  • 3.­335
  • 3.­347
  • 3.­350
  • 3.­353
  • 3.­379
  • 4.­1
  • 4.A.­3
  • 4.A.­33
  • 4.A.­53
  • 4.A.­58
  • 4.A.­69
  • 4.A.­80
  • 4.A.­82
  • 4.A.­85
  • 4.A.­88
  • 4.A.­92
  • 4.A.­97
  • 4.A.­101
  • 4.A.­107
  • 4.A.­131
  • 4.A.­133
  • 4.A.­136
  • 4.A.­157
  • 4.A.­162
  • 4.A.­182
  • 4.A.­201
  • 4.A.­204
  • 4.A.­207
  • 4.A.­216
  • 4.A.­220
  • 4.A.­223
  • 4.A.­246
  • 4.A.­259
  • 4.A.­262
  • 4.A.­265
  • 4.A.­269
  • 4.A.­275
  • 4.A.­279
  • 4.A.­298
  • 4.A.­303
  • 4.A.­311
  • 4.A.­322
  • 4.A.­331
  • 4.A.­338
  • 4.A.­345
  • 4.A.­377
  • 4.A.­381
  • 4.A.­398
  • 4.A.­402
  • 4.A.­406
  • 4.B.­101-103
  • 4.B.­106
  • 4.B.­115
  • 4.B.­125
  • 4.B.­128
  • 4.B.­153
  • 4.B.­158
  • 4.B.­194
  • 4.B.­204
  • 4.B.­214
  • 4.B.­234
  • 4.B.­262-263
  • 4.B.­293
  • 4.B.­295
  • 4.B.­314
  • 4.B.­320
  • 4.B.­338
  • 4.B.­350
  • 4.B.­358
  • 4.B.­366
  • 4.B.­395
  • 4.B.­405
  • 4.B.­412
  • 4.B.­424
  • 4.B.­450
  • 4.B.­466-467
  • 4.B.­500
  • 4.B.­503-504
  • 4.B.­506
  • 4.B.­524
  • 4.B.­529
  • 4.B.­542
  • 4.B.­583
  • 4.B.­585-586
  • 4.B.­692
  • 4.B.­715
  • 4.B.­718
  • 4.B.­748
  • 4.B.­753-755
  • 4.B.­783-784
  • 4.B.­814
  • 4.B.­845-850
  • 4.B.­860
  • 4.B.­864
  • 4.B.­877
  • 4.B.­894
  • 4.B.­938
  • 4.B.­962
  • 4.B.­987
  • 4.B.­998
  • 4.B.­1001
  • 4.B.­1029
  • 4.B.­1071
  • 4.B.­1079
  • 4.B.­1113
  • 4.B.­1211-1213
  • 4.B.­1222
  • 4.B.­1238
  • 4.B.­1244-1249
  • 4.B.­1253
  • 4.B.­1293
  • 4.B.­1300
  • 4.B.­1326
  • 4.B.­1355
  • 4.B.­1374
  • 4.B.­1379
  • 4.B.­1393
  • 4.C.­105-106
  • 4.C.­115
  • 4.C.­117
  • 4.C.­170
  • 4.C.­179
  • 4.C.­235-236
  • 4.C.­263
  • 4.C.­270
  • 4.C.­273
  • 4.C.­334
  • 4.C.­394
  • 4.C.­422
  • 4.C.­511
  • 4.C.­531
  • 4.C.­535
  • 4.C.­597
  • 4.C.­607
  • 4.C.­613
  • 4.C.­623
  • 4.C.­692-694
  • 4.C.­707
  • 4.C.­727
  • 4.C.­789
  • 4.C.­821
  • 4.C.­835
  • 4.C.­891
  • 4.C.­956
  • 4.C.­975
  • 4.C.­1009
  • 4.C.­1039
  • 4.C.­1048
  • 4.C.­1070
  • 4.C.­1096
  • 4.C.­1101
  • 4.C.­1116-1117
  • 4.C.­1124
  • 4.C.­1185
  • 4.C.­1218
  • 4.C.­1227-1229
  • 4.C.­1231
  • 4.C.­1241
  • 4.C.­1246
  • 4.C.­1252
  • 4.C.­1256-1257
  • 4.C.­1294
  • 4.C.­1330
  • 4.C.­1343
  • 4.C.­1353
  • 4.C.­1358-1359
  • 4.C.­1363
  • 4.C.­1375
  • 4.C.­1382-1384
  • 4.C.­1387
  • 4.C.­1389
  • 4.C.­1391
  • 4.C.­1395
  • 4.C.­1434
  • 4.C.­1482
  • 4.C.­1496
  • 4.C.­1520
  • 4.C.­1557
  • 4.C.­1575-1576
  • 4.C.­1651
  • 4.C.­1662
  • 4.C.­1734
  • 4.C.­1754
  • 4.C.­1839
  • 4.C.­1918
  • 4.C.­1952
  • 4.C.­1956
  • 4.C.­1969
  • 4.C.­2022
  • 4.C.­2105
  • 4.C.­2161
  • 4.C.­2221
  • 4.C.­2244
  • 4.C.­2248
  • 4.C.­2262
  • 4.C.­2265
  • 4.C.­2291-2293
  • 4.C.­2301
  • 4.C.­2337
  • 4.C.­2441
  • 4.C.­2467
  • 4.C.­2492
  • 4.C.­2496
  • 4.C.­2521-2522
  • 4.C.­2525
  • 4.C.­2533
  • 4.C.­2535
  • 4.C.­2550
  • 4.C.­2576
  • 4.C.­2600
  • 4.C.­2621
  • 4.C.­2638-2639
  • 4.C.­2646
  • 4.C.­2652
  • 4.C.­2666
  • 4.C.­2705-2706
  • 4.C.­2746-2748
  • 4.C.­2750
  • 4.C.­2752-2754
  • 4.C.­2835
  • 4.C.­2839
  • 4.C.­2859
  • 4.C.­2884
  • 4.C.­2886
  • 4.C.­2938
  • 4.C.­2951
  • 4.C.­2983
  • 4.C.­2993
  • 4.C.­3028
  • 4.C.­3031
  • 4.C.­3041
  • 4.C.­3051
  • 4.C.­3058
  • 4.C.­3087
  • 5.­6
  • 5.­34-36
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­279
  • 5.­309
  • 5.­315
  • 5.­345-346
  • 5.­348
  • 5.­351
  • 5.­366
  • 5.­372
  • 5.­375
  • 5.­396
  • 5.­403
  • 5.­410
  • 5.­413
  • 5.­419
  • n.­157
  • n.­159
  • n.­175
  • n.­203-204
  • n.­207-209
  • n.­327-340
  • n.­507-509
  • g.­445
  • g.­780
g.­49

Aṇira

Wylie:
  • a Ni ra
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་ཎི་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • aṇira RP

A city in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­390
g.­50

Antelope Dress

Wylie:
  • rna ba gon pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣ་བ་གོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­249
g.­51

Anūna

Wylie:
  • a nU na
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་ནཱུ་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • anūna

A mountain in the east of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­249
  • g.­734
g.­52

Any Taste You Like

Wylie:
  • ji ltar ’dod pa’i ro
Tibetan:
  • ཇི་ལྟར་འདོད་པའི་རོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­53

Ardhamaru

Wylie:
  • ar dha ma ru
Tibetan:
  • ཨར་དྷ་མ་རུ།
Sanskrit:
  • ardhamaru RP

A mountain in the sea west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­285-286
  • g.­860
  • g.­1082
g.­54

Arjuna

Wylie:
  • ardzu naH
Tibetan:
  • ཨརྫུ་ནཿ།
Sanskrit:
  • arjuna RP

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­55

Army of Heroes

Wylie:
  • dpa’ bo’i sde
Tibetan:
  • དཔའ་བོའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­56

aśoka

Wylie:
  • mya ngan med
Tibetan:
  • མྱ་ངན་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • aśoka

Saraca asoca. The aromatic blossoms of this plant are clustered together as orange, yellow, and red bunches of petals.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­81
  • 3.­95
  • 4.C.­440
  • 5.­316
  • 5.­326
  • 5.­349
  • 5.­356
  • 5.­401
g.­57

asura

Wylie:
  • lha ma yin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit:
  • asura

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A type of nonhuman being whose precise status is subject to different views, but is included as one of the six classes of beings in the sixfold classification of realms of rebirth. In the Buddhist context, asuras are powerful beings said to be dominated by envy, ambition, and hostility. They are also known in the pre-Buddhist and pre-Vedic mythologies of India and Iran, and feature prominently in Vedic and post-Vedic Brahmanical mythology, as well as in the Buddhist tradition. In these traditions, asuras are often described as being engaged in interminable conflict with the devas (gods).

Located in 371 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­9
  • 1.­44
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­92
  • 1.­94
  • 2.­94
  • 2.­969
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1038-1039
  • 3.­62
  • 3.­64-66
  • 3.­75-77
  • 3.­79
  • 3.­81-82
  • 3.­86
  • 3.­90-94
  • 3.­96-103
  • 3.­109-110
  • 3.­112-113
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­117
  • 3.­123-131
  • 3.­133
  • 3.­135-136
  • 3.­163-167
  • 3.­170-171
  • 3.­173
  • 3.­179-184
  • 3.­192-206
  • 3.­208-254
  • 3.­256-259
  • 3.­261-290
  • 3.­292-294
  • 3.­297-301
  • 3.­303-304
  • 3.­306-310
  • 3.­313-331
  • 3.­333-345
  • 3.­349
  • 3.­351-362
  • 3.­365-369
  • 3.­372-375
  • 4.A.­133
  • 4.A.­212
  • 4.A.­364
  • 4.B.­22
  • 4.B.­58
  • 4.B.­123
  • 4.B.­126
  • 4.B.­139
  • 4.B.­175
  • 4.B.­230-232
  • 4.B.­244
  • 4.B.­258-259
  • 4.B.­261
  • 4.B.­263
  • 4.B.­275
  • 4.B.­308
  • 4.B.­310-311
  • 4.B.­313-317
  • 4.B.­334
  • 4.B.­359
  • 4.B.­446
  • 4.B.­535
  • 4.B.­784
  • 4.B.­807
  • 4.B.­822
  • 4.B.­845
  • 4.B.­848
  • 4.B.­874
  • 4.B.­890
  • 4.B.­965-967
  • 4.B.­981
  • 4.B.­984
  • 4.B.­1046
  • 4.B.­1073-1074
  • 4.B.­1076-1077
  • 4.B.­1079
  • 4.B.­1249
  • 4.C.­99
  • 4.C.­796
  • 4.C.­846
  • 4.C.­1124
  • 4.C.­1126
  • 4.C.­1238
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1298
  • 4.C.­2190
  • 4.C.­2192
  • 4.C.­2207-2208
  • 4.C.­2212
  • 4.C.­2214
  • 4.C.­2220
  • 4.C.­2224
  • 4.C.­2239
  • 4.C.­2243
  • 4.C.­2840
  • 4.C.­3108
  • 5.­256
  • 5.­266
  • 5.­271
  • 5.­285
  • 5.­288-289
  • 5.­292
  • 5.­294
  • 5.­296
  • 5.­303-304
  • 5.­345
  • 5.­399
  • n.­227
  • g.­4
  • g.­14
  • g.­19
  • g.­42
  • g.­43
  • g.­58
  • g.­84
  • g.­168
  • g.­184
  • g.­253
  • g.­270
  • g.­276
  • g.­283
  • g.­299
  • g.­327
  • g.­394
  • g.­399
  • g.­438
  • g.­440
  • g.­443
  • g.­445
  • g.­517
  • g.­532
  • g.­563
  • g.­569
  • g.­601
  • g.­647
  • g.­672
  • g.­699
  • g.­707
  • g.­753
  • g.­756
  • g.­834
  • g.­835
  • g.­868
  • g.­898
  • g.­904
  • g.­910
  • g.­922
  • g.­965
  • g.­991
  • g.­1027
  • g.­1032
  • g.­1044
  • g.­1061
  • g.­1070
  • g.­1071
  • g.­1073
  • g.­1095
  • g.­1122
  • g.­1128
  • g.­1218
  • g.­1237
  • g.­1327
  • g.­1328
  • g.­1402
  • g.­1433
g.­65

Attraction

Wylie:
  • sems song ba
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་སོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­390
g.­69

Babbler

Wylie:
  • ca co ba
Tibetan:
  • ཅ་ཅོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Upward Ocean.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­411
g.­70

Bādūtam

Wylie:
  • bA dU taM
Tibetan:
  • བཱ་དཱུ་ཏཾ།
Sanskrit:
  • bādūtam RP

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­71

Bāhiliko

Wylie:
  • ba hi li ko
Tibetan:
  • བ་ཧི་ལི་ཀོ
Sanskrit:
  • bāhiliko RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­74

Bamboo Growth

Wylie:
  • ’od mas skyes pa
Tibetan:
  • འོད་མས་སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­75

Bamboo Water

Wylie:
  • ’od ma’i chu
Tibetan:
  • འོད་མའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­76

Bamboos Everywhere

Wylie:
  • ’od mas khyab par gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • འོད་མས་ཁྱབ་པར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­77

Barbarā

Wylie:
  • bar ba rA
Tibetan:
  • བར་བ་རཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • barbarā RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­78

Bāsa

Wylie:
  • bA sa’i chu
Tibetan:
  • བཱ་སའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • bāsa RP

A river in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­265
g.­83

Beautiful Voice

Wylie:
  • grogs pa nyan
Tibetan:
  • གྲོགས་པ་ཉན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The horse that pulls the chariot of the sun.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­297
g.­84

Beauty

Wylie:
  • mdzes pa
  • rnam par mdzes pa
  • rnam mdzes
Tibetan:
  • མཛེས་པ།
  • རྣམ་པར་མཛེས་པ།
  • རྣམ་མཛེས།
Sanskrit:
  • śobhavanā

(1) A city at the fourth asura level, Immovable. (2) A lake on Equal Peaks. (3) A pond on Lofty Mound (rnam par mdzes pa). (3) Refers to Dwelling in Beauty (rnam mdzes).

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­184
  • 4.B.­305
  • 4.B.­308-310
  • 4.B.­318
  • 4.B.­320
  • 4.B.­474
  • 5.­334
  • n.­241
g.­85

Bees Everywhere

Wylie:
  • bung bas khyab pa
Tibetan:
  • བུང་བས་ཁྱབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­86

Beneficial Eyes

Wylie:
  • phan par ’jug pa’i mig
Tibetan:
  • ཕན་པར་འཇུག་པའི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­90

Bhaṇḍanā

Wylie:
  • b+hAN+Da nA
Tibetan:
  • བྷཱཎྜ་ནཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhaṇḍanā RP

A mountain off Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­419
g.­91

Bharata Abode

Wylie:
  • bha ra ta’i gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • བྷ་ར་ཏའི་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bharata RP

An island beyond Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­421
g.­92

Bhīduram

Wylie:
  • b+hI dU raM
Tibetan:
  • བྷཱི་དཱུ་རཾ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhīduram RP

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­93

Billowing Waters

Wylie:
  • chu g.yo ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Great Slope.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­406
g.­94

Billowing Waves

Wylie:
  • rlabs g.yo ba
Tibetan:
  • རླབས་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­95

Bilvaka of Sumeru

Wylie:
  • lhun po’i bi lwa kaH
Tibetan:
  • ལྷུན་པོའི་བི་ལྭ་ཀཿ།
Sanskrit:
  • bilvaka RP

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­96

Black Belly

Wylie:
  • nag po gsus pa
  • lto gnag
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ་གསུས་པ།
  • ལྟོ་གནག
Sanskrit:
  • kālodara

(1) An area in Kuru (nag po gsus pa). 2. One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment. (lto gnag), also called Raven’s Belly.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1152
  • 2.­1184
  • 2.­1188
  • 5.­386
  • n.­119
  • g.­1086
g.­97

Black Line Hell

Wylie:
  • thig nag
Tibetan:
  • ཐིག་ནག
Sanskrit:
  • kālasūtra

One of the eight hot hells.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­123
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­295
  • 2.­326
  • 2.­348
  • 2.­350
  • 2.­365
  • 2.­570
  • 2.­640
  • 2.­783
  • 4.A.­75
  • 4.B.­846
  • 4.B.­1222
  • 4.C.­1116
  • 4.C.­1237
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1258
  • 4.C.­1283
  • 4.C.­1286
  • 4.C.­2702
  • 5.­31-32
  • 5.­366
  • g.­678
  • g.­1405
  • g.­1428
g.­100

Black Swirling

Wylie:
  • nag po ’khyil ba
Tibetan:
  • ནག་པོ་འཁྱིལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river to the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­263
g.­101

Black Waters

Wylie:
  • chu nag po
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) An ocean far off the coast of Jambudvīpa. (2) A river on Forest Garlands.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­256-257
  • 5.­407
  • g.­344
g.­103

Blazing Gold

Wylie:
  • gser ’bar ba
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་འབར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in the eastern sea beyond Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­261
g.­104

Blazing Splendor

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid ’bar ba
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་འབར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • tejomālinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­693
  • g.­164
  • g.­1030
g.­105

Blessed One

Wylie:
  • bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagavān

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Buddhist literature, this is an epithet applied to buddhas, most often to Śākyamuni. The Sanskrit term generally means “possessing fortune,” but in specifically Buddhist contexts it implies that a buddha is in possession of six auspicious qualities (bhaga) associated with complete awakening. The Tibetan term‍—where bcom is said to refer to “subduing” the four māras, ldan to “possessing” the great qualities of buddhahood, and ’das to “going beyond” saṃsāra and nirvāṇa‍—possibly reflects the commentarial tradition where the Sanskrit bhagavat is interpreted, in addition, as “one who destroys the four māras.” This is achieved either by reading bhagavat as bhagnavat (“one who broke”), or by tracing the word bhaga to the root √bhañj (“to break”).

Located in 191 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • p.­2
  • p.­6-10
  • 1.­79
  • 2.­113
  • 3.­56
  • 4.A.­54
  • 4.A.­84
  • 4.A.­86-88
  • 4.B.­107-108
  • 4.B.­142
  • 4.B.­145
  • 4.B.­326
  • 4.B.­328
  • 4.B.­331
  • 4.B.­335
  • 4.B.­337
  • 4.B.­592
  • 4.B.­605
  • 4.B.­657
  • 4.B.­661-662
  • 4.B.­674
  • 4.B.­676-677
  • 4.B.­688-690
  • 4.B.­719
  • 4.B.­811-812
  • 4.B.­826
  • 4.B.­829-830
  • 4.B.­841
  • 4.B.­843-844
  • 4.B.­859
  • 4.B.­1154
  • 4.B.­1168
  • 4.B.­1181
  • 4.B.­1183
  • 4.B.­1224
  • 4.B.­1281
  • 4.C.­87-97
  • 4.C.­99
  • 4.C.­101
  • 4.C.­103-105
  • 4.C.­118
  • 4.C.­131-139
  • 4.C.­141
  • 4.C.­144
  • 4.C.­167
  • 4.C.­708
  • 4.C.­814-815
  • 4.C.­817
  • 4.C.­822
  • 4.C.­832
  • 4.C.­837
  • 4.C.­842
  • 4.C.­846
  • 4.C.­848
  • 4.C.­874
  • 4.C.­894
  • 4.C.­911
  • 4.C.­917
  • 4.C.­919
  • 4.C.­936
  • 4.C.­948
  • 4.C.­957
  • 4.C.­988
  • 4.C.­1013
  • 4.C.­1015
  • 4.C.­1050
  • 4.C.­1052
  • 4.C.­1071
  • 4.C.­1076
  • 4.C.­1172
  • 4.C.­1183
  • 4.C.­1199
  • 4.C.­1210
  • 4.C.­1221
  • 4.C.­1226
  • 4.C.­1230-1231
  • 4.C.­1235-1236
  • 4.C.­1238
  • 4.C.­1245-1246
  • 4.C.­1261
  • 4.C.­1267-1268
  • 4.C.­1270-1272
  • 4.C.­1289
  • 4.C.­1296
  • 4.C.­1299
  • 4.C.­1318-1324
  • 4.C.­1337-1339
  • 4.C.­1350
  • 4.C.­1355
  • 4.C.­1369
  • 4.C.­1373
  • 4.C.­1398
  • 4.C.­1443
  • 4.C.­1452
  • 4.C.­1476
  • 4.C.­1485
  • 4.C.­1495
  • 4.C.­1501
  • 4.C.­1512
  • 4.C.­1517
  • 4.C.­1526
  • 4.C.­1542
  • 4.C.­1547
  • 4.C.­1558
  • 4.C.­1569
  • 4.C.­1577-1578
  • 4.C.­1723
  • 4.C.­1727
  • 4.C.­1910
  • 4.C.­2177-2178
  • 4.C.­2261
  • 4.C.­2445
  • 4.C.­2447
  • 4.C.­2457
  • 4.C.­2477
  • 4.C.­2485
  • 4.C.­2490
  • 4.C.­2495
  • 4.C.­2499
  • 4.C.­2520
  • 4.C.­2530
  • 4.C.­2567
  • 4.C.­2631
  • 4.C.­2648
  • 4.C.­2723
  • 4.C.­2771
  • 4.C.­2780
  • 4.C.­2948
  • 4.C.­3005
  • 4.C.­3017
  • 4.C.­3022
  • 4.C.­3053
  • 4.C.­3086
  • 5.­1-2
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­383
  • 5.­429
  • n.­353
g.­108

Blissful Water

Wylie:
  • bde ba’i chu
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­109

Blocked Neck

Wylie:
  • mgrin pa ’gag pa
Tibetan:
  • མགྲིན་པ་འགག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Upward Ocean.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­411
g.­110

Blooming Park

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ ra ba’i rgyas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བའི་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­345
g.­111

Blue

Wylie:
  • sngon po
Tibetan:
  • སྔོན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean off Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­423
g.­113

Blue Shadows

Wylie:
  • grib ma sngon po
Tibetan:
  • གྲིབ་མ་སྔོན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­323-325
g.­114

Blue Stream

Wylie:
  • sngon ’bab
Tibetan:
  • སྔོན་འབབ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Flocking Peacocks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­408
g.­115

Blue Waters

Wylie:
  • chu sngon po
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྔོན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean far off the coast of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­257
  • g.­866
g.­118

Border Mountain

Wylie:
  • mtshams kyi mtha’i ri
Tibetan:
  • མཚམས་ཀྱི་མཐའི་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The mountain between Videha and Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­422
g.­122

Born Round

Wylie:
  • kun nas zlum par skyes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་ཟླུམ་པར་སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­123

Born Triangular

Wylie:
  • gru gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • གྲུ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­125

Brāgajyotiṣa

Wylie:
  • brA ga dz+yo ti Sha
Tibetan:
  • བྲཱ་ག་ཛྱོ་ཏི་ཥ།
Sanskrit:
  • brāgajyotiṣa RP

A mountain in the sea west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­292
g.­126

Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A high-ranking deity presiding over a divine world; he is also considered to be the lord of the Sahā world (our universe). Though not considered a creator god in Buddhism, Brahmā occupies an important place as one of two gods (the other being Indra/Śakra) said to have first exhorted the Buddha Śākyamuni to teach the Dharma. The particular heavens found in the form realm over which Brahmā rules are often some of the most sought-after realms of higher rebirth in Buddhist literature. Since there are many universes or world systems, there are also multiple Brahmās presiding over them. His most frequent epithets are “Lord of the Sahā World” (sahāṃpati) and Great Brahmā (mahābrahman).

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • p.­6
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­82
  • 2.­231
  • 2.­280
  • 2.­347
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­745
  • 2.­956
  • 2.­1285
  • 2.­1404-1405
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­123
  • 4.B.­910-911
  • 4.B.­1128
  • 4.C.­2685
  • 4.C.­2703
  • 4.C.­2705
  • 4.C.­3008
  • 4.C.­3017
  • 4.C.­3040
  • 4.C.­3043
  • 5.­383
  • g.­1294
g.­128

brahmin

Wylie:
  • bram ze
Tibetan:
  • བྲམ་ཟེ།
Sanskrit:
  • brāhmaṇa

A member of the brahmin caste.

Located in 174 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • p.­2
  • p.­6
  • p.­9
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­131
  • 2.­153
  • 2.­155
  • 2.­348
  • 2.­936
  • 2.­956
  • 2.­1205
  • 2.­1282
  • 2.­1294
  • 2.­1298-1299
  • 2.­1309
  • 2.­1404
  • 2.­1422
  • 3.­43
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­67-68
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­89
  • 3.­92
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­104
  • 3.­108
  • 3.­110-112
  • 3.­114-115
  • 3.­120-123
  • 3.­134
  • 3.­164
  • 3.­179
  • 3.­198
  • 3.­200-202
  • 3.­207
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­213
  • 3.­236
  • 3.­273
  • 3.­300
  • 3.­312-313
  • 3.­372
  • 4.A.­83
  • 4.A.­92
  • 4.A.­263
  • 4.B.­58
  • 4.B.­120
  • 4.B.­122
  • 4.B.­226-227
  • 4.B.­229
  • 4.B.­264-268
  • 4.B.­316
  • 4.B.­319
  • 4.B.­322
  • 4.B.­325
  • 4.B.­335
  • 4.B.­584
  • 4.B.­718
  • 4.B.­749
  • 4.B.­906-907
  • 4.B.­910
  • 4.B.­912-914
  • 4.B.­916
  • 4.B.­918
  • 4.B.­1073
  • 4.C.­99
  • 4.C.­815
  • 4.C.­846
  • 4.C.­910
  • 4.C.­930
  • 4.C.­1017
  • 4.C.­1259
  • 4.C.­1297
  • 4.C.­1299
  • 4.C.­1320
  • 4.C.­1324
  • 4.C.­1443
  • 4.C.­1449-1450
  • 4.C.­1919
  • 4.C.­1931
  • 4.C.­1943
  • 4.C.­2639-2640
  • 4.C.­2646
  • 4.C.­2650
  • 4.C.­2669-2671
  • 4.C.­2704
  • 4.C.­2708
  • 4.C.­2731
  • 4.C.­2745-2746
  • 4.C.­2748
  • 4.C.­2750-2752
  • 4.C.­2755-2758
  • 4.C.­2778
  • 4.C.­2820
  • 4.C.­2822
  • 4.C.­2838
  • 4.C.­2842-2843
  • 4.C.­2859
  • 4.C.­2861-2864
  • 4.C.­2874
  • 4.C.­2880-2884
  • 4.C.­2886-2888
  • 4.C.­2890
  • 4.C.­2904-2905
  • 4.C.­2907-2910
  • 4.C.­2918-2920
  • 4.C.­2922-2925
  • 4.C.­2928
  • 4.C.­2938-2939
  • 4.C.­3024
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­37
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­123
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­228
  • 5.­420
  • 5.­427
  • g.­387
  • g.­886
  • g.­1258
g.­129

Braided

Wylie:
  • ral pa can
Tibetan:
  • རལ་པ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A rākṣasī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­400
g.­130

Braided Shape

Wylie:
  • ral pa can gyi dbyibs
Tibetan:
  • རལ་པ་ཅན་གྱི་དབྱིབས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A vidyādhara site on Kālaka.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­281
g.­133

Bright River

Wylie:
  • rab tu dang ba’i chu
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་དང་བའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­134

Bright Waters

Wylie:
  • chu rab tu dang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་རབ་ཏུ་དང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean far off the coast of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­258-259
g.­136

Bubbles

Wylie:
  • dbu ba’i tshogs
Tibetan:
  • དབུ་བའི་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­139

Burning

Wylie:
  • rnam par sreg byed
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྲེག་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A land in the east of Jambudvīpa. (2) A river in the land known as Aṅga.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­249
g.­147

Caitra­ratha­vana

Wylie:
  • shing rta sna tshogs pa’i tshal
  • shing rta sna tshogs kyi tshal
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་རྟ་སྣ་ཚོགས་པའི་ཚལ།
  • ཤིང་རྟ་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཀྱི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • caitra­ratha­vana

(1) A forest on the eastern face of Sumeru. (2) Śakra’s arsenal.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­291
  • 3.­371
  • 5.­293-294
g.­148

Cakravāḍa

Wylie:
  • tsakra bA Do
  • ri khor yug
Tibetan:
  • ཙཀྲ་བཱ་ཌོ།
  • རི་ཁོར་ཡུག
Sanskrit:
  • cakravāḍa

(1) A mountain in the sea west of Jambudvīpa (tsakra bA Do). (2) Eight consecutive rings of mountains that surround the world ocean (ri khor yug).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­897
  • 5.­289
  • g.­567
g.­149

Calling Geese

Wylie:
  • ngang ngur rnams kyis rjes su bsgrags par byed pa
  • ngang pa kun sgra ’byin pa
Tibetan:
  • ངང་ངུར་རྣམས་ཀྱིས་རྗེས་སུ་བསྒྲགས་པར་བྱེད་པ།
  • ངང་པ་ཀུན་སྒྲ་འབྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A forest on Encircled by White Clouds (ngang ngur rnams kyis rjes su bsgrags par byed pa). (2) A river on Saṅkāśa (ngang pa kun sgra ’byin pa).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­328
  • 5.­339-340
g.­151

Camel Face

Wylie:
  • rnga mo’i bzhin
Tibetan:
  • རྔ་མོའི་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­249
g.­153

Caraca

Wylie:
  • tsa ra tsa
Tibetan:
  • ཙ་ར་ཙ།
Sanskrit:
  • caraca RP

A river on Great Slope.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­406
g.­156

carelessness

Wylie:
  • bag med pa
Tibetan:
  • བག་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pramāda

Disregard for virtuous qualities.

Located in 455 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­114
  • 2.­120
  • 2.­901
  • 2.­1264
  • 4.A.­53
  • 4.A.­153-154
  • 4.A.­188
  • 4.A.­194-197
  • 4.A.­274
  • 4.A.­330-331
  • 4.A.­348-349
  • 4.A.­360
  • 4.B.­60-62
  • 4.B.­77
  • 4.B.­173-174
  • 4.B.­182
  • 4.B.­192
  • 4.B.­304
  • 4.B.­313
  • 4.B.­328
  • 4.B.­352-354
  • 4.B.­356-357
  • 4.B.­361
  • 4.B.­363
  • 4.B.­366
  • 4.B.­388
  • 4.B.­539
  • 4.B.­585
  • 4.B.­642
  • 4.B.­646
  • 4.B.­651-652
  • 4.B.­663-664
  • 4.B.­666-667
  • 4.B.­672-673
  • 4.B.­678
  • 4.B.­680-681
  • 4.B.­683-685
  • 4.B.­688
  • 4.B.­691
  • 4.B.­698
  • 4.B.­707
  • 4.B.­709-711
  • 4.B.­735-737
  • 4.B.­746
  • 4.B.­763
  • 4.B.­780
  • 4.B.­805
  • 4.B.­807-808
  • 4.B.­811-812
  • 4.B.­816-817
  • 4.B.­842
  • 4.B.­860
  • 4.B.­862
  • 4.B.­879
  • 4.B.­1007
  • 4.B.­1022-1023
  • 4.B.­1048
  • 4.B.­1051
  • 4.B.­1054
  • 4.B.­1058-1061
  • 4.B.­1080-1083
  • 4.B.­1085-1091
  • 4.B.­1105-1106
  • 4.B.­1113-1114
  • 4.B.­1117
  • 4.B.­1119
  • 4.B.­1121
  • 4.B.­1123-1126
  • 4.B.­1156-1157
  • 4.B.­1164
  • 4.B.­1177
  • 4.B.­1179
  • 4.B.­1216
  • 4.B.­1242
  • 4.B.­1305
  • 4.B.­1310
  • 4.B.­1318-1324
  • 4.B.­1343
  • 4.B.­1366
  • 4.B.­1369
  • 4.B.­1372
  • 4.B.­1374
  • 4.B.­1392-1393
  • 4.C.­35
  • 4.C.­46
  • 4.C.­67-68
  • 4.C.­77
  • 4.C.­81
  • 4.C.­88
  • 4.C.­95-96
  • 4.C.­103
  • 4.C.­105-126
  • 4.C.­130-131
  • 4.C.­164
  • 4.C.­188
  • 4.C.­232
  • 4.C.­235
  • 4.C.­255
  • 4.C.­260
  • 4.C.­262-263
  • 4.C.­267
  • 4.C.­328
  • 4.C.­330
  • 4.C.­334
  • 4.C.­370
  • 4.C.­377
  • 4.C.­388
  • 4.C.­442
  • 4.C.­449
  • 4.C.­451
  • 4.C.­458
  • 4.C.­480
  • 4.C.­501
  • 4.C.­523
  • 4.C.­543-544
  • 4.C.­556
  • 4.C.­579
  • 4.C.­688
  • 4.C.­695
  • 4.C.­708-709
  • 4.C.­727
  • 4.C.­815
  • 4.C.­817
  • 4.C.­821
  • 4.C.­832
  • 4.C.­836-837
  • 4.C.­842
  • 4.C.­868
  • 4.C.­946
  • 4.C.­949
  • 4.C.­981
  • 4.C.­1012
  • 4.C.­1039
  • 4.C.­1048-1050
  • 4.C.­1076
  • 4.C.­1099
  • 4.C.­1106-1109
  • 4.C.­1111
  • 4.C.­1132
  • 4.C.­1183
  • 4.C.­1211
  • 4.C.­1237
  • 4.C.­1240-1242
  • 4.C.­1256
  • 4.C.­1265
  • 4.C.­1268
  • 4.C.­1287
  • 4.C.­1301
  • 4.C.­1330
  • 4.C.­1368
  • 4.C.­1418
  • 4.C.­1576
  • 4.C.­1598
  • 4.C.­1603
  • 4.C.­1618
  • 4.C.­1632
  • 4.C.­1643
  • 4.C.­1676
  • 4.C.­1691
  • 4.C.­1722
  • 4.C.­1724
  • 4.C.­1728-1734
  • 4.C.­1736
  • 4.C.­1738
  • 4.C.­1740
  • 4.C.­1742
  • 4.C.­1744
  • 4.C.­1746-1747
  • 4.C.­1749-1754
  • 4.C.­1759
  • 4.C.­1764-1765
  • 4.C.­1774
  • 4.C.­1777
  • 4.C.­1785
  • 4.C.­1795
  • 4.C.­1821
  • 4.C.­1837
  • 4.C.­1858
  • 4.C.­1867-1869
  • 4.C.­1873
  • 4.C.­1875-1876
  • 4.C.­1878
  • 4.C.­1881
  • 4.C.­1883
  • 4.C.­1900
  • 4.C.­1904
  • 4.C.­1908-1909
  • 4.C.­2020-2022
  • 4.C.­2039
  • 4.C.­2095
  • 4.C.­2105-2106
  • 4.C.­2112-2115
  • 4.C.­2119-2125
  • 4.C.­2131-2132
  • 4.C.­2135-2137
  • 4.C.­2142-2144
  • 4.C.­2149
  • 4.C.­2151-2152
  • 4.C.­2155
  • 4.C.­2159-2162
  • 4.C.­2165-2168
  • 4.C.­2170-2171
  • 4.C.­2173-2175
  • 4.C.­2177-2178
  • 4.C.­2180
  • 4.C.­2182
  • 4.C.­2187
  • 4.C.­2200
  • 4.C.­2215-2216
  • 4.C.­2221
  • 4.C.­2228
  • 4.C.­2230
  • 4.C.­2232
  • 4.C.­2234
  • 4.C.­2236
  • 4.C.­2247-2248
  • 4.C.­2260
  • 4.C.­2262
  • 4.C.­2285
  • 4.C.­2337
  • 4.C.­2345
  • 4.C.­2355
  • 4.C.­2394
  • 4.C.­2396
  • 4.C.­2408-2409
  • 4.C.­2414-2419
  • 4.C.­2421-2423
  • 4.C.­2425
  • 4.C.­2427
  • 4.C.­2429
  • 4.C.­2431-2432
  • 4.C.­2436
  • 4.C.­2441-2444
  • 4.C.­2447
  • 4.C.­2449-2450
  • 4.C.­2456
  • 4.C.­2458
  • 4.C.­2460-2461
  • 4.C.­2463
  • 4.C.­2465-2466
  • 4.C.­2469
  • 4.C.­2471
  • 4.C.­2474-2476
  • 4.C.­2478
  • 4.C.­2484
  • 4.C.­2496
  • 4.C.­2508
  • 4.C.­2512-2513
  • 4.C.­2520
  • 4.C.­2535
  • 4.C.­2537
  • 4.C.­2539
  • 4.C.­2545
  • 4.C.­2548-2549
  • 4.C.­2552-2553
  • 4.C.­2555
  • 4.C.­2567
  • 4.C.­2569
  • 4.C.­2574
  • 4.C.­2576
  • 4.C.­2594
  • 4.C.­2596
  • 4.C.­2606
  • 4.C.­2615
  • 4.C.­2619-2620
  • 4.C.­2629-2631
  • 4.C.­2634
  • 4.C.­2637-2638
  • 4.C.­2641
  • 4.C.­2647-2648
  • 4.C.­2650
  • 4.C.­2668-2669
  • 4.C.­2682
  • 4.C.­2734
  • 4.C.­2787
  • 4.C.­2846
  • 4.C.­2866
  • 4.C.­2972
  • 4.C.­2993
  • 4.C.­3004
  • 4.C.­3010
  • 4.C.­3012-3014
  • 4.C.­3037
  • 4.C.­3058
  • 4.C.­3083
  • 4.C.­3103
  • 4.C.­3106
  • 4.C.­3108-3109
  • 4.C.­3112
  • 5.­366
  • 5.­375
  • 5.­377
g.­159

Caturo

Wylie:
  • tsa tu ro
Tibetan:
  • ཙ་ཏུ་རོ།
Sanskrit:
  • caturo RP

A land in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­161

Cavern of the Closed Eye

Wylie:
  • mig btsums pa’i phug
Tibetan:
  • མིག་བཙུམས་པའི་ཕུག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A cave on the mountain called Closed Eye.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­312-313
g.­162

Celebrating Goddesses

Wylie:
  • lha’i bu mo rnams rtse dga’ bar byed pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་བུ་མོ་རྣམས་རྩེ་དགའ་བར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A minor mountain on Lofty Peak.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­345
g.­163

Celebrations throughout the Land

Wylie:
  • nye ’khor na rtse dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་འཁོར་ན་རྩེ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­166

chatter

Wylie:
  • ngag kyal
Tibetan:
  • ངག་ཀྱལ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃbhinna­pralāpa

The fourth among the four misdeeds of speech.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­10
  • 1.­15
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­29
  • 1.­46
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­89
  • 2.­119
  • 2.­1107
  • 4.A.­415
  • 4.A.­428
  • 4.B.­1161
  • 4.C.­109
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­2527
  • g.­1310
g.­167

Chavikaliṅka

Wylie:
  • tsha bi ka ling ka
Tibetan:
  • ཚ་བི་ཀ་ལིང་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • chavikaliṅka RP

A forest in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­264
g.­169

China

Wylie:
  • rgya nag
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་ནག
Sanskrit:
  • cīna

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­299
  • n.­274
g.­170

Cilika

Wylie:
  • tsi li ka
Tibetan:
  • ཙི་ལི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • cilika RP

A forest on Forest Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­407
g.­171

Circle

Wylie:
  • dkyil ’khor
Tibetan:
  • དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­172

Circling Fish

Wylie:
  • nya ’khor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉ་འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­173

Circling Waves

Wylie:
  • rlabs ’khor bar gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • རླབས་འཁོར་བར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­174

Circular Design

Wylie:
  • khor yug gi rnam pa
Tibetan:
  • ཁོར་ཡུག་གི་རྣམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean beyond Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­419
g.­175

City of Hills

Wylie:
  • phung po’i grong khyer
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོའི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­176

Clean Water

Wylie:
  • gtsang ba’i chu
Tibetan:
  • གཙང་བའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A lake on Equal Peaks. (2) A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­379
  • 5.­328
  • 5.­334
g.­179

Clear Stream of Summer Clouds

Wylie:
  • dbyar sprin rab tu dang ba’i chu ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • དབྱར་སྤྲིན་རབ་ཏུ་དང་བའི་ཆུ་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­181

Closed Eye

Wylie:
  • mig btsums
Tibetan:
  • མིག་བཙུམས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­312
  • g.­161
g.­185

Cloud Companion

Wylie:
  • sprin ’khor ba
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­186

cloud disperser

Wylie:
  • sprin rab tu ’byed par byed pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་རབ་ཏུ་འབྱེད་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­187

Cloud Forest

Wylie:
  • sprin gyi tshal
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་གྱི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A forest in Draped with Jewels. (2) A forest on Flocking Peacocks.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­963-964
  • 4.B.­985
  • 5.­408
g.­189

Cloud Mode

Wylie:
  • sprin gyi ’gros
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་གྱི་འགྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­191

Cloudless Heaven

Wylie:
  • sprin med
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • anabhraka

The first level of the fourth concentration.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­383
g.­196

concentration

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhyāna

Generally one of the synonyms for meditation, referring to a state of mental stability. The specific four concentrations are four successively subtler states of meditation that are said to lead to rebirth into the corresponding four levels of the form realm. One of the six perfections.

Located in 165 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­87-89
  • 1.­92
  • 1.­107
  • 1.­144
  • 1.­146
  • 2.­111
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­145
  • 2.­155
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­203
  • 2.­211
  • 2.­231
  • 2.­244
  • 2.­247
  • 2.­262
  • 2.­266
  • 2.­271-272
  • 2.­369
  • 2.­453
  • 2.­1056
  • 2.­1194
  • 2.­1267
  • 2.­1478
  • 3.­15
  • 3.­143
  • 3.­151
  • 4.A.­178
  • 4.A.­389
  • 4.A.­422
  • 4.B.­367
  • 4.B.­411
  • 4.B.­455
  • 4.B.­469
  • 4.B.­505
  • 4.B.­528
  • 4.B.­549
  • 4.B.­588
  • 4.B.­1162-1163
  • 4.B.­1165
  • 4.B.­1253
  • 4.B.­1265
  • 4.C.­87
  • 4.C.­92
  • 4.C.­244
  • 4.C.­608
  • 4.C.­780
  • 4.C.­818
  • 4.C.­833
  • 4.C.­931
  • 4.C.­1013
  • 4.C.­1052
  • 4.C.­1097
  • 4.C.­1220-1221
  • 4.C.­1341-1344
  • 4.C.­1351
  • 4.C.­1354
  • 4.C.­1383
  • 4.C.­1385-1387
  • 4.C.­1389
  • 4.C.­1391
  • 4.C.­1394-1396
  • 4.C.­1400
  • 4.C.­1409
  • 4.C.­1411-1412
  • 4.C.­1414
  • 4.C.­1417
  • 4.C.­1421
  • 4.C.­1431
  • 4.C.­1436
  • 4.C.­1438
  • 4.C.­1440
  • 4.C.­1446
  • 4.C.­1448
  • 4.C.­1450-1452
  • 4.C.­1462
  • 4.C.­1473
  • 4.C.­1484
  • 4.C.­1495-1497
  • 4.C.­1500
  • 4.C.­1506
  • 4.C.­1509-1510
  • 4.C.­1520-1522
  • 4.C.­1524
  • 4.C.­1526-1528
  • 4.C.­1530
  • 4.C.­1536
  • 4.C.­1539-1540
  • 4.C.­1546
  • 4.C.­1551
  • 4.C.­1553
  • 4.C.­1555-1556
  • 4.C.­1561-1562
  • 4.C.­1568
  • 4.C.­2060
  • 4.C.­2279
  • 4.C.­2333
  • 4.C.­2337
  • 4.C.­2468
  • 4.C.­2474
  • 4.C.­2491
  • 4.C.­2493
  • 4.C.­2520
  • 4.C.­2649
  • 4.C.­2729
  • 4.C.­2756
  • 4.C.­2758
  • 4.C.­2760
  • 4.C.­2765
  • 4.C.­2791
  • 4.C.­2795
  • 4.C.­2873
  • 5.­138
  • 5.­148
  • 5.­168
  • 5.­192
  • 5.­194
  • 5.­234
  • 5.­383
  • 5.­428
  • g.­127
  • g.­191
  • g.­570
  • g.­577
  • g.­583
  • g.­626
  • g.­628
  • g.­629
  • g.­631
  • g.­632
  • g.­645
  • g.­646
  • g.­813
  • g.­815
  • g.­839
  • g.­1066
  • g.­1191
  • g.­1234
  • g.­1256
  • g.­1373
g.­197

Conch

Wylie:
  • dung
Tibetan:
  • དུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­198

Conch Color

Wylie:
  • dung gi mdog
Tibetan:
  • དུང་གི་མདོག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­199

Conch Sound

Wylie:
  • dung gi sgra si mi si mi
Tibetan:
  • དུང་གི་སྒྲ་སི་མི་སི་མི།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean between Kuru and Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­389
g.­200

Concise

Wylie:
  • mdor bsdus pa
Tibetan:
  • མདོར་བསྡུས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­201

Confluence

Wylie:
  • tshogs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Deer Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­410
g.­203

Conquered by Kadambas

Wylie:
  • ka dam+ba’i bya rnams kyis bcom pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་དམྦའི་བྱ་རྣམས་ཀྱིས་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­208

constant enjoyer

Wylie:
  • rtag tu dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­213

Constant Lightning

Wylie:
  • rtag tu glog ’khyug pa
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་གློག་འཁྱུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Flocking Peacocks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­408
g.­214

Constant Lotus Joy

Wylie:
  • rtag tu pad ma rab tu dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་པད་མ་རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­216

constant power

Wylie:
  • rtag pa’i shugs
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་པའི་ཤུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­220

Constant Water

Wylie:
  • rtag pa’i chu
  • brtan pa’i chu
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་པའི་ཆུ།
  • བརྟན་པའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A lake on Equal Peaks. (2) A pond on Equal Peaks. (3) A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit (brtan pa’i chu).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­334-335
  • 5.­345
g.­225

Continuous

Wylie:
  • bar med
Tibetan:
  • བར་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­235

Copper Holder

Wylie:
  • zangs can
Tibetan:
  • ཟངས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island far off the coast of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­305
  • g.­237
g.­236

Copper-Colored

Wylie:
  • zangs kyi mdog
Tibetan:
  • ཟངས་ཀྱི་མདོག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­301
g.­237

Coppery

Wylie:
  • zangs ma can
Tibetan:
  • ཟངས་མ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A rākṣasī on the island called Copper Holder.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­305
g.­239

Covered by Hair

Wylie:
  • skras khyab pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐྲས་ཁྱབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A piśāca.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­400
g.­240

Covered by Palāśas

Wylie:
  • pa la sha yis kun tu khyab pa
Tibetan:
  • པ་ལ་ཤ་ཡིས་ཀུན་ཏུ་ཁྱབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­241

Covered by Puḍi

Wylie:
  • pu Dis g.yogs pa
Tibetan:
  • པུ་ཌིས་གཡོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean to the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­266
g.­242

Covered by Red Lotuses

Wylie:
  • pad ma dmar pos kun tu khyab pa
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་དམར་པོས་ཀུན་ཏུ་ཁྱབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­345
g.­243

Covered by Vines

Wylie:
  • ’khri shing gis g.yogs pa
Tibetan:
  • འཁྲི་ཤིང་གིས་གཡོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Forest Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­407
g.­244

covetousness

Wylie:
  • brnab sems
Tibetan:
  • བརྣབ་སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • abhidhyā

The first among the three mental misdeeds.

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­16
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­74
  • 1.­92
  • 2.­1117
  • 2.­1119-1122
  • 2.­1124
  • 3.­11
  • 3.­257
  • 3.­259
  • 4.B.­405
  • 4.B.­1066
  • 4.C.­161
  • 4.C.­818-819
  • 4.C.­844
  • 4.C.­892-893
  • 4.C.­909
  • 4.C.­1363
  • 4.C.­1473
  • 4.C.­1479
  • 4.C.­1522-1523
  • 4.C.­1525
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­1964
  • 4.C.­1973
  • 4.C.­1979
  • g.­1310
g.­249

cruising the path of the sun

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i lam du legs par rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་ལམ་དུ་ལེགས་པར་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­250

Crushing Hell

Wylie:
  • bsdus gzhom
Tibetan:
  • བསྡུས་གཞོམ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃghāta

One of the eight hot hells.

Located in 57 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­123
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­295
  • 2.­367
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­388-390
  • 2.­392
  • 2.­394
  • 2.­396
  • 2.­399
  • 2.­404
  • 2.­407
  • 2.­410
  • 2.­417
  • 2.­429
  • 2.­432
  • 2.­434
  • 2.­438
  • 2.­443
  • 2.­446
  • 2.­449
  • 2.­640
  • 2.­783
  • 4.A.­75
  • 4.B.­847
  • 4.B.­1222
  • 4.C.­1116
  • 4.C.­1237
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1283
  • 4.C.­2702
  • 5.­31-32
  • 5.­366
  • g.­144
  • g.­145
  • g.­165
  • g.­233
  • g.­246
  • g.­349
  • g.­434
  • g.­439
  • g.­521
  • g.­620
  • g.­639
  • g.­688
  • g.­892
  • g.­1031
  • g.­1108
  • g.­1198
  • g.­1314
  • g.­1362
  • g.­1427
  • g.­1429
g.­251

Crystal Encounter

Wylie:
  • shel ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤེལ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­254

Culundha Stream

Wylie:
  • tsu lun+da ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • ཙུ་ལུནྡ་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • culundha RP

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­255

Cuñcumātī

Wylie:
  • tsun tsum+pa tI
Tibetan:
  • ཙུན་ཙུམྤ་ཏཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • cuñcumātī RP

A river in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­256

cyclic existence

Wylie:
  • ’khor ba
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃsāra

The cycle of birth and death driven by mental afflictions and karmic actions.

Located in 341 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • 1.­20
  • 1.­38
  • 1.­53
  • 1.­78
  • 1.­80-81
  • 1.­91
  • 1.­113-115
  • 1.­118
  • 1.­133
  • 1.­138
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­4
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­63
  • 2.­71
  • 2.­118-119
  • 2.­121
  • 2.­124
  • 2.­129-131
  • 2.­141
  • 2.­202
  • 2.­206
  • 2.­210
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­232-233
  • 2.­242-243
  • 2.­246-247
  • 2.­261
  • 2.­266
  • 2.­279
  • 2.­281
  • 2.­291
  • 2.­293
  • 2.­310
  • 2.­318
  • 2.­327
  • 2.­347
  • 2.­349
  • 2.­424
  • 2.­438
  • 2.­443
  • 2.­449
  • 2.­561
  • 2.­571
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­585
  • 2.­638
  • 2.­708
  • 2.­778
  • 2.­782
  • 2.­806
  • 2.­823
  • 2.­862
  • 2.­952
  • 2.­954
  • 2.­957
  • 2.­959
  • 2.­1025
  • 2.­1143
  • 2.­1146
  • 2.­1148
  • 2.­1244
  • 2.­1253
  • 2.­1256
  • 2.­1263
  • 2.­1265
  • 2.­1273
  • 2.­1286
  • 2.­1300
  • 2.­1303
  • 2.­1305
  • 2.­1309
  • 2.­1312
  • 2.­1323
  • 2.­1327
  • 2.­1330
  • 2.­1333
  • 2.­1335
  • 2.­1337
  • 2.­1340
  • 2.­1343
  • 2.­1345
  • 2.­1348
  • 2.­1350
  • 2.­1353
  • 2.­1356
  • 2.­1392
  • 2.­1400
  • 2.­1425
  • 2.­1481
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­10
  • 3.­56
  • 3.­131
  • 3.­376-377
  • 4.A.­3
  • 4.A.­26
  • 4.A.­80
  • 4.A.­151-152
  • 4.A.­177
  • 4.A.­181
  • 4.A.­200
  • 4.A.­245
  • 4.A.­253
  • 4.A.­258
  • 4.A.­326
  • 4.A.­349
  • 4.A.­358
  • 4.A.­388
  • 4.A.­409-410
  • 4.A.­419
  • 4.B.­103
  • 4.B.­116-119
  • 4.B.­144
  • 4.B.­146
  • 4.B.­270
  • 4.B.­365
  • 4.B.­630
  • 4.B.­663
  • 4.B.­671
  • 4.B.­683
  • 4.B.­692
  • 4.B.­788
  • 4.B.­796
  • 4.B.­814
  • 4.B.­859
  • 4.B.­934
  • 4.B.­988
  • 4.B.­1079
  • 4.B.­1128
  • 4.B.­1165
  • 4.B.­1183
  • 4.B.­1188
  • 4.B.­1211
  • 4.B.­1214
  • 4.B.­1230
  • 4.B.­1242
  • 4.B.­1275
  • 4.B.­1281
  • 4.B.­1289
  • 4.B.­1313
  • 4.B.­1317
  • 4.B.­1330
  • 4.B.­1395
  • 4.B.­1408
  • 4.C.­2
  • 4.C.­9
  • 4.C.­23
  • 4.C.­29
  • 4.C.­105
  • 4.C.­115
  • 4.C.­117
  • 4.C.­124
  • 4.C.­143
  • 4.C.­155
  • 4.C.­243
  • 4.C.­248
  • 4.C.­322
  • 4.C.­325
  • 4.C.­404
  • 4.C.­447
  • 4.C.­460-461
  • 4.C.­469
  • 4.C.­543
  • 4.C.­545-546
  • 4.C.­592
  • 4.C.­595
  • 4.C.­598
  • 4.C.­622
  • 4.C.­631
  • 4.C.­654
  • 4.C.­659
  • 4.C.­691-692
  • 4.C.­748
  • 4.C.­825
  • 4.C.­846
  • 4.C.­849
  • 4.C.­853
  • 4.C.­886
  • 4.C.­891
  • 4.C.­914
  • 4.C.­927
  • 4.C.­987
  • 4.C.­1013
  • 4.C.­1049-1050
  • 4.C.­1058
  • 4.C.­1077
  • 4.C.­1092
  • 4.C.­1101-1102
  • 4.C.­1111
  • 4.C.­1114
  • 4.C.­1155
  • 4.C.­1227-1228
  • 4.C.­1233
  • 4.C.­1235
  • 4.C.­1238
  • 4.C.­1246-1247
  • 4.C.­1254
  • 4.C.­1259
  • 4.C.­1266
  • 4.C.­1268
  • 4.C.­1288
  • 4.C.­1295
  • 4.C.­1320
  • 4.C.­1322
  • 4.C.­1324
  • 4.C.­1342
  • 4.C.­1354
  • 4.C.­1356
  • 4.C.­1360
  • 4.C.­1383-1384
  • 4.C.­1388-1389
  • 4.C.­1421
  • 4.C.­1431
  • 4.C.­1434-1435
  • 4.C.­1451
  • 4.C.­1496-1497
  • 4.C.­1514
  • 4.C.­1539
  • 4.C.­1575
  • 4.C.­1587-1588
  • 4.C.­1609
  • 4.C.­1731
  • 4.C.­1744
  • 4.C.­1895
  • 4.C.­1912
  • 4.C.­1920
  • 4.C.­1934
  • 4.C.­1951
  • 4.C.­1969
  • 4.C.­1976
  • 4.C.­2026
  • 4.C.­2028
  • 4.C.­2112
  • 4.C.­2135
  • 4.C.­2140
  • 4.C.­2177
  • 4.C.­2218
  • 4.C.­2222
  • 4.C.­2224
  • 4.C.­2245
  • 4.C.­2260
  • 4.C.­2262
  • 4.C.­2270
  • 4.C.­2285
  • 4.C.­2287
  • 4.C.­2294
  • 4.C.­2297
  • 4.C.­2369-2370
  • 4.C.­2397
  • 4.C.­2446-2447
  • 4.C.­2477
  • 4.C.­2481-2484
  • 4.C.­2511
  • 4.C.­2533
  • 4.C.­2542
  • 4.C.­2556
  • 4.C.­2561
  • 4.C.­2624
  • 4.C.­2637
  • 4.C.­2665
  • 4.C.­2684
  • 4.C.­2687
  • 4.C.­2701
  • 4.C.­2706
  • 4.C.­2739
  • 4.C.­2755-2756
  • 4.C.­2772
  • 4.C.­2776
  • 4.C.­2821
  • 4.C.­2834
  • 4.C.­2877
  • 4.C.­2882
  • 4.C.­2888
  • 4.C.­2902
  • 4.C.­2906
  • 4.C.­2928
  • 4.C.­2938
  • 4.C.­3017-3020
  • 4.C.­3024-3025
  • 4.C.­3028
  • 4.C.­3031
  • 4.C.­3036
  • 4.C.­3051-3052
  • 4.C.­3064
  • 4.C.­3068
  • 5.­36
  • 5.­192
  • 5.­315
  • 5.­336
  • 5.­362
  • 5.­366
  • 5.­372
  • 5.­397
  • 5.­403
  • 5.­417
  • 5.­426
  • c.­9
  • g.­445
  • g.­1141
  • g.­1336
g.­258

Daṇḍakāraṇyaṅ

Wylie:
  • daN+Da kA ra N+yang
Tibetan:
  • དཎྜ་ཀཱ་ར་ཎྱང་།
Sanskrit:
  • daṇḍakāraṇyaṅ RP

A river in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­264
g.­259

Dardo

Wylie:
  • dar do
Tibetan:
  • དར་དོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dardo RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­263

Deep

Wylie:
  • zab mo
  • zab pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟབ་མོ།
  • ཟབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A pool upon one of Airāvaṇa’s ears (zab pa). (2) A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit (zab pa). (3) A forest on Saṅkāśa (zab mo).

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­250
  • 5.­323
  • 5.­326-327
  • 5.­345
g.­264

Deep and Joyous for the Moon

Wylie:
  • zab mo dang zla ba dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟབ་མོ་དང་ཟླ་བ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­265

Deep Stream

Wylie:
  • chu klung zab mo’i chu
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ཀླུང་ཟབ་མོའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­266

Deer Abode

Wylie:
  • ri dags kyi khrod
Tibetan:
  • རི་དགས་ཀྱི་ཁྲོད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain on Videha.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­405
  • 5.­410
  • g.­201
  • g.­271
  • g.­657
  • g.­730
  • g.­1307
  • g.­1449
g.­267

deer gait

Wylie:
  • ri dags kyi ’gros
Tibetan:
  • རི་དགས་ཀྱི་འགྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­269

Delightful

Wylie:
  • yid kyi rjes su ’thun pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འཐུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A forest on Encircled by White Clouds. (2) A mountain in Kuru.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­322
  • 5.­339
  • 5.­341
  • 5.­367-370
  • 5.­376
g.­271

Delightful Environs

Wylie:
  • nye ’khor dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་འཁོར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Deer Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­410
g.­272

Delightful Ground to Watch

Wylie:
  • sa gzhi blta bar dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ས་གཞི་བལྟ་བར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­390
g.­275

Delightful Sight

Wylie:
  • mthong dga’
  • rnam par mthong bas dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • མཐོང་དགའ།
  • རྣམ་པར་མཐོང་བས་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A lotus pool in Lateral. (2) A pond on Equal Peaks (rnam par mthong bas dga’ ba).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­11
  • 5.­335
g.­281

Delighting the People

Wylie:
  • skye bo rnams mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་བོ་རྣམས་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­285

Devapāla

Wylie:
  • de ba phA la
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བ་ཕཱ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • devapāla

The Indian king who established Vikramaśīla.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­5
g.­287

Dharma Master Surrounded by Clouds

Wylie:
  • sprin gyi nye ’khor chos la dbang ba
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་གྱི་ཉེ་འཁོར་ཆོས་ལ་དབང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A nāga who visits Saṅkāśa Mountain.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­329
g.­288

Dharma-Vinaya

Wylie:
  • chos ’dul ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmavinaya

An early term to denote the Buddha’s teaching. “Dharma” refers to the sūtras and “Vinaya” to the rules of discipline.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 2.­1226
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­123
  • 4.B.­790
  • 4.B.­793
  • 4.B.­1181
  • 4.B.­1187
  • 4.C.­816
  • 4.C.­833
  • 4.C.­836
  • 4.C.­851
  • 4.C.­890
  • 4.C.­913
  • 4.C.­1042
  • 4.C.­1046
  • 4.C.­1185
  • 4.C.­1195
  • 4.C.­1910
  • 4.C.­2460
  • 4.C.­2468-2469
  • 4.C.­2478
  • 4.C.­2496-2497
  • 4.C.­2567-2568
  • 4.C.­2577
  • 4.C.­2698
  • 4.C.­2723
  • 4.C.­2730
  • 4.C.­2744
  • 4.C.­2948
  • 4.C.­3024
  • 5.­382
g.­289

Dhiriko

Wylie:
  • dhi ri ko
Tibetan:
  • དྷི་རི་ཀོ
Sanskrit:
  • dhiriko RP

A mountain in the eastern sea beyond Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­255
g.­290

Dhṛtarāṣṭra

Wylie:
  • yul ’khor skyong
Tibetan:
  • ཡུལ་འཁོར་སྐྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • dhṛtarāṣṭra

One among the Four Great Kings, guardian of the east.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­406
  • g.­501
g.­291

Dhundhumāra

Wylie:
  • dhu na dhu mA rA
Tibetan:
  • དྷུ་ན་དྷུ་མཱ་རཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhundhumāra RP

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­292

Distinguished in Many Colorful Ways

Wylie:
  • bkra ba sna tshogs kyis phye ba
Tibetan:
  • བཀྲ་བ་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཀྱིས་ཕྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • nānā­bhakta­vicitrā

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­501
  • 4.B.­507
  • g.­697
  • g.­1366
g.­296

divine eye

Wylie:
  • lha’i mig
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • divyacakṣus

Superknowledge achieved by the power of meditative absorption.

Located in 346 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • 1.­4
  • 1.­19
  • 1.­24
  • 1.­27-33
  • 1.­54-55
  • 1.­75-76
  • 1.­78
  • 1.­82-83
  • 1.­85
  • 1.­87-89
  • 1.­91-93
  • 1.­97-102
  • 1.­111
  • 1.­113
  • 1.­146
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­8
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­49
  • 2.­64
  • 2.­125
  • 2.­163
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­230
  • 2.­249
  • 2.­258
  • 2.­263
  • 2.­266
  • 2.­296-297
  • 2.­301
  • 2.­304
  • 2.­310
  • 2.­956
  • 2.­1151
  • 2.­1379
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­106
  • 3.­130
  • 4.A.­205
  • 4.B.­426
  • 4.B.­749
  • 4.B.­752
  • 4.C.­99
  • 4.C.­610
  • 4.C.­2264
  • 4.C.­2577
  • 4.C.­2952
  • 5.­7
  • 5.­9-22
  • 5.­24-35
  • 5.­38-40
  • 5.­42-56
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­60-101
  • 5.­103-123
  • 5.­125-152
  • 5.­155-204
  • 5.­208
  • 5.­213-217
  • 5.­219
  • 5.­221
  • 5.­223
  • 5.­225
  • 5.­231
  • 5.­234-235
  • 5.­237-238
  • 5.­240
  • 5.­242-246
  • 5.­249-254
  • 5.­256-266
  • 5.­270
  • 5.­272
  • 5.­274
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­281-282
  • 5.­286-287
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­293
  • 5.­295-296
  • 5.­298-301
  • 5.­304-305
  • 5.­310
  • 5.­316
  • 5.­319
  • 5.­321-323
  • 5.­325-326
  • 5.­328-329
  • 5.­331
  • 5.­337-338
  • 5.­344
  • 5.­349
  • 5.­353
  • 5.­363
  • 5.­367
  • 5.­373
  • 5.­377
  • 5.­379-380
  • 5.­382
  • 5.­386
  • 5.­388
  • 5.­393
  • 5.­395
  • 5.­399
  • 5.­405
  • 5.­410
  • 5.­413
  • 5.­417
  • 5.­419
  • 5.­425
g.­297

Divine Trees

Wylie:
  • lha shing gi nags
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་ཤིང་གི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Forest Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­407
g.­298

divisive talk

Wylie:
  • phra ma
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • piśuna

The second among the four verbal misdeeds.

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­10
  • 1.­12-13
  • 1.­26-27
  • 1.­46
  • 1.­54
  • 1.­87
  • 2.­119
  • 2.­1006
  • 2.­1084
  • 2.­1087-1089
  • 2.­1091-1093
  • 4.A.­415-416
  • 4.A.­428
  • 4.B.­969
  • 4.B.­1015
  • 4.B.­1065
  • 4.C.­664
  • 4.C.­1021
  • 4.C.­1069
  • 4.C.­1448
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­1963
  • 4.C.­2526
  • g.­1310
g.­301

Draped in Light Rays

Wylie:
  • ’od zer gyi phreng ba can
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཟེར་གྱི་ཕྲེང་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in the eastern sea beyond Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­258
  • g.­1157
g.­302

Draped with Jewels

Wylie:
  • nor bu’i phyang
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུའི་ཕྱང་།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇicīra

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­939
  • 4.B.­942
  • 4.B.­946-947
  • 4.B.­985
  • 4.B.­998
  • g.­187
  • g.­226
  • g.­1197
g.­303

Dream Obstructor

Wylie:
  • rmi lam mthong ba’i gegs
Tibetan:
  • རྨི་ལམ་མཐོང་བའི་གེགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A rākṣasī on Sumeru Rival.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­313
g.­305

Drumbeat Melody

Wylie:
  • rnga’i sgra’i dbyangs can
Tibetan:
  • རྔའི་སྒྲའི་དབྱངས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­306

Drumbeats

Wylie:
  • rnga sgra ’byin pa’i sgra
Tibetan:
  • རྔ་སྒྲ་འབྱིན་པའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Encircled by White Clouds.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­339
g.­308

Duck Lake

Wylie:
  • kA dam+ba’i chu
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་དམྦའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­309

Duck Stream

Wylie:
  • kA raN+Da ba’i klung
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་རཎྜ་བའི་ཀླུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­310

Dwelling by the Pārijāta Tree

Wylie:
  • yongs ’du na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་འདུ་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāriyātraka­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­321
g.­311

Dwelling in Beauty

Wylie:
  • rnam mdzes na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་མཛེས་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vaibhrāja­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­294
  • 4.B.­297
  • g.­84
g.­312

Dwelling in Enjoyment

Wylie:
  • dga’ byed gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བྱེད་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nandana­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­235
  • g.­374
g.­313

Dwelling in Essence of Jewels

Wylie:
  • nor bu’i snying po na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུའི་སྙིང་པོ་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇi­garbhā­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • g.­384
  • g.­534
g.­314

Dwelling in Excellent View

Wylie:
  • legs mthong na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་མཐོང་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­159
  • 4.B.­165
  • g.­277
  • g.­407
  • g.­594
  • g.­838
  • g.­968
g.­315

Dwelling in Forests

Wylie:
  • shing gseb na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་གསེབ་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • koṭaranivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­205
  • 4.B.­208-213
  • g.­16
g.­316

Dwelling in One Direction

Wylie:
  • phyogs gcig na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱོགས་གཅིག་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prastha­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­195
  • g.­488
  • g.­656
  • g.­1352
g.­317

Dwelling in Sudharma

Wylie:
  • chos bzang na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་བཟང་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sudharma­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
g.­319

Dwelling in the Lofty

Wylie:
  • mtho ba na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐོ་བ་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tuṅganivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­146-147
  • 4.B.­152
  • g.­1110
  • g.­1112
  • g.­1113
  • g.­1114
  • g.­1115
  • g.­1116
  • g.­1117
  • g.­1118
g.­320

Dwelling in Various Chariots

Wylie:
  • shing rta sna tshogs na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་རྟ་སྣ་ཚོགས་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • caitra­ratha­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­215-218
  • 4.B.­220-221
  • 4.B.­233
  • g.­1393
g.­321

Dwelling on Forest Riverbanks

Wylie:
  • tshang tshing gi ’gram na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚང་ཚིང་གི་འགྲམ་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kuñjara­taṭa­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­367
  • 4.B.­370
  • g.­180
  • g.­1043
  • g.­1395
g.­322

Dwelling on Mixed Riverbanks

Wylie:
  • ’dres pa’i ’gram na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • འདྲེས་པའི་འགྲམ་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āmiśra­taṭa­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­339
  • 4.B.­342
  • 4.B.­344
  • n.­293
  • g.­600
  • g.­1057
g.­323

Dwelling on Summits

Wylie:
  • ri rtse na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • རི་རྩེ་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śikhara­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­154
  • 4.B.­156-157
  • g.­190
  • g.­219
  • g.­222
  • g.­295
  • g.­466
  • g.­605
  • g.­691
  • g.­736
  • g.­796
  • g.­876
  • g.­912
g.­324

Dwelling on the Disk

Wylie:
  • ’khor na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇḍala­nivāsinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­1264
  • 4.B.­1268
  • g.­7
  • g.­80
g.­328

Egg-Born Infatuation

Wylie:
  • myos pa sgo nga las skyes pa
Tibetan:
  • མྱོས་པ་སྒོ་ང་ལས་སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Tamer of Deer Enemies.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­337
g.­331

eighteen elements

Wylie:
  • khams bco brgyad
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭā­daśa­dhātu

The objects, sense faculties, and forms of consciousness that are associated with form, sound, smell, taste, touch, and mental phenomena. See also “element.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • p.­7
  • 4.B.­1252
  • 4.C.­1426
  • g.­1158
g.­333

eightfold path of the noble ones

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i lam yan lag brgyad
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་ལམ་ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • āryāṣṭāṅga­mārga

Eight factors constituting the path of cultivation, namely: right view, right intention, right speech, right activity, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right absorption.. These are further explained in this text, see 4.B.­1101–4.B.­1102.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­84
  • 2.­161
  • 2.­271
  • 2.­710
  • 2.­1456
  • 4.B.­972
  • 4.B.­1080
  • 4.B.­1101-1102
  • 4.C.­113
  • 4.C.­1107
  • 4.C.­1243
  • 4.C.­1433
  • 4.C.­2679
  • g.­1322
g.­335

element

Wylie:
  • khams
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhātu

In the context of Buddhist philosophy, one way to describe experience and the world is in terms of eighteen elements (eye, form, and eye consciousness; ear, sound, and ear consciousness; nose, smell, and nose consciousness; tongue, taste, and tongue consciousness; body, touch, and body consciousness; mind, mental phenomena, and mind consciousness).

The elements also refer to the elements of the physical world, which are the four main elements: earth, water, fire, and wind. Sometimes two extra elements are added to this list: space and consciousness.

Located in 92 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­9-24
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­141
  • 2.­254
  • 2.­256
  • 2.­774
  • 2.­787-788
  • 2.­790
  • 2.­969
  • 2.­974-977
  • 4.B.­1094
  • 4.B.­1108
  • 4.B.­1110
  • 4.B.­1252
  • 4.C.­538
  • 4.C.­1056
  • 4.C.­1091-1092
  • 4.C.­1095
  • 4.C.­1249
  • 4.C.­1334
  • 4.C.­1357
  • 4.C.­1375
  • 4.C.­1392
  • 4.C.­1496-1499
  • 4.C.­1501-1503
  • 4.C.­1506-1508
  • 4.C.­1637
  • 4.C.­1644
  • 4.C.­1796
  • 4.C.­1859
  • 4.C.­2037
  • 4.C.­2064
  • 4.C.­2101
  • 4.C.­2323
  • 4.C.­2597
  • 4.C.­2725
  • 4.C.­3067
  • 5.­4
  • 5.­37
  • 5.­39
  • 5.­93
  • 5.­107
  • 5.­112
  • 5.­118
  • 5.­150-151
  • 5.­157
  • 5.­163-164
  • 5.­171
  • 5.­204
  • 5.­207-208
  • 5.­216
  • 5.­219
  • 5.­221
  • 5.­223
  • 5.­225-226
  • 5.­362
  • n.­450
  • g.­331
  • g.­674
  • g.­1450
g.­336

elephant chariot

Wylie:
  • glang po’i shing rta
Tibetan:
  • གླང་པོའི་ཤིང་རྟ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­337

Elevated Sounds

Wylie:
  • sgra ’phang mthon po
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་འཕང་མཐོན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Flocking Peacocks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­408
g.­339

Eliminating Ailing Deer

Wylie:
  • sha ba na ’chang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་བ་ན་འཆང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­249
g.­344

Emerging at the Summit of the Shadows

Wylie:
  • grib ma’i rtse la ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • གྲིབ་མའི་རྩེ་ལ་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A rākṣasī who lives in Black Waters

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­256
g.­346

Encircled by Crystal

Wylie:
  • shel ’khor bar byed pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤེལ་འཁོར་བར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­347

Encircled by White Clouds

Wylie:
  • sprin dkar po rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་དཀར་པོ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Kuru, the same as White Cloud Keeper.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­338-339
  • 5.­341-343
  • g.­149
  • g.­269
  • g.­306
  • g.­1214
g.­350

Endowed with Cool Water

Wylie:
  • chu bsil ba dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བསིལ་བ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus lake on Endowed with Lotuses.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­373
g.­351

Endowed with Cows

Wylie:
  • ba lang can
Tibetan:
  • བ་ལང་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­252
g.­352

Endowed with Crown Ornaments

Wylie:
  • dbu rgyan ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • དབུ་རྒྱན་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­353

Endowed with Elements

Wylie:
  • khams dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island beyond Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­419
g.­357

Endowed with Gold

Wylie:
  • gser dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Tamer of Deer Enemies.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­337
g.­359

Endowed with Jewels

Wylie:
  • rin po che dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in the eastern sea beyond Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­254
  • g.­1169
g.­360

Endowed with Lotuses

Wylie:
  • pad ma ku she sha ya dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་ཀུ་ཤེ་ཤ་ཡ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­322
  • 5.­373-374
  • 5.­376
  • g.­350
g.­361

Endowed with Migration

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba dang yang dag par ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་དང་ཡང་དག་པར་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms in the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
  • 4.C.­1653
  • 4.C.­1755
  • n.­463
  • g.­713
  • g.­1295
g.­363

Endowed with Riverbanks

Wylie:
  • gram can
Tibetan:
  • གྲམ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­249
g.­364

Endowed with Rivers

Wylie:
  • chu ldan
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­264
g.­365

Endowed with the Songs of Cuckoo Birds

Wylie:
  • khu byug gis gang ba’i sgra dbyangs dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཁུ་བྱུག་གིས་གང་བའི་སྒྲ་དབྱངས་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­316-317
g.­369

Engaging in Clarification

Wylie:
  • kun du gsal bar spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དུ་གསལ་བར་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āvartacarā

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­413
  • 4.B.­417
  • g.­262
  • g.­832
  • g.­1226
  • g.­1434
g.­370

Enjoyed by Friends

Wylie:
  • grogs po’i longs spyod
Tibetan:
  • གྲོགས་པོའི་ལོངས་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land to the west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­281
g.­374

Enjoyment

Wylie:
  • longs spyod du gyur ba
  • dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ལོངས་སྤྱོད་དུ་གྱུར་བ།
  • དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A lake on Equal Peaks (longs spyod du gyur ba). (2) Refers to Dwelling in Enjoyment (dga’ ba).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­237-239
  • 5.­334
g.­378

Enraptured by and Attached to Song

Wylie:
  • glu’i sgra la shin tu dga’ zhing mngon par chags pa
Tibetan:
  • གླུའི་སྒྲ་ལ་ཤིན་ཏུ་དགའ་ཞིང་མངོན་པར་ཆགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃhṛṣṭa­gīta­dhvanyabhiratā

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­584
  • 4.B.­589
  • g.­204
  • g.­1306
g.­380

Enticer

Wylie:
  • sems ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­382

Equal Peaks

Wylie:
  • rwa mnyam pa
Tibetan:
  • རྭ་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

Located in 66 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­322
  • 5.­331-332
  • 5.­335-337
  • 5.­376
  • g.­43
  • g.­52
  • g.­54
  • g.­74
  • g.­75
  • g.­76
  • g.­84
  • g.­85
  • g.­94
  • g.­171
  • g.­172
  • g.­173
  • g.­176
  • g.­198
  • g.­203
  • g.­214
  • g.­220
  • g.­251
  • g.­264
  • g.­275
  • g.­281
  • g.­308
  • g.­309
  • g.­346
  • g.­374
  • g.­406
  • g.­425
  • g.­442
  • g.­452
  • g.­513
  • g.­514
  • g.­516
  • g.­519
  • g.­531
  • g.­582
  • g.­721
  • g.­732
  • g.­786
  • g.­907
  • g.­909
  • g.­957
  • g.­966
  • g.­1026
  • g.­1028
  • g.­1042
  • g.­1097
  • g.­1145
  • g.­1156
  • g.­1168
  • g.­1227
  • g.­1233
  • g.­1235
  • g.­1252
  • g.­1270
  • g.­1277
  • g.­1297
  • g.­1435
  • g.­1437
  • g.­1439
g.­383

Equal to the Wind

Wylie:
  • rlung mtshungs pa
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་མཚུངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­388

Even Waters

Wylie:
  • chu mnyam par gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་མཉམ་པར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean between Godānīya and Videha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­402
  • 5.­404
g.­397

Excellence of Exquisite Intelligence

Wylie:
  • mchog tu bzang po’i blo gros bzang po
Tibetan:
  • མཆོག་ཏུ་བཟང་པོའི་བློ་གྲོས་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­304
  • g.­621
  • g.­768
g.­398

Excellent

Wylie:
  • bzang po
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Flocking Peacocks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­408
g.­400

Excellent Armies

Wylie:
  • sde dpung bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སྡེ་དཔུང་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­402

Excellent Forest

Wylie:
  • kun tu bzang po’i nags rnam
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་བཟང་པོའི་ནགས་རྣམ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­405

Excellent Joy

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba bzang po
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­406

Excellent Taste

Wylie:
  • ro bzang ba
Tibetan:
  • རོ་བཟང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­408

Excellent Water

Wylie:
  • shis pa’i chu
  • chu bzang
Tibetan:
  • ཤིས་པའི་ཆུ།
  • ཆུ་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A river in the Swan Forest (shis pa’i chu). (2) A river in Godānīya (chu bzang).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1664
  • 5.­391
g.­415

Extent of Failed Power

Wylie:
  • kun tu nyams pa’i stobs kyi mtha’
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་ཉམས་པའི་སྟོབས་ཀྱི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­390
g.­419

Eye Garland

Wylie:
  • mig gi phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • མིག་གི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain on Videha.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­405
  • 5.­413
  • g.­698
g.­420

Eyes Beyond the World

Wylie:
  • mig ’jig rten las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • མིག་འཇིག་རྟེན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land on the northern continent of Kuru.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­386
  • g.­1397
g.­421

Eyes of the Environment

Wylie:
  • nye ’khor gyi mig
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་འཁོར་གྱི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean between Kuru and Godānīya.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­388-389
g.­422

Face of Joy

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba’i bzhin
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བའི་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­249
g.­423

faculties

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indriya

The term “faculties,” depending on the context, can refer to the five senses (sight, smell, touch, hearing, taste) plus the mental faculty, totaling six, but also to spiritual “faculties.” See “five faculties.”

Located in 122 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­78
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­27-28
  • 2.­57
  • 2.­65
  • 2.­119
  • 2.­243
  • 2.­250
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­543
  • 2.­550
  • 2.­605
  • 2.­634
  • 2.­730
  • 2.­751
  • 2.­762
  • 2.­787
  • 2.­817
  • 2.­898
  • 2.­918
  • 2.­943
  • 2.­969
  • 2.­1137
  • 2.­1374
  • 2.­1480
  • 4.A.­86
  • 4.A.­91
  • 4.A.­106
  • 4.A.­203
  • 4.A.­220
  • 4.A.­285
  • 4.A.­400
  • 4.B.­243
  • 4.B.­332
  • 4.B.­411
  • 4.B.­450
  • 4.B.­499
  • 4.B.­580
  • 4.B.­819
  • 4.B.­876
  • 4.B.­881
  • 4.B.­938
  • 4.B.­1080
  • 4.B.­1096
  • 4.B.­1126
  • 4.B.­1354
  • 4.B.­1374
  • 4.C.­24
  • 4.C.­87
  • 4.C.­101
  • 4.C.­106
  • 4.C.­201
  • 4.C.­396
  • 4.C.­486
  • 4.C.­535-536
  • 4.C.­547
  • 4.C.­597
  • 4.C.­622
  • 4.C.­679
  • 4.C.­686
  • 4.C.­1036
  • 4.C.­1123
  • 4.C.­1133
  • 4.C.­1236
  • 4.C.­1317
  • 4.C.­1321
  • 4.C.­1392
  • 4.C.­1414
  • 4.C.­1525
  • 4.C.­1685
  • 4.C.­1693
  • 4.C.­1757
  • 4.C.­1811
  • 4.C.­1843
  • 4.C.­1953
  • 4.C.­1985
  • 4.C.­2039
  • 4.C.­2172
  • 4.C.­2176
  • 4.C.­2178
  • 4.C.­2237
  • 4.C.­2301-2302
  • 4.C.­2318
  • 4.C.­2493
  • 4.C.­2496-2497
  • 4.C.­2511
  • 4.C.­2564
  • 4.C.­2681
  • 4.C.­2685
  • 4.C.­2691
  • 4.C.­2711
  • 4.C.­2729
  • 4.C.­2733-2734
  • 4.C.­2738
  • 4.C.­2767
  • 4.C.­2821
  • 4.C.­2850
  • 4.C.­2866
  • 4.C.­2883
  • 4.C.­2902
  • 5.­55
  • 5.­86
  • 5.­135
  • 5.­138
  • 5.­152
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­162-163
  • 5.­169
  • 5.­204
  • 5.­229
  • 5.­362
  • g.­331
  • g.­447
  • g.­1158
g.­425

fearless people

Wylie:
  • ’jigs pa dang bral ba’i skye bu
Tibetan:
  • འཇིགས་པ་དང་བྲལ་བའི་སྐྱེ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Inhabitants of the Equal Peaks mountain in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­331
g.­428

Fed by Billowing Streams

Wylie:
  • rgyab nas klung kun du gang bar ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱབ་ནས་ཀླུང་ཀུན་དུ་གང་བར་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­429

Female Trees

Wylie:
  • bu mo’i shing gis bskor ba
Tibetan:
  • བུ་མོའི་ཤིང་གིས་བསྐོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­430

Fence Ring

Wylie:
  • ’khor lo khyud mo
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་ལོ་ཁྱུད་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A ring of mountains at the end of the sea.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­425
g.­433

Fierce

Wylie:
  • rtsub pa
Tibetan:
  • རྩུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­435

Filled with Swans

Wylie:
  • ngang ngur gyis gang ba
Tibetan:
  • ངང་ངུར་གྱིས་གང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­436

Filled with Turtles

Wylie:
  • rus sbal gyis gang ba
Tibetan:
  • རུས་སྦལ་གྱིས་གང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­437

Fine Complexion and Large Body

Wylie:
  • lus kyi mdog bzang zhing che ba
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་ཀྱི་མདོག་བཟང་ཞིང་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabalecchāchāyā­śarīra

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­895
  • 4.B.­898
  • g.­416
g.­441

Fish

Wylie:
  • nya
Tibetan:
  • ཉ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­442

Fish Attractor

Wylie:
  • nya dang kun tu ’brel pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉ་དང་ཀུན་ཏུ་འབྲེལ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­445

five classes of beings

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba lnga
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­gati

These comprise gods and humans of the higher realms within cyclic existence, along with animals, starving spirits, and the hell dwellers, whose abodes are identified with the lower realms. It is also common to divide the god realm in two, the gods and the asuras, making up six realms or classes of beings (’gro ba drug, ṣaḍgati or rigs drug, ṣaṭkula).

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­250
  • 2.­256
  • 2.­264
  • 4.A.­75
  • 4.C.­610
  • 4.C.­642
  • 4.C.­1255
  • 4.C.­1268
  • 4.C.­1496
  • 4.C.­2174
  • 4.C.­2474
  • 4.C.­2660
  • g.­451
g.­447

five faculties

Wylie:
  • dbang po lnga
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcendriya

(1) The five sense “faculties” corresponding to the five physical senses. (2) The five spiritual “faculties” or capacities to be developed: faith (śraddhā), diligence (vīrya), mindfulness (smṛti), absorption (samādhi), and insight (prajña). These are included in the thirty-seven factors of awakening.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­114
  • 2.­57
  • 2.­445
  • 4.A.­218
  • 4.A.­253
  • 4.A.­273
  • 4.C.­598
  • 4.C.­687
  • 4.C.­1211
  • 4.C.­1606
  • 4.C.­2798
  • 5.­86
  • 5.­236
  • g.­423
g.­448

Five Fences of Gold and Other Materials

Wylie:
  • gser la sogs pa’i lcags ri lngas bskor ba
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་ལ་སོགས་པའི་ལྕགས་རི་ལྔས་བསྐོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­451

five realms

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba lnga
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­gati

See “five classes of beings.”

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­114
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­246
  • 2.­248
  • 2.­1480
  • 3.­7
  • 4.C.­1146
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1378
  • 4.C.­1383
  • 4.C.­1575
  • 4.C.­1650
  • 4.C.­2195
  • 4.C.­2222
  • 4.C.­2244
  • 4.C.­2410
  • 4.C.­2541
  • 4.C.­2600
  • 4.C.­2612
  • 4.C.­2708
  • 4.C.­2755
  • 4.C.­3051
  • 5.­352
  • g.­570
  • g.­631
  • g.­1256
  • g.­1373
g.­452

Five Trees

Wylie:
  • shing lnga pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་ལྔ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­456

Flocking Peacocks

Wylie:
  • rma bya’i tshogs
Tibetan:
  • རྨ་བྱའི་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain on Videha.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­405
  • 5.­408
  • g.­114
  • g.­187
  • g.­213
  • g.­337
  • g.­398
  • g.­863
  • g.­970
  • g.­1131
  • g.­1223
g.­457

Flow

Wylie:
  • rnam par ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­323
g.­465

flower-garland draped

Wylie:
  • me tog gi phreng ba ’phyang ba
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་གི་ཕྲེང་བ་འཕྱང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­467

Flowing Colors of Melody

Wylie:
  • dbyangs can gyi mdog tu ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • དབྱངས་ཅན་གྱི་མདོག་ཏུ་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­468

Foam Garlands

Wylie:
  • dbu ba’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • དབུ་བའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­472

Forest Course

Wylie:
  • nags na ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • ནགས་ན་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Great Slope.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­406
g.­474

Forest Garlands

Wylie:
  • nags kyi phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • ནགས་ཀྱི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain on Videha.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­405
  • 5.­407
  • g.­101
  • g.­170
  • g.­243
  • g.­297
  • g.­609
  • g.­742
  • g.­792
  • g.­1200
  • g.­1269
  • g.­1387
g.­475

Forest Joy

Wylie:
  • nags mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ནགས་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­478

Forest of Cascading Water Sounds

Wylie:
  • ’bab chu’i sgra dang ldan pa’i nags
Tibetan:
  • འབབ་ཆུའི་སྒྲ་དང་ལྡན་པའི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Great Slope.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­406
g.­497

four ages

Wylie:
  • dus bzhi
Tibetan:
  • དུས་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturyuga

Four ages of human life in Jambudvīpa including the age of perfection, age of threefold endowment, age of twofold endowment, and age of strife.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • g.­28
  • g.­29
  • g.­30
  • g.­31
g.­501

Four Great Kings

Wylie:
  • rgyal chen bzhi
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་ཆེན་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturmahārāja

The divine kings who rule the four directions: Vaiśravaṇa (who in this text appears under his alternative name Kubera), Virūḍhaka, Dhṛtarāṣṭra, and Virūpākṣa.

Located in 83 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • 1.­103
  • 1.­121-124
  • 1.­146
  • 2.­5-7
  • 2.­36
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­113
  • 2.­162
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­272
  • 2.­299
  • 2.­450
  • 2.­954
  • 2.­1149
  • 2.­1256
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­67-68
  • 3.­110
  • 3.­112
  • 3.­133-134
  • 3.­167
  • 3.­171
  • 3.­197
  • 3.­199
  • 3.­201-203
  • 3.­232
  • 3.­241
  • 3.­253
  • 3.­269
  • 3.­275
  • 3.­285
  • 3.­301-303
  • 3.­341
  • 3.­356
  • 3.­370
  • 3.­377
  • 4.A.­1
  • 4.A.­206
  • 4.A.­209
  • 4.A.­280
  • 4.A.­404
  • 4.A.­407
  • 4.A.­409
  • 4.A.­411
  • 4.A.­415
  • 4.B.­1
  • 4.B.­124
  • 4.B.­903
  • 4.C.­5
  • 4.C.­20
  • 4.C.­1124
  • 4.C.­1289
  • 4.C.­2428
  • 5.­267-269
  • 5.­293
  • g.­290
  • g.­389
  • g.­391
  • g.­461
  • g.­548
  • g.­606
  • g.­677
  • g.­791
  • g.­910
  • g.­1356
  • g.­1406
  • g.­1419
  • g.­1420
  • g.­1431
g.­502

four human abodes

Wylie:
  • mi’i gnas bzhi
Tibetan:
  • མིའི་གནས་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • —

This seems to refer to the four continents around Mount Meru.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­103
  • 1.­112
  • 2.­266
  • 2.­484
  • 3.­43
  • 3.­49
  • 3.­56
  • 4.B.­256
  • 4.B.­444
  • 4.B.­582
  • 4.B.­1208
  • 5.­22-23
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­415
  • 5.­425
g.­504

four truths of noble beings

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i bden pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • caturāryasatya

The first teaching of the Buddha covering suffering, the origin of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the path to the cessation of suffering.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­124
  • 4.A.­88
  • 4.B.­1080
  • 4.B.­1086
  • 4.B.­1094
  • 4.B.­1183
  • 4.B.­1186-1187
  • 4.C.­113
  • 4.C.­136
  • 4.C.­591-592
  • 4.C.­1077
  • 4.C.­1215
  • 4.C.­1267
  • 4.C.­1356
  • 4.C.­1396
  • 4.C.­2564
  • 5.­336
g.­507

Fragrant Flowers

Wylie:
  • me tog dri zhim pa ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་དྲི་ཞིམ་པ་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­345
g.­509

Fragrant Garlands

Wylie:
  • dri’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • དྲིའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­510

Fragrant Stream

Wylie:
  • dri’i chu
Tibetan:
  • དྲིའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­511

Free from Action

Wylie:
  • bya ba med pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­390
g.­512

Free from Anger

Wylie:
  • khro ba bral ba
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བ་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A nāga who visits Saṅkāśa Mountain.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­329
g.­513

Free from Sand

Wylie:
  • bye mas ma bcom pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱེ་མས་མ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­514

Free from Weeds

Wylie:
  • chu bal dang rnam par bral ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བལ་དང་རྣམ་པར་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­516

Frolicking

Wylie:
  • rab tu rtse bar byed pa
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་རྩེ་བར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­519

Full of Hundreds of Birds

Wylie:
  • bya brgya phrag gis kun tu gang ba
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་བརྒྱ་ཕྲག་གིས་ཀུན་ཏུ་གང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­520

Full of Lotuses

Wylie:
  • pad mas khyab par gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • པད་མས་ཁྱབ་པར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­319
  • 5.­345
g.­523

Gambhīrajala

Wylie:
  • gam bhi ra dza lang
Tibetan:
  • གམ་བྷི་ར་ཛ་ལང་།
Sanskrit:
  • gambhīrajala RP

A lake in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­524

Gandhara

Wylie:
  • gan d+ha ra
Tibetan:
  • གན་དྷ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • gandhara RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­525

gandharva

Wylie:
  • dri za
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandharva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of generally benevolent nonhuman beings who inhabit the skies, sometimes said to inhabit fantastic cities in the clouds, and more specifically to dwell on the eastern slopes of Mount Meru, where they are ruled by the Great King Dhṛtarāṣṭra. They are most renowned as celestial musicians who serve the gods. In the Abhidharma, the term is also used to refer to the mental body assumed by sentient beings during the intermediate state between death and rebirth. Gandharvas are said to live on fragrances (gandha) in the desire realm, hence the Tibetan translation dri za, meaning “scent eater.”

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­44
  • 2.­763
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1047
  • 2.­1059
  • 2.­1304
  • 3.­302
  • 4.B.­135
  • 4.B.­485
  • 4.B.­820
  • 4.C.­208
  • 4.C.­326
  • 4.C.­416
  • 4.C.­564
  • 4.C.­661
  • 4.C.­971
  • 4.C.­999
  • 4.C.­1675
  • 4.C.­1766
  • 4.C.­2035
  • 4.C.­2174
  • 4.C.­2208
  • 4.C.­2212
  • 4.C.­2811
  • 4.C.­2843
  • 4.C.­2932
  • 5.­275
  • 5.­288
  • 5.­307
  • 5.­311
  • 5.­343
  • 5.­370
  • g.­731
  • g.­1318
g.­526

Gandharva Melody

Wylie:
  • dri za’i dbyangs can
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ཟའི་དབྱངས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­527

Gaṅgā

Wylie:
  • gang gA
Tibetan:
  • གང་གཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • gaṅgā RP

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Gaṅgā, or Ganges in English, is considered to be the most sacred river of India, particularly within the Hindu tradition. It starts in the Himalayas, flows through the northern plains of India, bathing the holy city of Vārāṇasī, and meets the sea at the Bay of Bengal, in Bangladesh. In the sūtras, however, this river is mostly mentioned not for its sacredness but for its abundant sands‍—noticeable still today on its many sandy banks and at its delta‍—which serve as a common metaphor for infinitely large numbers.

According to Buddhist cosmology, as explained in the Abhidharmakośa, it is one of the four rivers that flow from Lake Anavatapta and cross the southern continent of Jambudvīpa‍—the known human world or more specifically the Indian subcontinent.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­76
  • 4.B.­116
  • 4.B.­156
  • 4.B.­256
  • 4.B.­605
  • 5.­391
  • c.­2
  • g.­763
  • g.­1391
g.­528

Gaṅkara

Wylie:
  • gang ka ra
Tibetan:
  • གང་ཀ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • gaṅkara RP

A city in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­390
g.­530

Garland Abode

Wylie:
  • phreng ba gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲེང་བ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­386
  • n.­633
g.­531

Garland of Bathing Ponds

Wylie:
  • khrus kyi rdzing bu’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲུས་ཀྱི་རྫིང་བུའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­535

Garland of Lightning

Wylie:
  • glog gi phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • གློག་གི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A nāga who visits Saṅkāśa Mountain.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­329
g.­541

Garland of Plantains

Wylie:
  • tA la’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • ཏཱ་ལའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in the sea south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­271-272
g.­542

Garland of Play

Wylie:
  • rtsed mo’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • རྩེད་མོའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain between Kuru and Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­389
g.­545

Garland of Splendor

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid phreng
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་ཕྲེང་།
Sanskrit:
  • tejojālinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­1327
  • 4.B.­1331
  • g.­604
  • g.­823
  • g.­1036
g.­548

garland-bearer gods

Wylie:
  • phreng thogs lha
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲེང་ཐོགས་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • mālādhara

A class of gods associated with the Four Great Kings.

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­133
  • 3.­221
  • 3.­228
  • 3.­257
  • 3.­259-261
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­322
  • 3.­327
  • 3.­340
  • 4.A.­2
  • 4.A.­5
  • 4.A.­10
  • 4.A.­15
  • 4.A.­46
  • 4.A.­54
  • 4.A.­59
  • 4.A.­70
  • 4.A.­89
  • 4.A.­93
  • 4.A.­98
  • 4.A.­102
  • 4.B.­1249
  • 5.­262
  • 5.­293
  • 5.­316
  • 5.­339
  • 5.­344
  • g.­60
  • g.­61
  • g.­414
  • g.­805
  • g.­817
  • g.­944
  • g.­1019
  • g.­1284
  • g.­1299
  • g.­1370
g.­549

Garland-Draped

Wylie:
  • phreng ba’i nyes ’khor
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲེང་བའི་ཉེས་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­322
  • 5.­349-350
  • 5.­352
  • 5.­376
g.­551

Garlands of Foam

Wylie:
  • dbu ba’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • དབུ་བའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Triple Horns.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­276
g.­552

Garlands of Lightning

Wylie:
  • glog gi phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • གློག་གི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A sea to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­312
g.­553

garuḍa

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ lding
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་ལྡིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • garuḍa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In Indian mythology, the garuḍa is an eagle-like bird that is regarded as the king of all birds, normally depicted with a sharp, owl-like beak, often holding a snake, and with large and powerful wings. They are traditionally enemies of the nāgas. In the Vedas, they are said to have brought nectar from the heavens to earth. Garuḍa can also be used as a proper name for a king of such creatures.

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­822
  • 4.B.­906
  • 4.C.­1719-1720
  • 4.C.­1723-1724
  • 4.C.­1727
  • 4.C.­1749
  • 4.C.­1754
  • 4.C.­1827
  • 4.C.­1985
  • 4.C.­2826
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­308
g.­554

Gathered

Wylie:
  • tshogs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­555

Gautama

Wylie:
  • gau ta ma
Tibetan:
  • གཽ་ཏ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • gautama

Appellation for the Buddha, primarily used by non-Buddhists.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • 4.C.­1268
  • g.­1136
g.­556

Giver of Stones

Wylie:
  • rdo sbyin par byed pa
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་སྦྱིན་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Uttara Mountain.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­309
g.­558

god

Wylie:
  • lha
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • deva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In the most general sense the devas‍—the term is cognate with the English divine‍—are a class of celestial beings who frequently appear in Buddhist texts, often at the head of the assemblies of nonhuman beings who attend and celebrate the teachings of the Buddha Śākyamuni and other buddhas and bodhisattvas. In Buddhist cosmology the devas occupy the highest of the five or six “destinies” (gati) of saṃsāra among which beings take rebirth. The devas reside in the devalokas, “heavens” that traditionally number between twenty-six and twenty-eight and are divided between the desire realm (kāmadhātu), form realm (rūpadhātu), and formless realm (ārūpyadhātu). A being attains rebirth among the devas either through meritorious deeds (in the desire realm) or the attainment of subtle meditative states (in the form and formless realms). While rebirth among the devas is considered favorable, it is ultimately a transitory state from which beings will fall when the conditions that lead to rebirth there are exhausted. Thus, rebirth in the god realms is regarded as a diversion from the spiritual path.

Located in 2,593 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • p.­6
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­18
  • 1.­71
  • 1.­78-79
  • 1.­84
  • 1.­86
  • 1.­88-92
  • 1.­94-96
  • 1.­103
  • 1.­108
  • 1.­112
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­117
  • 1.­121
  • 1.­123-124
  • 1.­146-147
  • 2.­5-7
  • 2.­36-37
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­94
  • 2.­113-114
  • 2.­120
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­132-133
  • 2.­135
  • 2.­162
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­213
  • 2.­227-228
  • 2.­230
  • 2.­232
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­237-238
  • 2.­248
  • 2.­266
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­272
  • 2.­280
  • 2.­303
  • 2.­309
  • 2.­348
  • 2.­358
  • 2.­430
  • 2.­438
  • 2.­450-451
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­575
  • 2.­598
  • 2.­667
  • 2.­706-707
  • 2.­721
  • 2.­734
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­753
  • 2.­782
  • 2.­954-956
  • 2.­958
  • 2.­969
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1035-1036
  • 2.­1038-1039
  • 2.­1071
  • 2.­1075
  • 2.­1110
  • 2.­1144
  • 2.­1149-1150
  • 2.­1256-1258
  • 2.­1264
  • 2.­1309
  • 2.­1342
  • 2.­1362
  • 2.­1368
  • 2.­1374
  • 2.­1386
  • 2.­1403
  • 2.­1480
  • 3.­2-5
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­27
  • 3.­62
  • 3.­64-69
  • 3.­71
  • 3.­75
  • 3.­77-79
  • 3.­85
  • 3.­92
  • 3.­97-100
  • 3.­102
  • 3.­108
  • 3.­110
  • 3.­112-113
  • 3.­115-116
  • 3.­123-126
  • 3.­131-138
  • 3.­142-148
  • 3.­150-154
  • 3.­156-159
  • 3.­161-167
  • 3.­169
  • 3.­171
  • 3.­179-180
  • 3.­196-203
  • 3.­205
  • 3.­207-210
  • 3.­214-219
  • 3.­221-222
  • 3.­224-228
  • 3.­230-238
  • 3.­240-244
  • 3.­246-254
  • 3.­256-259
  • 3.­262-277
  • 3.­279-281
  • 3.­284-304
  • 3.­306
  • 3.­308-311
  • 3.­313-316
  • 3.­318-319
  • 3.­321-322
  • 3.­324-331
  • 3.­333-342
  • 3.­344-346
  • 3.­348
  • 3.­350-357
  • 3.­359-361
  • 3.­365-373
  • 3.­378
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­3
  • 4.A.­1
  • 4.A.­3-5
  • 4.A.­7-13
  • 4.A.­15-17
  • 4.A.­19
  • 4.A.­22
  • 4.A.­36
  • 4.A.­45-64
  • 4.A.­66
  • 4.A.­69-77
  • 4.A.­79-89
  • 4.A.­91-95
  • 4.A.­97-99
  • 4.A.­101-103
  • 4.A.­106-110
  • 4.A.­116
  • 4.A.­119
  • 4.A.­121
  • 4.A.­125-129
  • 4.A.­131-134
  • 4.A.­137
  • 4.A.­139-141
  • 4.A.­145
  • 4.A.­147-148
  • 4.A.­150
  • 4.A.­154
  • 4.A.­156-158
  • 4.A.­160-168
  • 4.A.­179
  • 4.A.­181-184
  • 4.A.­186
  • 4.A.­188
  • 4.A.­201-206
  • 4.A.­209-210
  • 4.A.­212-213
  • 4.A.­215-217
  • 4.A.­219-222
  • 4.A.­224-232
  • 4.A.­234-241
  • 4.A.­244-248
  • 4.A.­259-261
  • 4.A.­264-268
  • 4.A.­270-272
  • 4.A.­274-276
  • 4.A.­278
  • 4.A.­280-284
  • 4.A.­288
  • 4.A.­297-299
  • 4.A.­301-307
  • 4.A.­309-311
  • 4.A.­313-314
  • 4.A.­317
  • 4.A.­321
  • 4.A.­325
  • 4.A.­327-328
  • 4.A.­330-339
  • 4.A.­341-349
  • 4.A.­352-353
  • 4.A.­360-364
  • 4.A.­366-367
  • 4.A.­370
  • 4.A.­372-378
  • 4.A.­380-383
  • 4.A.­385-386
  • 4.A.­388-389
  • 4.A.­391-392
  • 4.A.­397-400
  • 4.A.­402
  • 4.A.­404
  • 4.A.­406-413
  • 4.A.­415-417
  • 4.B.­1-5
  • 4.B.­9-11
  • 4.B.­16-17
  • 4.B.­21-23
  • 4.B.­29-32
  • 4.B.­36-41
  • 4.B.­45-48
  • 4.B.­50-51
  • 4.B.­53-60
  • 4.B.­62
  • 4.B.­65-66
  • 4.B.­69-75
  • 4.B.­77-78
  • 4.B.­86
  • 4.B.­91-92
  • 4.B.­95-100
  • 4.B.­104-106
  • 4.B.­108-113
  • 4.B.­115
  • 4.B.­117
  • 4.B.­119-121
  • 4.B.­123-129
  • 4.B.­134-135
  • 4.B.­137-139
  • 4.B.­141
  • 4.B.­145-147
  • 4.B.­149-152
  • 4.B.­154-159
  • 4.B.­161
  • 4.B.­164-171
  • 4.B.­175
  • 4.B.­180
  • 4.B.­182-193
  • 4.B.­195-205
  • 4.B.­208-215
  • 4.B.­217
  • 4.B.­225
  • 4.B.­232-235
  • 4.B.­237-253
  • 4.B.­255
  • 4.B.­257-263
  • 4.B.­265
  • 4.B.­267-268
  • 4.B.­275
  • 4.B.­297
  • 4.B.­303-305
  • 4.B.­307-308
  • 4.B.­310-313
  • 4.B.­315-323
  • 4.B.­325-332
  • 4.B.­334-338
  • 4.B.­340
  • 4.B.­342
  • 4.B.­344-350
  • 4.B.­352
  • 4.B.­358-359
  • 4.B.­361-364
  • 4.B.­366-367
  • 4.B.­370-371
  • 4.B.­373-374
  • 4.B.­379
  • 4.B.­382
  • 4.B.­385
  • 4.B.­388-396
  • 4.B.­401
  • 4.B.­403-406
  • 4.B.­408
  • 4.B.­410-413
  • 4.B.­417
  • 4.B.­419-425
  • 4.B.­430-432
  • 4.B.­434
  • 4.B.­437
  • 4.B.­439-440
  • 4.B.­442-446
  • 4.B.­448
  • 4.B.­450-451
  • 4.B.­456-467
  • 4.B.­469
  • 4.B.­471-477
  • 4.B.­489
  • 4.B.­494
  • 4.B.­498-501
  • 4.B.­508
  • 4.B.­510-518
  • 4.B.­520-523
  • 4.B.­525
  • 4.B.­530-538
  • 4.B.­540-543
  • 4.B.­550-553
  • 4.B.­557
  • 4.B.­567
  • 4.B.­573
  • 4.B.­579-584
  • 4.B.­586
  • 4.B.­589
  • 4.B.­591-592
  • 4.B.­594-603
  • 4.B.­605-607
  • 4.B.­609-610
  • 4.B.­612
  • 4.B.­641
  • 4.B.­647
  • 4.B.­651-652
  • 4.B.­656
  • 4.B.­658-663
  • 4.B.­667
  • 4.B.­674-677
  • 4.B.­682
  • 4.B.­688-691
  • 4.B.­693
  • 4.B.­695-698
  • 4.B.­707
  • 4.B.­709-714
  • 4.B.­717-719
  • 4.B.­723-724
  • 4.B.­726
  • 4.B.­735-736
  • 4.B.­747-754
  • 4.B.­758-759
  • 4.B.­769-789
  • 4.B.­791
  • 4.B.­793-798
  • 4.B.­802
  • 4.B.­807
  • 4.B.­809
  • 4.B.­811-816
  • 4.B.­818
  • 4.B.­822
  • 4.B.­826-830
  • 4.B.­841-852
  • 4.B.­858-859
  • 4.B.­862
  • 4.B.­864-865
  • 4.B.­868-877
  • 4.B.­879
  • 4.B.­890-891
  • 4.B.­893-895
  • 4.B.­898-903
  • 4.B.­905-914
  • 4.B.­916
  • 4.B.­918
  • 4.B.­938-939
  • 4.B.­942-951
  • 4.B.­962-967
  • 4.B.­981
  • 4.B.­985
  • 4.B.­987
  • 4.B.­990
  • 4.B.­992
  • 4.B.­997-999
  • 4.B.­1003-1004
  • 4.B.­1006
  • 4.B.­1008-1013
  • 4.B.­1015
  • 4.B.­1017-1024
  • 4.B.­1026
  • 4.B.­1035-1042
  • 4.B.­1046
  • 4.B.­1050-1056
  • 4.B.­1058
  • 4.B.­1071-1081
  • 4.B.­1085
  • 4.B.­1100
  • 4.B.­1102
  • 4.B.­1114
  • 4.B.­1119
  • 4.B.­1126-1127
  • 4.B.­1149
  • 4.B.­1156-1157
  • 4.B.­1177
  • 4.B.­1180-1181
  • 4.B.­1183-1184
  • 4.B.­1195-1197
  • 4.B.­1200-1201
  • 4.B.­1203-1205
  • 4.B.­1209
  • 4.B.­1213
  • 4.B.­1215
  • 4.B.­1225-1226
  • 4.B.­1233
  • 4.B.­1238
  • 4.B.­1240
  • 4.B.­1242
  • 4.B.­1244
  • 4.B.­1249-1250
  • 4.B.­1252
  • 4.B.­1255
  • 4.B.­1262-1264
  • 4.B.­1268-1271
  • 4.B.­1273-1281
  • 4.B.­1292
  • 4.B.­1294
  • 4.B.­1296-1301
  • 4.B.­1303-1311
  • 4.B.­1313
  • 4.B.­1315-1317
  • 4.B.­1323-1327
  • 4.B.­1331-1341
  • 4.B.­1343
  • 4.B.­1347
  • 4.B.­1349
  • 4.B.­1353
  • 4.B.­1364
  • 4.B.­1369-1370
  • 4.B.­1372-1375
  • 4.B.­1377-1381
  • 4.B.­1389-1395
  • 4.B.­1405
  • 4.B.­1408
  • 4.C.­1-5
  • 4.C.­7-9
  • 4.C.­12-40
  • 4.C.­43
  • 4.C.­46-47
  • 4.C.­56
  • 4.C.­62
  • 4.C.­66
  • 4.C.­70-71
  • 4.C.­80-88
  • 4.C.­90-91
  • 4.C.­93-100
  • 4.C.­102-103
  • 4.C.­105
  • 4.C.­116-118
  • 4.C.­126
  • 4.C.­128
  • 4.C.­131-136
  • 4.C.­138-141
  • 4.C.­146
  • 4.C.­158-160
  • 4.C.­162
  • 4.C.­164
  • 4.C.­167-178
  • 4.C.­180-184
  • 4.C.­186-207
  • 4.C.­210
  • 4.C.­215-217
  • 4.C.­222
  • 4.C.­224-237
  • 4.C.­239
  • 4.C.­255-256
  • 4.C.­260-264
  • 4.C.­267-272
  • 4.C.­274-285
  • 4.C.­288-289
  • 4.C.­291-292
  • 4.C.­301-307
  • 4.C.­328
  • 4.C.­331-334
  • 4.C.­336
  • 4.C.­338
  • 4.C.­340-341
  • 4.C.­363
  • 4.C.­368-371
  • 4.C.­373-381
  • 4.C.­386
  • 4.C.­389-397
  • 4.C.­399
  • 4.C.­403
  • 4.C.­409
  • 4.C.­415-418
  • 4.C.­420-421
  • 4.C.­423
  • 4.C.­425-435
  • 4.C.­437-440
  • 4.C.­451-452
  • 4.C.­456
  • 4.C.­459
  • 4.C.­462
  • 4.C.­471-472
  • 4.C.­476-478
  • 4.C.­480
  • 4.C.­482-486
  • 4.C.­495-500
  • 4.C.­512-513
  • 4.C.­518-523
  • 4.C.­531-532
  • 4.C.­535-543
  • 4.C.­546-548
  • 4.C.­561-583
  • 4.C.­585
  • 4.C.­587
  • 4.C.­595
  • 4.C.­597-598
  • 4.C.­600-602
  • 4.C.­604-615
  • 4.C.­620
  • 4.C.­635-642
  • 4.C.­683-690
  • 4.C.­692-695
  • 4.C.­698
  • 4.C.­707
  • 4.C.­709-713
  • 4.C.­715-716
  • 4.C.­720-721
  • 4.C.­727-729
  • 4.C.­731-739
  • 4.C.­742
  • 4.C.­744
  • 4.C.­757-760
  • 4.C.­762
  • 4.C.­764
  • 4.C.­773
  • 4.C.­790-793
  • 4.C.­796
  • 4.C.­799-804
  • 4.C.­806-809
  • 4.C.­814-818
  • 4.C.­820-824
  • 4.C.­826
  • 4.C.­832
  • 4.C.­835-837
  • 4.C.­839-841
  • 4.C.­843
  • 4.C.­845-846
  • 4.C.­868-871
  • 4.C.­878
  • 4.C.­882
  • 4.C.­890-892
  • 4.C.­910
  • 4.C.­912-920
  • 4.C.­924
  • 4.C.­927-930
  • 4.C.­937
  • 4.C.­949-956
  • 4.C.­961
  • 4.C.­964
  • 4.C.­971
  • 4.C.­974
  • 4.C.­981-987
  • 4.C.­992-993
  • 4.C.­995-997
  • 4.C.­1004
  • 4.C.­1008-1010
  • 4.C.­1012-1020
  • 4.C.­1022-1023
  • 4.C.­1031
  • 4.C.­1037-1039
  • 4.C.­1048-1050
  • 4.C.­1069-1070
  • 4.C.­1076
  • 4.C.­1084
  • 4.C.­1096
  • 4.C.­1101
  • 4.C.­1114-1117
  • 4.C.­1123-1124
  • 4.C.­1126-1128
  • 4.C.­1137-1139
  • 4.C.­1146
  • 4.C.­1149
  • 4.C.­1152
  • 4.C.­1163-1171
  • 4.C.­1175
  • 4.C.­1177-1183
  • 4.C.­1185-1189
  • 4.C.­1191-1195
  • 4.C.­1198
  • 4.C.­1210-1211
  • 4.C.­1214
  • 4.C.­1216-1218
  • 4.C.­1227-1231
  • 4.C.­1233-1257
  • 4.C.­1259
  • 4.C.­1262
  • 4.C.­1264
  • 4.C.­1267
  • 4.C.­1272
  • 4.C.­1279
  • 4.C.­1281-1283
  • 4.C.­1287-1290
  • 4.C.­1294
  • 4.C.­1296-1299
  • 4.C.­1301-1304
  • 4.C.­1309
  • 4.C.­1317
  • 4.C.­1320
  • 4.C.­1323-1325
  • 4.C.­1327-1330
  • 4.C.­1332-1340
  • 4.C.­1343
  • 4.C.­1378
  • 4.C.­1383-1386
  • 4.C.­1388
  • 4.C.­1390
  • 4.C.­1394
  • 4.C.­1420
  • 4.C.­1432
  • 4.C.­1492
  • 4.C.­1495-1496
  • 4.C.­1513
  • 4.C.­1518
  • 4.C.­1521
  • 4.C.­1536-1537
  • 4.C.­1552
  • 4.C.­1576-1580
  • 4.C.­1582-1583
  • 4.C.­1585-1586
  • 4.C.­1588-1589
  • 4.C.­1591-1603
  • 4.C.­1618-1623
  • 4.C.­1625
  • 4.C.­1630
  • 4.C.­1632-1634
  • 4.C.­1636-1639
  • 4.C.­1641
  • 4.C.­1643-1647
  • 4.C.­1651
  • 4.C.­1653
  • 4.C.­1655-1665
  • 4.C.­1668
  • 4.C.­1670
  • 4.C.­1676-1683
  • 4.C.­1685-1692
  • 4.C.­1702
  • 4.C.­1718-1720
  • 4.C.­1722-1726
  • 4.C.­1728
  • 4.C.­1731-1732
  • 4.C.­1734
  • 4.C.­1740
  • 4.C.­1748
  • 4.C.­1753-1754
  • 4.C.­1758-1759
  • 4.C.­1761-1772
  • 4.C.­1774-1780
  • 4.C.­1783-1785
  • 4.C.­1787-1789
  • 4.C.­1798-1802
  • 4.C.­1804-1809
  • 4.C.­1811-1813
  • 4.C.­1817
  • 4.C.­1820-1821
  • 4.C.­1837-1838
  • 4.C.­1840
  • 4.C.­1842
  • 4.C.­1844
  • 4.C.­1847-1848
  • 4.C.­1850-1859
  • 4.C.­1862-1863
  • 4.C.­1865-1869
  • 4.C.­1874
  • 4.C.­1878-1885
  • 4.C.­1903-1922
  • 4.C.­1924-1929
  • 4.C.­1931-1938
  • 4.C.­1942-1945
  • 4.C.­1948-1949
  • 4.C.­1951
  • 4.C.­1954-1955
  • 4.C.­1959
  • 4.C.­1961-1965
  • 4.C.­1967
  • 4.C.­1969-1971
  • 4.C.­1973
  • 4.C.­1975
  • 4.C.­1978-1983
  • 4.C.­1987-1990
  • 4.C.­1992-2004
  • 4.C.­2006-2008
  • 4.C.­2010-2013
  • 4.C.­2015-2018
  • 4.C.­2021-2022
  • 4.C.­2024-2027
  • 4.C.­2035
  • 4.C.­2039
  • 4.C.­2041-2045
  • 4.C.­2049
  • 4.C.­2055-2056
  • 4.C.­2063-2074
  • 4.C.­2077
  • 4.C.­2079
  • 4.C.­2082
  • 4.C.­2086-2087
  • 4.C.­2090-2093
  • 4.C.­2095
  • 4.C.­2097-2109
  • 4.C.­2123-2129
  • 4.C.­2142-2150
  • 4.C.­2153-2154
  • 4.C.­2167
  • 4.C.­2173-2174
  • 4.C.­2176-2182
  • 4.C.­2190
  • 4.C.­2192
  • 4.C.­2200-2201
  • 4.C.­2207-2208
  • 4.C.­2211-2212
  • 4.C.­2215-2216
  • 4.C.­2218
  • 4.C.­2220-2227
  • 4.C.­2230
  • 4.C.­2236-2240
  • 4.C.­2242-2248
  • 4.C.­2254-2255
  • 4.C.­2257-2258
  • 4.C.­2260-2263
  • 4.C.­2276
  • 4.C.­2278-2288
  • 4.C.­2290-2302
  • 4.C.­2313
  • 4.C.­2332
  • 4.C.­2335-2338
  • 4.C.­2343-2345
  • 4.C.­2347
  • 4.C.­2349-2355
  • 4.C.­2369-2387
  • 4.C.­2391
  • 4.C.­2396
  • 4.C.­2411
  • 4.C.­2413
  • 4.C.­2419
  • 4.C.­2426-2430
  • 4.C.­2432
  • 4.C.­2434
  • 4.C.­2442-2445
  • 4.C.­2456
  • 4.C.­2477
  • 4.C.­2490
  • 4.C.­2493
  • 4.C.­2496
  • 4.C.­2510
  • 4.C.­2520
  • 4.C.­2530
  • 4.C.­2532
  • 4.C.­2536
  • 4.C.­2549
  • 4.C.­2555
  • 4.C.­2568
  • 4.C.­2572-2576
  • 4.C.­2578
  • 4.C.­2580-2584
  • 4.C.­2586
  • 4.C.­2594-2597
  • 4.C.­2599
  • 4.C.­2601-2602
  • 4.C.­2604
  • 4.C.­2606
  • 4.C.­2608
  • 4.C.­2624
  • 4.C.­2630-2634
  • 4.C.­2637-2639
  • 4.C.­2646
  • 4.C.­2648
  • 4.C.­2668
  • 4.C.­2675
  • 4.C.­2677
  • 4.C.­2682-2683
  • 4.C.­2698-2700
  • 4.C.­2703
  • 4.C.­2706
  • 4.C.­2712
  • 4.C.­2722
  • 4.C.­2730
  • 4.C.­2744
  • 4.C.­2771
  • 4.C.­2775-2778
  • 4.C.­2786
  • 4.C.­2804-2807
  • 4.C.­2819
  • 4.C.­2833
  • 4.C.­2838-2839
  • 4.C.­2858
  • 4.C.­2863
  • 4.C.­2883
  • 4.C.­2885-2887
  • 4.C.­2889-2890
  • 4.C.­2903-2904
  • 4.C.­2919
  • 4.C.­2937
  • 4.C.­2946-2947
  • 4.C.­2949
  • 4.C.­2951
  • 4.C.­2954-2959
  • 4.C.­2962-2965
  • 4.C.­2969-2970
  • 4.C.­2972-2975
  • 4.C.­2977
  • 4.C.­2983
  • 4.C.­2986
  • 4.C.­2992-2994
  • 4.C.­3003-3007
  • 4.C.­3014-3018
  • 4.C.­3040
  • 4.C.­3042-3043
  • 4.C.­3045-3046
  • 4.C.­3051
  • 4.C.­3053-3055
  • 4.C.­3057-3058
  • 4.C.­3085-3087
  • 4.C.­3089-3097
  • 4.C.­3099-3100
  • 4.C.­3103
  • 4.C.­3106-3108
  • 4.C.­3110-3114
  • 4.C.­3116-3120
  • 5.­6
  • 5.­24-30
  • 5.­238
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­268-269
  • 5.­271
  • 5.­279
  • 5.­285
  • 5.­288
  • 5.­292-296
  • 5.­315-316
  • 5.­320-321
  • 5.­331
  • 5.­337
  • 5.­339
  • 5.­345-346
  • 5.­350-351
  • 5.­372
  • 5.­374-375
  • 5.­379-380
  • 5.­382-383
  • 5.­417
  • n.­248
  • n.­308
  • n.­444
  • n.­480
  • g.­57
  • g.­66
  • g.­389
  • g.­391
  • g.­403
  • g.­445
  • g.­477
  • g.­548
  • g.­608
  • g.­705
  • g.­753
  • g.­794
  • g.­848
  • g.­874
  • g.­876
  • g.­910
  • g.­950
  • g.­961
  • g.­1133
  • g.­1356
  • g.­1399
  • g.­1406
  • g.­1431
g.­559

Godānīya

Wylie:
  • ba lang spyod
Tibetan:
  • བ་ལང་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • godānīya

The continent to the west of Mount Sumeru.

Located in 80 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • 2.­501
  • 2.­1479
  • 3.­43
  • 3.­45-46
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­74
  • 4.A.­5
  • 4.B.­784
  • 4.B.­1198
  • 4.B.­1205-1206
  • 4.B.­1241
  • 4.B.­1250
  • 4.C.­1298
  • 4.C.­2215
  • 4.C.­2241
  • 5.­17-21
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­294
  • 5.­298
  • 5.­388
  • 5.­390-392
  • 5.­394-395
  • 5.­397-399
  • 5.­415
  • g.­5
  • g.­11
  • g.­49
  • g.­65
  • g.­159
  • g.­199
  • g.­225
  • g.­255
  • g.­272
  • g.­388
  • g.­408
  • g.­415
  • g.­421
  • g.­433
  • g.­511
  • g.­523
  • g.­528
  • g.­542
  • g.­567
  • g.­664
  • g.­665
  • g.­714
  • g.­782
  • g.­889
  • g.­894
  • g.­901
  • g.­903
  • g.­911
  • g.­955
  • g.­969
  • g.­1022
  • g.­1045
  • g.­1056
  • g.­1094
  • g.­1123
  • g.­1142
  • g.­1236
  • g.­1260
  • g.­1334
  • g.­1388
  • g.­1410
  • g.­1432
  • g.­1440
  • g.­1447
g.­560

Godāvarī

Wylie:
  • go dA ba rI
Tibetan:
  • གོ་དཱ་བ་རཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • godāvarī RP

A river in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­265
g.­562

Gold Water

Wylie:
  • gser gyi chu
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­564

Golden Ground

Wylie:
  • gser gyi sa gzhi dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་ས་གཞི་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­566

Golden Walls

Wylie:
  • gser gyi rtsig pa
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་རྩིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the eastern sea beyond Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­255
g.­567

Golden Waters

Wylie:
  • gser gyi mdog gi chu
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་གྱི་མདོག་གི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A river on Cakravāḍa. (2) A sea between Godānīya and Kuru.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­289
  • 5.­389
g.­570

Gorgeous Heaven

Wylie:
  • shin tu mthong
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana

The fourth of five realms associated with the fourth concentration into which only noble beings are born.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­383
g.­572

Gośīrṣaka

Wylie:
  • go shiR+Sha pa
Tibetan:
  • གོ་ཤིཪྵ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • gośīrṣaka

A minor mountain on Lofty Peak.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­345
g.­573

Grape Water

Wylie:
  • rgun ’bru’i chu
Tibetan:
  • རྒུན་འབྲུའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­576

Great Belly

Wylie:
  • lto chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལྟོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain off Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­419
g.­577

Great Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs chen
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • mahābrahma

The highest level of the first concentration.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­572
  • 2.­1149-1150
  • 5.­383
g.­582

Great Flow

Wylie:
  • chen po rab tu ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆེན་པོ་རབ་ཏུ་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­583

Great Fruition

Wylie:
  • ’bras bu che ba
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་བུ་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The third level of the fourth concentration.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­383
g.­584

Great Howling Hell

Wylie:
  • ngu ’bod chen po
Tibetan:
  • ངུ་འབོད་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahāraurava

One of the eight hot hells.

Located in 81 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­123
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­295
  • 2.­452
  • 2.­477-478
  • 2.­482
  • 2.­500
  • 2.­507
  • 2.­510
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­521
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­527
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­534
  • 2.­537
  • 2.­540
  • 2.­570
  • 2.­573-575
  • 2.­577-579
  • 2.­582
  • 2.­603
  • 2.­606-607
  • 2.­610
  • 2.­613
  • 2.­616
  • 2.­619
  • 2.­622
  • 2.­626
  • 2.­630
  • 2.­635
  • 2.­639
  • 2.­642
  • 2.­645
  • 2.­649
  • 2.­653
  • 2.­680
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­702
  • 2.­705
  • 2.­783
  • 4.A.­75
  • 4.B.­848
  • 4.B.­1222
  • 4.C.­1116
  • 4.C.­1237
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1283
  • 4.C.­1287
  • 4.C.­2702
  • 5.­31-32
  • 5.­366
  • g.­106
  • g.­124
  • g.­223
  • g.­224
  • g.­304
  • g.­338
  • g.­417
  • g.­479
  • g.­588
  • g.­680
  • g.­685
  • g.­693
  • g.­724
  • g.­806
  • g.­827
  • g.­951
  • g.­953
  • g.­976
  • g.­1088
  • g.­1138
  • g.­1172
  • g.­1345
g.­586

Great Power

Wylie:
  • dbang chen
Tibetan:
  • དབང་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in the sea beyond Jambudvīpa

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­266-267
  • 5.­270
g.­587

Great Rodhā

Wylie:
  • ro dhA chen po
Tibetan:
  • རོ་དྷཱ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river to the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­263
g.­590

Great Slope

Wylie:
  • logs chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལོགས་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain on Videha.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­405-406
  • g.­93
  • g.­153
  • g.­472
  • g.­478
  • g.­859
  • g.­958
  • g.­1140
  • g.­1248
  • g.­1290
g.­594

Great Trees

Wylie:
  • shing chen po
  • ljon shing
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་ཆེན་པོ།
  • ལྗོན་ཤིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A forest in Dwelling in Excellent View (shing chen po). (2) A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit (ljon shing).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­163
  • 5.­345
g.­596

Great Waves

Wylie:
  • rlabs chen po
  • rlabs chen
Tibetan:
  • རླབས་ཆེན་པོ།
  • རླབས་ཆེན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) An ocean far off the coast of Jambudvīpa (rlabs chen po). (2) A river in the south of Jambudvīpa (rlabs chen).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­259-260
  • 5.­263
g.­597

ground

Wylie:
  • sa
Tibetan:
  • ས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūmi

Stage of spiritual maturation or realization on the path to awakening, serving as the ground for the growth of noble qualities.

Located in 49 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­8
  • 2.­33-34
  • 2.­36-38
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­86
  • 2.­103
  • 2.­113
  • 2.­115-116
  • 2.­138
  • 2.­163
  • 2.­212
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­247
  • 2.­258
  • 2.­263
  • 2.­271-272
  • 2.­274
  • 2.­290
  • 2.­350
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­450
  • 2.­571
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­710
  • 2.­782
  • 2.­953
  • 2.­956
  • 2.­960
  • 2.­1148-1149
  • 2.­1254-1256
  • 2.­1379
  • 3.­1-2
  • 3.­377
  • 4.A.­410
  • 4.B.­5
  • 4.B.­1080
  • 4.B.­1408
  • 4.C.­2023
  • n.­29
  • n.­66
g.­599

ground traveler

Wylie:
  • sa gzhi la rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • ས་གཞི་ལ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­606

guardians of the world

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten skyong ba
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་སྐྱོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

This refers to the Four Great Kings.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­134-137
  • 3.­161
  • 3.­171
  • 3.­179
  • 3.­218
  • 3.­221-222
  • 3.­242-243
  • 3.­246
  • 3.­278
  • 3.­299-301
  • 3.­309-313
  • 4.A.­83-84
  • 4.B.­120
  • 4.B.­122
  • 4.B.­124
  • 4.B.­335-336
  • 4.B.­446
  • 4.B.­903
  • 4.B.­905
  • 4.B.­1073
  • 4.B.­1408
  • 4.C.­1
g.­607

guhyaka

Wylie:
  • gsang ba pa
Tibetan:
  • གསང་བ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • guhyaka

A subclass of yakṣas.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­292
  • 5.­320
  • 5.­345
  • 5.­419
  • 5.­421
g.­609

Hanging Leaves

Wylie:
  • lo ma shin tu ’phyang ba
Tibetan:
  • ལོ་མ་ཤིན་ཏུ་འཕྱང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Forest Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­407
g.­612

Happy Flow

Wylie:
  • yid bde bar ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་བདེ་བར་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­613

Happy Mind

Wylie:
  • yid dga’
  • yid bde ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་དགའ།
  • ཡིད་བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A forest in Living by Rājanina (yid dga’). (2) A mountain in the eastern sea between Jambudvīpa and Videha (yid bde ba).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2956
  • 5.­262
g.­615

Harmful Forest

Wylie:
  • gnod pa’i nags
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་པའི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­616

harsh words

Wylie:
  • tshig rtsub
Tibetan:
  • ཚིག་རྩུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāruṣya

The third among the four verbal misdeeds.

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­10
  • 1.­14
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­28
  • 1.­46
  • 1.­55-56
  • 1.­88
  • 2.­119
  • 2.­544
  • 2.­1007
  • 2.­1097-1098
  • 2.­1100
  • 2.­1104
  • 4.A.­415
  • 4.A.­428
  • 4.B.­969
  • 4.B.­1016
  • 4.B.­1066
  • 4.C.­1069
  • 4.C.­1448
  • 4.C.­1833
  • 4.C.­1914
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­2526
  • g.­1310
g.­619

Heap of Iron

Wylie:
  • lcags kyi phung po
Tibetan:
  • ལྕགས་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain off Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­419
g.­621

Heaps of Fresh Butter

Wylie:
  • mar sar gyi gong bu
Tibetan:
  • མར་སར་གྱི་གོང་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on the mountain called “Excellence of Exquisite Intelligence.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­304
g.­622

hearer

Wylie:
  • nyan thos
Tibetan:
  • ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit:
  • śrāvaka

The term is most simply interpreted as “those who hear” the Buddha’s teaching, i.e. his disciples, but the additional element that they then “make it heard” to others is often present in canonical glosses. In a Mahāyāna context it refers to those disciples of the Buddha who aspire to attain the state of a worthy one (arhat), and not to embark on the path of a bodhisattva (with buddhahood as its ultimate goal).

Located in 32 passages in the translation:

  • p.­1
  • p.­6
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­25
  • 1.­75
  • 1.­79
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­581
  • 3.­123
  • 3.­376
  • 4.A.­347
  • 4.B.­662
  • 4.B.­676
  • 4.C.­97
  • 4.C.­99
  • 4.C.­103
  • 4.C.­1447
  • 4.C.­2427
  • 4.C.­2683
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­267
  • 5.­382
  • 5.­384-385
  • n.­353
  • g.­500
  • g.­982
  • g.­986
  • g.­1147
  • g.­1243
  • g.­1335
  • g.­1456
g.­624

Heaven Free from Strife

Wylie:
  • ’thab bral
Tibetan:
  • འཐབ་བྲལ།
Sanskrit:
  • yāma

One of the six heavens of the desire realm.

Located in 413 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­2-3
  • i.­6
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­113-114
  • 2.­133
  • 2.­162
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­272
  • 2.­1256
  • 3.­2
  • 4.A.­138
  • 4.A.­415-416
  • 4.B.­405
  • 4.B.­582
  • 4.B.­628
  • 4.B.­676
  • 4.B.­1281
  • 4.B.­1408
  • 4.C.­1-5
  • 4.C.­7-8
  • 4.C.­13-14
  • 4.C.­16-17
  • 4.C.­22
  • 4.C.­24-26
  • 4.C.­28-31
  • 4.C.­33
  • 4.C.­38
  • 4.C.­83-88
  • 4.C.­94-100
  • 4.C.­102-104
  • 4.C.­117
  • 4.C.­133
  • 4.C.­164
  • 4.C.­167
  • 4.C.­170-171
  • 4.C.­173
  • 4.C.­180
  • 4.C.­182
  • 4.C.­194
  • 4.C.­197-198
  • 4.C.­201
  • 4.C.­203-204
  • 4.C.­206-207
  • 4.C.­210-211
  • 4.C.­228-229
  • 4.C.­231-233
  • 4.C.­235-236
  • 4.C.­274
  • 4.C.­283
  • 4.C.­306
  • 4.C.­336
  • 4.C.­338
  • 4.C.­362
  • 4.C.­366
  • 4.C.­368
  • 4.C.­373
  • 4.C.­391-393
  • 4.C.­423
  • 4.C.­425
  • 4.C.­434-435
  • 4.C.­437
  • 4.C.­439-440
  • 4.C.­458
  • 4.C.­472-473
  • 4.C.­483-484
  • 4.C.­495
  • 4.C.­499-500
  • 4.C.­537-538
  • 4.C.­546
  • 4.C.­572-573
  • 4.C.­576-580
  • 4.C.­582
  • 4.C.­595
  • 4.C.­597-598
  • 4.C.­600
  • 4.C.­605
  • 4.C.­729
  • 4.C.­733
  • 4.C.­735
  • 4.C.­759
  • 4.C.­790
  • 4.C.­792
  • 4.C.­801
  • 4.C.­804
  • 4.C.­806
  • 4.C.­808
  • 4.C.­814-815
  • 4.C.­836
  • 4.C.­843
  • 4.C.­890
  • 4.C.­1013
  • 4.C.­1018
  • 4.C.­1020
  • 4.C.­1022-1023
  • 4.C.­1039
  • 4.C.­1048
  • 4.C.­1069
  • 4.C.­1127
  • 4.C.­1183
  • 4.C.­1185
  • 4.C.­1230
  • 4.C.­1235-1236
  • 4.C.­1244
  • 4.C.­1248
  • 4.C.­1254-1255
  • 4.C.­1257
  • 4.C.­1259
  • 4.C.­1262-1264
  • 4.C.­1272
  • 4.C.­1283-1289
  • 4.C.­1297
  • 4.C.­1299
  • 4.C.­1301
  • 4.C.­1316-1317
  • 4.C.­1321
  • 4.C.­1333
  • 4.C.­1335-1338
  • 4.C.­1580
  • 4.C.­1589
  • 4.C.­1591
  • 4.C.­1644
  • 4.C.­1653
  • 4.C.­1660-1661
  • 4.C.­1666
  • 4.C.­1679
  • 4.C.­1690-1691
  • 4.C.­1720-1724
  • 4.C.­1726
  • 4.C.­1756
  • 4.C.­1813
  • 4.C.­1841-1842
  • 4.C.­1903-1904
  • 4.C.­1906-1917
  • 4.C.­1919
  • 4.C.­1921-1922
  • 4.C.­1924-1929
  • 4.C.­1932-1933
  • 4.C.­1936-1938
  • 4.C.­1942-1945
  • 4.C.­1948-1949
  • 4.C.­1951
  • 4.C.­1954-1955
  • 4.C.­1957
  • 4.C.­1959
  • 4.C.­1962
  • 4.C.­1967
  • 4.C.­1971
  • 4.C.­1973
  • 4.C.­1975
  • 4.C.­1978-1979
  • 4.C.­1981
  • 4.C.­1983
  • 4.C.­1986
  • 4.C.­1995-1996
  • 4.C.­2001
  • 4.C.­2019
  • 4.C.­2021
  • 4.C.­2023-2024
  • 4.C.­2067
  • 4.C.­2125
  • 4.C.­2127-2128
  • 4.C.­2143
  • 4.C.­2153
  • 4.C.­2173
  • 4.C.­2181
  • 4.C.­2201
  • 4.C.­2212
  • 4.C.­2215
  • 4.C.­2218
  • 4.C.­2221-2223
  • 4.C.­2237
  • 4.C.­2239
  • 4.C.­2241
  • 4.C.­2243
  • 4.C.­2245-2248
  • 4.C.­2254
  • 4.C.­2258-2262
  • 4.C.­2270
  • 4.C.­2284-2286
  • 4.C.­2288
  • 4.C.­2291-2292
  • 4.C.­2294
  • 4.C.­2296
  • 4.C.­2298
  • 4.C.­2303
  • 4.C.­2335-2338
  • 4.C.­2345-2347
  • 4.C.­2378
  • 4.C.­2390
  • 4.C.­2427-2428
  • 4.C.­2430
  • 4.C.­2434
  • 4.C.­2444
  • 4.C.­2459
  • 4.C.­2470
  • 4.C.­2490
  • 4.C.­2499
  • 4.C.­2512
  • 4.C.­2519
  • 4.C.­2536
  • 4.C.­2555
  • 4.C.­2567-2568
  • 4.C.­2571
  • 4.C.­2573-2575
  • 4.C.­2577-2578
  • 4.C.­2594
  • 4.C.­2632-2633
  • 4.C.­2682
  • 4.C.­2730
  • 4.C.­2744
  • 4.C.­2771
  • 4.C.­2775
  • 4.C.­2804
  • 4.C.­2819
  • 4.C.­2833
  • 4.C.­2858
  • 4.C.­2903
  • 4.C.­2919
  • 4.C.­2946
  • 4.C.­2949
  • 4.C.­2951-2952
  • 4.C.­2954
  • 4.C.­2958
  • 4.C.­3005
  • 4.C.­3055
  • 4.C.­3089-3090
  • 4.C.­3116
  • 5.­380
  • n.­356
  • n.­385
  • n.­462-463
  • n.­478
  • n.­558
  • g.­137
  • g.­206
  • g.­227
  • g.­229
  • g.­286
  • g.­318
  • g.­341
  • g.­342
  • g.­358
  • g.­361
  • g.­362
  • g.­367
  • g.­401
  • g.­574
  • g.­579
  • g.­683
  • g.­719
  • g.­737
  • g.­809
  • g.­816
  • g.­820
  • g.­932
  • g.­936
  • g.­937
  • g.­938
  • g.­939
  • g.­940
  • g.­942
  • g.­950
  • g.­977
  • g.­989
  • g.­1037
  • g.­1148
  • g.­1159
  • g.­1175
  • g.­1228
  • g.­1229
  • g.­1231
  • g.­1278
  • g.­1280
  • g.­1326
  • g.­1346
  • g.­1350
  • g.­1359
  • g.­1382
  • g.­1386
  • g.­1398
  • g.­1460
g.­625

Heaven of Delighting in Emanations

Wylie:
  • ’phrul dga’
Tibetan:
  • འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirmāṇarati

One of the six heavens of the desire realm.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­234
  • 2.­272
  • 2.­575
  • 2.­1256
  • 3.­2
  • 4.A.­138
  • 4.A.­415-416
  • 4.C.­391
  • 4.C.­1167
  • 4.C.­1169-1171
  • 4.C.­1177
  • 4.C.­2428
  • 4.C.­3055
  • 5.­382
g.­626

Heaven of Increased Merit

Wylie:
  • bsod nams skyes
Tibetan:
  • བསོད་ནམས་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit:
  • puṇyaprasava

The second level of the fourth concentration.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­383
g.­627

Heaven of Joy

Wylie:
  • dga’ ldan
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • tuṣita

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Tuṣita (or sometimes Saṃtuṣita), literally “Joyous” or “Contented,” is one of the six heavens of the desire realm (kāmadhātu). In standard classifications, such as the one in the Abhidharmakośa, it is ranked as the fourth of the six counting from below. This god realm is where all future buddhas are said to dwell before taking on their final rebirth prior to awakening. There, the Buddha Śākyamuni lived his preceding life as the bodhisattva Śvetaketu. When departing to take birth in this world, he appointed the bodhisattva Maitreya, who will be the next buddha of this eon, as his Dharma regent in Tuṣita. For an account of the Buddha’s previous life in Tuṣita, see The Play in Full (Toh 95), 2.12, and for an account of Maitreya’s birth in Tuṣita and a description of this realm, see The Sūtra on Maitreya’s Birth in the Heaven of Joy, (Toh 199).

Located in 49 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­113
  • 2.­162
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­272
  • 2.­1256
  • 3.­2
  • 4.A.­138
  • 4.A.­415-416
  • 4.C.­194
  • 4.C.­197
  • 4.C.­391
  • 4.C.­499
  • 4.C.­580-581
  • 4.C.­583
  • 4.C.­585
  • 4.C.­1128-1129
  • 4.C.­1163-1164
  • 4.C.­1166-1167
  • 4.C.­2428
  • 4.C.­2582
  • 4.C.­2631-2634
  • 4.C.­2682
  • 4.C.­2698
  • 4.C.­2730
  • 4.C.­2744
  • 4.C.­2771
  • 4.C.­2775
  • 4.C.­2804
  • 4.C.­2819
  • 4.C.­2833
  • 4.C.­2858
  • 4.C.­2903
  • 4.C.­2919
  • 4.C.­2946
  • 4.C.­2949
  • 4.C.­3055
  • 5.­382
  • g.­861
  • g.­972
  • g.­1054
  • g.­1323
g.­629

Heaven of Limitless Virtue

Wylie:
  • tshad med dge
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད་དགེ
Sanskrit:
  • apramāṇaśubha

The third level within the third concentration.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­383
g.­630

Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations

Wylie:
  • gzhan ’phrul dbang byed pa
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་འཕྲུལ་དབང་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin

One of the six heavens of the desire realm.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­133
  • 2.­162
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­272
  • 2.­1036
  • 2.­1256
  • 3.­2
  • 4.A.­138-139
  • 4.A.­415
  • 4.C.­182
  • 4.C.­391
  • 4.C.­1178-1181
  • 4.C.­1246
  • 4.C.­1302
  • 4.C.­2570
  • 4.C.­3055
  • 5.­382
  • g.­694
  • g.­874
g.­631

Heaven of No Hardship

Wylie:
  • mi gdung ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་གདུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • atapa

The second of five realms associated with the fourth concentration into which only noble beings are born.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­383
g.­632

Heaven of Perfected Virtue

Wylie:
  • dge rgyas
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • śubhakṛtsna

The second level of the third concentration.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­383
g.­633

Heaven of the Four Great Kings

Wylie:
  • rgyal chen bzhi’i ris
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་ཆེན་བཞིའི་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • caturmahā­rājika

One of the six heavens of the desire realm.

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­133
  • 4.A.­138
  • 4.A.­416
  • 4.B.­123
  • 4.B.­444
  • 4.B.­1212
  • 4.B.­1234
  • 4.B.­1239
  • 4.B.­1380
  • 4.B.­1408
  • 4.C.­391
  • 4.C.­1238-1239
  • 4.C.­1241
  • 4.C.­1244-1245
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1249
  • 4.C.­1253
  • 4.C.­1302
  • 4.C.­1677
  • 4.C.­1690
  • 4.C.­2631
  • 4.C.­2958
  • 4.C.­3055
  • 5.­24-28
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­294
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­331
  • 5.­345
  • 5.­379-380
  • 5.­382
g.­634

Heaven of the Thirty-Three

Wylie:
  • sum cu rtsa gsum
Tibetan:
  • སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • trāyastriṃśa

One of the six heavens of the desire realm.

Located in 227 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­103
  • 1.­147
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­272
  • 2.­1035
  • 2.­1056
  • 2.­1256
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­233
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­289
  • 3.­292
  • 3.­298
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­328
  • 3.­341-342
  • 3.­350-351
  • 3.­356
  • 3.­370-371
  • 4.A.­138
  • 4.A.­415-416
  • 4.B.­1-2
  • 4.B.­17
  • 4.B.­22
  • 4.B.­36
  • 4.B.­49
  • 4.B.­54
  • 4.B.­101
  • 4.B.­103
  • 4.B.­123
  • 4.B.­146
  • 4.B.­154
  • 4.B.­159
  • 4.B.­195
  • 4.B.­205
  • 4.B.­215
  • 4.B.­225
  • 4.B.­232
  • 4.B.­235
  • 4.B.­237-238
  • 4.B.­245
  • 4.B.­252
  • 4.B.­259
  • 4.B.­268
  • 4.B.­294
  • 4.B.­308
  • 4.B.­319
  • 4.B.­321-322
  • 4.B.­334-335
  • 4.B.­339
  • 4.B.­342
  • 4.B.­367
  • 4.B.­370
  • 4.B.­388
  • 4.B.­396
  • 4.B.­405
  • 4.B.­413
  • 4.B.­417
  • 4.B.­425
  • 4.B.­430
  • 4.B.­435
  • 4.B.­445-447
  • 4.B.­449
  • 4.B.­451
  • 4.B.­456
  • 4.B.­463
  • 4.B.­467
  • 4.B.­469
  • 4.B.­471
  • 4.B.­501
  • 4.B.­507
  • 4.B.­525
  • 4.B.­530
  • 4.B.­543
  • 4.B.­584
  • 4.B.­589
  • 4.B.­643
  • 4.B.­658
  • 4.B.­662
  • 4.B.­693
  • 4.B.­719
  • 4.B.­723-724
  • 4.B.­754
  • 4.B.­758
  • 4.B.­761
  • 4.B.­769
  • 4.B.­775
  • 4.B.­865
  • 4.B.­868
  • 4.B.­874
  • 4.B.­895
  • 4.B.­898
  • 4.B.­903
  • 4.B.­938-939
  • 4.B.­999
  • 4.B.­1073
  • 4.B.­1202
  • 4.B.­1212
  • 4.B.­1239
  • 4.B.­1250
  • 4.B.­1264
  • 4.B.­1268
  • 4.B.­1281
  • 4.B.­1294
  • 4.B.­1296
  • 4.B.­1301
  • 4.B.­1303
  • 4.B.­1327
  • 4.B.­1331
  • 4.B.­1375
  • 4.B.­1377
  • 4.B.­1394
  • 4.B.­1408-1409
  • 4.C.­2
  • 4.C.­5
  • 4.C.­7
  • 4.C.­20-21
  • 4.C.­182
  • 4.C.­306
  • 4.C.­391
  • 4.C.­393
  • 4.C.­1126
  • 4.C.­1245-1252
  • 4.C.­1257-1260
  • 4.C.­1270-1271
  • 4.C.­1289
  • 4.C.­1298
  • 4.C.­1677
  • 4.C.­1690
  • 4.C.­2215
  • 4.C.­2428
  • 4.C.­2958
  • 4.C.­3055
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­238
  • 5.­269
  • 5.­295
  • 5.­379-380
  • 5.­382
  • g.­20
  • g.­67
  • g.­104
  • g.­107
  • g.­116
  • g.­180
  • g.­205
  • g.­292
  • g.­302
  • g.­310
  • g.­311
  • g.­312
  • g.­313
  • g.­314
  • g.­315
  • g.­316
  • g.­317
  • g.­319
  • g.­320
  • g.­321
  • g.­322
  • g.­323
  • g.­324
  • g.­340
  • g.­356
  • g.­366
  • g.­369
  • g.­371
  • g.­378
  • g.­393
  • g.­404
  • g.­409
  • g.­437
  • g.­545
  • g.­644
  • g.­651
  • g.­659
  • g.­671
  • g.­673
  • g.­840
  • g.­876
  • g.­941
  • g.­943
  • g.­946
  • g.­993
  • g.­1005
  • g.­1046
  • g.­1052
  • g.­1062
  • g.­1099
  • g.­1133
  • g.­1167
  • g.­1240
  • g.­1257
  • g.­1263
  • g.­1279
  • g.­1330
  • g.­1331
  • g.­1371
  • g.­1372
  • g.­1374
  • g.­1443
g.­635

hell being

Wylie:
  • sems can dmyal ba
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་དམྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • naraka

One of the five or six classes of sentient beings, engendered by anger and powerful negative actions. They are dominated by great suffering and said to dwell in different hells with specific characteristics.

Located in 412 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­20
  • 1.­23-24
  • 1.­26-31
  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­53
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­81
  • 1.­84
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­120
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­131-132
  • 2.­136
  • 2.­138
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­214
  • 2.­219
  • 2.­227-228
  • 2.­230
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­241
  • 2.­245-246
  • 2.­248
  • 2.­264-266
  • 2.­268
  • 2.­294-295
  • 2.­299
  • 2.­375-377
  • 2.­397
  • 2.­402
  • 2.­407
  • 2.­412
  • 2.­414-415
  • 2.­427-428
  • 2.­439-441
  • 2.­475-476
  • 2.­479
  • 2.­484
  • 2.­486
  • 2.­499
  • 2.­501
  • 2.­505
  • 2.­522
  • 2.­528
  • 2.­538
  • 2.­608
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­614
  • 2.­633
  • 2.­637
  • 2.­640
  • 2.­643
  • 2.­646-647
  • 2.­655-657
  • 2.­681
  • 2.­698
  • 2.­719
  • 2.­727-729
  • 2.­732
  • 2.­735
  • 2.­739-740
  • 2.­747
  • 2.­750
  • 2.­753
  • 2.­760-761
  • 2.­764
  • 2.­767
  • 2.­771
  • 2.­779
  • 2.­827
  • 2.­829
  • 2.­831-832
  • 2.­836
  • 2.­838
  • 2.­847-851
  • 2.­853-854
  • 2.­856-858
  • 2.­862
  • 2.­869
  • 2.­873
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­889-890
  • 2.­894
  • 2.­897
  • 2.­907-909
  • 2.­913
  • 2.­917
  • 2.­920
  • 2.­927-929
  • 2.­932
  • 2.­938-939
  • 2.­943
  • 2.­948
  • 2.­952
  • 2.­972
  • 2.­1035
  • 2.­1040-1041
  • 2.­1044-1045
  • 2.­1059-1060
  • 2.­1070-1071
  • 2.­1083
  • 2.­1085
  • 2.­1094-1096
  • 2.­1112
  • 2.­1116-1118
  • 2.­1123-1124
  • 2.­1135-1136
  • 2.­1140
  • 2.­1157
  • 2.­1167
  • 2.­1179-1181
  • 2.­1187
  • 2.­1190-1191
  • 2.­1196
  • 2.­1200
  • 2.­1206-1207
  • 2.­1212
  • 2.­1221
  • 2.­1224
  • 2.­1227
  • 2.­1265
  • 3.­27-28
  • 3.­131
  • 4.­1
  • 4.A.­3
  • 4.A.­53
  • 4.A.­58
  • 4.A.­69
  • 4.A.­82
  • 4.A.­88
  • 4.A.­92
  • 4.A.­97
  • 4.A.­101
  • 4.A.­107
  • 4.A.­131
  • 4.A.­133
  • 4.A.­136
  • 4.A.­157
  • 4.A.­162
  • 4.A.­182
  • 4.A.­201
  • 4.A.­204
  • 4.A.­207
  • 4.A.­216
  • 4.A.­220
  • 4.A.­223
  • 4.A.­246
  • 4.A.­259
  • 4.A.­262
  • 4.A.­265
  • 4.A.­269
  • 4.A.­275
  • 4.A.­279
  • 4.A.­298
  • 4.A.­303
  • 4.A.­311
  • 4.A.­331
  • 4.A.­338
  • 4.A.­345
  • 4.A.­377
  • 4.A.­381
  • 4.A.­398
  • 4.A.­402
  • 4.A.­406
  • 4.B.­101
  • 4.B.­103
  • 4.B.­106
  • 4.B.­115
  • 4.B.­128
  • 4.B.­139
  • 4.B.­153
  • 4.B.­158
  • 4.B.­194
  • 4.B.­204
  • 4.B.­214
  • 4.B.­234
  • 4.B.­262
  • 4.B.­314-316
  • 4.B.­320
  • 4.B.­338
  • 4.B.­359
  • 4.B.­366
  • 4.B.­395
  • 4.B.­404-405
  • 4.B.­412
  • 4.B.­424
  • 4.B.­450
  • 4.B.­466
  • 4.B.­500
  • 4.B.­524
  • 4.B.­542
  • 4.B.­583
  • 4.B.­692
  • 4.B.­718
  • 4.B.­748
  • 4.B.­753
  • 4.B.­814
  • 4.B.­864
  • 4.B.­877
  • 4.B.­894
  • 4.B.­938
  • 4.B.­998
  • 4.B.­1079
  • 4.B.­1113
  • 4.B.­1211-1212
  • 4.B.­1222-1224
  • 4.B.­1233
  • 4.B.­1238
  • 4.B.­1244
  • 4.B.­1250
  • 4.B.­1253
  • 4.B.­1293
  • 4.B.­1300
  • 4.B.­1326
  • 4.B.­1355
  • 4.B.­1374
  • 4.B.­1393
  • 4.C.­12
  • 4.C.­105-111
  • 4.C.­113-117
  • 4.C.­170
  • 4.C.­179
  • 4.C.­235-236
  • 4.C.­263
  • 4.C.­270
  • 4.C.­273
  • 4.C.­334
  • 4.C.­394
  • 4.C.­422
  • 4.C.­511
  • 4.C.­535
  • 4.C.­597
  • 4.C.­605
  • 4.C.­613
  • 4.C.­692-694
  • 4.C.­707
  • 4.C.­821
  • 4.C.­835
  • 4.C.­891
  • 4.C.­956
  • 4.C.­1039
  • 4.C.­1048
  • 4.C.­1070
  • 4.C.­1096
  • 4.C.­1101
  • 4.C.­1116-1117
  • 4.C.­1185
  • 4.C.­1228-1229
  • 4.C.­1231
  • 4.C.­1234
  • 4.C.­1246
  • 4.C.­1250
  • 4.C.­1256
  • 4.C.­1330
  • 4.C.­1343
  • 4.C.­1358-1359
  • 4.C.­1375
  • 4.C.­1383-1384
  • 4.C.­1387
  • 4.C.­1389
  • 4.C.­1395
  • 4.C.­1434
  • 4.C.­1482
  • 4.C.­1520
  • 4.C.­1557
  • 4.C.­1575-1576
  • 4.C.­1651
  • 4.C.­1754
  • 4.C.­1839
  • 4.C.­1918
  • 4.C.­1956
  • 4.C.­1969
  • 4.C.­2022
  • 4.C.­2105
  • 4.C.­2161
  • 4.C.­2222
  • 4.C.­2244
  • 4.C.­2262
  • 4.C.­2265
  • 4.C.­2291
  • 4.C.­2337
  • 4.C.­2389
  • 4.C.­2492
  • 4.C.­2496
  • 4.C.­2521-2522
  • 4.C.­2533
  • 4.C.­2535
  • 4.C.­2549
  • 4.C.­2576
  • 4.C.­2600
  • 4.C.­2638-2639
  • 4.C.­2646
  • 4.C.­2706
  • 4.C.­2746-2748
  • 4.C.­2750
  • 4.C.­2752-2753
  • 4.C.­2835
  • 4.C.­2839
  • 4.C.­2884
  • 4.C.­2886
  • 4.C.­2938
  • 4.C.­2951
  • 4.C.­2983
  • 4.C.­2993
  • 4.C.­3024-3025
  • 4.C.­3028
  • 4.C.­3031
  • 4.C.­3039
  • 4.C.­3041
  • 4.C.­3051
  • 4.C.­3087
  • 5.­6
  • 5.­36
  • 5.­306
  • 5.­315
  • 5.­346
  • 5.­348
  • 5.­351
  • 5.­366
  • 5.­372
  • 5.­375
  • 5.­396
  • 5.­403
g.­637

Hell of Heat

Wylie:
  • tsha ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • tapana

One of the eight hot hells.

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­123
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­295
  • 2.­711-713
  • 2.­721
  • 2.­725
  • 2.­731
  • 2.­734
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­742
  • 2.­745
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­752
  • 2.­755
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­763
  • 2.­766
  • 2.­769
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­777
  • 2.­781
  • 2.­783
  • 4.B.­850
  • 4.B.­1222
  • 4.C.­1116
  • 4.C.­1237
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1283
  • 4.C.­2702
  • 5.­31-32
  • 5.­366
  • g.­141
  • g.­234
  • g.­411
  • g.­462
  • g.­473
  • g.­589
  • g.­687
  • g.­701
  • g.­877
  • g.­1098
  • g.­1100
  • g.­1300
  • g.­1308
  • g.­1312
  • g.­1315
  • g.­1344
g.­638

Hell of Intense Heat

Wylie:
  • rab tu tsha ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་ཚ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pratāpana

One of the eight hot hells.

Located in 59 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­123
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­295
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­785
  • 2.­793
  • 2.­808-811
  • 2.­846
  • 2.­871
  • 2.­875
  • 2.­888
  • 2.­893
  • 2.­896
  • 2.­906
  • 2.­912
  • 2.­915
  • 2.­919
  • 2.­921
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­931
  • 2.­936
  • 2.­941
  • 2.­944
  • 2.­947
  • 2.­951
  • 2.­1036
  • 4.B.­851
  • 4.C.­1116
  • 4.C.­1237
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1260
  • 4.C.­1283
  • 4.C.­1289
  • 4.C.­2702
  • 5.­31-32
  • 5.­366
  • g.­36
  • g.­143
  • g.­207
  • g.­217
  • g.­245
  • g.­343
  • g.­427
  • g.­547
  • g.­591
  • g.­623
  • g.­636
  • g.­696
  • g.­802
  • g.­811
  • g.­896
  • g.­988
  • g.­992
  • g.­1040
  • g.­1317
g.­640

Hell of Ultimate Torment

Wylie:
  • mnar med
Tibetan:
  • མནར་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • avīci

The most severe among the eight hot hells.

Located in 100 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­2
  • 1.­1
  • 1.­32
  • 1.­39
  • 2.­123
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­248
  • 2.­295
  • 2.­960-970
  • 2.­972
  • 2.­1034-1036
  • 2.­1039
  • 2.­1041-1042
  • 2.­1044-1045
  • 2.­1057
  • 2.­1059-1060
  • 2.­1070
  • 2.­1083
  • 2.­1134-1135
  • 2.­1137-1139
  • 2.­1148
  • 2.­1151-1154
  • 2.­1156
  • 2.­1160-1161
  • 2.­1164
  • 2.­1178
  • 2.­1184
  • 2.­1189
  • 2.­1194
  • 2.­1199
  • 2.­1202
  • 2.­1205
  • 2.­1211
  • 2.­1216
  • 2.­1220
  • 2.­1223
  • 2.­1226
  • 2.­1252
  • 2.­1254
  • 2.­1259
  • 4.B.­404
  • 4.B.­851
  • 4.C.­1116
  • 4.C.­1237
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­2702
  • 5.­31-32
  • n.­18
  • g.­25
  • g.­79
  • g.­96
  • g.­102
  • g.­326
  • g.­381
  • g.­424
  • g.­426
  • g.­546
  • g.­580
  • g.­652
  • g.­662
  • g.­689
  • g.­700
  • g.­812
  • g.­828
  • g.­853
  • g.­900
  • g.­1059
  • g.­1085
  • g.­1086
  • g.­1211
  • g.­1212
  • g.­1311
  • g.­1313
  • g.­1316
  • g.­1343
  • g.­1457
g.­644

High Conduct

Wylie:
  • mtho bar spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐོ་བར་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • utkarṣacārinī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­1294
  • 4.B.­1296
  • g.­43
  • g.­915
g.­645

High Priests of Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i mdun na ’don
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་མདུན་ན་འདོན།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmapurohita

The intermediate level of the first concentration.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­383
g.­646

Highest Heaven

Wylie:
  • ’og min
Tibetan:
  • འོག་མིན།
Sanskrit:
  • akaniṣṭha

The fifth of five realms associated with the fourth concentration into which only noble beings are born.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1036
  • 5.­383
g.­649

Himavat

Wylie:
  • gangs can
Tibetan:
  • གངས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • himavat

Mountains in the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­300-301
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­391
g.­650

Holder of Joy

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ ba ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་བ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­322
  • 5.­363-365
  • 5.­376
  • g.­990
g.­653

Home of Birds

Wylie:
  • bya nges par gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་ངེས་པར་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­323
  • 5.­325
g.­657

Horse Cloud Forest

Wylie:
  • rta’i sprin
Tibetan:
  • རྟའི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Deer Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­410
g.­659

House of Refined Gold

Wylie:
  • gser phug gi khang pa
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་ཕུག་གི་ཁང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tapanīyagṛha

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­425
  • g.­1038
g.­661

Howling Hell

Wylie:
  • ngu ’bod
Tibetan:
  • ངུ་འབོད།
Sanskrit:
  • raurava

One of the eight hot hells.

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­123
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­295
  • 2.­452
  • 2.­486
  • 2.­504
  • 2.­518
  • 2.­570
  • 2.­640
  • 2.­711
  • 2.­783
  • 4.A.­75
  • 4.B.­849
  • 4.B.­1222
  • 4.C.­1116
  • 4.C.­1237
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1283
  • 4.C.­1287
  • 4.C.­2702
  • 5.­31-32
  • 5.­366
  • n.­74
  • n.­76
  • g.­119
  • g.­142
  • g.­454
  • g.­483
  • g.­675
  • g.­702
  • g.­975
  • g.­1074
  • g.­1151
  • g.­1152
  • g.­1201
  • g.­1202
  • g.­1222
  • g.­1401
  • g.­1455
g.­664

Hundred Arches

Wylie:
  • rta babs brgya pa
Tibetan:
  • རྟ་བབས་བརྒྱ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­390
g.­665

Hundred Peaks

Wylie:
  • parba brgya pa
Tibetan:
  • པརྦ་བརྒྱ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­667

ill will

Wylie:
  • gnod sems
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • vyāpāda

The second among the three mental misdeeds.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­17
  • 1.­31
  • 1.­74-75
  • 1.­92-93
  • 1.­96-99
  • 1.­101
  • 1.­112
  • 2.­1013
  • 2.­1125-1127
  • 2.­1129-1133
  • 3.­23
  • 4.B.­206
  • 4.C.­818-819
  • 4.C.­844
  • 4.C.­1363
  • 4.C.­1473
  • 4.C.­1707
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­1964
  • 4.C.­1973
  • 4.C.­1979
  • 4.C.­2278
  • 4.C.­2701
  • g.­1310
g.­670

Immeasurable

Wylie:
  • gzhal du med pa
Tibetan:
  • གཞལ་དུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in the northern continent of Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­672

Immovable

Wylie:
  • mi g.yo ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • acalā

The fourth level of the asuras.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­184
  • 3.­194
  • g.­84
  • g.­991
g.­682

Indra

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indra

Another name of Śakra.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­257
  • 4.C.­304
  • g.­874
  • g.­1133
g.­684

Infinite Flow

Wylie:
  • dpag tu med pa ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • དཔག་ཏུ་མེད་པ་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­692

insight

Wylie:
  • shes rab
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñā

Transcendent or discriminating awareness; the mind that sees the ultimate truth. One of the six perfections of the bodhisattva.

Located in 393 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • 1.­75
  • 2.­8-9
  • 2.­12
  • 2.­15
  • 2.­18
  • 2.­21
  • 2.­23
  • 2.­28
  • 2.­41
  • 2.­136
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­262
  • 2.­1380
  • 3.­228
  • 4.B.­791-792
  • 4.B.­1098
  • 4.B.­1104
  • 4.B.­1167
  • 4.B.­1406
  • 4.B.­1408
  • 4.C.­9
  • 4.C.­12
  • 4.C.­20
  • 4.C.­66
  • 4.C.­180
  • 4.C.­257
  • 4.C.­259-260
  • 4.C.­274
  • 4.C.­294
  • 4.C.­302
  • 4.C.­333
  • 4.C.­336
  • 4.C.­363
  • 4.C.­423
  • 4.C.­537
  • 4.C.­598
  • 4.C.­641
  • 4.C.­781
  • 4.C.­783
  • 4.C.­816-817
  • 4.C.­873
  • 4.C.­930-931
  • 4.C.­941
  • 4.C.­943
  • 4.C.­946
  • 4.C.­956-957
  • 4.C.­968
  • 4.C.­972
  • 4.C.­1179
  • 4.C.­1195
  • 4.C.­1197
  • 4.C.­1199
  • 4.C.­1243
  • 4.C.­1261
  • 4.C.­1302
  • 4.C.­1305
  • 4.C.­1308
  • 4.C.­1367
  • 4.C.­1541-1543
  • 4.C.­1570-1572
  • 4.C.­1591
  • 4.C.­1653
  • 4.C.­1731
  • 4.C.­1754
  • 4.C.­1908
  • 4.C.­1911
  • 4.C.­1916
  • 4.C.­1937
  • 4.C.­1945
  • 4.C.­1955
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­1965
  • 4.C.­1975-1978
  • 4.C.­1997
  • 4.C.­2004
  • 4.C.­2120
  • 4.C.­2264
  • 4.C.­2347
  • 4.C.­2400
  • 4.C.­2402
  • 4.C.­2404-2405
  • 4.C.­2414
  • 4.C.­2428
  • 4.C.­2510
  • 4.C.­2529-2531
  • 4.C.­2562
  • 4.C.­2577
  • 4.C.­2656
  • 4.C.­2838
  • 4.C.­2842
  • 4.C.­2849-2850
  • 4.C.­2861
  • 4.C.­2864
  • 4.C.­2870-2871
  • 4.C.­2895
  • 4.C.­2899
  • 4.C.­2901
  • 4.C.­2941
  • 4.C.­2952
  • 4.C.­2993
  • 4.C.­3023
  • 4.C.­3025
  • 4.C.­3027
  • 4.C.­3029
  • 4.C.­3033-3036
  • 4.C.­3067
  • 4.C.­3084
  • 4.C.­3089
  • 5.­19
  • 5.­24
  • 5.­29-32
  • 5.­34-35
  • 5.­38-40
  • 5.­43-56
  • 5.­58
  • 5.­60-101
  • 5.­103-123
  • 5.­125-152
  • 5.­155-204
  • 5.­208
  • 5.­213-217
  • 5.­221
  • 5.­223
  • 5.­225
  • 5.­231
  • 5.­234-235
  • 5.­238
  • 5.­240-246
  • 5.­250-254
  • 5.­256-266
  • 5.­270
  • 5.­272
  • 5.­274
  • 5.­277
  • 5.­281-282
  • 5.­286-287
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­291
  • 5.­293
  • 5.­295-296
  • 5.­298-301
  • 5.­304-305
  • 5.­310
  • 5.­316
  • 5.­319
  • 5.­321-323
  • 5.­325-326
  • 5.­328-329
  • 5.­331
  • 5.­337-338
  • 5.­344
  • 5.­349
  • 5.­353
  • 5.­363
  • 5.­367
  • 5.­373
  • 5.­377
  • 5.­379-380
  • 5.­382
  • 5.­386
  • 5.­388
  • 5.­393
  • 5.­395
  • 5.­399
  • 5.­405
  • 5.­410
  • 5.­413
  • 5.­417
  • 5.­419
  • 5.­425
  • c.­4
  • c.­6
  • c.­8
  • n.­642
  • g.­447
  • g.­1191
  • g.­1224
g.­698

Invisible

Wylie:
  • mi mthong ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Eye Garland.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­413
g.­703

Isle of Jewels

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i gling
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in the sea far beyond Jambudvīpa

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­290
g.­704

Isolated Highlands

Wylie:
  • ’brog tu rnam par chad pa
Tibetan:
  • འབྲོག་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་ཆད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­706

Jagaddala

Wylie:
  • dza gad+dA la
Tibetan:
  • ཛ་གདྡཱ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • jagaddala

An important Buddhist monastery located in Bengal (modern day Bangladesh), founded by King Rāmapāla (ruled 1077–1120 ᴄᴇ).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • c.­3
  • n.­640
g.­708

Jambu

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • jambu

A river famed for its excellent gold

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • 2.­1207
  • 4.A.­139
  • 4.A.­186
  • 4.A.­389
  • 4.B.­8
  • 4.B.­31
  • 4.B.­35
  • 4.B.­108
  • 4.B.­160
  • 4.B.­218
  • 4.B.­408
  • 4.B.­658
  • 4.B.­898-899
  • 4.C.­279
  • 4.C.­306
  • 4.C.­1338
  • 4.C.­1758
  • 4.C.­2025
  • 4.C.­2376
  • 5.­11
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­262
  • 5.­277
  • n.­152
g.­710

Jambudvīpa

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu gling
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུ་གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • jambudvīpa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The name of the southern continent in Buddhist cosmology, which can signify either the known human world, or more specifically the Indian subcontinent, literally “the jambu island/continent.” Jambu is the name used for a range of plum-like fruits from trees belonging to the genus Szygium, particularly Szygium jambos and Szygium cumini, and it has commonly been rendered “rose apple,” although “black plum” may be a less misleading term. Among various explanations given for the continent being so named, one (in the Abhidharmakośa) is that a jambu tree grows in its northern mountains beside Lake Anavatapta, mythically considered the source of the four great rivers of India, and that the continent is therefore named from the tree or the fruit. Jambudvīpa has the Vajrāsana at its center and is the only continent upon which buddhas attain awakening.

Located in 353 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­99-100
  • 1.­122-123
  • 1.­146
  • 2.­5-6
  • 2.­36-37
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­113
  • 2.­162
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­272
  • 2.­305
  • 2.­450
  • 2.­484
  • 2.­501
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­954
  • 2.­1149
  • 2.­1256
  • 2.­1283
  • 2.­1479
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­43-45
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­56
  • 3.­60
  • 3.­67-68
  • 3.­72-73
  • 3.­81
  • 3.­88
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­110
  • 3.­112
  • 3.­118
  • 3.­120
  • 3.­122
  • 3.­133-135
  • 3.­200
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­227
  • 3.­300
  • 3.­310-314
  • 3.­377
  • 4.A.­5
  • 4.A.­83-85
  • 4.A.­135
  • 4.A.­334
  • 4.A.­383
  • 4.A.­401
  • 4.A.­408
  • 4.A.­411
  • 4.B.­55
  • 4.B.­69
  • 4.B.­120
  • 4.B.­122
  • 4.B.­196
  • 4.B.­199
  • 4.B.­211
  • 4.B.­218-219
  • 4.B.­228-229
  • 4.B.­256
  • 4.B.­311-312
  • 4.B.­316
  • 4.B.­322-323
  • 4.B.­325
  • 4.B.­334-336
  • 4.B.­520
  • 4.B.­605
  • 4.B.­661
  • 4.B.­674
  • 4.B.­811
  • 4.B.­903-905
  • 4.B.­909
  • 4.B.­1197-1198
  • 4.B.­1224
  • 4.B.­1250
  • 4.B.­1276
  • 4.C.­87
  • 4.C.­304
  • 4.C.­499
  • 4.C.­570
  • 4.C.­1267
  • 4.C.­1289
  • 4.C.­1299-1300
  • 4.C.­1317
  • 4.C.­1760
  • 4.C.­1839
  • 4.C.­2127
  • 4.C.­2378
  • 4.C.­2484
  • 4.C.­2632-2633
  • 4.C.­2976
  • 4.C.­3005
  • 4.C.­3117
  • 5.­7-20
  • 5.­232
  • 5.­238-239
  • 5.­241-245
  • 5.­247-254
  • 5.­261-269
  • 5.­281
  • 5.­287
  • 5.­294-295
  • 5.­298-299
  • 5.­301
  • 5.­304-305
  • 5.­310
  • 5.­314
  • 5.­316
  • 5.­319
  • 5.­321-323
  • 5.­325
  • 5.­338-339
  • 5.­386
  • 5.­390-391
  • 5.­393
  • 5.­395
  • 5.­405-406
  • 5.­410
  • 5.­415
  • 5.­419-424
  • c.­2
  • g.­9
  • g.­10
  • g.­13
  • g.­28
  • g.­29
  • g.­30
  • g.­31
  • g.­47
  • g.­50
  • g.­51
  • g.­53
  • g.­55
  • g.­71
  • g.­77
  • g.­78
  • g.­95
  • g.­100
  • g.­101
  • g.­103
  • g.­111
  • g.­115
  • g.­118
  • g.­125
  • g.­134
  • g.­139
  • g.­148
  • g.­151
  • g.­167
  • g.­169
  • g.­181
  • g.­197
  • g.­235
  • g.­236
  • g.­241
  • g.­258
  • g.­259
  • g.­289
  • g.­301
  • g.­339
  • g.­351
  • g.­359
  • g.­363
  • g.­364
  • g.­365
  • g.­370
  • g.­397
  • g.­400
  • g.­402
  • g.­422
  • g.­429
  • g.­441
  • g.­448
  • g.­497
  • g.­509
  • g.­524
  • g.­527
  • g.­541
  • g.­552
  • g.­560
  • g.­564
  • g.­566
  • g.­568
  • g.­586
  • g.­587
  • g.­596
  • g.­613
  • g.­649
  • g.­703
  • g.­711
  • g.­715
  • g.­717
  • g.­746
  • g.­747
  • g.­749
  • g.­750
  • g.­752
  • g.­754
  • g.­761
  • g.­765
  • g.­767
  • g.­769
  • g.­770
  • g.­771
  • g.­773
  • g.­775
  • g.­779
  • g.­784
  • g.­785
  • g.­789
  • g.­798
  • g.­799
  • g.­801
  • g.­803
  • g.­804
  • g.­844
  • g.­849
  • g.­855
  • g.­857
  • g.­858
  • g.­862
  • g.­880
  • g.­882
  • g.­883
  • g.­888
  • g.­891
  • g.­895
  • g.­910
  • g.­921
  • g.­962
  • g.­994
  • g.­999
  • g.­1009
  • g.­1014
  • g.­1016
  • g.­1025
  • g.­1039
  • g.­1047
  • g.­1050
  • g.­1060
  • g.­1064
  • g.­1084
  • g.­1090
  • g.­1092
  • g.­1109
  • g.­1121
  • g.­1132
  • g.­1139
  • g.­1146
  • g.­1154
  • g.­1178
  • g.­1181
  • g.­1184
  • g.­1185
  • g.­1186
  • g.­1187
  • g.­1206
  • g.­1208
  • g.­1220
  • g.­1261
  • g.­1262
  • g.­1264
  • g.­1267
  • g.­1272
  • g.­1283
  • g.­1286
  • g.­1291
  • g.­1295
  • g.­1302
  • g.­1354
  • g.­1355
  • g.­1357
  • g.­1358
  • g.­1360
  • g.­1379
  • g.­1380
  • g.­1416
  • g.­1438
  • g.­1439
  • g.­1461
g.­711

Jambudvīpa Garland

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu’i gling gi phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུའི་གླིང་གི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­311
  • g.­1318
g.­714

Jewel Friends

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i grogs po
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་གྲོགས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain between Kuru and Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­389
g.­715

Jewel Islands

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i gling
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean off Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­423
g.­717

Jewel Rocks

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i rdo ba dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རྡོ་བ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­720

Jewel-Water Keeper

Wylie:
  • nor bu’i chu can rnams kyis ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུའི་ཆུ་ཅན་རྣམས་ཀྱིས་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­721

Joy of the Vidyādharas

Wylie:
  • rig pa ’dzin pa dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པ་འཛིན་པ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­730

Joyous Forest

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Deer Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­410
g.­731

Joyous Garland of Jambu Gold

Wylie:
  • rab tu dga’ ba’i ’dzam bu’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བའི་འཛམ་བུའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A gandharva colony on Mount Sāra.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­288
g.­732

Joyous Gods

Wylie:
  • lha dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­733

Joyous Grove

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba’i tshal
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བའི་ཚལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on the southern face of Sumeru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­293
g.­734

Joyous Higher Realms

Wylie:
  • mtho ris dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • མཐོ་རིས་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river that flows between the two Anūna mountains.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­249
g.­738

Joyous Mountain

Wylie:
  • dga’i ba’i ri’i nags
Tibetan:
  • དགའི་བའི་རིའི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Upward Ocean.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­349
  • 5.­411
g.­739

Joyous Movement

Wylie:
  • dga’ bas ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བས་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­740

Joyous Nāga Girls

Wylie:
  • klu’i bu mo mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུའི་བུ་མོ་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­742

Joyous Smoke

Wylie:
  • du ba dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དུ་བ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Forest Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­407
g.­743

Joyous Summit Visitor

Wylie:
  • rtse mo la ’jug par dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་མོ་ལ་འཇུག་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­746

Just Like Milk

Wylie:
  • ’o ma dang mtshungs par ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • འོ་མ་དང་མཚུངས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­320
g.­747

Kāberi

Wylie:
  • kA be ri
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་བེ་རི།
Sanskrit:
  • kāberi RP

A river in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­265
g.­749

Kailāśa

Wylie:
  • ti se
Tibetan:
  • ཏི་སེ།
Sanskrit:
  • kailāśa

A mountain in the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­301
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­391
g.­750

Kailāśa Horn

Wylie:
  • ti se’i rwa
Tibetan:
  • ཏི་སེའི་རྭ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­302
g.­752

Kālaka

Wylie:
  • kA la ko
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་ལ་ཀོ
Sanskrit:
  • kālaka

An island in the sea west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­281
  • g.­130
  • g.­1394
g.­754

Kamboja

Wylie:
  • kam po dzI
Tibetan:
  • ཀམ་པོ་ཛཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • kamboja

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa, corresponding to the northern Afghanistan

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­761

Karṇika

Wylie:
  • kar+N+Ni ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀརྞྞི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • karṇika RP

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­249
g.­763

Kāśī

Wylie:
  • ka shi
  • kA shi
  • ka shi ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ཤི།
  • ཀཱ་ཤི།
  • ཀ་ཤི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • —

Ancient name for Vārāṇasī, the holy city on the banks of the Gaṅgā, this name can be applied also to the surrounding country or district. It lies in modern day Uttar Pradesh, India.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­92
  • 4.C.­1839
  • 5.­337
  • 5.­391
  • g.­1391
g.­765

Kaṭuka

Wylie:
  • ka Tu ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ཊུ་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • kaṭuka RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­766

Kauśika

Wylie:
  • kau shi ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀཽ་ཤི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • kauśika

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

“One who belongs to the Kuśika lineage.” An epithet of the god Śakra, also known as Indra, the king of the gods in the Trāyastriṃśa heaven. In the Ṛgveda, Indra is addressed by the epithet Kauśika, with the implication that he is associated with the descendants of the Kuśika lineage (gotra) as their aiding deity. In later epic and Purāṇic texts, we find the story that Indra took birth as Gādhi Kauśika, the son of Kuśika and one of the Vedic poet-seers, after the Puru king Kuśika had performed austerities for one thousand years to obtain a son equal to Indra who could not be killed by others. In the Pāli Kusajātaka (Jāt V 141–45), the Buddha, in one of his former bodhisattva lives as a Trāyastriṃśa god, takes birth as the future king Kusa upon the request of Indra, who wishes to help the childless king of the Mallas, Okkaka, and his chief queen Sīlavatī. This story is also referred to by Nāgasena in the Milindapañha.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­7
  • 2.­36-37
  • 3.­75
  • 3.­134
  • 3.­233
  • 4.B.­4-5
  • 4.B.­1281
  • 4.B.­1391
  • 4.C.­5
  • 4.C.­1261-1268
  • 4.C.­1270-1272
  • 4.C.­2428
  • g.­1133
g.­767

Kauśika

Wylie:
  • kau shi ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀཽ་ཤི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • kauśika

(1) A river in the east of Jambudvīpa. (2) A river in the ephemeral hell known as Red.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­249
  • 5.­306
g.­768

Kauśikama

Wylie:
  • kau shi ka ma
Tibetan:
  • ཀཽ་ཤི་ཀ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • kauśikama RP

A river on Excellence of Exquisite Intelligence.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­304
g.­769

Kāverī

Wylie:
  • kA be rI
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་བེ་རཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • kāverī

A river in Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­252
g.­770

Kekāpino

Wylie:
  • ke kA pi no
Tibetan:
  • ཀེ་ཀཱ་པི་ནོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kekāpino RP

A land to the west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­281
g.­771

Ketaka

Wylie:
  • ke ta ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀེ་ཏ་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • ketaka RP

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­772

Ketaka Fragrance

Wylie:
  • ke ta ka’i dris bsgos pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀེ་ཏ་ཀའི་དྲིས་བསྒོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ketaka RP

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­773

Ketako

Wylie:
  • ke ta ko
Tibetan:
  • ཀེ་ཏ་ཀོ
Sanskrit:
  • ketako RP

A land in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­265
g.­775

Khārā

Wylie:
  • khA rA
Tibetan:
  • ཁཱ་རཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • khārā RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­776

killing

Wylie:
  • srog gcod pa
Tibetan:
  • སྲོག་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prāṇātipāta

The first among the three physical misdeeds.

Located in 244 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1-3
  • 1.­20
  • 1.­22
  • 1.­34-37
  • 1.­78
  • 1.­80-81
  • 1.­118
  • 2.­297-298
  • 2.­301
  • 2.­304
  • 2.­314
  • 2.­325
  • 2.­367
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­373
  • 2.­378
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­391-392
  • 2.­394
  • 2.­396
  • 2.­401
  • 2.­404
  • 2.­410
  • 2.­415
  • 2.­417
  • 2.­429
  • 2.­432
  • 2.­434
  • 2.­438
  • 2.­443
  • 2.­446
  • 2.­452
  • 2.­478
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­485-486
  • 2.­500
  • 2.­504
  • 2.­507
  • 2.­510
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­518
  • 2.­521
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­527
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­534
  • 2.­537
  • 2.­540
  • 2.­570
  • 2.­573-574
  • 2.­583
  • 2.­603
  • 2.­606
  • 2.­613
  • 2.­616
  • 2.­619
  • 2.­622
  • 2.­626
  • 2.­630
  • 2.­635
  • 2.­639
  • 2.­642
  • 2.­645
  • 2.­649
  • 2.­653
  • 2.­680
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­702
  • 2.­712-713
  • 2.­721
  • 2.­725
  • 2.­731
  • 2.­734
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­752
  • 2.­755
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­763
  • 2.­766
  • 2.­769
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­777
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­826
  • 2.­830
  • 2.­833
  • 2.­837
  • 2.­847
  • 2.­871
  • 2.­875
  • 2.­888
  • 2.­893
  • 2.­896
  • 2.­906
  • 2.­912
  • 2.­915
  • 2.­919
  • 2.­921
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­931
  • 2.­936
  • 2.­941
  • 2.­944
  • 2.­947
  • 2.­1000
  • 2.­1046
  • 2.­1303
  • 2.­1306
  • 2.­1387
  • 2.­1404
  • 3.­29
  • 3.­36
  • 3.­144
  • 3.­327
  • 3.­344
  • 3.­362
  • 4.A.­126
  • 4.A.­415-416
  • 4.A.­427
  • 4.B.­146
  • 4.B.­152
  • 4.B.­154
  • 4.B.­216
  • 4.B.­235-236
  • 4.B.­294-295
  • 4.B.­297
  • 4.B.­321
  • 4.B.­340-341
  • 4.B.­368-369
  • 4.B.­396-398
  • 4.B.­413-416
  • 4.B.­426-427
  • 4.B.­430
  • 4.B.­451-452
  • 4.B.­454
  • 4.B.­467
  • 4.B.­501-503
  • 4.B.­507
  • 4.B.­525-527
  • 4.B.­529
  • 4.B.­543-545
  • 4.B.­548
  • 4.B.­585-586
  • 4.B.­693
  • 4.B.­715
  • 4.B.­719-720
  • 4.B.­723
  • 4.B.­755
  • 4.B.­846-847
  • 4.B.­867-868
  • 4.B.­897
  • 4.B.­999
  • 4.B.­1266
  • 4.B.­1294-1295
  • 4.B.­1329
  • 4.B.­1376
  • 4.C.­2-3
  • 4.C.­13
  • 4.C.­180
  • 4.C.­274
  • 4.C.­337
  • 4.C.­423
  • 4.C.­538
  • 4.C.­545
  • 4.C.­599
  • 4.C.­748
  • 4.C.­1019
  • 4.C.­1069
  • 4.C.­1218
  • 4.C.­1238
  • 4.C.­1241
  • 4.C.­1243
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1257
  • 4.C.­1259
  • 4.C.­1289
  • 4.C.­1298
  • 4.C.­1363
  • 4.C.­1448
  • 4.C.­1591
  • 4.C.­1611
  • 4.C.­1653
  • 4.C.­1756
  • 4.C.­1842
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­1962
  • 4.C.­2023
  • 4.C.­2218
  • 4.C.­2282
  • 4.C.­2347
  • 4.C.­2458
  • 4.C.­2550
  • 4.C.­2577
  • 4.C.­2652
  • 4.C.­2687
  • 4.C.­2705
  • 4.C.­2882
  • 4.C.­2952
  • 4.C.­2958
  • 4.C.­3042
  • 4.C.­3089
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­312
  • 5.­377
  • 5.­417
  • g.­444
  • g.­1310
g.­778

kiṃśuka

Wylie:
  • king shu ka
  • keng shu ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀིང་ཤུ་ཀ
  • ཀེང་ཤུ་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • kiṃśuka

Butea frondosa, also known as flame of the forest; a tree with bright red flowers.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­646
  • 2.­729
  • 2.­869
  • 2.­1342
  • 4.C.­1237
  • 5.­326
  • 5.­356
  • 5.­389
g.­779

Kinkikirāta

Wylie:
  • kin+ki ki rA tA
Tibetan:
  • ཀིནྐི་ཀི་རཱ་ཏཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • kinkikirāta RP

A barbaric people in Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­253
g.­780

kinnara

Wylie:
  • mi’am ci
Tibetan:
  • མིའམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit:
  • kinnara

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that resemble humans to the degree that their very name‍—which means “is that human?”‍—suggests some confusion as to their divine status. Kinnaras are mythological beings found in both Buddhist and Brahmanical literature, where they are portrayed as creatures half human, half animal. They are often depicted as highly skilled celestial musicians.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­535
  • 5.­272
  • 5.­285
  • 5.­289
  • 5.­292
  • 5.­300
  • 5.­302
  • 5.­367
  • 5.­419
  • g.­658
g.­782

Koraṇḍo

Wylie:
  • ko raN+Do
Tibetan:
  • ཀོ་རཎྜོ།
Sanskrit:
  • koraṇḍo RP

A land in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­783

Kosala

Wylie:
  • ko sa la
  • kau sha la
Tibetan:
  • ཀོ་ས་ལ།
  • ཀཽ་ཤ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • kosala
  • kośala

An ancient kingdom, northwest of Magadha, abutting Kāśi, whose capital was Śrāvastī. During the Buddha’s time it was ruled by King Prasenajit.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­92
  • 4.C.­1839
  • 5.­391
g.­784

Kośalā

Wylie:
  • ko sha lA
Tibetan:
  • ཀོ་ཤ་ལཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • kośalā RP

A river in the east of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­249
g.­785

Kourava

Wylie:
  • ko’u ra ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀོའུ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kourava RP

A land in the east of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­249
g.­786

Kouṭubha

Wylie:
  • kau Tub+haH
Tibetan:
  • ཀཽ་ཊུབྷཿ།
Sanskrit:
  • kouṭubha RP

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­789

Kṣoṇo

Wylie:
  • Sho No
Tibetan:
  • ཥོ་ཎོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣoṇo RP

A river in Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­250
g.­791

Kubera

Wylie:
  • ku be ra
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་བེ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • kubera

Also known as Vaiśravaṇa. One among the Four Great Kings, guardian of the north.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­406
  • g.­501
  • g.­1459
g.­792

Kukkuṭācīra

Wylie:
  • kuk+ku TA tsI ra
Tibetan:
  • ཀུཀྐུ་ཊཱ་ཙཱི་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • kukkuṭācīra RP

A forest on Forest Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­407
g.­793

Kulakā

Wylie:
  • ku la kA
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་ལ་ཀཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • kulakā

A rākṣasī living in Ramayo.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­284
g.­798

Kuñjaro

Wylie:
  • kuny+dza ro
Tibetan:
  • ཀུཉྫ་རོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kuñjaro RP

A mountain in the sea south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­273-274
g.­799

Kuru

Wylie:
  • sgra mi snyan
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་མི་སྙན།
Sanskrit:
  • kuru

(1) The continent to the north of Mount Sumeru. (2) A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 112 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • 2.­130
  • 2.­501
  • 2.­1479
  • 3.­43
  • 3.­49
  • 3.­55-56
  • 3.­74
  • 3.­81
  • 4.A.­5
  • 4.B.­1197
  • 4.B.­1201-1204
  • 4.B.­1206
  • 4.B.­1250
  • 4.C.­1289
  • 4.C.­2215
  • 4.C.­2243
  • 5.­7-16
  • 5.­18-19
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­294
  • 5.­298-299
  • 5.­314
  • 5.­316
  • 5.­319
  • 5.­321-322
  • 5.­324-329
  • 5.­331-332
  • 5.­335-338
  • 5.­344-345
  • 5.­348-350
  • 5.­353
  • 5.­355
  • 5.­357
  • 5.­360
  • 5.­362-363
  • 5.­367
  • 5.­372-373
  • 5.­376
  • 5.­386
  • 5.­388
  • 5.­415
  • g.­96
  • g.­122
  • g.­123
  • g.­182
  • g.­199
  • g.­240
  • g.­269
  • g.­347
  • g.­352
  • g.­360
  • g.­382
  • g.­420
  • g.­421
  • g.­425
  • g.­530
  • g.­542
  • g.­549
  • g.­554
  • g.­567
  • g.­650
  • g.­670
  • g.­714
  • g.­818
  • g.­819
  • g.­825
  • g.­914
  • g.­929
  • g.­933
  • g.­935
  • g.­948
  • g.­1013
  • g.­1022
  • g.­1143
  • g.­1153
  • g.­1189
  • g.­1242
  • g.­1260
  • g.­1305
  • g.­1440
  • g.­1446
g.­800

kuśika

Wylie:
  • ku shi kA
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་ཤི་ཀཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • kuśika RP

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­801

Land of Kuṭa Fruits

Wylie:
  • ku Ta’i ’bras bu pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུ་ཊའི་འབྲས་བུ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­803

Land of the Good

Wylie:
  • bzang po pa
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་པོ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­804

Laṅkapuri Rākṣasas

Wylie:
  • lang ka’i grong khyer na nges par gnas pa’i srin po
Tibetan:
  • ལང་ཀའི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར་ན་ངེས་པར་གནས་པའི་སྲིན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­805

Lateral

Wylie:
  • mtha’ la gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­5
  • 4.A.­7
  • 4.A.­10
  • g.­42
  • g.­188
  • g.­193
  • g.­275
  • g.­325
  • g.­392
  • g.­506
  • g.­518
  • g.­544
  • g.­611
  • g.­833
  • g.­981
g.­810

lightning wielder

Wylie:
  • glog ’khyug par byed pa
Tibetan:
  • གློག་འཁྱུག་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­813

Limited Light

Wylie:
  • ’od chung
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • parīttābha

The lowest level of the form realm’s second concentration.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­706-707
  • 2.­782
  • 2.­1256-1257
  • 5.­383
g.­815

Limitless Light

Wylie:
  • tshad med ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • apramāṇābhā

The second level within the form realm’s second concentration.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­450
  • 4.A.­411-412
  • 5.­383
g.­816

Living by Rājanina

Wylie:
  • rA dza ni na rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • རཱ་ཛ་ནི་ན་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­2952
  • 4.C.­2954
  • 4.C.­2957
  • 4.C.­2962
  • 4.C.­2975
  • 4.C.­2992
  • 4.C.­3005
  • 4.C.­3087-3088
  • g.­613
  • g.­668
  • g.­1080
  • g.­1384
g.­818

Living in Kuttāṃgati

Wylie:
  • kuD+TAM ga ti na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུཌྚཱཾ་ག་ཏི་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­819

Living in Mountain Ranges

Wylie:
  • ri’i klung na kun tu spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • རིའི་ཀླུང་ན་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­820

Living on the Peak

Wylie:
  • brtsegs pa rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • བརྩེགས་པ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­4
  • 4.C.­274
  • 4.C.­305
  • 4.C.­336
  • 4.C.­338-339
  • 4.C.­368
  • 4.C.­370
  • 4.C.­373
  • 4.C.­377
  • 4.C.­392
  • n.­362
  • g.­209
  • g.­617
  • g.­713
  • g.­807
  • g.­824
  • g.­870
  • g.­1071
  • g.­1170
  • g.­1349
g.­822

Lofty Heaps of Silver

Wylie:
  • dngul mthon por brtsegs pa
Tibetan:
  • དངུལ་མཐོན་པོར་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Tamer of Deer Enemies.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­337
g.­823

Lofty Mound

Wylie:
  • mtho brtsegs
Tibetan:
  • མཐོ་བརྩེགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A peak upon Mount Sumeru. (2) A mountain in Garland of Splendor.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­474
  • 4.B.­1339-1340
  • g.­84
g.­824

Lofty Peak

Wylie:
  • mtho bar brtsegs pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐོ་བར་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on the lower level of Living on the Peak.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­371
  • g.­162
  • g.­572
g.­825

Lofty Summit

Wylie:
  • mtho bar brtsegs pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐོ་བར་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Kuru. Also known as Covered by Lotuses (pad ma dmar pos kun tu khyab pa).

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­322
  • 5.­344-346
  • 5.­348
  • 5.­376
  • g.­110
  • g.­220
  • g.­242
  • g.­263
  • g.­507
  • g.­520
  • g.­594
  • g.­1203
  • g.­1271
  • g.­1341
  • g.­1376
g.­826

Long

Wylie:
  • ring pa
Tibetan:
  • རིང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­829

Lord of Death

Wylie:
  • gshin rje
  • ’chi bdag
Tibetan:
  • གཤིན་རྗེ།
  • འཆི་བདག
Sanskrit:
  • yama

Ruler of the hells.

Located in 314 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­121
  • 2.­328
  • 2.­331
  • 2.­346
  • 2.­348
  • 2.­350
  • 2.­371-372
  • 2.­374-375
  • 2.­388
  • 2.­392
  • 2.­397
  • 2.­402
  • 2.­405
  • 2.­411
  • 2.­414-415
  • 2.­418
  • 2.­427-428
  • 2.­436
  • 2.­440-441
  • 2.­454
  • 2.­470
  • 2.­472
  • 2.­475
  • 2.­479
  • 2.­486
  • 2.­502
  • 2.­505
  • 2.­508
  • 2.­515
  • 2.­519
  • 2.­522
  • 2.­525
  • 2.­529
  • 2.­538
  • 2.­541
  • 2.­568
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­579-580
  • 2.­604
  • 2.­614
  • 2.­623-624
  • 2.­632
  • 2.­646-647
  • 2.­650-651
  • 2.­654
  • 2.­657
  • 2.­679
  • 2.­698
  • 2.­714
  • 2.­717
  • 2.­740
  • 2.­743
  • 2.­747
  • 2.­753
  • 2.­761
  • 2.­764
  • 2.­767
  • 2.­775
  • 2.­779
  • 2.­789
  • 2.­791
  • 2.­794
  • 2.­796
  • 2.­808-809
  • 2.­811
  • 2.­825
  • 2.­828
  • 2.­832
  • 2.­835
  • 2.­846
  • 2.­848
  • 2.­856
  • 2.­858
  • 2.­868
  • 2.­873
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­889
  • 2.­899
  • 2.­913
  • 2.­922
  • 2.­926
  • 2.­929
  • 2.­932
  • 2.­934
  • 2.­937
  • 2.­945
  • 2.­978-979
  • 2.­994
  • 2.­1028
  • 2.­1047
  • 2.­1059
  • 2.­1070-1071
  • 2.­1080
  • 2.­1083-1085
  • 2.­1094
  • 2.­1106
  • 2.­1118
  • 2.­1154
  • 2.­1157
  • 2.­1166-1167
  • 2.­1187
  • 2.­1196
  • 2.­1200
  • 2.­1203
  • 2.­1206
  • 2.­1208
  • 2.­1213
  • 2.­1221
  • 2.­1224
  • 2.­1227
  • 2.­1250
  • 2.­1285
  • 2.­1361-1362
  • 2.­1375
  • 2.­1377
  • 2.­1393
  • 2.­1411
  • 3.­111
  • 3.­277
  • 4.A.­270
  • 4.B.­174
  • 4.B.­483
  • 4.B.­893
  • 4.B.­953
  • 4.B.­1052
  • 4.B.­1054-1056
  • 4.B.­1071
  • 4.B.­1079
  • 4.B.­1081-1082
  • 4.B.­1087
  • 4.B.­1091
  • 4.B.­1093
  • 4.B.­1102
  • 4.B.­1105
  • 4.B.­1113
  • 4.B.­1129
  • 4.B.­1142
  • 4.B.­1149
  • 4.B.­1155-1157
  • 4.B.­1168
  • 4.B.­1171
  • 4.B.­1180-1181
  • 4.B.­1189
  • 4.B.­1194-1195
  • 4.B.­1221
  • 4.B.­1224
  • 4.B.­1350
  • 4.C.­42-44
  • 4.C.­47
  • 4.C.­49
  • 4.C.­73
  • 4.C.­75
  • 4.C.­77
  • 4.C.­115
  • 4.C.­211
  • 4.C.­213-214
  • 4.C.­218
  • 4.C.­221-222
  • 4.C.­254
  • 4.C.­257-258
  • 4.C.­260-261
  • 4.C.­263
  • 4.C.­270
  • 4.C.­272
  • 4.C.­480
  • 4.C.­488-489
  • 4.C.­502-513
  • 4.C.­515
  • 4.C.­517
  • 4.C.­529
  • 4.C.­533
  • 4.C.­1073
  • 4.C.­1095
  • 4.C.­1131
  • 4.C.­1160-1161
  • 4.C.­1234
  • 4.C.­1283-1284
  • 4.C.­1331
  • 4.C.­1368
  • 4.C.­1414
  • 4.C.­1473
  • 4.C.­1609
  • 4.C.­1611-1613
  • 4.C.­1615-1616
  • 4.C.­1648
  • 4.C.­1732
  • 4.C.­1739-1740
  • 4.C.­1796
  • 4.C.­1814
  • 4.C.­1888-1898
  • 4.C.­1976
  • 4.C.­2029-2037
  • 4.C.­2039
  • 4.C.­2051
  • 4.C.­2057
  • 4.C.­2078
  • 4.C.­2131
  • 4.C.­2156-2157
  • 4.C.­2159
  • 4.C.­2163
  • 4.C.­2196-2197
  • 4.C.­2225-2226
  • 4.C.­2228
  • 4.C.­2230
  • 4.C.­2232-2233
  • 4.C.­2235-2236
  • 4.C.­2240
  • 4.C.­2243
  • 4.C.­2290
  • 4.C.­2319-2324
  • 4.C.­2357
  • 4.C.­2370
  • 4.C.­2431
  • 4.C.­2545-2547
  • 4.C.­2556
  • 4.C.­2588
  • 4.C.­2603
  • 4.C.­2607
  • 4.C.­2616
  • 4.C.­2838-2839
  • 4.C.­2842
  • 4.C.­2856-2857
  • 4.C.­2875
  • 4.C.­2882
  • 4.C.­2930
  • 4.C.­2978
  • 4.C.­2985-2986
  • 4.C.­3010
  • 5.­277-278
  • 5.­361-362
  • g.­218
  • g.­1238
g.­836

Lovely Voice

Wylie:
  • skad kyi dbyangs can
Tibetan:
  • སྐད་ཀྱི་དབྱངས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­837

Low River

Wylie:
  • dma’ ba’i chu
Tibetan:
  • དམའ་བའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­839

Luminosity

Wylie:
  • ’od gsal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གསལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ābhāsvara

The uppermost level of the second concentration in the form realm.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2-5
  • 3.­23
  • 4.B.­1408
  • 5.­238
  • 5.­383
g.­843

lying

Wylie:
  • rdzun du smra ba
Tibetan:
  • རྫུན་དུ་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mṛṣā­vāda

The first among the four verbal misdeeds.

Located in 124 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­10-11
  • 1.­26
  • 1.­46-47
  • 1.­52-53
  • 1.­85
  • 1.­118
  • 2.­119
  • 2.­500
  • 2.­573-576
  • 2.­581
  • 2.­583
  • 2.­600-604
  • 2.­606
  • 2.­608-609
  • 2.­613
  • 2.­616
  • 2.­619
  • 2.­622-623
  • 2.­626
  • 2.­628
  • 2.­630
  • 2.­633
  • 2.­635
  • 2.­637
  • 2.­639-640
  • 2.­642
  • 2.­645
  • 2.­649-651
  • 2.­653
  • 2.­658
  • 2.­660
  • 2.­663
  • 2.­665
  • 2.­667
  • 2.­670
  • 2.­672-673
  • 2.­680-681
  • 2.­684-686
  • 2.­688
  • 2.­696-697
  • 2.­702
  • 2.­712-713
  • 2.­721
  • 2.­725
  • 2.­731
  • 2.­734
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­752
  • 2.­755
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­763
  • 2.­766
  • 2.­769
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­777
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­826
  • 2.­837
  • 2.­843
  • 2.­871
  • 2.­875
  • 2.­888
  • 2.­893
  • 2.­896
  • 2.­906
  • 2.­912
  • 2.­915
  • 2.­919
  • 2.­921
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­931
  • 2.­936
  • 2.­941
  • 2.­944
  • 2.­947
  • 2.­1005
  • 2.­1070
  • 2.­1072
  • 2.­1077
  • 2.­1080
  • 2.­1105
  • 4.A.­415-416
  • 4.A.­428
  • 4.B.­702
  • 4.B.­704
  • 4.B.­849
  • 4.B.­1014
  • 4.B.­1102
  • 4.C.­92
  • 4.C.­1020
  • 4.C.­1069
  • 4.C.­1448
  • 4.C.­1937
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­1963
  • 4.C.­2284
  • 4.C.­2526
  • 4.C.­2862
  • 5.­32
  • g.­444
  • g.­1310
g.­844

Madrā

Wylie:
  • ma drA
Tibetan:
  • མ་དྲཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • madrā RP

A land in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­265
g.­846

Magadha

Wylie:
  • ma ga dhA
Tibetan:
  • མ་ག་དྷཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • magadha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An ancient Indian kingdom that lay to the south of the Ganges River in what today is the state of Bihar. Magadha was the largest of the sixteen “great states” (mahājanapada) that flourished between the sixth and third centuries ʙᴄᴇ in northern India. During the life of the Buddha Śākyamuni, it was ruled by King Bimbisāra and later by Bimbisāra's son, Ajātaśatru. Its capital was initially Rājagṛha (modern-day Rajgir) but was later moved to Pāṭaliputra (modern-day Patna). Over the centuries, with the expansion of the Magadha’s might, it became the capital of the vast Mauryan empire and seat of the great King Aśoka.

This region is home to many of the most important Buddhist sites, including Bodh Gayā, where the Buddha attained awakening; Vulture Peak (Gṛdhra­kūṭa), where the Buddha bestowed many well-known Mahāyāna sūtras; and the Buddhist university of Nālandā that flourished between the fifth and twelfth centuries ᴄᴇ, among many others.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­546
  • 5.­246
  • 5.­391
  • c.­5
  • g.­783
  • g.­1079
g.­849

Mahikṣikā

Wylie:
  • ma hi ShI kA
Tibetan:
  • མ་ཧི་ཥཱི་ཀཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahikṣikā RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­850

mahoraga

Wylie:
  • lto ’phye chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལྟོ་འཕྱེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahoraga

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Literally “great serpents,” mahoragas are supernatural beings depicted as large, subterranean beings with human torsos and heads and the lower bodies of serpents. Their movements are said to cause earthquakes, and they make up a class of subterranean geomantic spirits whose movement through the seasons and months of the year is deemed significant for construction projects.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­998
  • 4.B.­275
  • 4.B.­535
  • 4.B.­567
  • 4.B.­890
  • 4.C.­2608
  • 4.C.­3108
  • 5.­256
  • 5.­321
g.­851

Maitreya

Wylie:
  • byams pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maitreya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The bodhisattva Maitreya is an important figure in many Buddhist traditions, where he is unanimously regarded as the buddha of the future era. He is said to currently reside in the heaven of Tuṣita, as Śākyamuni’s regent, where he awaits the proper time to take his final rebirth and become the fifth buddha in the Fortunate Eon, reestablishing the Dharma in this world after the teachings of the current buddha have disappeared. Within the Mahāyāna sūtras, Maitreya is elevated to the same status as other central bodhisattvas such as Mañjuśrī and Avalokiteśvara, and his name appears frequently in sūtras, either as the Buddha’s interlocutor or as a teacher of the Dharma. Maitreya literally means “Loving One.” He is also known as Ajita, meaning “Invincible.”

For more information on Maitreya, see, for example, the introduction to Maitreya’s Setting Out (Toh 198).

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­113-114
  • 2.­162
  • 2.­234
  • 4.C.­1317-1320
  • 4.C.­2344
  • c.­4
  • g.­972
g.­854

mākṣāḍa

Wylie:
  • mA ShA Da
Tibetan:
  • མཱ་ཥཱ་ཌ།
Sanskrit:
  • mākṣāḍa RP

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­855

Malaya

Wylie:
  • ma la ya
Tibetan:
  • མ་ལ་ཡ།
Sanskrit:
  • malaya

A mountain in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­864
  • 5.­263
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­391
g.­856

Malaya dweller

Wylie:
  • ma la ya gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་ལ་ཡ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­858

Mālikā

Wylie:
  • mA li kA gling
Tibetan:
  • མཱ་ལི་ཀཱ་གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • mālikā RP

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­859

Mālikagaṅkara Forest

Wylie:
  • mA li ka gang+ka ra’i nags
Tibetan:
  • མཱ་ལི་ཀ་གངྐ་རའི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • mālikagaṅkara RP

A forest on Great Slope.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­406
g.­860

Mānadehā

Wylie:
  • mAn de hA
Tibetan:
  • མཱན་དེ་ཧཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • mānadehā RP

A rākṣasī living on Ardhamaru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­286
g.­862

Mānasarovara

Wylie:
  • ma pham
Tibetan:
  • མ་ཕམ།
Sanskrit:
  • mānasarovara RS

A lake in Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­863

Maṇḍala

Wylie:
  • maN+DalaM
Tibetan:
  • མཎྜལཾ།
Sanskrit:
  • maṇḍala RP

A forest on Flocking Peacocks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­408
g.­864

mandārava

Wylie:
  • man dA ra ba
Tibetan:
  • མན་དཱ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mandārava

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the five trees of Indra’s paradise, its heavenly flowers often rain down in salutation of the buddhas and bodhisattvas and are said to be very bright and aromatic, gladdening the hearts of those who see them. In our world, it is a tree native to India, Erythrina indica or Erythrina variegata, commonly known as the Indian coral tree, mandarava tree, flame tree, and tiger’s claw. In the early spring, before its leaves grow, the tree is fully covered in large flowers, which are rich in nectar and attract many birds. Although the most widespread coral tree has red crimson flowers, the color of the blossoms is not usually mentioned in the sūtras themselves, and it may refer to some other kinds, like the rarer Erythrina indica alba, which boasts white flowers.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­120
  • 4.A.­261
  • 4.A.­264
  • 4.A.­313
  • 4.B.­193
  • 4.B.­251
  • 4.B.­328
  • 4.B.­1304
  • 4.C.­800
  • 4.C.­1239
  • 4.C.­1633
  • 4.C.­1764
  • 4.C.­1849
  • 4.C.­1868
  • 4.C.­2025
  • 4.C.­2068
  • 4.C.­2071
  • 4.C.­2974
  • 4.C.­3111
  • 5.­271
  • 5.­293
  • 5.­308-309
  • 5.­373
g.­866

Mandehā

Wylie:
  • man de ha
Tibetan:
  • མན་དེ་ཧ།
Sanskrit:
  • mandehā RP

A rākṣasī living in Blue Waters.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­257
g.­871

Mañjuśrī

Wylie:
  • ’jam dpal
Tibetan:
  • འཇམ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • mañjuśrī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Mañjuśrī is one of the “eight close sons of the Buddha” and a bodhisattva who embodies wisdom. He is a major figure in the Mahāyāna sūtras, appearing often as an interlocutor of the Buddha. In his most well-known iconographic form, he is portrayed bearing the sword of wisdom in his right hand and a volume of the Prajñā­pāramitā­sūtra in his left. To his name, Mañjuśrī, meaning “Gentle and Glorious One,” is often added the epithet Kumārabhūta, “having a youthful form.” He is also called Mañjughoṣa, Mañjusvara, and Pañcaśikha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­4
g.­874

māra

Wylie:
  • bdud
Tibetan:
  • བདུད།
Sanskrit:
  • māra

(1) A demonic being often bearing the epithet of the “Evil One” (pāpīyān, sdig can), sometimes said to be the principal deity in Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations, the highest paradise in the desire realm; also one of the names of the god of desire, Kāma in the Vedic tradition. He is portrayed as attempting to prevent the Buddha’s enlightenment. In early soteriological religions, the principal deity in saṃsāra, such as Indra, would attempt to prevent anyone’s realization that would lead to such a liberation.

(2) The devas ruled over by Māra and assisting his attempts to prevent the Buddha’s enlightenment; they do not wish any being to escape from saṃsāra. More generally, they are symbolic of the defects within a person that prevent enlightenment. These four personifications are the māra of the sons of gods (devaputramāra, lha’i bu’i bdud), which is the distraction of pleasures; the māra of death (mṛtyumāra, ’chi bdag gi bdud); the māra of the aggregates (skandhamāra, phung po’i bdud), which is the body; and the māra of the afflictions (kleśamāra, nyon mongs pa’i bdud).

Located in 131 passages in the translation:

  • p.­6
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­82
  • 1.­116-118
  • 1.­121-122
  • 1.­124-125
  • 1.­146
  • 2.­5
  • 2.­30
  • 2.­36-37
  • 2.­48-49
  • 2.­113-114
  • 2.­125
  • 2.­141
  • 2.­147
  • 2.­161
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­231
  • 2.­272
  • 2.­310
  • 2.­347
  • 2.­370
  • 2.­450-451
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­706-707
  • 2.­711
  • 2.­782
  • 2.­952
  • 2.­954-956
  • 2.­1149-1150
  • 2.­1254
  • 2.­1256-1257
  • 2.­1285
  • 2.­1457
  • 2.­1477-1478
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­3-4
  • 3.­62
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­135
  • 3.­149
  • 3.­377-378
  • 4.A.­83
  • 4.A.­364
  • 4.A.­410-412
  • 4.B.­122
  • 4.B.­227-229
  • 4.B.­232
  • 4.B.­244
  • 4.B.­279
  • 4.B.­334
  • 4.B.­1144
  • 4.B.­1154
  • 4.B.­1166
  • 4.B.­1171
  • 4.B.­1173
  • 4.B.­1265
  • 4.B.­1343
  • 4.B.­1408
  • 4.C.­316
  • 4.C.­846
  • 4.C.­1037
  • 4.C.­1052
  • 4.C.­1084
  • 4.C.­1211
  • 4.C.­1324
  • 4.C.­1642
  • 4.C.­2427
  • 4.C.­2442-2443
  • 4.C.­2445-2447
  • 4.C.­2456
  • 4.C.­2459
  • 4.C.­2470
  • 4.C.­2477
  • 4.C.­2481
  • 4.C.­2490
  • 4.C.­2494-2495
  • 4.C.­2508
  • 4.C.­2510
  • 4.C.­2529-2530
  • 4.C.­2553
  • 4.C.­2568
  • 4.C.­2570-2572
  • 4.C.­2574
  • 4.C.­2738
  • 4.C.­2789
  • 4.C.­2801
  • 4.C.­3045
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­123
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­227
  • 5.­267-269
  • 5.­315
  • 5.­427
  • g.­202
  • g.­293
  • g.­396
  • g.­899
  • g.­1249
g.­880

Meghalati

Wylie:
  • me g+ha la ti
Tibetan:
  • མེ་གྷ་ལ་ཏི།
Sanskrit:
  • meghalati RP

A mountain in Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­250
g.­882

Mekala Source

Wylie:
  • me ka la ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཀ་ལ་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mekala RP

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­883

Melako

Wylie:
  • me la ko
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ལ་ཀོ
Sanskrit:
  • melako RP

A land in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­264
g.­884

Melodious

Wylie:
  • dbyangs snyan pa
Tibetan:
  • དབྱངས་སྙན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­886

mendicant

Wylie:
  • dge sbyong
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སྦྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śramaṇa

An ordained Buddhist practitioner. Pairs often with brahmin.

Located in 232 passages in the translation:

  • p.­3
  • p.­6
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­122-123
  • 1.­146
  • 2.­5-6
  • 2.­36
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­113
  • 2.­368
  • 2.­434
  • 2.­438
  • 2.­443
  • 2.­446
  • 2.­450
  • 2.­954
  • 2.­956
  • 2.­1149
  • 2.­1205
  • 2.­1255-1256
  • 2.­1282
  • 2.­1294
  • 2.­1298-1299
  • 2.­1338
  • 2.­1422
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­43
  • 3.­52
  • 3.­55
  • 3.­67-68
  • 3.­92
  • 3.­99
  • 3.­110
  • 3.­112
  • 3.­115
  • 3.­120
  • 3.­122-123
  • 3.­134
  • 3.­164
  • 3.­179
  • 3.­198
  • 3.­200-202
  • 3.­207
  • 3.­210
  • 3.­213
  • 3.­236
  • 3.­273
  • 3.­300
  • 3.­312-313
  • 3.­372
  • 3.­377
  • 4.A.­83
  • 4.A.­263
  • 4.A.­411
  • 4.B.­58
  • 4.B.­120
  • 4.B.­122
  • 4.B.­226-227
  • 4.B.­229
  • 4.B.­316
  • 4.B.­319
  • 4.B.­322
  • 4.B.­325
  • 4.B.­335
  • 4.B.­584
  • 4.B.­694
  • 4.B.­718
  • 4.B.­749
  • 4.B.­1073
  • 4.B.­1146
  • 4.B.­1157-1159
  • 4.B.­1162
  • 4.B.­1164
  • 4.B.­1169
  • 4.C.­99
  • 4.C.­101-102
  • 4.C.­815
  • 4.C.­846
  • 4.C.­910
  • 4.C.­930
  • 4.C.­1017
  • 4.C.­1045
  • 4.C.­1069
  • 4.C.­1299
  • 4.C.­1302
  • 4.C.­1320
  • 4.C.­1324
  • 4.C.­1360
  • 4.C.­1363-1364
  • 4.C.­1366
  • 4.C.­1376
  • 4.C.­1379
  • 4.C.­1383
  • 4.C.­1385-1389
  • 4.C.­1391
  • 4.C.­1394-1396
  • 4.C.­1410-1411
  • 4.C.­1416-1421
  • 4.C.­1424
  • 4.C.­1427-1429
  • 4.C.­1431-1432
  • 4.C.­1435
  • 4.C.­1437-1450
  • 4.C.­1472-1473
  • 4.C.­1479
  • 4.C.­1495-1498
  • 4.C.­1500
  • 4.C.­1510
  • 4.C.­1524
  • 4.C.­1541
  • 4.C.­1561
  • 4.C.­1574
  • 4.C.­1586
  • 4.C.­1919
  • 4.C.­1931
  • 4.C.­1943
  • 4.C.­2279
  • 4.C.­2428
  • 4.C.­2461-2462
  • 4.C.­2465
  • 4.C.­2497
  • 4.C.­2510
  • 4.C.­2640
  • 4.C.­2646
  • 4.C.­2650
  • 4.C.­2669-2671
  • 4.C.­2685
  • 4.C.­2704
  • 4.C.­2708
  • 4.C.­2731
  • 4.C.­2745-2746
  • 4.C.­2748
  • 4.C.­2750-2752
  • 4.C.­2755-2758
  • 4.C.­2778
  • 4.C.­2820
  • 4.C.­2822
  • 4.C.­2838
  • 4.C.­2842-2843
  • 4.C.­2849
  • 4.C.­2859
  • 4.C.­2861-2864
  • 4.C.­2874
  • 4.C.­2880-2884
  • 4.C.­2886-2888
  • 4.C.­2890
  • 4.C.­2904-2905
  • 4.C.­2907-2910
  • 4.C.­2918-2919
  • 4.C.­2922-2925
  • 4.C.­2928
  • 4.C.­2938-2939
  • 4.C.­3024
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­228
  • c.­1
  • n.­15
g.­888

Menko

Wylie:
  • men ko
Tibetan:
  • མེན་ཀོ
Sanskrit:
  • menko RP

A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­303
g.­889

Mental Stain

Wylie:
  • sems kyi dri ma
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཀྱི་དྲི་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­891

Merging of the Sindhū and the Sea

Wylie:
  • sin+d+hu dang rgya mtsho gnyis ’dre ba
Tibetan:
  • སིནྡྷུ་དང་རྒྱ་མཚོ་གཉིས་འདྲེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area to the west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­281
g.­893

Milky River

Wylie:
  • ’o ma’i chu
Tibetan:
  • འོ་མའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­894

Milky Sea

Wylie:
  • ’o ma’i chu
Tibetan:
  • འོ་མའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean between Godānīya and Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­402
g.­895

Milky Waters

Wylie:
  • ’o ma’i chu
Tibetan:
  • འོ་མའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A sea to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­318
g.­901

Mithila

Wylie:
  • mi thi la
Tibetan:
  • མི་ཐི་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • mithila RP

A land in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­903

Mixed

Wylie:
  • yongs su ’dres pa
  • kun tu ’dres pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་འདྲེས་པ།
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་འདྲེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A forest on the northern face of Sumeru (yongs su ’dres pa). (2) A river in Godānīya (kun tu ’dres pa).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­293-294
  • 5.­391
g.­905

Molten Red

Wylie:
  • dmar po rnam par zhu
Tibetan:
  • དམར་པོ་རྣམ་པར་ཞུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in the ephemeral hell known as Red.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­306
g.­907

Moon Body

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i lus
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་ལུས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­909

Moon Joy

Wylie:
  • zla ba dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­910

Moon Mountain

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i ri bo
  • ri bo zla ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་རི་བོ།
  • རི་བོ་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa (zla ba’i ri bo). (2) A mountain upon which the gods of the Four Great Kings will take position while awaiting the asura army (ri bo zla ba).

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­124
  • 4.B.­308
  • 4.B.­311
  • 4.B.­317
  • 5.­313
g.­911

Moon Power

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i shugs
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་ཤུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­913

most humble

Wylie:
  • shin tu dud pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་དུད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­920

mountain based

Wylie:
  • ri rnams la kun tu chags pa
Tibetan:
  • རི་རྣམས་ལ་ཀུན་ཏུ་ཆགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­921

Mountain Dwellings

Wylie:
  • ri la nges par gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • རི་ལ་ངེས་པར་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­924

Mountain Stream

Wylie:
  • ri bo la rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • རི་བོ་ལ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­929

Moved

Wylie:
  • g.yos pa
Tibetan:
  • གཡོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­931

Movement Everywhere

Wylie:
  • thams cad ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­933

Moving among Eyes

Wylie:
  • mig la kun tu rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • མིག་ལ་ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­934

Moving Flowers

Wylie:
  • me tog rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • མེ་ཏོག་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­935

Moving Fragrance

Wylie:
  • dri rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­936

Moving in Gatherings

Wylie:
  • tshogs pa rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚོགས་པ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of the twenty-seven realms of the Heaven Free from Strife.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1010
  • 4.C.­1012
  • 4.C.­1015
  • 4.C.­1069
  • 4.C.­1183
  • 4.C.­1241
  • 4.C.­1248
  • 4.C.­1251
  • 4.C.­1254-1255
  • 4.C.­1296
  • 4.C.­1299
  • 4.C.­1317
  • 4.C.­1327-1328
  • 4.C.­1336
  • 4.C.­1579
  • 4.C.­1586-1587
  • 4.C.­1722
  • n.­398
g.­941

Moving in the Wink of an Eye

Wylie:
  • mig phye zhing ’gro ba btsums nas ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • མིག་ཕྱེ་ཞིང་འགྲོ་བ་བཙུམས་ནས་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • nimeṣonmeṣa­gatī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­865
  • 4.B.­868
  • g.­431
g.­943

Moving Like the Moon

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i gnas ltar rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་གནས་ལྟར་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • candrāyaṇacāra

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. Also called Resembling the Full Moon.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­719
  • 4.B.­723
  • n.­308
  • g.­453
  • g.­1099
g.­945

Moving Moon

Wylie:
  • zla ba rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­946

Moving on Springy Ground

Wylie:
  • dma’ ba dang mtho ba na rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • དམའ་བ་དང་མཐོ་བ་ན་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • nimnonnatā­cāriṇī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­467
  • 4.B.­469
  • 4.B.­471
  • g.­491
  • g.­602
g.­947

moving without delay

Wylie:
  • ’gor ba med par ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • འགོར་བ་མེད་པར་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­949

musāragalva

Wylie:
  • mu sA ra gal+ba
  • mu sA ra gal ba
  • mu sa ra
  • spug
Tibetan:
  • མུ་སཱ་ར་གལྦ།
  • མུ་སཱ་ར་གལ་བ།
  • མུ་ས་ར།
  • སྤུག
Sanskrit:
  • musāragalva

Musāragalva is fossilized coral that has undergone transformation under millions of years of underwater pressure. It appears in one version of the list of seven precious materials. The Tibetan tradition describes it as being formed from ice over a long period of time. It can also refer to tridacna (Tridacnidae) shell, which is also presently referred to by the name musaragalva. Attempts to identify musāragalva have included sapphire, cat’s eye, red coral, conch, and amber.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­292
  • 4.C.­2974
  • 4.C.­3091
  • 4.C.­3113
  • 5.­254-255
  • 5.­295
  • 5.­324
  • 5.­332
  • 5.­345
  • 5.­350
  • 5.­374
  • 5.­423
g.­955

Nāḍoḍina

Wylie:
  • nA Do DI na
Tibetan:
  • ནཱ་ཌོ་ཌཱི་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • nāḍoḍina RP

A mountain in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­956

nāga

Wylie:
  • klu
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāga

A serpentine class of beings associated with intelligence and wealth.

Located in 163 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­97
  • 1.­103
  • 1.­106
  • 2.­1039
  • 3.­18
  • 3.­37-55
  • 3.­57-61
  • 3.­95
  • 3.­102-103
  • 3.­109-110
  • 3.­112-113
  • 3.­116-120
  • 3.­122
  • 3.­124
  • 3.­133
  • 3.­135-137
  • 3.­164
  • 3.­166-167
  • 3.­169
  • 3.­171
  • 3.­176
  • 3.­179
  • 3.­196-199
  • 3.­201-203
  • 3.­206
  • 3.­208
  • 3.­211-216
  • 3.­228-230
  • 3.­235
  • 3.­260-261
  • 3.­264
  • 3.­281-282
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­305
  • 3.­307
  • 3.­309
  • 3.­315-316
  • 3.­318
  • 3.­327
  • 3.­371
  • 3.­375
  • 4.A.­364
  • 4.B.­123
  • 4.B.­139
  • 4.B.­230-232
  • 4.B.­275
  • 4.B.­334
  • 4.B.­807
  • 4.B.­822
  • 4.B.­1079
  • 4.C.­564
  • 4.C.­623
  • 4.C.­625
  • 4.C.­1234
  • 4.C.­2035
  • 4.C.­2068
  • 4.C.­2208
  • 4.C.­2212-2213
  • 4.C.­2221
  • 4.C.­2224-2225
  • 4.C.­2240
  • 4.C.­2608
  • 4.C.­2840
  • 5.­35
  • 5.­256
  • 5.­263
  • 5.­266
  • 5.­274-275
  • 5.­300
  • 5.­304-305
  • 5.­307
  • 5.­312
  • 5.­318
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­329
  • 5.­345
  • 5.­367
  • 5.­388-389
  • 5.­399
  • 5.­401-402
  • 5.­410
  • 5.­423
  • g.­34
  • g.­59
  • g.­89
  • g.­287
  • g.­354
  • g.­412
  • g.­512
  • g.­522
  • g.­535
  • g.­553
  • g.­663
  • g.­712
  • g.­725
  • g.­751
  • g.­797
  • g.­881
  • g.­1053
  • g.­1078
  • g.­1126
  • g.­1165
  • g.­1174
  • g.­1239
  • g.­1304
  • g.­1364
  • g.­1400
  • g.­1403
g.­957

Nāga Beru

Wylie:
  • klu’i be ruH
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུའི་བེ་རུཿ།
Sanskrit:
  • beru RP

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­958

Nāga River

Wylie:
  • klu’i chu
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Great Slope.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­406
g.­959

Nālandā

Wylie:
  • ba len+d+ra
Tibetan:
  • བ་ལེནྡྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • nālanda

A renowned monastic complex in India.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­3
g.­960

Nālati

Wylie:
  • na la ti
  • na lA ti
Tibetan:
  • ན་ལ་ཏི།
  • ན་ལཱ་ཏི།
Sanskrit:
  • nālati

A town in ancient India where this sūtra is taught.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • p.­2
  • p.­4-5
  • p.­9
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­37
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­123
  • 5.­206
  • 5.­228
  • 5.­427
g.­962

Narmadā

Wylie:
  • nar ma dA
Tibetan:
  • ནར་མ་དཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • narmadā

A river to the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­263
g.­966

Nectar Flow

Wylie:
  • bdud rtsi ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • བདུད་རྩི་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­967

Needle Eye

Wylie:
  • khab kyi kha
Tibetan:
  • ཁབ་ཀྱི་ཁ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain off Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­419
g.­969

Neutralization of Nāga Poison

Wylie:
  • klu’i dug bcom
Tibetan:
  • ཀླུའི་དུག་བཅོམ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean between Godānīya and Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­402
g.­970

Niculundha Flow

Wylie:
  • ni tsu lun+da ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • ནི་ཙུ་ལུནྡ་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • niculundha RP

A river on Flocking Peacocks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­408
g.­973

nirvāṇa

Wylie:
  • mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirvāṇa

The ultimate cessation of suffering. Also translated here as “transcendence of suffering.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­119
  • 1.­132
  • 2.­84
  • 2.­1391
  • 4.B.­1256
  • 4.C.­99
  • 4.C.­126
  • g.­1243
  • g.­1347
g.­979

non-Buddhist

Wylie:
  • mu stegs can
Tibetan:
  • མུ་སྟེགས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • tīrthika

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Those of other religious or philosophical orders, contemporary with the early Buddhist order, including Jains, Jaṭilas, Ājīvikas, and Cārvākas. Tīrthika (“forder”) literally translates as “one belonging to or associated with (possessive suffix –ika) stairs for landing or for descent into a river,” or “a bathing place,” or “a place of pilgrimage on the banks of sacred streams” (Monier-Williams). The term may have originally referred to temple priests at river crossings or fords where travelers propitiated a deity before crossing. The Sanskrit term seems to have undergone metonymic transfer in referring to those able to ford the turbulent river of saṃsāra (as in the Jain tīrthaṅkaras, “ford makers”), and it came to be used in Buddhist sources to refer to teachers of rival religious traditions. The Sanskrit term is closely rendered by the Tibetan mu stegs pa: “those on the steps (stegs pa) at the edge (mu).”

Located in 41 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • p.­2-5
  • p.­8
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­25
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­956-957
  • 2.­959
  • 2.­1135
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­39
  • 3.­128-129
  • 3.­170
  • 3.­172
  • 3.­353
  • 4.A.­404
  • 4.A.­408
  • 4.A.­422
  • 4.B.­257
  • 4.B.­838
  • 4.B.­906
  • 4.B.­981
  • 4.C.­1030
  • 4.C.­1042
  • 4.C.­1045
  • 4.C.­1268
  • 4.C.­1511
  • 4.C.­1949
  • 4.C.­1964
  • 4.C.­3036
  • 5.­102
  • 5.­247
  • 5.­267
  • n.­15
  • g.­555
  • g.­1135
g.­983

Numerous Celestial Bodies

Wylie:
  • rgyu skar mang po
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུ་སྐར་མང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain beyond Videha.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­420-421
g.­985

Numerous Leaves

Wylie:
  • lo ’dab mang ba
Tibetan:
  • ལོ་འདབ་མང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­987

One League of Cool Water

Wylie:
  • bsil ba’i chu ni rgyar dpag tshad du gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • བསིལ་བའི་ཆུ་ནི་རྒྱར་དཔག་ཚད་དུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­990

Overflow

Wylie:
  • rgyu mthun pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུ་མཐུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Holder of Joy.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­363
  • 5.­365
g.­993

Pair of Śāla Trees

Wylie:
  • shing sA la zung
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་སཱ་ལ་ཟུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • yamanaśālā

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­754
  • 4.B.­758
  • 4.B.­769
  • 4.B.­774
  • 4.B.­779
  • 4.B.­864
  • g.­215
  • g.­278
  • g.­873
g.­994

Pakṣu

Wylie:
  • pak+Shu
Tibetan:
  • པཀྵུ།
Sanskrit:
  • pakṣu RP

A river in Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­997

paṇḍita

Wylie:
  • paN+Di ta
Tibetan:
  • པཎྜི་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • paṇḍita

An accomplished scholar.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­3-5
  • g.­2
  • g.­18
  • g.­1137
  • g.­1144
  • g.­1421
g.­999

Pāraṭā

Wylie:
  • pA ra tA
Tibetan:
  • པཱ་ར་ཏཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāraṭā RP

An area to the west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­281
g.­1000

Pārijāta

Wylie:
  • yongs ’du
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་འདུ།
Sanskrit:
  • pārijāta

A heavenly tree on Mount Sumeru (yongs ’du).

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­321-327
  • 4.B.­332-335
  • 4.B.­337
  • 4.B.­772
  • 4.B.­775
  • 5.­293
  • 5.­350
  • g.­1001
g.­1005

Part of the Assembly

Wylie:
  • ris mthun pa
Tibetan:
  • རིས་མཐུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nikāyabhāginī

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­999
  • 4.B.­1003
  • 4.B.­1037-1038
  • 4.B.­1050
  • 4.B.­1056
  • 4.B.­1263
  • g.­274
  • g.­1296
g.­1006

Pāruṣika

Wylie:
  • rtsub ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • རྩུབ་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • pāruṣika

A forest on the western face of Sumeru.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­293-294
g.­1009

Pāṭaliputra

Wylie:
  • pA TA li pu tra
Tibetan:
  • པཱ་ཊཱ་ལི་པུ་ཏྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāṭaliputra

A city in Jambudvīpa; present day Patna.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­390
g.­1010

Patshap

Wylie:
  • pa tshab
Tibetan:
  • པ་ཚབ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The name of a Tibetan family to which belonged the renowned translator Patshap Nyima Drakpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­7
g.­1011

Patshap Tsultrim Gyaltsen

Wylie:
  • pa tshab tshul khrims rgyal mtshan
Tibetan:
  • པ་ཚབ་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

The primary translator of this scripture.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4-5
  • c.­7-8
g.­1012

paurva

Wylie:
  • pau rwa
Tibetan:
  • པཽ་རྭ།
Sanskrit:
  • paurva RP

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1013

Peacock Call

Wylie:
  • rma bya’i sgra
Tibetan:
  • རྨ་བྱའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­1014

Peacock Forest

Wylie:
  • rma bya’i nags
Tibetan:
  • རྨ་བྱའི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1016

Pearl

Wylie:
  • mu tig
Tibetan:
  • མུ་ཏིག
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1018

Pearly Sand

Wylie:
  • mu tig gi bye ma dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • མུ་ཏིག་གི་བྱེ་མ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­397
  • 5.­328
g.­1020

pervasive attachment

Wylie:
  • kun tu khyab pa’i zhen pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་ཁྱབ་པའི་ཞེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1022

Pervasive Waters

Wylie:
  • chus khyab pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆུས་ཁྱབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean between Kuru and Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­389
g.­1023

Pinnacle

Wylie:
  • rtse mo
  • rtse mo can
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་མོ།
  • རྩེ་མོ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A river on Saṅkāśa (rtse mo). (2) One of four parks that surround the city of Radiant (rtse mo can).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­81
  • 5.­328
g.­1024

piśāca

Wylie:
  • sha za
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • piśāca

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that, like several other classes of nonhuman beings, take spontaneous birth. Ranking below rākṣasas, they are less powerful and more akin to pretas. They are said to dwell in impure and perilous places, where they feed on impure things, including flesh. This could account for the name piśāca, which possibly derives from √piś, to carve or chop meat, as reflected also in the Tibetan sha za, “meat eater.” They are often described as having an unpleasant appearance, and at times they appear with animal bodies. Some possess the ability to enter the dead bodies of humans, thereby becoming so-called vetāla, to touch whom is fatal.

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­78
  • 1.­86
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1480
  • 3.­299
  • 4.B.­275
  • 4.B.­567
  • 4.B.­845
  • 4.B.­890
  • 4.B.­1079
  • 4.C.­1064
  • 4.C.­1343
  • 4.C.­1496
  • 4.C.­1500
  • 4.C.­1526
  • 4.C.­2035
  • 4.C.­2208
  • 4.C.­2608
  • 5.­300
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­400-401
  • 5.­423
  • g.­239
g.­1025

Place for Austerities

Wylie:
  • dka’ thub dang ’brel ba
Tibetan:
  • དཀའ་ཐུབ་དང་འབྲེལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1026

Place Where the Water is Enjoyed

Wylie:
  • chu la spyod pa’i sa gzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་ལ་སྤྱོད་པའི་ས་གཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­1028

Playful Abandon

Wylie:
  • bag med rnams rtse ba
Tibetan:
  • བག་མེད་རྣམས་རྩེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­1039

Plow

Wylie:
  • gshol mda’ ba
Tibetan:
  • གཤོལ་མདའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1042

Pond Garland

Wylie:
  • rdzing bu’i phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • རྫིང་བུའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1045

Porridge

Wylie:
  • skyo ma
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱོ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean between Godānīya and Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­399
g.­1047

Possessor of Reeds

Wylie:
  • be tra can
Tibetan:
  • བེ་ཏྲ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river to the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­263
g.­1048

Power of Past Smoke

Wylie:
  • sngon gyi du ba’i stobs
Tibetan:
  • སྔོན་གྱི་དུ་བའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1049

power of space

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i stobs
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1050

Powerful

Wylie:
  • shugs dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤུགས་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river to the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­263
g.­1056

Precious Arch

Wylie:
  • nor bu’i rta babs
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་བུའི་རྟ་བབས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­1060

Prikṣikā

Wylie:
  • pri Shi kA
Tibetan:
  • པྲི་ཥི་ཀཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • prikṣikā RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­1064

Pulindo

Wylie:
  • pu lin do
Tibetan:
  • པུ་ལིན་དོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pulindo RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­1067

pure conduct

Wylie:
  • tshang par spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚང་པར་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmacārya

A celibate lifestyle focused on spiritual pursuits.

Located in 51 passages in the translation:

  • p.­9
  • 1.­55
  • 2.­3
  • 2.­88
  • 2.­95
  • 2.­126
  • 2.­438
  • 2.­550
  • 2.­1409
  • 3.­56
  • 4.A.­22
  • 4.A.­410
  • 4.B.­104
  • 4.B.­229
  • 4.B.­543
  • 4.B.­655
  • 4.B.­941
  • 4.B.­1267
  • 4.C.­104
  • 4.C.­779
  • 4.C.­1087
  • 4.C.­1090
  • 4.C.­1125
  • 4.C.­1217
  • 4.C.­1302
  • 4.C.­1321
  • 4.C.­1337
  • 4.C.­1343
  • 4.C.­1345
  • 4.C.­1348
  • 4.C.­1350
  • 4.C.­1352
  • 4.C.­1417
  • 4.C.­1516
  • 4.C.­1557
  • 4.C.­1757
  • 4.C.­1921-1922
  • 4.C.­1927
  • 4.C.­1941
  • 4.C.­2024
  • 4.C.­2347
  • 4.C.­2349
  • 4.C.­2484
  • 4.C.­2790
  • 4.C.­2820
  • 4.C.­3030
  • 4.C.­3038
  • 4.C.­3051
  • 4.C.­3090
  • 5.­171
g.­1071

Radiant

Wylie:
  • ’od can
  • ’od ’phro ba
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཅན།
  • འོད་འཕྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) Celestial city occupied by Rāhu, king of the asuras (’od can). (2) A forest on the lower level of Living on the Peak (’od ’phro ba ).

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­66
  • 3.­76-78
  • 3.­81
  • 3.­198
  • 3.­221
  • 4.C.­371
  • g.­654
  • g.­1003
  • g.­1004
  • g.­1023
g.­1073

Rāhu

Wylie:
  • sgra can
  • sgra gcan
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་ཅན།
  • སྒྲ་གཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • rāhu

An asura king.

Located in 90 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­64-73
  • 3.­75-79
  • 3.­82-83
  • 3.­87-88
  • 3.­91
  • 3.­93-94
  • 3.­125-126
  • 3.­198-199
  • 3.­202
  • 3.­209-211
  • 3.­216
  • 3.­221
  • 3.­224-225
  • 3.­231-235
  • 3.­238-245
  • 3.­248-251
  • 3.­253-254
  • 3.­256
  • 3.­261
  • 3.­263
  • 3.­265
  • 3.­268
  • 3.­270
  • 3.­279
  • 3.­282
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­304
  • 3.­318-324
  • 3.­333
  • 3.­340
  • 3.­364
  • 3.­372-373
  • 4.B.­230
  • 4.B.­537
  • 4.B.­1076
  • 4.C.­1124
  • 4.C.­1424
  • 4.C.­2214
  • 4.C.­2239
  • 5.­420
  • n.­226
  • g.­270
  • g.­601
  • g.­835
  • g.­868
  • g.­908
  • g.­1071
g.­1077

Rain River

Wylie:
  • char dang char gyi rjes su ’byung ba’i chu klung
Tibetan:
  • ཆར་དང་ཆར་གྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྱུང་བའི་ཆུ་ཀླུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1079

Rājagṛha

Wylie:
  • rgyal po’i khab
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཁབ།
Sanskrit:
  • rājagṛha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The ancient capital of Magadha prior to its relocation to Pāṭaliputra during the Mauryan dynasty, Rājagṛha is one of the most important locations in Buddhist history. The literature tells us that the Buddha and his saṅgha spent a considerable amount of time in residence in and around Rājagṛha‍—in nearby places, such as the Vulture Peak Mountain (Gṛdhrakūṭaparvata), a major site of the Mahāyāna sūtras, and the Bamboo Grove (Veṇuvana)‍—enjoying the patronage of King Bimbisāra and then of his son King Ajātaśatru. Rājagṛha is also remembered as the location where the first Buddhist monastic council was held after the Buddha Śākyamuni passed into parinirvāṇa. Now known as Rajgir and located in the modern Indian state of Bihar.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • p.­2
  • p.­5
  • p.­8
g.­1081

rākṣasa/rākṣasī

Wylie:
  • srin po
  • srin mo
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་པོ།
  • སྲིན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rākṣasa
  • rākṣasī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings that are often, but certainly not always, considered demonic in the Buddhist tradition. They are often depicted as flesh-eating monsters who haunt frightening places and are ugly and evil-natured with a yearning for human flesh, and who additionally have miraculous powers, such as being able to change their appearance.

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­78
  • 1.­86
  • 2.­998
  • 2.­1480
  • 3.­299
  • 4.A.­210
  • 4.B.­275
  • 4.B.­482
  • 4.B.­567
  • 4.B.­890
  • 4.B.­1079
  • 4.C.­1064
  • 4.C.­2035
  • 4.C.­2208
  • 4.C.­2608
  • 4.C.­2985
  • 5.­254-257
  • 5.­266
  • 5.­282
  • 5.­284
  • 5.­286
  • 5.­305
  • 5.­313
  • 5.­321
  • 5.­400
  • 5.­423
  • g.­129
  • g.­237
  • g.­303
  • g.­344
  • g.­793
  • g.­860
  • g.­866
  • g.­1082
  • g.­1169
g.­1082

Rāmā

Wylie:
  • rA ma
Tibetan:
  • རཱ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • rāmā

A rākṣasī living on Ardhamaru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­286
g.­1083

Rāmapāla

Wylie:
  • ne bai pA la
  • rA ma phA la
Tibetan:
  • ནེ་བཻ་པཱ་ལ།
  • རཱ་མ་ཕཱ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • rāmapāla

(1) A king of the Pāla dynasty who ruled from 1077–1120 ᴄᴇ (rA ma phA la). (2) The alternate spelling, ne bai pA la, is tentatively identified to be the very same king of the Pāla dynasty. See n.­640.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­3
  • c.­7
  • n.­640
  • g.­706
g.­1084

Ramayo

Wylie:
  • ra ma yo
Tibetan:
  • ར་མ་ཡོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ramayo RP

A sea to the west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­284
  • g.­793
g.­1086

Raven’s Belly

Wylie:
  • bya rog lto
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་རོག་ལྟོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

One of sixteen realms that surround the Hell of Ultimate Torment. Also called Black Belly.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­964
  • n.­149
  • g.­96
g.­1089

reality

Wylie:
  • de nyid
  • de kho na nyid
Tibetan:
  • དེ་ཉིད།
  • དེ་ཁོ་ན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • tattva

Literally “thatness.” This term refers to the ultimate nature of things, the way things are in reality.

Note that the term “reality” has also been used to render terms of similar meaning such as yang dag nyid and others.

Located in 134 passages in the translation:

  • p.­7
  • 2.­30
  • 2.­34
  • 2.­72
  • 2.­92
  • 2.­111
  • 2.­113
  • 2.­115
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­140-141
  • 2.­161
  • 2.­166-167
  • 2.­174
  • 2.­176
  • 2.­179
  • 2.­190
  • 2.­196
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­255
  • 2.­257
  • 2.­278
  • 2.­295
  • 2.­326
  • 2.­347
  • 2.­694
  • 2.­724
  • 2.­804
  • 2.­960
  • 2.­1242-1243
  • 2.­1252
  • 2.­1258
  • 2.­1272
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­26
  • 3.­123
  • 3.­138
  • 3.­300
  • 3.­377
  • 4.A.­88
  • 4.A.­200
  • 4.A.­234
  • 4.A.­258
  • 4.B.­487
  • 4.B.­525
  • 4.B.­742
  • 4.B.­816
  • 4.B.­907
  • 4.B.­911
  • 4.B.­917
  • 4.B.­919
  • 4.B.­924
  • 4.B.­931
  • 4.B.­937
  • 4.B.­1073
  • 4.B.­1086
  • 4.B.­1102
  • 4.B.­1190-1191
  • 4.B.­1218
  • 4.B.­1242
  • 4.B.­1264
  • 4.B.­1292
  • 4.B.­1408
  • 4.C.­2
  • 4.C.­39
  • 4.C.­81
  • 4.C.­224
  • 4.C.­404
  • 4.C.­561
  • 4.C.­598
  • 4.C.­660
  • 4.C.­662
  • 4.C.­681
  • 4.C.­706
  • 4.C.­787
  • 4.C.­913
  • 4.C.­962
  • 4.C.­1053-1054
  • 4.C.­1060
  • 4.C.­1097
  • 4.C.­1106
  • 4.C.­1189
  • 4.C.­1192
  • 4.C.­1215
  • 4.C.­1360
  • 4.C.­1388
  • 4.C.­1390
  • 4.C.­1392
  • 4.C.­1433
  • 4.C.­1435
  • 4.C.­1450-1451
  • 4.C.­1548
  • 4.C.­1738
  • 4.C.­1750
  • 4.C.­1865
  • 4.C.­1894
  • 4.C.­1968
  • 4.C.­1977
  • 4.C.­1996
  • 4.C.­2039
  • 4.C.­2055
  • 4.C.­2111
  • 4.C.­2363
  • 4.C.­2451
  • 4.C.­2483
  • 4.C.­2558
  • 4.C.­2585
  • 4.C.­2637
  • 4.C.­2649
  • 4.C.­2864
  • 4.C.­2908-2910
  • 4.C.­2914-2915
  • 4.C.­2920
  • 4.C.­2923
  • 4.C.­2925
  • 4.C.­2963
  • 4.C.­3036
  • 4.C.­3041-3042
  • 4.C.­3049
  • 4.C.­3063
  • 5.­204
  • 5.­315
  • 5.­342
  • 5.­426
  • g.­1224
g.­1090

Red

Wylie:
  • dmar po
Tibetan:
  • དམར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) An ocean between Videha and Jambudvīpa. (2) An ocean off Jambudvīpa. (3) A river in Jambudvīpa. (4) An ephemeral hell to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­251
  • 5.­257
  • 5.­306
  • 5.­422
  • g.­767
  • g.­905
g.­1092

Red Conches and Pearls

Wylie:
  • dung dang mu tig dmar po
Tibetan:
  • དུང་དང་མུ་ཏིག་དམར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1094

Red Water

Wylie:
  • chu dmar pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་དམར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean between Godānīya and Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­399
g.­1097

Reliever of the Sweaty

Wylie:
  • rngul ba ngal so ba
Tibetan:
  • རྔུལ་བ་ངལ་སོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1099

Resembling the Full Moon

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i gnas ltar nya ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་གནས་ལྟར་ཉ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. Also called Moving Like the Moon.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • n.­308
  • g.­943
g.­1103

Reviving Hell

Wylie:
  • yang sos
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་སོས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃjīvana

One of the eight hot hells.

Located in 111 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­123
  • 2.­129
  • 2.­295-297
  • 2.­300
  • 2.­304
  • 2.­308
  • 2.­311
  • 2.­314
  • 2.­317
  • 2.­325
  • 2.­365
  • 2.­570
  • 2.­604
  • 2.­607
  • 2.­614
  • 2.­620
  • 2.­627
  • 2.­640
  • 2.­643
  • 2.­646
  • 2.­650
  • 2.­654
  • 2.­681
  • 2.­698
  • 2.­703
  • 2.­717
  • 2.­722
  • 2.­726
  • 2.­739
  • 2.­743
  • 2.­750
  • 2.­753
  • 2.­760
  • 2.­764
  • 2.­767
  • 2.­770
  • 2.­775
  • 2.­779
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­787
  • 2.­876
  • 2.­889
  • 2.­894
  • 2.­897
  • 2.­907
  • 2.­913
  • 2.­916
  • 2.­920
  • 2.­922
  • 2.­926
  • 2.­932
  • 2.­937
  • 2.­942
  • 2.­945
  • 2.­948
  • 2.­1154
  • 2.­1157
  • 2.­1161
  • 2.­1165
  • 2.­1179
  • 2.­1185
  • 2.­1190
  • 2.­1195
  • 2.­1200
  • 2.­1203
  • 2.­1206
  • 2.­1212
  • 2.­1217
  • 2.­1221
  • 2.­1224
  • 2.­1227
  • 2.­1254
  • 2.­1259
  • 2.­1386
  • 2.­1435
  • 4.A.­75
  • 4.B.­208
  • 4.B.­398
  • 4.B.­845
  • 4.B.­1222
  • 4.C.­1116
  • 4.C.­1237
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1283
  • 4.C.­1298
  • 4.C.­1300
  • 4.C.­1363
  • 4.C.­2702
  • 5.­31-32
  • 5.­366
  • n.­45
  • g.­98
  • g.­117
  • g.­260
  • g.­410
  • g.­537
  • g.­614
  • g.­695
  • g.­951
  • g.­952
  • g.­1041
  • g.­1076
  • g.­1096
  • g.­1275
  • g.­1292
  • g.­1363
  • g.­1367
  • g.­1385
g.­1104

Rice-Milk Mud

Wylie:
  • ’o thug gi ’dam
Tibetan:
  • འོ་ཐུག་གི་འདམ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1106

Ripe Vessel

Wylie:
  • smin pa’i snod
Tibetan:
  • སྨིན་པའི་སྣོད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­1107

ripening

Wylie:
  • rnam par smin pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྨིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vipāka

The resultant maturation of karmic actions and the manifestation of their effects. See also n.­60.

Located in 493 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • p.­6
  • p.­10
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­9
  • 1.­15-16
  • 1.­19
  • 1.­22-25
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­55
  • 1.­74
  • 1.­78
  • 1.­97
  • 1.­120
  • 2.­4
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­221
  • 2.­227-231
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­235-236
  • 2.­243
  • 2.­249
  • 2.­267-269
  • 2.­274
  • 2.­285
  • 2.­294
  • 2.­305
  • 2.­308-309
  • 2.­311
  • 2.­314
  • 2.­317
  • 2.­325
  • 2.­338
  • 2.­346
  • 2.­365-366
  • 2.­369
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­390
  • 2.­392
  • 2.­395
  • 2.­408
  • 2.­410
  • 2.­422
  • 2.­430-431
  • 2.­449-450
  • 2.­452
  • 2.­477-478
  • 2.­482
  • 2.­486
  • 2.­492
  • 2.­500
  • 2.­504
  • 2.­507
  • 2.­510
  • 2.­514-515
  • 2.­518
  • 2.­521
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­527
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­534
  • 2.­537
  • 2.­540
  • 2.­542
  • 2.­566
  • 2.­570-571
  • 2.­573
  • 2.­606
  • 2.­610
  • 2.­613
  • 2.­616
  • 2.­619-620
  • 2.­622
  • 2.­626
  • 2.­630
  • 2.­635
  • 2.­639
  • 2.­642
  • 2.­645
  • 2.­649
  • 2.­653
  • 2.­680
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­702
  • 2.­705
  • 2.­708
  • 2.­711
  • 2.­713
  • 2.­717
  • 2.­721
  • 2.­725
  • 2.­731
  • 2.­734
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­742
  • 2.­745
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­752
  • 2.­755
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­763
  • 2.­766
  • 2.­769
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­777
  • 2.­781
  • 2.­819
  • 2.­826
  • 2.­838
  • 2.­871
  • 2.­874-875
  • 2.­888
  • 2.­893
  • 2.­896
  • 2.­906
  • 2.­912
  • 2.­915
  • 2.­919
  • 2.­921
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­931
  • 2.­936
  • 2.­941
  • 2.­944
  • 2.­947
  • 2.­951
  • 2.­956
  • 2.­961-962
  • 2.­968
  • 2.­1077
  • 2.­1084
  • 2.­1094
  • 2.­1107
  • 2.­1121
  • 2.­1133
  • 2.­1151
  • 2.­1156
  • 2.­1160
  • 2.­1164
  • 2.­1178
  • 2.­1182
  • 2.­1184
  • 2.­1189
  • 2.­1194
  • 2.­1198-1199
  • 2.­1202
  • 2.­1205
  • 2.­1211
  • 2.­1216-1217
  • 2.­1220
  • 2.­1223
  • 2.­1226
  • 2.­1231
  • 2.­1233
  • 2.­1252
  • 2.­1254-1256
  • 2.­1259
  • 2.­1281
  • 2.­1283-1284
  • 2.­1286-1288
  • 2.­1291
  • 2.­1297
  • 2.­1299
  • 2.­1301
  • 2.­1304
  • 2.­1306
  • 2.­1310
  • 2.­1313
  • 2.­1326
  • 2.­1328
  • 2.­1331
  • 2.­1334
  • 2.­1336
  • 2.­1338
  • 2.­1341
  • 2.­1344
  • 2.­1346
  • 2.­1349
  • 2.­1351
  • 2.­1354
  • 2.­1357
  • 2.­1361
  • 2.­1386
  • 2.­1390
  • 2.­1396
  • 2.­1401
  • 2.­1404
  • 2.­1407
  • 2.­1409
  • 2.­1422
  • 2.­1431-1432
  • 2.­1435
  • 2.­1439
  • 2.­1461
  • 2.­1471
  • 2.­1474
  • 2.­1477
  • 2.­1479-1480
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­10-17
  • 3.­20
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­25-27
  • 3.­29
  • 3.­38
  • 3.­40
  • 3.­45
  • 3.­47
  • 3.­49-50
  • 3.­53-61
  • 3.­72
  • 3.­79
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­90-91
  • 3.­93-94
  • 3.­109
  • 3.­112
  • 3.­115-116
  • 3.­123-124
  • 3.­127-129
  • 3.­132
  • 3.­162-163
  • 3.­180-181
  • 3.­183-184
  • 3.­194-196
  • 4.­1-2
  • 4.A.­6
  • 4.A.­9-10
  • 4.A.­15
  • 4.A.­46
  • 4.A.­54
  • 4.A.­59
  • 4.A.­63
  • 4.A.­70
  • 4.A.­89
  • 4.A.­93
  • 4.A.­98
  • 4.A.­102
  • 4.A.­108
  • 4.A.­132
  • 4.A.­134
  • 4.A.­137-138
  • 4.A.­158
  • 4.A.­163
  • 4.A.­183
  • 4.A.­187
  • 4.A.­202
  • 4.A.­205
  • 4.A.­217
  • 4.A.­221
  • 4.A.­224
  • 4.A.­227
  • 4.A.­247
  • 4.A.­260
  • 4.A.­263
  • 4.A.­266-267
  • 4.A.­270
  • 4.A.­276
  • 4.A.­280-281
  • 4.A.­299
  • 4.A.­304
  • 4.A.­312
  • 4.A.­332
  • 4.A.­339
  • 4.A.­346
  • 4.A.­372
  • 4.A.­378
  • 4.A.­382
  • 4.A.­399
  • 4.A.­403
  • 4.A.­407
  • 4.A.­417
  • 4.B.­3
  • 4.B.­15
  • 4.B.­128
  • 4.B.­146
  • 4.B.­154
  • 4.B.­158-159
  • 4.B.­195
  • 4.B.­205
  • 4.B.­215
  • 4.B.­224-225
  • 4.B.­235
  • 4.B.­263
  • 4.B.­294
  • 4.B.­319
  • 4.B.­321
  • 4.B.­339
  • 4.B.­343
  • 4.B.­367
  • 4.B.­396
  • 4.B.­413-414
  • 4.B.­425
  • 4.B.­451
  • 4.B.­467
  • 4.B.­476
  • 4.B.­492
  • 4.B.­501
  • 4.B.­504
  • 4.B.­525
  • 4.B.­543
  • 4.B.­546
  • 4.B.­552
  • 4.B.­556
  • 4.B.­559
  • 4.B.­584
  • 4.B.­596
  • 4.B.­693
  • 4.B.­719
  • 4.B.­754
  • 4.B.­767
  • 4.B.­781
  • 4.B.­792
  • 4.B.­851
  • 4.B.­865
  • 4.B.­895
  • 4.B.­925
  • 4.B.­939
  • 4.B.­999
  • 4.B.­1004
  • 4.B.­1134
  • 4.B.­1222
  • 4.B.­1264
  • 4.B.­1294
  • 4.B.­1301
  • 4.B.­1327
  • 4.B.­1375
  • 4.B.­1394
  • 4.C.­2
  • 4.C.­13
  • 4.C.­163
  • 4.C.­171
  • 4.C.­180
  • 4.C.­274
  • 4.C.­322
  • 4.C.­336
  • 4.C.­423
  • 4.C.­537
  • 4.C.­551-552
  • 4.C.­557
  • 4.C.­559
  • 4.C.­598
  • 4.C.­610
  • 4.C.­670
  • 4.C.­708
  • 4.C.­713
  • 4.C.­723
  • 4.C.­846
  • 4.C.­870
  • 4.C.­918
  • 4.C.­1121
  • 4.C.­1183
  • 4.C.­1191
  • 4.C.­1243
  • 4.C.­1267
  • 4.C.­1299
  • 4.C.­1302
  • 4.C.­1430
  • 4.C.­1591
  • 4.C.­1653
  • 4.C.­1701
  • 4.C.­1711
  • 4.C.­1716
  • 4.C.­1730
  • 4.C.­1756
  • 4.C.­1800
  • 4.C.­1823
  • 4.C.­1825
  • 4.C.­1841
  • 4.C.­1882
  • 4.C.­1889
  • 4.C.­1912
  • 4.C.­1918
  • 4.C.­1932
  • 4.C.­1941
  • 4.C.­1948
  • 4.C.­1951
  • 4.C.­1959-1960
  • 4.C.­1962-1964
  • 4.C.­1966-1968
  • 4.C.­1978
  • 4.C.­2023
  • 4.C.­2347
  • 4.C.­2364
  • 4.C.­2484
  • 4.C.­2493
  • 4.C.­2577
  • 4.C.­2742
  • 4.C.­2746-2747
  • 4.C.­2952-2953
  • 4.C.­2988
  • 4.C.­3026
  • 4.C.­3029
  • 4.C.­3039-3041
  • 4.C.­3089
  • 4.C.­3091
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­262
  • 5.­343
  • 5.­346
  • 5.­366
  • 5.­371-372
  • 5.­375
  • 5.­378
  • 5.­380
  • 5.­394
  • 5.­403
  • 5.­416-418
  • n.­35
  • n.­60
  • g.­15
  • g.­1309
g.­1109

Rising

Wylie:
  • shar ba
Tibetan:
  • ཤར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in the eastern sea beyond Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­261-262
g.­1121

Roadless

Wylie:
  • lam med pa
Tibetan:
  • ལམ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1123

Roaming Sumeru

Wylie:
  • ri rab tu rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ་ཏུ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­1124

roaming the cimiśa cave

Wylie:
  • tsi mi sha’i phug na rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • ཙི་མི་ཤའི་ཕུག་ན་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1125

Roaring Flow

Wylie:
  • ’u ru ru’i sgras ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • འུ་རུ་རུའི་སྒྲས་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1131

Sagely Joy

Wylie:
  • drang srong dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དྲང་སྲོང་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Flocking Peacocks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­408
g.­1132

Śakā

Wylie:
  • sh kA
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ཀཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • śakā RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­1133

Śakra

Wylie:
  • brgya byin
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • śakra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The lord of the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three (trāyastriṃśa). Alternatively known as Indra, the deity that is called “lord of the gods” dwells on the summit of Mount Sumeru and wields the thunderbolt. The Tibetan translation brgya byin (meaning “one hundred sacrifices”) is based on an etymology that śakra is an abbreviation of śata-kratu, one who has performed a hundred sacrifices. Each world with a central Sumeru has a Śakra. Also known by other names such as Kauśika, Devendra, and Śacipati.

In this text:

Also mentioned in this text as Kauśika and as Indra.

Located in 336 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • 1.­80
  • 1.­82
  • 1.­94
  • 1.­99
  • 1.­146-147
  • 2.­6
  • 2.­37
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­113
  • 2.­234
  • 3.­71
  • 3.­136-137
  • 3.­161
  • 3.­173
  • 3.­184
  • 3.­248
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­284
  • 3.­286
  • 3.­288-290
  • 3.­292-297
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­301-305
  • 3.­311
  • 3.­313-314
  • 3.­328
  • 3.­330-331
  • 3.­341
  • 3.­345-363
  • 3.­369
  • 3.­371
  • 4.A.­211-212
  • 4.A.­401
  • 4.B.­5
  • 4.B.­10-13
  • 4.B.­16
  • 4.B.­21-22
  • 4.B.­29-36
  • 4.B.­38-40
  • 4.B.­46-51
  • 4.B.­53-60
  • 4.B.­65
  • 4.B.­67
  • 4.B.­77-78
  • 4.B.­90-92
  • 4.B.­96-101
  • 4.B.­103-104
  • 4.B.­106
  • 4.B.­108-115
  • 4.B.­119-127
  • 4.B.­141
  • 4.B.­166
  • 4.B.­185-187
  • 4.B.­189-192
  • 4.B.­212-213
  • 4.B.­232
  • 4.B.­244
  • 4.B.­246
  • 4.B.­248
  • 4.B.­258-261
  • 4.B.­267-268
  • 4.B.­308
  • 4.B.­311
  • 4.B.­317
  • 4.B.­325-331
  • 4.B.­334-337
  • 4.B.­431
  • 4.B.­439-440
  • 4.B.­442-443
  • 4.B.­447-448
  • 4.B.­553-554
  • 4.B.­579-582
  • 4.B.­590-592
  • 4.B.­606
  • 4.B.­627
  • 4.B.­657-658
  • 4.B.­660-662
  • 4.B.­675-677
  • 4.B.­688-689
  • 4.B.­759-760
  • 4.B.­769
  • 4.B.­774-783
  • 4.B.­785
  • 4.B.­787
  • 4.B.­789
  • 4.B.­791
  • 4.B.­794-795
  • 4.B.­808-810
  • 4.B.­812-813
  • 4.B.­815-816
  • 4.B.­826-827
  • 4.B.­829-830
  • 4.B.­841-845
  • 4.B.­847
  • 4.B.­849-850
  • 4.B.­852
  • 4.B.­858-859
  • 4.B.­864
  • 4.B.­964-967
  • 4.B.­982
  • 4.B.­984-988
  • 4.B.­998
  • 4.B.­1036-1042
  • 4.B.­1045
  • 4.B.­1047
  • 4.B.­1049-1052
  • 4.B.­1071-1074
  • 4.B.­1076-1080
  • 4.B.­1082
  • 4.B.­1085-1086
  • 4.B.­1115
  • 4.B.­1126-1127
  • 4.B.­1157
  • 4.B.­1172
  • 4.B.­1180-1182
  • 4.B.­1190
  • 4.B.­1215
  • 4.B.­1217
  • 4.B.­1220-1222
  • 4.B.­1225
  • 4.B.­1233
  • 4.B.­1255
  • 4.B.­1258
  • 4.B.­1262
  • 4.B.­1277-1282
  • 4.B.­1292
  • 4.B.­1334
  • 4.B.­1339-1341
  • 4.B.­1372-1373
  • 4.B.­1380
  • 4.B.­1388
  • 4.B.­1390
  • 4.B.­1394
  • 4.C.­5
  • 4.C.­29
  • 4.C.­201
  • 4.C.­306
  • 4.C.­1126
  • 4.C.­1256-1257
  • 4.C.­1259
  • 4.C.­1262
  • 4.C.­1319
  • 4.C.­2201
  • 4.C.­2214
  • 5.­268
  • 5.­295
  • g.­35
  • g.­147
  • g.­247
  • g.­355
  • g.­403
  • g.­682
  • g.­766
  • g.­879
  • g.­1129
  • g.­1258
  • g.­1259
g.­1134

Śākya

Wylie:
  • shAkya
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Name of the ancient tribe in which the Buddha was born as a prince; their kingdom was based to the east of Kośala, in the foothills near the present-day border of India and Nepal, with Kapilavastu as its capital.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • p.­7
  • g.­1136
g.­1136

Śākyamuni

Wylie:
  • shAkya thub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ་ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śākyamuni

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

An epithet for the historical Buddha, Siddhārtha Gautama: he was a muni (“sage”) from the Śākya clan. He is counted as the fourth of the first four buddhas of the present Good Eon, the other three being Krakucchanda, Kanakamuni, and Kāśyapa. He will be followed by Maitreya, the next buddha in this eon.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • 4.C.­133-134
  • 4.C.­1261
  • 4.C.­1266
  • 4.C.­1268
  • g.­284
  • g.­666
  • g.­851
  • g.­1134
  • g.­1338
g.­1137

Śakyarakṣita

Wylie:
  • shAkya rak+Shi ta
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱཀྱ་རཀྵི་ཏ།
Sanskrit:
  • śakyarakṣita

An Indian paṇḍita involved in translating this sūtra.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­4-5
g.­1139

Salty

Wylie:
  • lan tshwa
Tibetan:
  • ལན་ཚྭ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A sea between Videha and Jambudvīpa

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­423
g.­1140

Sāmreḍā

Wylie:
  • sA mre DA
Tibetan:
  • སཱ་མྲེ་ཌཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • sāmreḍā RP

A river on Great Slope.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­406
g.­1141

saṃsāra

Wylie:
  • ’khor ba
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃsāra

See cyclic existence.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­3
  • 4.B.­1319
  • g.­26
  • g.­874
  • g.­1456
g.­1142

Sandy Stretch

Wylie:
  • bye ma’i gnas skabs
Tibetan:
  • བྱེ་མའི་གནས་སྐབས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area between Godānīya and Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­402
g.­1143

Saṅkāśa

Wylie:
  • sang kA sha kA
  • sang kA sha
  • saM kA sha
Tibetan:
  • སང་ཀཱ་ཤ་ཀཱ།
  • སང་ཀཱ་ཤ།
  • སཾ་ཀཱ་ཤ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṅkāśa RP

A mountain in Kuru.

Located in 89 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­322-331
  • 5.­337
  • 5.­376
  • n.­627
  • g.­12
  • g.­21
  • g.­24
  • g.­40
  • g.­108
  • g.­113
  • g.­133
  • g.­149
  • g.­176
  • g.­179
  • g.­185
  • g.­189
  • g.­254
  • g.­263
  • g.­265
  • g.­287
  • g.­291
  • g.­305
  • g.­380
  • g.­383
  • g.­428
  • g.­435
  • g.­436
  • g.­457
  • g.­467
  • g.­468
  • g.­510
  • g.­512
  • g.­526
  • g.­535
  • g.­562
  • g.­573
  • g.­612
  • g.­653
  • g.­684
  • g.­720
  • g.­739
  • g.­740
  • g.­743
  • g.­772
  • g.­826
  • g.­836
  • g.­837
  • g.­884
  • g.­893
  • g.­924
  • g.­934
  • g.­945
  • g.­987
  • g.­1018
  • g.­1023
  • g.­1048
  • g.­1077
  • g.­1104
  • g.­1125
  • g.­1155
  • g.­1180
  • g.­1199
  • g.­1205
  • g.­1232
  • g.­1239
  • g.­1251
  • g.­1254
  • g.­1268
  • g.­1281
  • g.­1282
  • g.­1298
  • g.­1340
  • g.­1365
  • g.­1375
  • g.­1400
  • g.­1403
  • g.­1409
  • g.­1435
  • g.­1439
  • g.­1445
g.­1144

Śāntākaragupta

Wylie:
  • shAn+ta A ka ra gup+ta
Tibetan:
  • ཤཱནྟ་ཨཱ་ཀ་ར་གུཔྟ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāntākaragupta

An Indian paṇḍita involved in translating this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­4
g.­1145

Sānu

Wylie:
  • sA nu
Tibetan:
  • སཱ་ནུ།
Sanskrit:
  • sānu RP

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1146

Sāra

Wylie:
  • sA ra
Tibetan:
  • སཱ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • sāra

A mountain in the sea west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­288
  • g.­731
g.­1147

Śāradvatīputra

Wylie:
  • sha ra dwa ti’i bu
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་ར་དྭ་ཏིའི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāradvatīputra

More widely known as Śāriputra‍—the contracted version of his name‍—he was one of the Buddha’s foremost hearer disciples. Renowned for his pure discipline and unparalleled knowledge of the teachings.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • p.­2
  • p.­4-5
  • n.­15
g.­1149

Scattered Stones

Wylie:
  • rdo ba ’drim pa
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་བ་འདྲིམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Upward Ocean.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­411
g.­1150

scent of constant inebriation

Wylie:
  • rtag tu myos pa’i dri
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་མྱོས་པའི་དྲི།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1153

Seasonal Joy

Wylie:
  • dus na dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དུས་ན་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­322
  • 5.­353
  • 5.­355-358
  • 5.­360
  • 5.­376
g.­1154

Second China

Wylie:
  • rgya nag gzhan
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་ནག་གཞན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­1155

Secret Play

Wylie:
  • gsang ba rtse dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • གསང་བ་རྩེ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1156

Seeing the Head

Wylie:
  • mgo bo mthong ba
Tibetan:
  • མགོ་བོ་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­1157

Seeing Thousands

Wylie:
  • stong du mthong ba
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་དུ་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond on Draped in Light Rays.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­258
g.­1158

sense source

Wylie:
  • skye mched
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit:
  • āyatana

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

These can be listed as twelve or as six sense sources (sometimes also called sense fields, bases of cognition, or simply āyatanas).

In the context of epistemology, it is one way of describing experience and the world in terms of twelve sense sources, which can be divided into inner and outer sense sources, namely: (1–2) eye and form, (3–4) ear and sound, (5–6) nose and odor, (7–8) tongue and taste, (9–10) body and touch, (11–12) mind and mental phenomena.

In the context of the twelve links of dependent origination, only six sense sources are mentioned, and they are the inner sense sources (identical to the six faculties) of eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.

Located in 53 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­24
  • 2.­39
  • 2.­41-43
  • 2.­137
  • 2.­141
  • 2.­163-164
  • 2.­167
  • 2.­169-179
  • 2.­184
  • 2.­710
  • 2.­1379
  • 2.­1381-1382
  • 2.­1384
  • 4.B.­116
  • 4.B.­1080
  • 4.B.­1094
  • 4.B.­1108
  • 4.B.­1110-1111
  • 4.B.­1113-1115
  • 4.B.­1126-1127
  • 4.C.­538
  • 4.C.­1091-1092
  • 4.C.­1427
  • 4.C.­1496-1497
  • 4.C.­2037
  • 4.C.­2157
  • 4.C.­2302
  • 4.C.­2617
  • 4.C.­3067
  • 5.­231-232
  • 5.­236
  • 5.­240
g.­1161

seven branches of awakening

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi yan lag bdun
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saptabodhyaṅga

The seven factors that constitute the path of seeing, namely: mindfulness, investigation, diligence, joy, agility, absorption, and equanimity. These are further explained in this text; see 4.B.­1097–4.B.­1101.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­710
  • 4.B.­1080
  • 4.B.­1097
  • 4.B.­1100
  • g.­1322
g.­1162

seven precious substances

Wylie:
  • rin po che’i rdzas bdun
Tibetan:
  • རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རྫས་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The set of seven precious materials or substances includes a range of precious metals and gems, but their exact list varies. The set often consists of gold, silver, beryl, crystal, red pearls, emeralds, and white coral, but may also contain lapis lazuli, ruby, sapphire, chrysoberyl, diamonds, etc. The term is frequently used in the sūtras to exemplify preciousness, wealth, and beauty, and can describe treasures, offering materials, or the features of architectural structures such as stūpas, palaces, thrones, etc. The set is also used to describe the beauty and prosperity of buddha realms and the realms of the gods.

In other contexts, the term saptaratna can also refer to the seven precious possessions of a cakravartin or to a set of seven precious moral qualities.

Located in 189 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­113
  • 3.­41
  • 3.­79
  • 3.­88
  • 3.­185
  • 3.­292
  • 3.­302
  • 4.A.­9
  • 4.A.­17
  • 4.A.­47
  • 4.A.­72
  • 4.A.­90
  • 4.A.­133
  • 4.A.­211
  • 4.A.­215
  • 4.A.­268
  • 4.A.­272
  • 4.A.­283
  • 4.A.­306
  • 4.A.­379
  • 4.B.­12
  • 4.B.­20
  • 4.B.­22
  • 4.B.­31
  • 4.B.­96
  • 4.B.­160-161
  • 4.B.­186-187
  • 4.B.­198
  • 4.B.­208-209
  • 4.B.­220
  • 4.B.­239-240
  • 4.B.­246-248
  • 4.B.­304
  • 4.B.­307
  • 4.B.­343
  • 4.B.­348
  • 4.B.­391
  • 4.B.­408
  • 4.B.­439
  • 4.B.­450
  • 4.B.­458
  • 4.B.­460
  • 4.B.­473-474
  • 4.B.­519
  • 4.B.­522
  • 4.B.­531
  • 4.B.­540
  • 4.B.­551
  • 4.B.­581
  • 4.B.­606
  • 4.B.­660
  • 4.B.­695
  • 4.B.­777-778
  • 4.B.­786
  • 4.B.­827
  • 4.B.­830
  • 4.B.­869
  • 4.B.­899
  • 4.B.­947
  • 4.B.­1023
  • 4.B.­1234
  • 4.B.­1268
  • 4.B.­1276
  • 4.B.­1298
  • 4.B.­1304
  • 4.B.­1307
  • 4.B.­1325
  • 4.B.­1378
  • 4.C.­24
  • 4.C.­27
  • 4.C.­30
  • 4.C.­33
  • 4.C.­35
  • 4.C.­37
  • 4.C.­82
  • 4.C.­84-85
  • 4.C.­174
  • 4.C.­187
  • 4.C.­201
  • 4.C.­226
  • 4.C.­275-276
  • 4.C.­282
  • 4.C.­340
  • 4.C.­371-372
  • 4.C.­379-380
  • 4.C.­389
  • 4.C.­429
  • 4.C.­471-472
  • 4.C.­547
  • 4.C.­595
  • 4.C.­612
  • 4.C.­686
  • 4.C.­712
  • 4.C.­728
  • 4.C.­733
  • 4.C.­760
  • 4.C.­762
  • 4.C.­802
  • 4.C.­805
  • 4.C.­807
  • 4.C.­1115
  • 4.C.­1128
  • 4.C.­1178
  • 4.C.­1235
  • 4.C.­1327
  • 4.C.­1583
  • 4.C.­1599
  • 4.C.­1620-1621
  • 4.C.­1645-1646
  • 4.C.­1656
  • 4.C.­1658
  • 4.C.­1662-1663
  • 4.C.­1691
  • 4.C.­1720-1721
  • 4.C.­1758
  • 4.C.­1764
  • 4.C.­1779
  • 4.C.­1784
  • 4.C.­1787
  • 4.C.­1789
  • 4.C.­1801
  • 4.C.­1804
  • 4.C.­1806-1807
  • 4.C.­1810
  • 4.C.­1848
  • 4.C.­1867
  • 4.C.­1881
  • 4.C.­1903
  • 4.C.­1962
  • 4.C.­2025
  • 4.C.­2027
  • 4.C.­2040-2041
  • 4.C.­2046
  • 4.C.­2066
  • 4.C.­2070
  • 4.C.­2072-2073
  • 4.C.­2087
  • 4.C.­2092
  • 4.C.­2102-2103
  • 4.C.­2180
  • 4.C.­2201-2202
  • 4.C.­2349
  • 4.C.­2372-2374
  • 4.C.­2376
  • 4.C.­2379
  • 4.C.­2381
  • 4.C.­2388
  • 4.C.­2390
  • 4.C.­2596
  • 4.C.­2955-2957
  • 4.C.­2962
  • 4.C.­2973
  • 4.C.­2975
  • 4.C.­3008
  • 4.C.­3098
  • 4.C.­3111
  • 4.C.­3114
  • 4.C.­3116
  • 5.­274
  • 5.­295
  • 5.­324
  • 5.­350
  • 5.­389
g.­1166

sexual misconduct

Wylie:
  • ’dod pas log par g.yem pa
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པས་ལོག་པར་གཡེམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāma­mithyā­caryā

The third among the three physical misdeeds.

Located in 156 passages in the translation:

  • i.­8
  • 1.­1
  • 1.­7-8
  • 1.­24
  • 1.­44-45
  • 1.­83-84
  • 1.­118
  • 2.­119
  • 2.­367
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­373
  • 2.­377
  • 2.­379
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­391-392
  • 2.­394
  • 2.­396
  • 2.­398
  • 2.­400-401
  • 2.­403-404
  • 2.­410
  • 2.­415
  • 2.­417
  • 2.­429
  • 2.­432
  • 2.­434
  • 2.­438
  • 2.­443
  • 2.­452
  • 2.­478
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­485-486
  • 2.­500
  • 2.­504
  • 2.­507
  • 2.­510
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­518
  • 2.­521
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­527
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­534
  • 2.­537
  • 2.­540
  • 2.­570
  • 2.­573-574
  • 2.­583
  • 2.­603
  • 2.­606
  • 2.­613
  • 2.­616
  • 2.­619
  • 2.­622
  • 2.­626
  • 2.­630
  • 2.­635
  • 2.­639
  • 2.­642
  • 2.­645
  • 2.­649
  • 2.­653
  • 2.­680
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­702
  • 2.­712-713
  • 2.­721
  • 2.­725
  • 2.­731
  • 2.­734
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­752
  • 2.­755
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­763
  • 2.­766
  • 2.­769
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­777
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­826
  • 2.­830
  • 2.­833
  • 2.­837
  • 2.­850
  • 2.­871
  • 2.­875
  • 2.­888
  • 2.­893
  • 2.­896
  • 2.­906
  • 2.­912
  • 2.­915
  • 2.­919
  • 2.­921
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­931
  • 2.­936
  • 2.­941
  • 2.­944
  • 2.­947
  • 2.­1011
  • 2.­1060
  • 4.A.­128
  • 4.A.­415-416
  • 4.B.­847
  • 4.B.­877
  • 4.C.­2-3
  • 4.C.­14-15
  • 4.C.­180
  • 4.C.­274
  • 4.C.­337
  • 4.C.­423
  • 4.C.­538
  • 4.C.­599
  • 4.C.­1019
  • 4.C.­1069
  • 4.C.­1243
  • 4.C.­1289
  • 4.C.­1591-1592
  • 4.C.­1653
  • 4.C.­1756
  • 4.C.­1842
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­1962
  • 4.C.­2023-2024
  • 4.C.­2347-2348
  • 4.C.­2458
  • 4.C.­2577
  • 4.C.­2687
  • 4.C.­2952-2953
  • 4.C.­2958
  • 4.C.­3089-3090
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­161
  • 5.­377
  • g.­444
  • g.­1310
g.­1167

Shaded by Garlands

Wylie:
  • ’phreng ba’i grib ma
Tibetan:
  • འཕྲེང་བའི་གྲིབ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • mālācchāyā

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three and the name of a tree that grows there.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­451
  • 4.B.­456
  • g.­348
  • g.­496
  • g.­1253
  • g.­1369
g.­1168

Shaded by Trees

Wylie:
  • shing gis g.yogs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིང་གིས་གཡོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1169

shadow players

Wylie:
  • grib ma’i rtse
Tibetan:
  • གྲིབ་མའི་རྩེ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A type of rākṣasī living on an island called Endowed with Jewels.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­254
g.­1171

Shang Buchikpa

Wylie:
  • zhang bu gcig pa
Tibetan:
  • ཞང་བུ་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An assistant translator and editor of this scripture.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­8
g.­1173

Sherap Ö

Wylie:
  • shes rab ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An assistant translator and editor of this scripture.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­8
g.­1180

Silver Hue

Wylie:
  • dngul gyi mdog
Tibetan:
  • དངུལ་གྱི་མདོག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1181

Silvery Sands

Wylie:
  • dngul dang bcas pa’i bye mas yongs su bskor ba
Tibetan:
  • དངུལ་དང་བཅས་པའི་བྱེ་མས་ཡོངས་སུ་བསྐོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1184

Sindhū

Wylie:
  • sin+d+hu
Tibetan:
  • སིནྡྷུ།
Sanskrit:
  • sindhū

A river to the west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­281
g.­1185

Single Face

Wylie:
  • ngos gcig pa
Tibetan:
  • ངོས་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in the eastern sea beyond Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­260-261
g.­1186

Sitā

Wylie:
  • si tA
Tibetan:
  • སི་ཏཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • sitā RP

A river in Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­1187

Sītā

Wylie:
  • sI tA
Tibetan:
  • སཱི་ཏཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • sītā

A river to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­310
g.­1189

Situated by the End of Karaṇa

Wylie:
  • ka ra na’i mtha’ na gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་ར་ནའི་མཐའ་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­1191

six perfections

Wylie:
  • pha rol tu phyin pa drug
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaṭpāramitā

The six practices of the bodhisattva path: generosity (Tib. sbyin pa; Skt. dāna), discipline (Tib. tshul khrims; Skt. śīla), patience (Tib. bzod pa; Skt. kṣānti), diligence (Tib. brtson ’grus; Skt. vīrya), concentration (Tib. bsam gtan; Skt. dhyāna), and insight (Tib. shes rab; Skt. prajñā).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1587
  • 4.C.­2816
  • g.­196
  • g.­692
g.­1192

six seasons

Wylie:
  • dus tshigs drug
Tibetan:
  • དུས་ཚིགས་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • —

The six seasons are early winter, late winter, spring, summer, monsoon, and fall.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­163
  • 4.A.­379
  • 4.B.­29
  • 4.B.­371
  • 4.C.­807
  • 4.C.­1428
  • 5.­271
  • 5.­323
  • 5.­337
  • 5.­353
  • 5.­360
g.­1193

six tastes

Wylie:
  • ro drug
Tibetan:
  • རོ་དྲུག
Sanskrit:
  • ṣaḍrasa

According to Āyurveda, all foods can be categorized by six tastes: sweet, sour, salty, bitter, pungent, and astringent.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­970
  • 4.B.­74
  • 5.­41
  • 5.­52
  • 5.­151
  • 5.­210
  • 5.­363
g.­1195

Sky Scent

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i dri ma
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་དྲི་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­1196

sky traveler

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ la rgyu bar byed pa
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་ལ་རྒྱུ་བར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1199

Sloping Banks

Wylie:
  • gram sag gi chu
Tibetan:
  • གྲམ་སག་གི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1200

Smoky

Wylie:
  • du ba pa
Tibetan:
  • དུ་བ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Forest Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­407
g.­1203

Smooth Ground

Wylie:
  • gzhi ’jam pa
Tibetan:
  • གཞི་འཇམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­345
g.­1204

Snake

Wylie:
  • sbrul
Tibetan:
  • སྦྲུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain off Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­419
g.­1205

Snowy

Wylie:
  • gangs yod pa
Tibetan:
  • གངས་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1206

Snowy Regions

Wylie:
  • kha ba ’khor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཁ་བ་འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1208

Solitary

Wylie:
  • gcig pu ba
Tibetan:
  • གཅིག་པུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­251
g.­1209

solitary buddha

Wylie:
  • rang sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • རང་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • pratyekabuddha

An individual who attains a certain level of realization and liberation (different in some respects from those of an arhat and well short of those of a buddha) through understanding the nature of interdependent origination, without relying upon a teacher in that lifetime.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • p.­1
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­79
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­1164
  • 2.­1202
  • 4.B.­676
  • 4.B.­792
  • 4.C.­917
  • 4.C.­1243
  • 4.C.­1286
  • 4.C.­1447
  • 4.C.­2344
  • 4.C.­2427
  • 4.C.­2683
  • 5.­267
  • 5.­383-385
  • g.­1335
g.­1213

Sounds of the Land

Wylie:
  • nye ’khor gyi sgra
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་འཁོར་གྱི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­1214

Sounds of Water

Wylie:
  • chu sgra kun nas sgrogs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྒྲ་ཀུན་ནས་སྒྲོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Encircled by White Clouds.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­339
  • 5.­342
g.­1220

Spānāśetu

Wylie:
  • spA nA she tu
Tibetan:
  • སྤཱ་ནཱ་ཤེ་ཏུ།
Sanskrit:
  • spānāśetu RP

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1223

Special Drink

Wylie:
  • lhag pa thung ba
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་པ་ཐུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Flocking Peacocks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­408
g.­1227

Splashing Swan Wings

Wylie:
  • ngang pas’i gshog pas bcom pa
Tibetan:
  • ངང་པསའི་གཤོག་པས་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­335
g.­1232

Spring Joy

Wylie:
  • dpyid dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དཔྱིད་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1233

Stable Water

Wylie:
  • chu brtan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1235

Stainless

Wylie:
  • dri ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A pond on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1236

Stainless and Clear

Wylie:
  • dri ma med par gsal ba
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་མ་མེད་པར་གསལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A city in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­390
g.­1238

starving spirit

Wylie:
  • yi dags
Tibetan:
  • ཡི་དགས།
Sanskrit:
  • preta

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the five or six classes of sentient beings, into which beings are born as the karmic fruition of past miserliness. As the term in Sanskrit means “the departed,” they are analogous to the ancestral spirits of Vedic tradition, the pitṛs, who starve without the offerings of descendants. It is also commonly translated as “hungry ghost” or “starving spirit,” as in the Chinese 餓鬼 e gui.

They are sometimes said to reside in the realm of Yama, but are also frequently described as roaming charnel grounds and other inhospitable or frightening places along with piśācas and other such beings. They are particularly known to suffer from great hunger and thirst and the inability to acquire sustenance. Detailed descriptions of their realm and experience, including a list of the thirty-six classes of pretas, can be found in The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma, Toh 287, 2.­1281– 2.1482.

Located in 533 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­20
  • 1.­23-24
  • 1.­26-34
  • 1.­37
  • 1.­40
  • 1.­53
  • 1.­76
  • 1.­81
  • 1.­114
  • 1.­120
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­121
  • 2.­131
  • 2.­136
  • 2.­177
  • 2.­214
  • 2.­219
  • 2.­228
  • 2.­230
  • 2.­233
  • 2.­240
  • 2.­245-246
  • 2.­248
  • 2.­264-266
  • 2.­268
  • 2.­313
  • 2.­316
  • 2.­320
  • 2.­349
  • 2.­362
  • 2.­377
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­391
  • 2.­393
  • 2.­395
  • 2.­398
  • 2.­400
  • 2.­403
  • 2.­406
  • 2.­409
  • 2.­416
  • 2.­428
  • 2.­431
  • 2.­433
  • 2.­437
  • 2.­442
  • 2.­445
  • 2.­448
  • 2.­477
  • 2.­481
  • 2.­485
  • 2.­499
  • 2.­503
  • 2.­506
  • 2.­509
  • 2.­513
  • 2.­517
  • 2.­520
  • 2.­523
  • 2.­526
  • 2.­530
  • 2.­533
  • 2.­536
  • 2.­539
  • 2.­548
  • 2.­569
  • 2.­576
  • 2.­583
  • 2.­605
  • 2.­609
  • 2.­612
  • 2.­615
  • 2.­618
  • 2.­621
  • 2.­625
  • 2.­629
  • 2.­634
  • 2.­638
  • 2.­641
  • 2.­644
  • 2.­648
  • 2.­652
  • 2.­679
  • 2.­696
  • 2.­701
  • 2.­704
  • 2.­720
  • 2.­723
  • 2.­733
  • 2.­737
  • 2.­741
  • 2.­744
  • 2.­748
  • 2.­751
  • 2.­754
  • 2.­758
  • 2.­762
  • 2.­765
  • 2.­768
  • 2.­772
  • 2.­776
  • 2.­780
  • 2.­870
  • 2.­874
  • 2.­892
  • 2.­895
  • 2.­905
  • 2.­910-911
  • 2.­914
  • 2.­918
  • 2.­920
  • 2.­930
  • 2.­940
  • 2.­943
  • 2.­946
  • 2.­950
  • 2.­1141
  • 2.­1144
  • 2.­1155
  • 2.­1158
  • 2.­1162
  • 2.­1177
  • 2.­1182-1183
  • 2.­1188
  • 2.­1192
  • 2.­1198
  • 2.­1201
  • 2.­1204
  • 2.­1214
  • 2.­1219
  • 2.­1222
  • 2.­1225
  • 2.­1251
  • 2.­1261
  • 2.­1264-1265
  • 2.­1282-1289
  • 2.­1291
  • 2.­1293-1306
  • 2.­1308
  • 2.­1310-1313
  • 2.­1315-1316
  • 2.­1318
  • 2.­1323-1331
  • 2.­1333-1338
  • 2.­1340-1344
  • 2.­1346-1347
  • 2.­1349-1352
  • 2.­1354-1358
  • 2.­1360-1362
  • 2.­1378
  • 2.­1386-1387
  • 2.­1389
  • 2.­1397-1398
  • 2.­1401-1410
  • 2.­1414
  • 2.­1421-1422
  • 2.­1428
  • 2.­1431-1435
  • 2.­1438-1439
  • 2.­1446
  • 2.­1458-1462
  • 2.­1464
  • 2.­1468-1471
  • 2.­1473-1479
  • 2.­1481-1482
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­27
  • 3.­29-31
  • 3.­62
  • 3.­131
  • 4.­1
  • 4.A.­53
  • 4.A.­58
  • 4.A.­69
  • 4.A.­77
  • 4.A.­79
  • 4.A.­82
  • 4.A.­85
  • 4.A.­88
  • 4.A.­92
  • 4.A.­97
  • 4.A.­101
  • 4.A.­107
  • 4.A.­131
  • 4.A.­133
  • 4.A.­136
  • 4.A.­157
  • 4.A.­162
  • 4.A.­182
  • 4.A.­201
  • 4.A.­204
  • 4.A.­207
  • 4.A.­210
  • 4.A.­216
  • 4.A.­220
  • 4.A.­223
  • 4.A.­246
  • 4.A.­259
  • 4.A.­262
  • 4.A.­265
  • 4.A.­269
  • 4.A.­275
  • 4.A.­279
  • 4.A.­298
  • 4.A.­303
  • 4.A.­311
  • 4.A.­331
  • 4.A.­338
  • 4.A.­345
  • 4.A.­377
  • 4.A.­381
  • 4.A.­398
  • 4.A.­402
  • 4.A.­406
  • 4.B.­101-103
  • 4.B.­106
  • 4.B.­115
  • 4.B.­128
  • 4.B.­153
  • 4.B.­158
  • 4.B.­194
  • 4.B.­204
  • 4.B.­214
  • 4.B.­234
  • 4.B.­262
  • 4.B.­314-316
  • 4.B.­320
  • 4.B.­338
  • 4.B.­359
  • 4.B.­366
  • 4.B.­395
  • 4.B.­405
  • 4.B.­412
  • 4.B.­424
  • 4.B.­450
  • 4.B.­466
  • 4.B.­500
  • 4.B.­504
  • 4.B.­524
  • 4.B.­542
  • 4.B.­583
  • 4.B.­692
  • 4.B.­715
  • 4.B.­718
  • 4.B.­748
  • 4.B.­753
  • 4.B.­783
  • 4.B.­814
  • 4.B.­845-850
  • 4.B.­864
  • 4.B.­877
  • 4.B.­894
  • 4.B.­938
  • 4.B.­987
  • 4.B.­998
  • 4.B.­1029
  • 4.B.­1072
  • 4.B.­1079
  • 4.B.­1113
  • 4.B.­1209
  • 4.B.­1211-1212
  • 4.B.­1238
  • 4.B.­1244
  • 4.B.­1249
  • 4.B.­1253
  • 4.B.­1293
  • 4.B.­1300
  • 4.B.­1326
  • 4.B.­1355
  • 4.B.­1374
  • 4.B.­1393
  • 4.C.­105-106
  • 4.C.­115
  • 4.C.­117
  • 4.C.­170
  • 4.C.­179
  • 4.C.­235-236
  • 4.C.­263
  • 4.C.­270
  • 4.C.­273
  • 4.C.­334
  • 4.C.­394
  • 4.C.­422
  • 4.C.­511
  • 4.C.­535
  • 4.C.­597
  • 4.C.­606
  • 4.C.­613
  • 4.C.­623
  • 4.C.­692-694
  • 4.C.­707
  • 4.C.­821
  • 4.C.­835
  • 4.C.­891
  • 4.C.­897
  • 4.C.­956
  • 4.C.­962
  • 4.C.­970
  • 4.C.­976
  • 4.C.­1039
  • 4.C.­1048
  • 4.C.­1070
  • 4.C.­1096
  • 4.C.­1101
  • 4.C.­1116-1117
  • 4.C.­1185
  • 4.C.­1228-1229
  • 4.C.­1231
  • 4.C.­1239-1240
  • 4.C.­1246
  • 4.C.­1251
  • 4.C.­1256
  • 4.C.­1258
  • 4.C.­1294
  • 4.C.­1330
  • 4.C.­1343
  • 4.C.­1353
  • 4.C.­1358-1359
  • 4.C.­1374-1375
  • 4.C.­1381
  • 4.C.­1383-1384
  • 4.C.­1387
  • 4.C.­1389
  • 4.C.­1395
  • 4.C.­1434
  • 4.C.­1482
  • 4.C.­1496
  • 4.C.­1520
  • 4.C.­1534
  • 4.C.­1557
  • 4.C.­1575-1576
  • 4.C.­1651
  • 4.C.­1734
  • 4.C.­1754
  • 4.C.­1839
  • 4.C.­1918
  • 4.C.­1956
  • 4.C.­1969
  • 4.C.­2022
  • 4.C.­2105
  • 4.C.­2161
  • 4.C.­2221
  • 4.C.­2244
  • 4.C.­2247
  • 4.C.­2262
  • 4.C.­2265
  • 4.C.­2291
  • 4.C.­2293
  • 4.C.­2337
  • 4.C.­2389
  • 4.C.­2441
  • 4.C.­2467
  • 4.C.­2492
  • 4.C.­2496
  • 4.C.­2521-2522
  • 4.C.­2533
  • 4.C.­2535
  • 4.C.­2549
  • 4.C.­2576
  • 4.C.­2600
  • 4.C.­2620
  • 4.C.­2638-2639
  • 4.C.­2646
  • 4.C.­2652
  • 4.C.­2666
  • 4.C.­2704-2706
  • 4.C.­2746-2748
  • 4.C.­2750
  • 4.C.­2752-2753
  • 4.C.­2835
  • 4.C.­2839
  • 4.C.­2846
  • 4.C.­2859
  • 4.C.­2884
  • 4.C.­2886
  • 4.C.­2938
  • 4.C.­2951
  • 4.C.­2983
  • 4.C.­2993
  • 4.C.­3024-3025
  • 4.C.­3028
  • 4.C.­3031
  • 4.C.­3039
  • 4.C.­3041
  • 4.C.­3051
  • 4.C.­3087
  • 5.­6
  • 5.­33
  • 5.­36
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­279
  • 5.­315
  • 5.­346
  • 5.­348
  • 5.­351
  • 5.­366
  • 5.­372
  • 5.­375
  • 5.­396
  • 5.­403
  • n.­31
  • n.­178
  • n.­192
  • g.­445
g.­1239

Staṣkako

Wylie:
  • staSh+ka ko
Tibetan:
  • སྟཥྐ་ཀོ
Sanskrit:
  • staṣkako RP

A nāga who visits Saṅkāśa Mountain.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­329
g.­1241

stealing

Wylie:
  • ma byin par len pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་བྱིན་པར་ལེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • adattādāna

The second among the three physical misdeeds. Also rendered here according to the literal meaning of ma byin par len pa, “taking what was not given.”

Located in 199 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­4
  • 1.­6
  • 1.­23
  • 1.­39-43
  • 1.­82
  • 1.­118
  • 1.­127
  • 2.­367
  • 2.­373
  • 2.­392
  • 2.­396
  • 2.­410
  • 2.­415
  • 2.­417
  • 2.­429
  • 2.­432
  • 2.­434
  • 2.­438
  • 2.­443
  • 2.­446
  • 2.­452
  • 2.­478
  • 2.­483
  • 2.­485-486
  • 2.­500
  • 2.­504
  • 2.­507
  • 2.­510
  • 2.­514
  • 2.­518
  • 2.­521
  • 2.­524
  • 2.­527
  • 2.­531
  • 2.­534
  • 2.­537
  • 2.­540
  • 2.­570
  • 2.­573-574
  • 2.­583
  • 2.­603
  • 2.­606
  • 2.­613
  • 2.­616
  • 2.­619
  • 2.­622
  • 2.­626
  • 2.­630
  • 2.­635
  • 2.­639
  • 2.­642
  • 2.­645
  • 2.­649
  • 2.­653
  • 2.­680
  • 2.­697
  • 2.­702
  • 2.­712-713
  • 2.­721
  • 2.­725
  • 2.­731
  • 2.­734
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­752
  • 2.­755
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­763
  • 2.­766
  • 2.­769
  • 2.­773
  • 2.­777
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­826
  • 2.­830
  • 2.­833
  • 2.­837
  • 2.­871
  • 2.­875
  • 2.­888
  • 2.­893
  • 2.­896
  • 2.­906
  • 2.­912
  • 2.­915
  • 2.­919
  • 2.­921
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­931
  • 2.­936
  • 2.­941
  • 2.­944
  • 2.­947
  • 2.­1047
  • 4.A.­415-416
  • 4.B.­146
  • 4.B.­152
  • 4.B.­154
  • 4.B.­207
  • 4.B.­216
  • 4.B.­235
  • 4.B.­237
  • 4.B.­294
  • 4.B.­296-297
  • 4.B.­321
  • 4.B.­342
  • 4.B.­368
  • 4.B.­396-398
  • 4.B.­413
  • 4.B.­415-417
  • 4.B.­426-427
  • 4.B.­430
  • 4.B.­451
  • 4.B.­453
  • 4.B.­467-468
  • 4.B.­501
  • 4.B.­504
  • 4.B.­507
  • 4.B.­525
  • 4.B.­527
  • 4.B.­543
  • 4.B.­546
  • 4.B.­548
  • 4.B.­585-586
  • 4.B.­588
  • 4.B.­693
  • 4.B.­719
  • 4.B.­721
  • 4.B.­723
  • 4.B.­755-756
  • 4.B.­846-847
  • 4.B.­866
  • 4.B.­868
  • 4.B.­896
  • 4.B.­999
  • 4.B.­1002
  • 4.B.­1267
  • 4.B.­1294
  • 4.B.­1302
  • 4.B.­1329
  • 4.B.­1375
  • 4.B.­1377
  • 4.C.­2-3
  • 4.C.­13
  • 4.C.­180
  • 4.C.­274
  • 4.C.­337
  • 4.C.­423
  • 4.C.­538
  • 4.C.­599
  • 4.C.­1019
  • 4.C.­1021
  • 4.C.­1069
  • 4.C.­1238
  • 4.C.­1243
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1286
  • 4.C.­1289
  • 4.C.­1448
  • 4.C.­1543-1544
  • 4.C.­1591
  • 4.C.­1653
  • 4.C.­1756
  • 4.C.­1842
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­1962
  • 4.C.­2023
  • 4.C.­2347
  • 4.C.­2458
  • 4.C.­2577
  • 4.C.­2687
  • 4.C.­2952
  • 4.C.­2958
  • 4.C.­3089
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­377
  • g.­444
  • g.­1303
g.­1242

Stomach

Wylie:
  • gsus pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • གསུས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Kuru.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­1248

Strewn Sand

Wylie:
  • bye ma ’drim pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱེ་མ་འདྲིམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Great Slope.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­406
g.­1250

strongly attached to pleasure

Wylie:
  • bde ba la chags pa’i shugs
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བ་ལ་ཆགས་པའི་ཤུགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1251

Studded with Kadambas

Wylie:
  • ka dam+ba ’khod pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་དམྦ་འཁོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1252

Studded with Lotuses

Wylie:
  • pad mas bkab par gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • པད་མས་བཀབ་པར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1254

Studded with Vidruma Trees

Wylie:
  • bi dru ma’i shing dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • བི་དྲུ་མའི་ཤིང་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1255

Subhūticandra

Wylie:
  • su b+hU ti tsan+d+ra
Tibetan:
  • སུ་བྷཱུ་ཏི་ཙནྡྲ།
Sanskrit:
  • subhūticandra

A translator of the sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­5
g.­1256

Sublime Heaven

Wylie:
  • gya nom snang
Tibetan:
  • གྱ་ནོམ་སྣང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sudṛśa
  • sudarśana

The third of five realms associated with the fourth concentration into which only noble beings are born.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­383
g.­1257

Subtle Engagement

Wylie:
  • shib tu spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིབ་ཏུ་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūkṣmacarā

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­543
  • 4.B.­550
  • 4.B.­553
  • 4.B.­583
  • 4.B.­691
g.­1258

Sudarśana

Wylie:
  • legs mthong
  • lta na sdug
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་མཐོང་།
  • ལྟ་ན་སྡུག
Sanskrit:
  • sudarśana

(1) King who appears during the elephant Airāvaṇa’s previous life as a brahmin (legs mthong). (2) The city of Śakra (legs mthong and lta na sdug).

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­134
  • 3.­288
  • 3.­290
  • 3.­341
  • 3.­346
  • 4.B.­248
  • 4.B.­265
  • 4.B.­305
  • 4.B.­450
  • 4.B.­1277
  • 4.B.­1340
  • 5.­295
  • 5.­374
  • g.­183
  • g.­539
g.­1259

Sudharma

Wylie:
  • chos bzang
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sudharma

Śakra’s assembly hall.

Located in 64 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­75
  • 3.­134
  • 3.­288
  • 3.­290
  • 3.­295
  • 3.­369
  • 3.­371
  • 4.B.­4-6
  • 4.B.­9-10
  • 4.B.­12
  • 4.B.­15-16
  • 4.B.­54-57
  • 4.B.­65
  • 4.B.­78
  • 4.B.­108-112
  • 4.B.­120
  • 4.B.­128
  • 4.B.­186
  • 4.B.­190
  • 4.B.­194
  • 4.B.­211
  • 4.B.­213
  • 4.B.­337
  • 4.B.­582
  • 4.B.­774
  • 4.B.­815
  • 4.B.­864
  • 4.B.­998
  • 4.B.­1036-1038
  • 4.B.­1075
  • 4.C.­1255
  • 5.­295
  • 5.­374
  • g.­37
  • g.­193
  • g.­230
  • g.­377
  • g.­395
  • g.­518
  • g.­575
  • g.­679
  • g.­726
  • g.­745
  • g.­872
  • g.­897
  • g.­930
  • g.­1029
  • g.­1051
  • g.­1216
  • g.­1217
  • g.­1381
g.­1260

Śukati Pearls

Wylie:
  • mu tig gi shu ka ti
Tibetan:
  • མུ་ཏིག་གི་ཤུ་ཀ་ཏི།
Sanskrit:
  • śukati RP

An island between Kuru and Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­389
g.­1261

Sukhana

Wylie:
  • su kha na
Tibetan:
  • སུ་ཁ་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • sukhana RP

A mountain to the west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­281
g.­1262

Śukti Realm

Wylie:
  • shuk+ti’i gnas
Tibetan:
  • ཤུཀྟིའི་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • śukti RP

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1264

Sumegha

Wylie:
  • su me gho
Tibetan:
  • སུ་མེ་གྷོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumegha

A mountain in the sea west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­292
g.­1265

Sumeru

Wylie:
  • ri rab
  • ri rab lhun po
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ།
  • རི་རབ་ལྷུན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sumeru

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

According to ancient Buddhist cosmology, this is the great mountain forming the axis of the universe. At its summit is Sudarśana, home of Śakra and his thirty-two gods, and on its flanks live the asuras. The mount has four sides facing the cardinal directions, each of which is made of a different precious stone. Surrounding it are several mountain ranges and the great ocean where the four principal island continents lie: in the south, Jambudvīpa (our world); in the west, Godānīya; in the north, Uttarakuru; and in the east, Pūrvavideha. Above it are the abodes of the desire realm gods. It is variously referred to as Meru, Mount Meru, Sumeru, and Mount Sumeru.

Located in 134 passages in the translation:

  • p.­7
  • 2.­221
  • 2.­790
  • 2.­1037
  • 2.­1109
  • 3.­56
  • 3.­63
  • 3.­65
  • 3.­68-69
  • 3.­75
  • 3.­78-79
  • 3.­196
  • 3.­239
  • 3.­288
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­302
  • 3.­307
  • 3.­321
  • 3.­339
  • 3.­353
  • 4.­3
  • 4.A.­2
  • 4.A.­4-5
  • 4.A.­9
  • 4.A.­17
  • 4.A.­86
  • 4.A.­109
  • 4.A.­139
  • 4.A.­159
  • 4.A.­164-165
  • 4.A.­185
  • 4.A.­215
  • 4.A.­226
  • 4.A.­337
  • 4.A.­365
  • 4.A.­404
  • 4.A.­406
  • 4.A.­408
  • 4.B.­125
  • 4.B.­147
  • 4.B.­166
  • 4.B.­182
  • 4.B.­209
  • 4.B.­247
  • 4.B.­249
  • 4.B.­252
  • 4.B.­333
  • 4.B.­393
  • 4.B.­444
  • 4.B.­474
  • 4.B.­535
  • 4.B.­538-539
  • 4.B.­581-582
  • 4.B.­658
  • 4.B.­717
  • 4.B.­746
  • 4.B.­750
  • 4.B.­752
  • 4.B.­760
  • 4.B.­869
  • 4.B.­898
  • 4.B.­902
  • 4.B.­974
  • 4.B.­1053
  • 4.B.­1055
  • 4.B.­1073
  • 4.B.­1200
  • 4.B.­1230
  • 4.B.­1232
  • 4.B.­1276
  • 4.B.­1299
  • 4.B.­1304
  • 4.B.­1325
  • 4.B.­1333
  • 4.C.­3-4
  • 4.C.­103
  • 4.C.­283
  • 4.C.­305
  • 4.C.­426
  • 4.C.­685
  • 4.C.­806
  • 4.C.­1467
  • 4.C.­1936
  • 4.C.­2840
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­261-262
  • 5.­293-297
  • 5.­311
  • 5.­316
  • 5.­318
  • 5.­344
  • 5.­369
  • 5.­389
  • 5.­420
  • 5.­425
  • n.­626
  • g.­45
  • g.­135
  • g.­147
  • g.­212
  • g.­273
  • g.­418
  • g.­540
  • g.­559
  • g.­618
  • g.­709
  • g.­710
  • g.­722
  • g.­733
  • g.­799
  • g.­823
  • g.­841
  • g.­845
  • g.­903
  • g.­928
  • g.­1000
  • g.­1006
  • g.­1058
  • g.­1120
  • g.­1408
  • g.­1441
  • g.­1448
g.­1266

Sumeru dweller

Wylie:
  • ri rab lhun po la gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ་ལྷུན་པོ་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1267

Sumeru Rival

Wylie:
  • ri rab lhun po la ’gran pa
Tibetan:
  • རི་རབ་ལྷུན་པོ་ལ་འགྲན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­313
  • g.­303
g.­1268

Summer Joy

Wylie:
  • dbyar dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དབྱར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1269

Summit Encircler

Wylie:
  • rtse mo la ’khor ba
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་མོ་ལ་འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Forest Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­407
g.­1270

Summit Net

Wylie:
  • rtse mo’i g.seb
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་མོའི་གསེབ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1271

Sun Enjoyer

Wylie:
  • nyi ma sten pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མ་སྟེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­345
g.­1272

Sunny

Wylie:
  • nyi ma ldan
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in the sea south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­272-273
g.­1274

Superior

Wylie:
  • bla lhag pa
Tibetan:
  • བླ་ལྷག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain off Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­419
g.­1276

supreme ketaka garland bearer

Wylie:
  • ke ta ka’i phreng ba mchog dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀེ་ཏ་ཀའི་ཕྲེང་བ་མཆོག་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1277

Supreme Lake

Wylie:
  • mtsho mchog
Tibetan:
  • མཚོ་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1279

Supreme Splendor

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid mchog
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་མཆོག
Sanskrit:
  • tejomukha

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­1301
  • 4.B.­1303
  • g.­463
  • g.­878
g.­1281

Surrounded by Nakra Crocodiles

Wylie:
  • chu srin na kras bskor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་སྲིན་ན་ཀྲས་བསྐོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1282

Surrounded by Nyaronya

Wylie:
  • nya ro hi ’khor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉ་རོ་ཧི་འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1283

Suśīmo

Wylie:
  • su shI mo
Tibetan:
  • སུ་ཤཱི་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suśīmo RP

A mountain in the sea west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­292
g.­1284

Sustained by Fruition

Wylie:
  • ’bras bus nye bar ’tsho ba
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་བུས་ཉེ་བར་འཚོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm inhabited by garland-bearer gods.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­5
  • 4.A.­15
  • g.­43
  • g.­221
  • g.­565
  • g.­598
  • g.­641
  • g.­1324
  • g.­1463
g.­1286

Susthali

Wylie:
  • sus tha li
Tibetan:
  • སུས་ཐ་ལི།
Sanskrit:
  • susthali RP

A land to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­299
g.­1287

Sūtra

Wylie:
  • mdo
Tibetan:
  • མདོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūtra

In Buddhism it refers to the Buddha’s teachings, whatever their length, and in terms of the three divisions of the Buddha’s teachings, it is the category of teachings other than those on the Vinaya and Abhidharma. It is also used as a category to contrast with the tantra teachings. Another very specific meaning is when it is classed as one of the nine or twelve aspects of the Dharma. In that context sūtra means “discourse.”

Located in 31 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1-9
  • 4.B.­940
  • 4.C.­1579
  • 5.­430
  • c.­6-7
  • n.­1
  • n.­6
  • n.­430
  • g.­2
  • g.­18
  • g.­27
  • g.­44
  • g.­288
  • g.­960
  • g.­1055
  • g.­1135
  • g.­1137
  • g.­1144
  • g.­1255
  • g.­1288
  • g.­1421
g.­1290

Suvelang Forest

Wylie:
  • su be lang gi nags
Tibetan:
  • སུ་བེ་ལང་གི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Great Slope.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­406
g.­1291

Suvīra

Wylie:
  • su bI ro
Tibetan:
  • སུ་བཱི་རོ།
Sanskrit:
  • suvīra

A land to the west of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­281
g.­1293

swan chariot

Wylie:
  • ngang pa’i shing rta
Tibetan:
  • ངང་པའི་ཤིང་རྟ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1295

Swan Forest

Wylie:
  • ngang pa’i nags
Tibetan:
  • ངང་པའི་ནགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A forest in Endowed with Migration. (2) A lake to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­1658-1659
  • 4.C.­1663
  • 4.C.­1676
  • 4.C.­1679
  • 4.C.­1684
  • 4.C.­1691
  • 5.­317
  • n.­466
  • g.­408
  • g.­729
  • g.­980
  • g.­1035
  • g.­1383
  • g.­1399
g.­1297

Swan Waters

Wylie:
  • ngang pa’i chu
Tibetan:
  • ངང་པའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1298

Swift Current

Wylie:
  • myur ba’i chu
Tibetan:
  • མྱུར་བའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1302

Ṭakaśobho

Wylie:
  • Ta ka sho bho
Tibetan:
  • ཊ་ཀ་ཤོ་བྷོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṭakaśobho RP

A mountain in Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­253
g.­1303

taking what was not given

Wylie:
  • ma byin par len pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་བྱིན་པར་ལེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • adattādāna

The second among the three physical misdeeds. Also rendered here as “stealing.”

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 1.­41
  • 2.­119
  • 2.­371
  • 2.­379
  • 2.­389
  • 2.­391
  • 2.­394
  • 2.­396
  • 2.­401
  • 2.­404
  • 2.­410
  • 2.­849
  • 4.A.­127
  • 4.B.­368
  • 4.B.­504
  • 4.B.­527
  • 4.B.­543
  • 4.B.­584
  • 4.B.­721-722
  • 4.B.­895
  • 4.B.­1267
  • 4.B.­1301
  • g.­1241
  • g.­1310
g.­1304

Takṣaka

Wylie:
  • ’jog po
Tibetan:
  • འཇོག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • takṣaka

A virtuous nāga king.

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­42
  • 3.­102
  • 3.­110
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­117-118
  • 3.­120
  • 3.­135-136
  • 3.­166
  • 3.­196-199
  • 3.­201
  • 3.­203
  • 3.­206
  • 3.­211-212
  • 3.­215
  • 3.­221
  • 3.­228-230
  • 3.­261
  • 3.­264
  • 3.­281
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­305
  • 3.­309
  • 3.­315-317
  • 3.­371
  • 4.A.­385
  • 5.­274-275
g.­1305

Tamer of Deer Enemies

Wylie:
  • ri dags kyi dgra dul ba
Tibetan:
  • རི་དགས་ཀྱི་དགྲ་དུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­322
  • 5.­337
  • 5.­376
  • g.­328
  • g.­357
  • g.­822
  • g.­1464
g.­1307

Tangled Forest

Wylie:
  • ral pa can
Tibetan:
  • རལ་པ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Deer Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­410
g.­1310

ten virtuous actions

Wylie:
  • dge ba bcu
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བ་བཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • daśakuśala

Abstaining from killing, taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, lying, uttering divisive talk, speaking harsh words, chatter, covetousness, ill will, and wrong views.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­99
  • 1.­101
  • 1.­112
  • 2.­231
  • 2.­710
  • 3.­56
  • 3.­115
  • 4.B.­120
  • 4.B.­311-312
  • 4.C.­87
  • 5.­246
g.­1318

the constantly infatuated

Wylie:
  • rtag tu rgyags pa
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་རྒྱགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Gandharvas who live on the island of Jambudvīpa Garland.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­311
g.­1322

thirty-seven factors of awakening

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos sum cu rtsa bdun
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་བདུན།
Sanskrit:
  • saptatriṃśa­bodhi­pakṣya­dharma

Thirty-seven practices that lead the practitioner to the awakened state: the four applications of mindfulness, the four authentic eliminations, the four bases of supernatural power, the five masteries, the five powers, the eightfold path, and the seven branches of awakening.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • p.­7
  • 4.C.­136
  • 4.C.­3037
  • g.­447
g.­1329

those with secret incantations

Wylie:
  • sngags gsang ba pa
Tibetan:
  • སྔགས་གསང་བ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1333

three flaws

Wylie:
  • nyes pa gsum
Tibetan:
  • ཉེས་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • doṣa-traya

Desire, anger, and delusion.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­63
  • 2.­421
  • 2.­1269
  • 4.B.­645
  • 4.B.­651
  • 4.B.­1080
  • 4.B.­1093
  • 4.B.­1116
  • 4.B.­1243
  • 4.B.­1251
  • 4.C.­1078
  • 4.C.­1207
  • 4.C.­1306
  • 4.C.­1330
  • 4.C.­1440-1441
  • 4.C.­1955
  • 4.C.­2564
  • 4.C.­2720
  • 4.C.­2808
  • 5.­48
g.­1334

Three Horns

Wylie:
  • rwa gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • རྭ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­1336

three realms

Wylie:
  • khams gsum
  • srid pa gsum
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས་གསུམ།
  • སྲིད་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • tridhātu
  • tribhuvana

The desire realm, the form realm, and the formless realm of cyclic existence.

Located in 71 passages in the translation:

  • p.­7
  • 2.­63
  • 2.­66
  • 2.­236
  • 2.­242
  • 2.­246
  • 2.­248
  • 2.­263
  • 2.­368
  • 2.­420-422
  • 2.­859
  • 2.­861
  • 2.­867
  • 2.­1187
  • 2.­1269-1270
  • 2.­1445
  • 2.­1450
  • 2.­1452
  • 3.­26
  • 4.A.­144
  • 4.A.­155
  • 4.A.­192
  • 4.B.­140
  • 4.B.­270
  • 4.B.­275
  • 4.B.­621
  • 4.B.­741
  • 4.B.­820
  • 4.B.­1106
  • 4.B.­1118
  • 4.B.­1128
  • 4.B.­1394
  • 4.C.­581
  • 4.C.­627
  • 4.C.­630
  • 4.C.­632
  • 4.C.­716
  • 4.C.­997
  • 4.C.­1101
  • 4.C.­1117
  • 4.C.­1182
  • 4.C.­1209
  • 4.C.­1247
  • 4.C.­1496
  • 4.C.­1637
  • 4.C.­1712
  • 4.C.­1790
  • 4.C.­1969
  • 4.C.­2002
  • 4.C.­2121
  • 4.C.­2162
  • 4.C.­2164
  • 4.C.­2174
  • 4.C.­2274-2275
  • 4.C.­2295
  • 4.C.­2363
  • 4.C.­2420
  • 4.C.­2476
  • 4.C.­2496
  • 4.C.­2543
  • 4.C.­2687
  • 4.C.­2817
  • 4.C.­2822
  • 4.C.­3065
  • 5.­14
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­234
g.­1338

thus-gone one

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathāgata

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A frequently used synonym for buddha. According to different explanations, it can be read as tathā-gata, literally meaning “one who has thus gone,” or as tathā-āgata, “one who has thus come.” Gata, though literally meaning “gone,” is a past passive participle used to describe a state or condition of existence. Tatha­(tā), often rendered as “suchness” or “thusness,” is the quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms. Therefore, this epithet is interpreted in different ways, but in general it implies one who has departed in the wake of the buddhas of the past, or one who has manifested the supreme awakening dependent on the reality that does not abide in the two extremes of existence and quiescence. It is also often used as a specific epithet of the Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 43 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­784
  • 2.­837
  • 2.­1146
  • 2.­1176
  • 3.­26
  • 4.A.­235
  • 4.B.­484
  • 4.B.­855
  • 4.B.­1070
  • 4.B.­1281
  • 4.B.­1283
  • 4.C.­101
  • 4.C.­164
  • 4.C.­168
  • 4.C.­782
  • 4.C.­784
  • 4.C.­813-815
  • 4.C.­965
  • 4.C.­1175
  • 4.C.­1183
  • 4.C.­1185
  • 4.C.­1187
  • 4.C.­1236
  • 4.C.­1264
  • 4.C.­1322
  • 4.C.­1324
  • 4.C.­1330
  • 4.C.­1337
  • 4.C.­1722
  • 4.C.­2296
  • 4.C.­2344
  • 4.C.­2540
  • 4.C.­2585
  • 4.C.­2683
  • 4.C.­2687
  • 4.C.­2857
  • 4.C.­3013
  • 5.­285
  • 5.­385
  • c.­1
  • c.­5
g.­1339

Tiger Ear Star

Wylie:
  • stag rna’i rgyu skar
Tibetan:
  • སྟག་རྣའི་རྒྱུ་སྐར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Unidentified figure connected to a prophetic discourse.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • c.­4
g.­1340

Timely Flow

Wylie:
  • dus su ’bab pa
Tibetan:
  • དུས་སུ་འབབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1341

Timely Moving Lotuses

Wylie:
  • pad ma dus su rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ་དུས་སུ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­345
g.­1342

Timely Water

Wylie:
  • dus kyi chu
Tibetan:
  • དུས་ཀྱི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­1347

transcendence of suffering

Wylie:
  • mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nirvāṇa

The ultimate cessation of suffering. Also rendered here as “nirvāṇa.”

Located in 202 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 1.­81
  • 1.­87
  • 1.­113
  • 2.­61
  • 2.­66
  • 2.­141
  • 2.­181
  • 2.­187
  • 2.­207
  • 2.­209-211
  • 2.­229
  • 2.­232
  • 2.­262
  • 2.­269
  • 2.­284
  • 2.­293
  • 2.­326
  • 2.­358
  • 2.­438
  • 2.­463
  • 2.­465
  • 2.­671
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­724
  • 2.­731
  • 2.­817
  • 2.­958-959
  • 2.­1022
  • 2.­1054
  • 2.­1058
  • 2.­1173
  • 2.­1254
  • 2.­1392
  • 2.­1480
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­160
  • 3.­190
  • 4.A.­9
  • 4.A.­28
  • 4.A.­58
  • 4.A.­103
  • 4.A.­188
  • 4.A.­355
  • 4.A.­358
  • 4.A.­419
  • 4.B.­117
  • 4.B.­119
  • 4.B.­300
  • 4.B.­417
  • 4.B.­428
  • 4.B.­786
  • 4.B.­790
  • 4.B.­1101
  • 4.B.­1151
  • 4.B.­1173
  • 4.C.­2
  • 4.C.­9
  • 4.C.­105
  • 4.C.­133
  • 4.C.­149
  • 4.C.­154
  • 4.C.­164
  • 4.C.­333
  • 4.C.­444
  • 4.C.­453
  • 4.C.­693
  • 4.C.­780
  • 4.C.­808
  • 4.C.­914
  • 4.C.­917
  • 4.C.­1023
  • 4.C.­1035
  • 4.C.­1037
  • 4.C.­1052-1053
  • 4.C.­1085
  • 4.C.­1090-1091
  • 4.C.­1093
  • 4.C.­1102
  • 4.C.­1153
  • 4.C.­1191
  • 4.C.­1198
  • 4.C.­1210-1211
  • 4.C.­1221
  • 4.C.­1224
  • 4.C.­1227
  • 4.C.­1235
  • 4.C.­1243
  • 4.C.­1267
  • 4.C.­1318
  • 4.C.­1320
  • 4.C.­1340-1341
  • 4.C.­1343
  • 4.C.­1350
  • 4.C.­1352
  • 4.C.­1357
  • 4.C.­1376
  • 4.C.­1384
  • 4.C.­1420
  • 4.C.­1426
  • 4.C.­1428
  • 4.C.­1430
  • 4.C.­1433
  • 4.C.­1435-1436
  • 4.C.­1442
  • 4.C.­1451
  • 4.C.­1500
  • 4.C.­1547
  • 4.C.­1552
  • 4.C.­1557
  • 4.C.­1577
  • 4.C.­1714
  • 4.C.­1734
  • 4.C.­1916
  • 4.C.­1945
  • 4.C.­1960-1961
  • 4.C.­1965
  • 4.C.­1977
  • 4.C.­2021
  • 4.C.­2116
  • 4.C.­2149
  • 4.C.­2293
  • 4.C.­2334
  • 4.C.­2415
  • 4.C.­2456
  • 4.C.­2465
  • 4.C.­2481
  • 4.C.­2529
  • 4.C.­2532
  • 4.C.­2558
  • 4.C.­2560-2565
  • 4.C.­2626
  • 4.C.­2631
  • 4.C.­2634
  • 4.C.­2639
  • 4.C.­2641
  • 4.C.­2647-2649
  • 4.C.­2668
  • 4.C.­2682
  • 4.C.­2684
  • 4.C.­2687-2688
  • 4.C.­2699
  • 4.C.­2701
  • 4.C.­2708
  • 4.C.­2711
  • 4.C.­2716
  • 4.C.­2723-2726
  • 4.C.­2741
  • 4.C.­2767-2769
  • 4.C.­2771
  • 4.C.­2776
  • 4.C.­2794
  • 4.C.­2801
  • 4.C.­2804
  • 4.C.­2809
  • 4.C.­2838
  • 4.C.­2842
  • 4.C.­2890
  • 4.C.­2935-2936
  • 4.C.­2942
  • 4.C.­2947-2948
  • 4.C.­3011
  • 4.C.­3017
  • 4.C.­3022
  • 4.C.­3024
  • 4.C.­3028
  • 4.C.­3040
  • 4.C.­3056
  • 4.C.­3062
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­102
  • 5.­123
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­227
  • 5.­343
  • g.­973
g.­1351

Tree Made of Anthers

Wylie:
  • ze’u ’bru’i lus kyi shing
Tibetan:
  • ཟེའུ་འབྲུའི་ལུས་ཀྱི་ཤིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­1353

Triple Circle

Wylie:
  • thig le gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐིག་ལེ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Upward Ocean.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­411
g.­1354

Triple Horns

Wylie:
  • rwa gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • རྭ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A mountain in the sea south of Jambudvīpa. (2) A river on Upward Ocean.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­276
  • 5.­411
  • g.­551
g.­1355

Triple Summits

Wylie:
  • rwa gsum pa
Tibetan:
  • རྭ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1356

triple-lute-bearer gods

Wylie:
  • pi bang can gsum pa lha
Tibetan:
  • པི་བང་ཅན་གསུམ་པ་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • vīṇātṛtīyaka

A class of gods associated with the Four Great Kings.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­133
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­279
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­340
  • 4.A.­280
  • 4.A.­299
  • 4.A.­304
  • 4.A.­312
  • 4.A.­332
  • 4.A.­339
  • 4.A.­346
  • 4.A.­378
  • 4.A.­382
  • 4.A.­399
  • 4.A.­403
  • 5.­262
  • 5.­293
  • 5.­344
  • g.­17
  • g.­64
  • g.­120
  • g.­121
  • g.­376
  • g.­954
  • g.­1007
  • g.­1034
  • g.­1102
  • g.­1444
g.­1357

Tsokala

Wylie:
  • tso ka la
Tibetan:
  • ཙོ་ཀ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • tsokala RP

A land in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­264
g.­1358

Tsontva

Wylie:
  • tson twa
Tibetan:
  • ཙོན་ཏྭ།
Sanskrit:
  • tsontva RP

A land in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­265
g.­1360

Twelve Mountains

Wylie:
  • ri bcu gnyis la nges par gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • རི་བཅུ་གཉིས་ལ་ངེས་པར་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An island in the vicinity of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­424
g.­1365

Undulating

Wylie:
  • rlabs rab tu ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • རླབས་རབ་ཏུ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1373

Unlofty Heaven

Wylie:
  • mi che ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • abṛha
  • avṛha

The first of five realms associated with the fourth concentration into which only noble beings are born.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­383
g.­1374

Unmixed

Wylie:
  • ma ’dres pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་འདྲེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A realm in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­2
  • 4.B.­1375
  • 4.B.­1377
  • g.­1285
g.­1375

Untouched Sunrise

Wylie:
  • nyi ma shar bar gyur bas mi reg pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མ་ཤར་བར་གྱུར་བས་མི་རེག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1376

Unwavering

Wylie:
  • mi g.yo ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lotus pond on the fifth minor mountain on Lofty Summit.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­345
g.­1377

Upward Ocean

Wylie:
  • rgya mtsho gyen du ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱ་མཚོ་གྱེན་དུ་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain on Videha.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­405
  • 5.­411
  • g.­69
  • g.­109
  • g.­738
  • g.­1149
  • g.­1353
  • g.­1354
g.­1380

Uttara

Wylie:
  • ud ta ra
Tibetan:
  • ཨུད་ཏ་ར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain to the north of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­308
  • g.­556
g.­1387

Utterly Unborn

Wylie:
  • shin tu ma skyes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་མ་སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Forest Garlands.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­407
g.­1388

Vaiśālī

Wylie:
  • yangs pa can
Tibetan:
  • ཡངས་པ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • vaiśālī RS

A river in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­1391

Vārāṇasī

Wylie:
  • bA rA Na sI
Tibetan:
  • བཱ་རཱ་ཎ་སཱི།
Sanskrit:
  • vārāṇasī

A city in North India, on the banks of the Gaṅgā, where the Buddha gave his first sermon; this name can be applied also to the surrounding country or district. It lies in modern day Uttar Pradesh, India. The name is rendered elsewhere in this translation as its older name, “Kāśī.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­136
  • 4.C.­170
  • g.­763
g.­1394

Varitavaṭṭānang

Wylie:
  • ba ri ta baT+Ta nang
Tibetan:
  • བ་རི་ཏ་བཊྚ་ནང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A vidyādhara site on Kālaka.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­281
g.­1397

Vast Sky

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ ring ba
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་རིང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An area in Eyes Beyond the World.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­386
g.­1400

Vāsuki

Wylie:
  • nor rgyas kyi bu
  • bA su ki
Tibetan:
  • ནོར་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་བུ།
  • བཱ་སུ་ཀི
Sanskrit:
  • vāsuki

(1) A virtuous nāga king (nor rgyas kyi bu). (2) A nāga who visits Saṅkāśa Mountain (bA su ki).

Located in 33 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­42
  • 3.­102
  • 3.­110
  • 3.­113
  • 3.­117-118
  • 3.­120
  • 3.­135-136
  • 3.­166
  • 3.­196-197
  • 3.­199
  • 3.­201
  • 3.­203
  • 3.­206
  • 3.­211-212
  • 3.­215
  • 3.­221
  • 3.­228-230
  • 3.­264
  • 3.­281
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­305
  • 3.­309
  • 3.­315-317
  • 3.­371
  • 5.­329
g.­1403

Venomous Fangs

Wylie:
  • mche ba’i dug
Tibetan:
  • མཆེ་བའི་དུག
Sanskrit:
  • —

A nāga who visits Saṅkāśa Mountain.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­329
g.­1406

vessel-bearer gods

Wylie:
  • yol go thogs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོལ་གོ་ཐོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • karoṭapādaka

A class of gods associated with the Four Great Kings.

Located in 43 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­133
  • 3.­218-221
  • 3.­261
  • 3.­271
  • 3.­276
  • 3.­299
  • 3.­318-323
  • 3.­327
  • 3.­340
  • 4.A.­102-103
  • 4.A.­108
  • 4.A.­132
  • 4.A.­134
  • 4.A.­137
  • 4.A.­158
  • 4.A.­163
  • 4.A.­183
  • 4.A.­202
  • 4.A.­205
  • 4.A.­208-209
  • 5.­258
  • 5.­293
  • 5.­339
  • g.­62
  • g.­63
  • g.­248
  • g.­279
  • g.­372
  • g.­379
  • g.­610
  • g.­1033
  • g.­1230
  • g.­1412
g.­1408

Videha

Wylie:
  • lus ’phags po
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་འཕགས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • videha

The continent to the east of Mount Sumeru.

Located in 91 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­98
  • 2.­501
  • 2.­1479
  • 3.­43
  • 3.­47-48
  • 3.­54
  • 3.­74
  • 4.A.­5
  • 4.B.­784
  • 4.B.­1199-1200
  • 4.B.­1207
  • 4.B.­1241
  • 4.B.­1250
  • 4.C.­1302
  • 4.C.­2215
  • 4.C.­2241
  • 5.­12-16
  • 5.­18-19
  • 5.­248
  • 5.­261-262
  • 5.­294
  • 5.­298
  • 5.­399
  • 5.­405
  • 5.­409
  • 5.­411-415
  • 5.­418-419
  • 5.­422
  • g.­11
  • g.­38
  • g.­70
  • g.­86
  • g.­90
  • g.­91
  • g.­92
  • g.­118
  • g.­136
  • g.­163
  • g.­174
  • g.­175
  • g.­200
  • g.­266
  • g.­353
  • g.­388
  • g.­405
  • g.­419
  • g.­456
  • g.­474
  • g.­475
  • g.­576
  • g.­590
  • g.­613
  • g.­615
  • g.­619
  • g.­704
  • g.­894
  • g.­931
  • g.­967
  • g.­969
  • g.­983
  • g.­985
  • g.­1045
  • g.­1090
  • g.­1094
  • g.­1106
  • g.­1139
  • g.­1142
  • g.­1195
  • g.­1204
  • g.­1213
  • g.­1274
  • g.­1342
  • g.­1351
  • g.­1377
  • g.­1410
  • g.­1423
  • g.­1426
  • g.­1432
g.­1409

Vidhyādhara Celebration

Wylie:
  • rig pa ’dzin pa rtse dga’ bas gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པ་འཛིན་པ་རྩེ་དགའ་བས་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A stream on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­328
g.­1410

Vidruma

Wylie:
  • bi dru ma
Tibetan:
  • བི་དྲུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidruma RP

A mountain between Godānīya and Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­399
g.­1411

vidyādhara

Wylie:
  • rig pa ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyādhara

A class of semi-divine beings that are famous for wielding (dhara) spells (vidyā). Loosely understood as “sorcerers,” these magical beings are frequently petitioned through dhāraṇī and kriyātantra ritual to grant magical powers to the supplicant. The later Buddhist tradition, playing on the dual valences of vidyā as “spell” and “knowledge,” began to apply this term to realized figures in the Buddhist pantheon.

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­281
  • 5.­342
  • 5.­345
  • 5.­348
  • 5.­367
  • 5.­419
  • 5.­421
  • g.­130
  • g.­186
  • g.­208
  • g.­216
  • g.­249
  • g.­267
  • g.­336
  • g.­465
  • g.­599
  • g.­800
  • g.­810
  • g.­854
  • g.­856
  • g.­913
  • g.­920
  • g.­947
  • g.­1012
  • g.­1020
  • g.­1049
  • g.­1124
  • g.­1150
  • g.­1196
  • g.­1250
  • g.­1266
  • g.­1276
  • g.­1293
  • g.­1329
  • g.­1394
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1453
g.­1413

Vikramaśīla

Wylie:
  • bi kra ma shI la
Tibetan:
  • བི་ཀྲ་མ་ཤཱི་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vikramaśīla

A renowned monastic complex in India.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • c.­5
  • g.­285
g.­1414

vīṇā

Wylie:
  • pi wang
Tibetan:
  • པི་ཝང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vīṇā

A family of Indian chordophone instruments.

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­106
  • 4.B.­18
  • 4.B.­25
  • 4.B.­474
  • 4.B.­503
  • 4.B.­870
  • 4.B.­985
  • 4.B.­1234
  • 4.C.­191
  • 4.C.­1690
  • 4.C.­1720
  • 4.C.­1802
  • 4.C.­1839
  • 4.C.­2074
  • 4.C.­3094
  • 5.­339
g.­1415

Vinaya

Wylie:
  • ’dul ba
Tibetan:
  • འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vinaya

The Buddha’s teachings that lay out the rules and disciplines for his followers.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1164
  • 4.B.­940
  • 4.C.­1045
  • c.­4
  • g.­288
  • g.­1055
  • g.­1287
g.­1416

Vindhya

Wylie:
  • ’bigs byed
Tibetan:
  • འབིགས་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vindhya

A mountain in the south of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­263
  • 5.­322
  • 5.­391
g.­1419

Virūḍhaka

Wylie:
  • ’phags skye po
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་སྐྱེ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • virūḍhaka

One of the Four Great Kings, guardian of the south.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­364-367
  • 4.A.­376
  • 4.B.­232
  • 5.­301
  • g.­501
g.­1420

Virūpākṣa

Wylie:
  • mig mi bzang
Tibetan:
  • མིག་མི་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • virūpākṣa

One among the Four Great Kings, guardian of the west.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.A.­401
  • g.­501
g.­1421

Vīryākaraśānti

Wylie:
  • bIr+ya A ka ra shAn+ti
Tibetan:
  • བཱིརྱ་ཨཱ་ཀ་ར་ཤཱནྟི།
Sanskrit:
  • vīryākaraśānti

An Indian paṇḍita involved in translating this sūtra.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­5
  • c.­4
g.­1423

Viṣkaṭā

Wylie:
  • biSh+ka TA
Tibetan:
  • བིཥྐ་ཊཱ།
Sanskrit:
  • viṣkaṭā RP

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­1426

Vrikṣīrang

Wylie:
  • bri k+ShI rang
Tibetan:
  • བྲི་ཀྵཱི་རང་།
Sanskrit:
  • vrikṣīraṅ RP

A town in Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­414
g.­1430

wakefulness

Wylie:
  • ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna

Also known as “wisdom,” “gnosis,” or the like. Typically refers to a nonconceptual or unobscured state of knowledge.

Located in 51 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­111
  • 2.­275-277
  • 2.­290
  • 2.­1058
  • 2.­1392
  • 2.­1450
  • 3.­174
  • 3.­300
  • 4.A.­229
  • 4.A.­412
  • 4.A.­419
  • 4.C.­781
  • 4.C.­836
  • 4.C.­1135
  • 4.C.­1138
  • 4.C.­1141
  • 4.C.­1447
  • 4.C.­1469
  • 4.C.­1471
  • 4.C.­1516-1517
  • 4.C.­1520
  • 4.C.­1532
  • 4.C.­1549
  • 4.C.­1573
  • 4.C.­1740
  • 4.C.­1752
  • 4.C.­2337
  • 4.C.­2533-2534
  • 4.C.­2553
  • 4.C.­2562
  • 4.C.­2651
  • 4.C.­2765
  • 4.C.­2798
  • 4.C.­2802
  • 4.C.­2808
  • 4.C.­2815
  • 4.C.­2828
  • 4.C.­2927-2929
  • 4.C.­3031
  • 4.C.­3051
  • 5.­2
  • 5.­205
  • 5.­362
  • 5.­383-384
g.­1432

Warm

Wylie:
  • dron mo
Tibetan:
  • དྲོན་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean between Godānīya and Videha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­399
g.­1435

Water of Joy

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba’i chu
  • rab tu dga’ bar gyur pa’i chu
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བའི་ཆུ།
  • རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བར་གྱུར་པའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A lake on Equal Peaks (dga’ ba’i chu). (2) A river on Saṅkāśa (rab tu dga’ bar gyur pa’i chu ).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­328
  • 5.­334
g.­1437

Waters Always Mingled with the Moon

Wylie:
  • rtag tu zla ba dang ’dres pa’i chu
Tibetan:
  • རྟག་ཏུ་ཟླ་བ་དང་འདྲེས་པའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake on Equal Peaks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­334
g.­1438

Waves of the Seas of Jambudvīpa

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu’i gling gi rgya mtsho’i rlabs
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུའི་གླིང་གི་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་རླབས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

An ocean far off the coast of Jambudvīpa.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­259
g.­1439

Wavy

Wylie:
  • rlabs rab tu ’jug pa
  • rlabs ldan
  • rlabs ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • རླབས་རབ་ཏུ་འཇུག་པ།
  • རླབས་ལྡན།
  • རླབས་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

(1) A lake on Equal Peaks (rlabs rab tu ’jug pa). (2) A river to the south of Jambudvīpa (rlabs ldan). (3) A river on Saṅkāśa (rlabs ’byung ba).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­263
  • 5.­328
  • 5.­334
g.­1440

Well-Consumed

Wylie:
  • legs par zos pa
Tibetan:
  • ལེགས་པར་ཟོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain between Kuru and Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­389
g.­1442

well-gone one

Wylie:
  • bde bar gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sugata

An epithet of the buddhas meaning “one who has gone to bliss.” The Sanskrit term literally means “faring well.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­79
  • 4.A.­41
  • 4.A.­83-84
  • 4.B.­63
  • 4.C.­169
  • 4.C.­917
  • 4.C.­3064
  • 5.­383
g.­1445

White Cloud

Wylie:
  • sprin dkar po
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Saṅkāśa.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­323
  • 5.­328
g.­1446

White Cloud Keeper

Wylie:
  • sprin dkar po ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་དཀར་པོ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A mountain in Kuru.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­322
  • 5.­376
  • g.­347
g.­1447

White Gambhīra

Wylie:
  • gam bhi ro dkar
Tibetan:
  • གམ་བྷི་རོ་དཀར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A lake in Godānīya.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­391
g.­1449

Wild Water

Wylie:
  • shin tu grol bar gyur pa’i chu
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་གྲོལ་བར་གྱུར་པའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A river on Deer Abode.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­410
g.­1450

wind

Wylie:
  • rlung
Tibetan:
  • རླུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • prāṇa
  • vāyu

One of the four elements that constitute all matter, or one of the three primary humors (doṣa) of the body.

Located in 204 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­9
  • 2.­19-21
  • 2.­254
  • 2.­501
  • 2.­717
  • 2.­737
  • 2.­787
  • 2.­789
  • 2.­808-809
  • 2.­891
  • 2.­970-971
  • 2.­974
  • 2.­977
  • 2.­1034
  • 2.­1043
  • 2.­1162
  • 2.­1203
  • 2.­1213
  • 2.­1325
  • 2.­1422-1423
  • 2.­1427
  • 2.­1480
  • 3.­23-24
  • 3.­44
  • 3.­105-106
  • 3.­108
  • 3.­326
  • 3.­355
  • 3.­363
  • 4.A.­257
  • 4.A.­293
  • 4.A.­332
  • 4.A.­386
  • 4.A.­406
  • 4.B.­243
  • 4.B.­411
  • 4.B.­470
  • 4.B.­568
  • 4.B.­948
  • 4.B.­988
  • 4.B.­994
  • 4.B.­1111
  • 4.B.­1229
  • 4.B.­1273
  • 4.C.­4
  • 4.C.­52
  • 4.C.­55
  • 4.C.­349
  • 4.C.­387
  • 4.C.­407
  • 4.C.­547
  • 4.C.­631
  • 4.C.­686
  • 4.C.­718
  • 4.C.­758
  • 4.C.­1056
  • 4.C.­1080
  • 4.C.­1091
  • 4.C.­1240
  • 4.C.­1362
  • 4.C.­1366
  • 4.C.­1368
  • 4.C.­1438
  • 4.C.­1476
  • 4.C.­1497
  • 4.C.­1654
  • 4.C.­1729
  • 4.C.­1922
  • 4.C.­1946
  • 4.C.­2101
  • 4.C.­2174
  • 4.C.­2194
  • 4.C.­2297
  • 4.C.­2388
  • 4.C.­2502
  • 4.C.­2828
  • 4.C.­2837
  • 4.C.­2862
  • 4.C.­3034
  • 5.­4
  • 5.­44-45
  • 5.­55
  • 5.­66
  • 5.­85
  • 5.­107
  • 5.­110
  • 5.­113
  • 5.­124-152
  • 5.­154-205
  • 5.­207-211
  • 5.­213-219
  • 5.­221
  • 5.­225
  • 5.­240
  • 5.­276
  • 5.­282
  • 5.­309
  • 5.­324
  • 5.­326
  • 5.­340
  • 5.­389
  • n.­121
  • n.­135
  • n.­599
  • n.­609-610
  • g.­335
g.­1451

wine drinker

Wylie:
  • chang ba rnams kyis btung ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆང་བ་རྣམས་ཀྱིས་བཏུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1453

woman craver

Wylie:
  • bud med la sred pa
Tibetan:
  • བུད་མེད་ལ་སྲེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A class of vidyādharas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­342
g.­1454

worm

Wylie:
  • srin bu
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛmi

When refering to the human body, these are creatures that inhabit it and may either harm or contribute to its health. Note that this term can also mean insects and worms in general.

Located in 140 passages in the translation:

  • i.­8
  • 2.­302
  • 2.­407
  • 2.­502
  • 2.­579-580
  • 2.­611
  • 2.­620
  • 2.­643
  • 2.­654
  • 2.­728
  • 2.­736
  • 2.­770
  • 2.­787
  • 2.­920
  • 2.­970-972
  • 2.­1071
  • 2.­1141
  • 2.­1177
  • 2.­1410
  • 2.­1472
  • 3.­13
  • 4.B.­321
  • 4.B.­369
  • 4.B.­526
  • 4.B.­544-545
  • 4.B.­720
  • 4.B.­1209
  • 4.C.­392
  • 4.C.­1081
  • 4.C.­1218-1219
  • 4.C.­1240
  • 4.C.­1251
  • 4.C.­1364
  • 4.C.­1390-1391
  • 4.C.­2238
  • 4.C.­2241
  • 4.C.­2243
  • 4.C.­2408
  • 5.­38
  • 5.­41-57
  • 5.­68-122
  • 5.­136
  • 5.­147
  • 5.­151
  • 5.­169
  • 5.­192
  • 5.­204
  • 5.­207-211
  • 5.­213-218
  • n.­121
  • n.­579
  • n.­594
  • n.­598
  • n.­602
  • n.­614
g.­1456

worthy one

Wylie:
  • dgra bcom pa
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • arhat

A person who has accomplished the final fruition of the path of the hearers and is liberated from saṃsāra.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­1
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­79
  • 2.­221
  • 2.­368-369
  • 2.­581
  • 2.­967
  • 2.­1004
  • 2.­1164
  • 4.A.­84
  • 4.B.­5
  • 4.B.­791-792
  • 4.B.­1167
  • 4.B.­1263
  • 4.C.­917
  • 4.C.­1013
  • 4.C.­1243
  • 4.C.­1337
  • 4.C.­1447
  • 4.C.­1586
  • 4.C.­2687
  • 4.C.­2868
  • 5.­32
  • g.­622
g.­1458

wrong view

Wylie:
  • log lta
Tibetan:
  • ལོག་ལྟ།
Sanskrit:
  • mithyā-dṛṣṭi

The third among the three mental misdeeds.

Located in 133 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­18
  • 1.­32
  • 1.­47
  • 1.­74
  • 1.­76-77
  • 1.­92
  • 1.­96
  • 1.­113-114
  • 1.­117
  • 1.­119-120
  • 1.­122-123
  • 1.­145-146
  • 2.­119
  • 2.­121
  • 2.­166
  • 2.­215
  • 2.­228
  • 2.­262
  • 2.­264
  • 2.­314-315
  • 2.­318
  • 2.­328-329
  • 2.­712-713
  • 2.­717
  • 2.­720-721
  • 2.­723-726
  • 2.­730-731
  • 2.­734
  • 2.­738
  • 2.­742
  • 2.­744-746
  • 2.­749
  • 2.­753-754
  • 2.­756
  • 2.­759
  • 2.­763
  • 2.­766
  • 2.­769
  • 2.­774
  • 2.­778-779
  • 2.­781
  • 2.­783
  • 2.­826
  • 2.­830
  • 2.­870-871
  • 2.­875
  • 2.­888
  • 2.­893
  • 2.­896
  • 2.­906
  • 2.­912
  • 2.­915
  • 2.­919
  • 2.­921
  • 2.­925
  • 2.­931
  • 2.­936
  • 2.­941
  • 2.­944
  • 2.­947
  • 2.­1014
  • 2.­1134
  • 2.­1216
  • 2.­1220
  • 2.­1381
  • 3.­9
  • 3.­14
  • 3.­194
  • 4.A.­266
  • 4.A.­299
  • 4.A.­427
  • 4.B.­104
  • 4.B.­790
  • 4.B.­793
  • 4.B.­913
  • 4.B.­917
  • 4.B.­922-923
  • 4.B.­928
  • 4.B.­1065
  • 4.C.­298
  • 4.C.­818
  • 4.C.­917
  • 4.C.­1017
  • 4.C.­1200
  • 4.C.­1257
  • 4.C.­1259
  • 4.C.­1444-1445
  • 4.C.­1449-1450
  • 4.C.­1511
  • 4.C.­1546
  • 4.C.­1564
  • 4.C.­1911
  • 4.C.­1920
  • 4.C.­1927-1929
  • 4.C.­1940
  • 4.C.­1960
  • 4.C.­1964
  • 4.C.­1971
  • 4.C.­1996
  • 4.C.­2619
  • 4.C.­2652
  • 4.C.­3018
  • 4.C.­3031
  • 5.­32
  • 5.­267
  • 5.­383
  • 5.­395
  • 5.­420
  • n.­197
  • g.­1310
g.­1459

yakṣa

Wylie:
  • gnod sbyin
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • yakṣa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A class of nonhuman beings who inhabit forests, mountainous areas, and other natural spaces, or serve as guardians of villages and towns, and may be propitiated for health, wealth, protection, and other boons, or controlled through magic. According to tradition, their homeland is in the north, where they live under the rule of the Great King Vaiśravaṇa.

Several members of this class have been deified as gods of wealth (these include the just-mentioned Vaiśravaṇa) or as bodhisattva generals of yakṣa armies, and have entered the Buddhist pantheon in a variety of forms, including, in tantric Buddhism, those of wrathful deities.

Located in 58 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­80
  • 1.­116-118
  • 1.­121-122
  • 1.­146
  • 2.­5
  • 2.­36
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­113
  • 2.­162
  • 2.­234
  • 2.­272
  • 2.­347
  • 2.­450
  • 2.­572
  • 2.­706
  • 2.­782
  • 2.­954
  • 2.­1149
  • 2.­1255-1256
  • 2.­1308
  • 2.­1328
  • 2.­1332
  • 2.­1334
  • 2.­1336
  • 2.­1340
  • 2.­1351
  • 2.­1355
  • 2.­1386
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­110-113
  • 3.­116-117
  • 3.­119
  • 3.­132-133
  • 3.­169
  • 3.­377
  • 4.A.­210
  • 4.A.­401
  • 4.A.­411
  • 4.B.­139
  • 4.B.­784
  • 4.B.­822
  • 4.B.­890
  • 4.B.­1079
  • 4.C.­1038
  • 4.C.­2035
  • 5.­292
  • 5.­300
  • 5.­307
  • g.­607
g.­1460

Yāma Heaven

Wylie:
  • mtshe ma
Tibetan:
  • མཚེ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • yāma

Another name for the Heaven Free from Strife, this is the third of the six heavens of the desire realm. The Tibetan literally means “twins.” The Sanskrit for this heaven is Yāma or Suyāma, the precise meaning of which is uncertain.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 4.C.­21
  • 4.C.­2347
  • 4.C.­2349
  • 4.C.­2428-2429
  • 5.­382
g.­1461

Yamunā

Wylie:
  • ya mu nA
  • ya mu na
Tibetan:
  • ཡ་མུ་ནཱ།
  • ཡ་མུ་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • yamunā

A river in Jambudvīpa, still called by the same name today.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 4.B.­256
  • 5.­391
g.­1464

Yielding to Pressure and Bouncing Back

Wylie:
  • mnan na nem la bteg na ’phar ba
Tibetan:
  • མནན་ན་ནེམ་ལ་བཏེག་ན་འཕར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

A forest on Tamer of Deer Enemies.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­337
0
    You are downloading:

    The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma

    Click here to make a dāna donation

    This is a free publication from 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, a non-profit organization sharing the gift of Buddhist wisdom with the world.

    The cultivation of generosity, or dāna—giving voluntarily with a view that something wholesome will come of it—is considered to be a fundamental Buddhist practice by all schools. The nature and quantity of the gift itself is often considered less important.

    Table of Contents


    Search this text


    Other ways to read

    Download PDF
    Download EPUB
    Open in the 84000 App

    Spotted a mistake?

    Please use the contact form provided to suggest a correction.


    How to cite this text

    The following are examples of how to correctly cite this publication. Links to specific passages can be derived by right-clicking on the milestones markers in the left-hand margin (e.g. s.1). The copied link address can replace the url below.

    • Chicago
    • MLA
    • APA
    84000. The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma (Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna, dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa, Toh 287). Translated by Dharmachakra Translation Committee. Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025. https://84000.co/translation/toh287/UT22084-068-021-chapter-8.Copy
    84000. The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma (Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna, dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa, Toh 287). Translated by Dharmachakra Translation Committee, online publication, 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2025, 84000.co/translation/toh287/UT22084-068-021-chapter-8.Copy
    84000. (2025) The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma (Saddharma­smṛtyupasthāna, dam pa’i chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa, Toh 287). (Dharmachakra Translation Committee, Trans.). Online publication. 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha. https://84000.co/translation/toh287/UT22084-068-021-chapter-8.Copy

    Related links

    • Other texts from General Sūtra Section
    • Published Translations
    • Browse the Collection
    • 84000 Homepage
    Sponsor Translation

    Bookmarks

    Copyright © 2011-2024 84000 - All Rights Reserved
    • Website: https://84000.co
    • Contact
    • Privacy Policy